tablecmds.c File Reference
#include "postgres.h"#include "access/attmap.h"#include "access/genam.h"#include "access/gist.h"#include "access/heapam.h"#include "access/heapam_xlog.h"#include "access/multixact.h"#include "access/reloptions.h"#include "access/relscan.h"#include "access/sysattr.h"#include "access/tableam.h"#include "access/toast_compression.h"#include "access/xact.h"#include "access/xlog.h"#include "access/xloginsert.h"#include "catalog/catalog.h"#include "catalog/heap.h"#include "catalog/index.h"#include "catalog/namespace.h"#include "catalog/objectaccess.h"#include "catalog/partition.h"#include "catalog/pg_am.h"#include "catalog/pg_attrdef.h"#include "catalog/pg_collation.h"#include "catalog/pg_constraint.h"#include "catalog/pg_depend.h"#include "catalog/pg_foreign_table.h"#include "catalog/pg_inherits.h"#include "catalog/pg_largeobject.h"#include "catalog/pg_largeobject_metadata.h"#include "catalog/pg_namespace.h"#include "catalog/pg_opclass.h"#include "catalog/pg_policy.h"#include "catalog/pg_proc.h"#include "catalog/pg_publication_rel.h"#include "catalog/pg_rewrite.h"#include "catalog/pg_statistic_ext.h"#include "catalog/pg_tablespace.h"#include "catalog/pg_trigger.h"#include "catalog/pg_type.h"#include "catalog/storage.h"#include "catalog/storage_xlog.h"#include "catalog/toasting.h"#include "commands/cluster.h"#include "commands/comment.h"#include "commands/defrem.h"#include "commands/event_trigger.h"#include "commands/sequence.h"#include "commands/tablecmds.h"#include "commands/tablespace.h"#include "commands/trigger.h"#include "commands/typecmds.h"#include "commands/user.h"#include "commands/vacuum.h"#include "common/int.h"#include "executor/executor.h"#include "foreign/fdwapi.h"#include "foreign/foreign.h"#include "miscadmin.h"#include "nodes/makefuncs.h"#include "nodes/nodeFuncs.h"#include "nodes/parsenodes.h"#include "optimizer/optimizer.h"#include "parser/parse_coerce.h"#include "parser/parse_collate.h"#include "parser/parse_expr.h"#include "parser/parse_relation.h"#include "parser/parse_type.h"#include "parser/parse_utilcmd.h"#include "parser/parser.h"#include "partitioning/partbounds.h"#include "partitioning/partdesc.h"#include "pgstat.h"#include "rewrite/rewriteDefine.h"#include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h"#include "rewrite/rewriteManip.h"#include "storage/bufmgr.h"#include "storage/lmgr.h"#include "storage/lock.h"#include "storage/predicate.h"#include "storage/smgr.h"#include "tcop/utility.h"#include "utils/acl.h"#include "utils/builtins.h"#include "utils/fmgroids.h"#include "utils/inval.h"#include "utils/lsyscache.h"#include "utils/memutils.h"#include "utils/partcache.h"#include "utils/relcache.h"#include "utils/ruleutils.h"#include "utils/snapmgr.h"#include "utils/syscache.h"#include "utils/timestamp.h"#include "utils/typcache.h"#include "utils/usercontext.h"
Include dependency graph for tablecmds.c:
Go to the source code of this file.
Data Structures | |
| struct | OnCommitItem |
| struct | AlteredTableInfo |
| struct | NewConstraint |
| struct | NewColumnValue |
| struct | dropmsgstrings |
| struct | DropRelationCallbackState |
| struct | ForeignTruncateInfo |
| struct | AttachIndexCallbackState |
Macros | |
| #define | AT_NUM_PASSES (AT_PASS_MISC + 1) |
| #define | ATT_TABLE 0x0001 |
| #define | ATT_VIEW 0x0002 |
| #define | ATT_MATVIEW 0x0004 |
| #define | ATT_INDEX 0x0008 |
| #define | ATT_COMPOSITE_TYPE 0x0010 |
| #define | ATT_FOREIGN_TABLE 0x0020 |
| #define | ATT_PARTITIONED_INDEX 0x0040 |
| #define | ATT_SEQUENCE 0x0080 |
| #define | ATT_PARTITIONED_TABLE 0x0100 |
| #define | child_dependency_type(child_is_partition) ((child_is_partition) ? DEPENDENCY_AUTO : DEPENDENCY_NORMAL) |
Typedefs | |
| typedef struct OnCommitItem | OnCommitItem |
| typedef enum AlterTablePass | AlterTablePass |
| typedef struct AlteredTableInfo | AlteredTableInfo |
| typedef struct NewConstraint | NewConstraint |
| typedef struct NewColumnValue | NewColumnValue |
| typedef struct ForeignTruncateInfo | ForeignTruncateInfo |
| typedef enum addFkConstraintSides | addFkConstraintSides |
Enumerations | |
| enum | AlterTablePass { AT_PASS_UNSET = -1 , AT_PASS_DROP , AT_PASS_ALTER_TYPE , AT_PASS_ADD_COL , AT_PASS_SET_EXPRESSION , AT_PASS_OLD_INDEX , AT_PASS_OLD_CONSTR , AT_PASS_ADD_CONSTR , AT_PASS_COL_ATTRS , AT_PASS_ADD_INDEXCONSTR , AT_PASS_ADD_INDEX , AT_PASS_ADD_OTHERCONSTR , AT_PASS_MISC } |
| enum | addFkConstraintSides { addFkReferencedSide , addFkReferencingSide , addFkBothSides } |
Functions | |
| static void | truncate_check_rel (Oid relid, Form_pg_class reltuple) |
| static void | truncate_check_perms (Oid relid, Form_pg_class reltuple) |
| static void | truncate_check_activity (Relation rel) |
| static void | RangeVarCallbackForTruncate (const RangeVar *relation, Oid relId, Oid oldRelId, void *arg) |
| static List * | MergeAttributes (List *columns, const List *supers, char relpersistence, bool is_partition, List **supconstr, List **supnotnulls) |
| static List * | MergeCheckConstraint (List *constraints, const char *name, Node *expr, bool is_enforced) |
| static void | MergeChildAttribute (List *inh_columns, int exist_attno, int newcol_attno, const ColumnDef *newdef) |
| static ColumnDef * | MergeInheritedAttribute (List *inh_columns, int exist_attno, const ColumnDef *newdef) |
| static void | MergeAttributesIntoExisting (Relation child_rel, Relation parent_rel, bool ispartition) |
| static void | MergeConstraintsIntoExisting (Relation child_rel, Relation parent_rel) |
| static void | StoreCatalogInheritance (Oid relationId, List *supers, bool child_is_partition) |
| static void | StoreCatalogInheritance1 (Oid relationId, Oid parentOid, int32 seqNumber, Relation inhRelation, bool child_is_partition) |
| static int | findAttrByName (const char *attributeName, const List *columns) |
| static void | AlterIndexNamespaces (Relation classRel, Relation rel, Oid oldNspOid, Oid newNspOid, ObjectAddresses *objsMoved) |
| static void | AlterSeqNamespaces (Relation classRel, Relation rel, Oid oldNspOid, Oid newNspOid, ObjectAddresses *objsMoved, LOCKMODE lockmode) |
| static ObjectAddress | ATExecAlterConstraint (List **wqueue, Relation rel, ATAlterConstraint *cmdcon, bool recurse, LOCKMODE lockmode) |
| static bool | ATExecAlterConstraintInternal (List **wqueue, ATAlterConstraint *cmdcon, Relation conrel, Relation tgrel, Relation rel, HeapTuple contuple, bool recurse, LOCKMODE lockmode) |
| static bool | ATExecAlterConstrEnforceability (List **wqueue, ATAlterConstraint *cmdcon, Relation conrel, Relation tgrel, Oid fkrelid, Oid pkrelid, HeapTuple contuple, LOCKMODE lockmode, Oid ReferencedParentDelTrigger, Oid ReferencedParentUpdTrigger, Oid ReferencingParentInsTrigger, Oid ReferencingParentUpdTrigger) |
| static bool | ATExecAlterConstrDeferrability (List **wqueue, ATAlterConstraint *cmdcon, Relation conrel, Relation tgrel, Relation rel, HeapTuple contuple, bool recurse, List **otherrelids, LOCKMODE lockmode) |
| static bool | ATExecAlterConstrInheritability (List **wqueue, ATAlterConstraint *cmdcon, Relation conrel, Relation rel, HeapTuple contuple, LOCKMODE lockmode) |
| static void | AlterConstrTriggerDeferrability (Oid conoid, Relation tgrel, Relation rel, bool deferrable, bool initdeferred, List **otherrelids) |
| static void | AlterConstrEnforceabilityRecurse (List **wqueue, ATAlterConstraint *cmdcon, Relation conrel, Relation tgrel, Oid fkrelid, Oid pkrelid, HeapTuple contuple, LOCKMODE lockmode, Oid ReferencedParentDelTrigger, Oid ReferencedParentUpdTrigger, Oid ReferencingParentInsTrigger, Oid ReferencingParentUpdTrigger) |
| static void | AlterConstrDeferrabilityRecurse (List **wqueue, ATAlterConstraint *cmdcon, Relation conrel, Relation tgrel, Relation rel, HeapTuple contuple, bool recurse, List **otherrelids, LOCKMODE lockmode) |
| static void | AlterConstrUpdateConstraintEntry (ATAlterConstraint *cmdcon, Relation conrel, HeapTuple contuple) |
| static ObjectAddress | ATExecValidateConstraint (List **wqueue, Relation rel, char *constrName, bool recurse, bool recursing, LOCKMODE lockmode) |
| static void | QueueFKConstraintValidation (List **wqueue, Relation conrel, Relation fkrel, Oid pkrelid, HeapTuple contuple, LOCKMODE lockmode) |
| static void | QueueCheckConstraintValidation (List **wqueue, Relation conrel, Relation rel, char *constrName, HeapTuple contuple, bool recurse, bool recursing, LOCKMODE lockmode) |
| static void | QueueNNConstraintValidation (List **wqueue, Relation conrel, Relation rel, HeapTuple contuple, bool recurse, bool recursing, LOCKMODE lockmode) |
| static int | transformColumnNameList (Oid relId, List *colList, int16 *attnums, Oid *atttypids, Oid *attcollids) |
| static int | transformFkeyGetPrimaryKey (Relation pkrel, Oid *indexOid, List **attnamelist, int16 *attnums, Oid *atttypids, Oid *attcollids, Oid *opclasses, bool *pk_has_without_overlaps) |
| static Oid | transformFkeyCheckAttrs (Relation pkrel, int numattrs, int16 *attnums, bool with_period, Oid *opclasses, bool *pk_has_without_overlaps) |
| static void | checkFkeyPermissions (Relation rel, int16 *attnums, int natts) |
| static CoercionPathType | findFkeyCast (Oid targetTypeId, Oid sourceTypeId, Oid *funcid) |
| static void | validateForeignKeyConstraint (char *conname, Relation rel, Relation pkrel, Oid pkindOid, Oid constraintOid, bool hasperiod) |
| static void | CheckAlterTableIsSafe (Relation rel) |
| static void | ATController (AlterTableStmt *parsetree, Relation rel, List *cmds, bool recurse, LOCKMODE lockmode, AlterTableUtilityContext *context) |
| static void | ATPrepCmd (List **wqueue, Relation rel, AlterTableCmd *cmd, bool recurse, bool recursing, LOCKMODE lockmode, AlterTableUtilityContext *context) |
| static void | ATRewriteCatalogs (List **wqueue, LOCKMODE lockmode, AlterTableUtilityContext *context) |
| static void | ATExecCmd (List **wqueue, AlteredTableInfo *tab, AlterTableCmd *cmd, LOCKMODE lockmode, AlterTablePass cur_pass, AlterTableUtilityContext *context) |
| static AlterTableCmd * | ATParseTransformCmd (List **wqueue, AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation rel, AlterTableCmd *cmd, bool recurse, LOCKMODE lockmode, AlterTablePass cur_pass, AlterTableUtilityContext *context) |
| static void | ATRewriteTables (AlterTableStmt *parsetree, List **wqueue, LOCKMODE lockmode, AlterTableUtilityContext *context) |
| static void | ATRewriteTable (AlteredTableInfo *tab, Oid OIDNewHeap) |
| static AlteredTableInfo * | ATGetQueueEntry (List **wqueue, Relation rel) |
| static void | ATSimplePermissions (AlterTableType cmdtype, Relation rel, int allowed_targets) |
| static void | ATSimpleRecursion (List **wqueue, Relation rel, AlterTableCmd *cmd, bool recurse, LOCKMODE lockmode, AlterTableUtilityContext *context) |
| static void | ATCheckPartitionsNotInUse (Relation rel, LOCKMODE lockmode) |
| static void | ATTypedTableRecursion (List **wqueue, Relation rel, AlterTableCmd *cmd, LOCKMODE lockmode, AlterTableUtilityContext *context) |
| static List * | find_typed_table_dependencies (Oid typeOid, const char *typeName, DropBehavior behavior) |
| static void | ATPrepAddColumn (List **wqueue, Relation rel, bool recurse, bool recursing, bool is_view, AlterTableCmd *cmd, LOCKMODE lockmode, AlterTableUtilityContext *context) |
| static ObjectAddress | ATExecAddColumn (List **wqueue, AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation rel, AlterTableCmd **cmd, bool recurse, bool recursing, LOCKMODE lockmode, AlterTablePass cur_pass, AlterTableUtilityContext *context) |
| static bool | check_for_column_name_collision (Relation rel, const char *colname, bool if_not_exists) |
| static void | add_column_datatype_dependency (Oid relid, int32 attnum, Oid typid) |
| static void | add_column_collation_dependency (Oid relid, int32 attnum, Oid collid) |
| static ObjectAddress | ATExecDropNotNull (Relation rel, const char *colName, bool recurse, LOCKMODE lockmode) |
| static void | set_attnotnull (List **wqueue, Relation rel, AttrNumber attnum, bool is_valid, bool queue_validation) |
| static ObjectAddress | ATExecSetNotNull (List **wqueue, Relation rel, char *conName, char *colName, bool recurse, bool recursing, LOCKMODE lockmode) |
| static bool | NotNullImpliedByRelConstraints (Relation rel, Form_pg_attribute attr) |
| static bool | ConstraintImpliedByRelConstraint (Relation scanrel, List *testConstraint, List *provenConstraint) |
| static ObjectAddress | ATExecColumnDefault (Relation rel, const char *colName, Node *newDefault, LOCKMODE lockmode) |
| static ObjectAddress | ATExecCookedColumnDefault (Relation rel, AttrNumber attnum, Node *newDefault) |
| static ObjectAddress | ATExecAddIdentity (Relation rel, const char *colName, Node *def, LOCKMODE lockmode, bool recurse, bool recursing) |
| static ObjectAddress | ATExecSetIdentity (Relation rel, const char *colName, Node *def, LOCKMODE lockmode, bool recurse, bool recursing) |
| static ObjectAddress | ATExecDropIdentity (Relation rel, const char *colName, bool missing_ok, LOCKMODE lockmode, bool recurse, bool recursing) |
| static ObjectAddress | ATExecSetExpression (AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation rel, const char *colName, Node *newExpr, LOCKMODE lockmode) |
| static void | ATPrepDropExpression (Relation rel, AlterTableCmd *cmd, bool recurse, bool recursing, LOCKMODE lockmode) |
| static ObjectAddress | ATExecDropExpression (Relation rel, const char *colName, bool missing_ok, LOCKMODE lockmode) |
| static ObjectAddress | ATExecSetStatistics (Relation rel, const char *colName, int16 colNum, Node *newValue, LOCKMODE lockmode) |
| static ObjectAddress | ATExecSetOptions (Relation rel, const char *colName, Node *options, bool isReset, LOCKMODE lockmode) |
| static ObjectAddress | ATExecSetStorage (Relation rel, const char *colName, Node *newValue, LOCKMODE lockmode) |
| static void | ATPrepDropColumn (List **wqueue, Relation rel, bool recurse, bool recursing, AlterTableCmd *cmd, LOCKMODE lockmode, AlterTableUtilityContext *context) |
| static ObjectAddress | ATExecDropColumn (List **wqueue, Relation rel, const char *colName, DropBehavior behavior, bool recurse, bool recursing, bool missing_ok, LOCKMODE lockmode, ObjectAddresses *addrs) |
| static void | ATPrepAddPrimaryKey (List **wqueue, Relation rel, AlterTableCmd *cmd, bool recurse, LOCKMODE lockmode, AlterTableUtilityContext *context) |
| static void | verifyNotNullPKCompatible (HeapTuple tuple, const char *colname) |
| static ObjectAddress | ATExecAddIndex (AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation rel, IndexStmt *stmt, bool is_rebuild, LOCKMODE lockmode) |
| static ObjectAddress | ATExecAddStatistics (AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation rel, CreateStatsStmt *stmt, bool is_rebuild, LOCKMODE lockmode) |
| static ObjectAddress | ATExecAddConstraint (List **wqueue, AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation rel, Constraint *newConstraint, bool recurse, bool is_readd, LOCKMODE lockmode) |
| static char * | ChooseForeignKeyConstraintNameAddition (List *colnames) |
| static ObjectAddress | ATExecAddIndexConstraint (AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation rel, IndexStmt *stmt, LOCKMODE lockmode) |
| static ObjectAddress | ATAddCheckNNConstraint (List **wqueue, AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation rel, Constraint *constr, bool recurse, bool recursing, bool is_readd, LOCKMODE lockmode) |
| static ObjectAddress | ATAddForeignKeyConstraint (List **wqueue, AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation rel, Constraint *fkconstraint, bool recurse, bool recursing, LOCKMODE lockmode) |
| static int | validateFkOnDeleteSetColumns (int numfks, const int16 *fkattnums, int numfksetcols, int16 *fksetcolsattnums, List *fksetcols) |
| static ObjectAddress | addFkConstraint (addFkConstraintSides fkside, char *constraintname, Constraint *fkconstraint, Relation rel, Relation pkrel, Oid indexOid, Oid parentConstr, int numfks, int16 *pkattnum, int16 *fkattnum, Oid *pfeqoperators, Oid *ppeqoperators, Oid *ffeqoperators, int numfkdelsetcols, int16 *fkdelsetcols, bool is_internal, bool with_period) |
| static void | addFkRecurseReferenced (Constraint *fkconstraint, Relation rel, Relation pkrel, Oid indexOid, Oid parentConstr, int numfks, int16 *pkattnum, int16 *fkattnum, Oid *pfeqoperators, Oid *ppeqoperators, Oid *ffeqoperators, int numfkdelsetcols, int16 *fkdelsetcols, bool old_check_ok, Oid parentDelTrigger, Oid parentUpdTrigger, bool with_period) |
| static void | addFkRecurseReferencing (List **wqueue, Constraint *fkconstraint, Relation rel, Relation pkrel, Oid indexOid, Oid parentConstr, int numfks, int16 *pkattnum, int16 *fkattnum, Oid *pfeqoperators, Oid *ppeqoperators, Oid *ffeqoperators, int numfkdelsetcols, int16 *fkdelsetcols, bool old_check_ok, LOCKMODE lockmode, Oid parentInsTrigger, Oid parentUpdTrigger, bool with_period) |
| static void | CloneForeignKeyConstraints (List **wqueue, Relation parentRel, Relation partitionRel) |
| static void | CloneFkReferenced (Relation parentRel, Relation partitionRel) |
| static void | CloneFkReferencing (List **wqueue, Relation parentRel, Relation partRel) |
| static void | createForeignKeyCheckTriggers (Oid myRelOid, Oid refRelOid, Constraint *fkconstraint, Oid constraintOid, Oid indexOid, Oid parentInsTrigger, Oid parentUpdTrigger, Oid *insertTrigOid, Oid *updateTrigOid) |
| static void | createForeignKeyActionTriggers (Oid myRelOid, Oid refRelOid, Constraint *fkconstraint, Oid constraintOid, Oid indexOid, Oid parentDelTrigger, Oid parentUpdTrigger, Oid *deleteTrigOid, Oid *updateTrigOid) |
| static bool | tryAttachPartitionForeignKey (List **wqueue, ForeignKeyCacheInfo *fk, Relation partition, Oid parentConstrOid, int numfks, AttrNumber *mapped_conkey, AttrNumber *confkey, Oid *conpfeqop, Oid parentInsTrigger, Oid parentUpdTrigger, Relation trigrel) |
| static void | AttachPartitionForeignKey (List **wqueue, Relation partition, Oid partConstrOid, Oid parentConstrOid, Oid parentInsTrigger, Oid parentUpdTrigger, Relation trigrel) |
| static void | RemoveInheritedConstraint (Relation conrel, Relation trigrel, Oid conoid, Oid conrelid) |
| static void | DropForeignKeyConstraintTriggers (Relation trigrel, Oid conoid, Oid confrelid, Oid conrelid) |
| static void | GetForeignKeyActionTriggers (Relation trigrel, Oid conoid, Oid confrelid, Oid conrelid, Oid *deleteTriggerOid, Oid *updateTriggerOid) |
| static void | GetForeignKeyCheckTriggers (Relation trigrel, Oid conoid, Oid confrelid, Oid conrelid, Oid *insertTriggerOid, Oid *updateTriggerOid) |
| static void | ATExecDropConstraint (Relation rel, const char *constrName, DropBehavior behavior, bool recurse, bool missing_ok, LOCKMODE lockmode) |
| static ObjectAddress | dropconstraint_internal (Relation rel, HeapTuple constraintTup, DropBehavior behavior, bool recurse, bool recursing, bool missing_ok, LOCKMODE lockmode) |
| static void | ATPrepAlterColumnType (List **wqueue, AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation rel, bool recurse, bool recursing, AlterTableCmd *cmd, LOCKMODE lockmode, AlterTableUtilityContext *context) |
| static bool | ATColumnChangeRequiresRewrite (Node *expr, AttrNumber varattno) |
| static ObjectAddress | ATExecAlterColumnType (AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation rel, AlterTableCmd *cmd, LOCKMODE lockmode) |
| static void | RememberAllDependentForRebuilding (AlteredTableInfo *tab, AlterTableType subtype, Relation rel, AttrNumber attnum, const char *colName) |
| static void | RememberConstraintForRebuilding (Oid conoid, AlteredTableInfo *tab) |
| static void | RememberIndexForRebuilding (Oid indoid, AlteredTableInfo *tab) |
| static void | RememberStatisticsForRebuilding (Oid stxoid, AlteredTableInfo *tab) |
| static void | ATPostAlterTypeCleanup (List **wqueue, AlteredTableInfo *tab, LOCKMODE lockmode) |
| static void | ATPostAlterTypeParse (Oid oldId, Oid oldRelId, Oid refRelId, char *cmd, List **wqueue, LOCKMODE lockmode, bool rewrite) |
| static void | RebuildConstraintComment (AlteredTableInfo *tab, AlterTablePass pass, Oid objid, Relation rel, List *domname, const char *conname) |
| static void | TryReuseIndex (Oid oldId, IndexStmt *stmt) |
| static void | TryReuseForeignKey (Oid oldId, Constraint *con) |
| static ObjectAddress | ATExecAlterColumnGenericOptions (Relation rel, const char *colName, List *options, LOCKMODE lockmode) |
| static void | change_owner_fix_column_acls (Oid relationOid, Oid oldOwnerId, Oid newOwnerId) |
| static void | change_owner_recurse_to_sequences (Oid relationOid, Oid newOwnerId, LOCKMODE lockmode) |
| static ObjectAddress | ATExecClusterOn (Relation rel, const char *indexName, LOCKMODE lockmode) |
| static void | ATExecDropCluster (Relation rel, LOCKMODE lockmode) |
| static void | ATPrepSetAccessMethod (AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation rel, const char *amname) |
| static void | ATExecSetAccessMethodNoStorage (Relation rel, Oid newAccessMethodId) |
| static void | ATPrepChangePersistence (AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation rel, bool toLogged) |
| static void | ATPrepSetTableSpace (AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation rel, const char *tablespacename, LOCKMODE lockmode) |
| static void | ATExecSetTableSpace (Oid tableOid, Oid newTableSpace, LOCKMODE lockmode) |
| static void | ATExecSetTableSpaceNoStorage (Relation rel, Oid newTableSpace) |
| static void | ATExecSetRelOptions (Relation rel, List *defList, AlterTableType operation, LOCKMODE lockmode) |
| static void | ATExecEnableDisableTrigger (Relation rel, const char *trigname, char fires_when, bool skip_system, bool recurse, LOCKMODE lockmode) |
| static void | ATExecEnableDisableRule (Relation rel, const char *rulename, char fires_when, LOCKMODE lockmode) |
| static void | ATPrepAddInherit (Relation child_rel) |
| static ObjectAddress | ATExecAddInherit (Relation child_rel, RangeVar *parent, LOCKMODE lockmode) |
| static ObjectAddress | ATExecDropInherit (Relation rel, RangeVar *parent, LOCKMODE lockmode) |
| static void | drop_parent_dependency (Oid relid, Oid refclassid, Oid refobjid, DependencyType deptype) |
| static ObjectAddress | ATExecAddOf (Relation rel, const TypeName *ofTypename, LOCKMODE lockmode) |
| static void | ATExecDropOf (Relation rel, LOCKMODE lockmode) |
| static void | ATExecReplicaIdentity (Relation rel, ReplicaIdentityStmt *stmt, LOCKMODE lockmode) |
| static void | ATExecGenericOptions (Relation rel, List *options) |
| static void | ATExecSetRowSecurity (Relation rel, bool rls) |
| static void | ATExecForceNoForceRowSecurity (Relation rel, bool force_rls) |
| static ObjectAddress | ATExecSetCompression (Relation rel, const char *column, Node *newValue, LOCKMODE lockmode) |
| static void | index_copy_data (Relation rel, RelFileLocator newrlocator) |
| static const char * | storage_name (char c) |
| static void | RangeVarCallbackForDropRelation (const RangeVar *rel, Oid relOid, Oid oldRelOid, void *arg) |
| static void | RangeVarCallbackForAlterRelation (const RangeVar *rv, Oid relid, Oid oldrelid, void *arg) |
| static PartitionSpec * | transformPartitionSpec (Relation rel, PartitionSpec *partspec) |
| static void | ComputePartitionAttrs (ParseState *pstate, Relation rel, List *partParams, AttrNumber *partattrs, List **partexprs, Oid *partopclass, Oid *partcollation, PartitionStrategy strategy) |
| static void | CreateInheritance (Relation child_rel, Relation parent_rel, bool ispartition) |
| static void | RemoveInheritance (Relation child_rel, Relation parent_rel, bool expect_detached) |
| static ObjectAddress | ATExecAttachPartition (List **wqueue, Relation rel, PartitionCmd *cmd, AlterTableUtilityContext *context) |
| static void | AttachPartitionEnsureIndexes (List **wqueue, Relation rel, Relation attachrel) |
| static void | QueuePartitionConstraintValidation (List **wqueue, Relation scanrel, List *partConstraint, bool validate_default) |
| static void | CloneRowTriggersToPartition (Relation parent, Relation partition) |
| static void | DetachAddConstraintIfNeeded (List **wqueue, Relation partRel) |
| static void | DropClonedTriggersFromPartition (Oid partitionId) |
| static ObjectAddress | ATExecDetachPartition (List **wqueue, AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation rel, RangeVar *name, bool concurrent) |
| static void | DetachPartitionFinalize (Relation rel, Relation partRel, bool concurrent, Oid defaultPartOid) |
| static ObjectAddress | ATExecDetachPartitionFinalize (Relation rel, RangeVar *name) |
| static ObjectAddress | ATExecAttachPartitionIdx (List **wqueue, Relation parentIdx, RangeVar *name) |
| static void | validatePartitionedIndex (Relation partedIdx, Relation partedTbl) |
| static void | refuseDupeIndexAttach (Relation parentIdx, Relation partIdx, Relation partitionTbl) |
| static void | verifyPartitionIndexNotNull (IndexInfo *iinfo, Relation partition) |
| static List * | GetParentedForeignKeyRefs (Relation partition) |
| static void | ATDetachCheckNoForeignKeyRefs (Relation partition) |
| static char | GetAttributeCompression (Oid atttypid, const char *compression) |
| static char | GetAttributeStorage (Oid atttypid, const char *storagemode) |
| ObjectAddress | DefineRelation (CreateStmt *stmt, char relkind, Oid ownerId, ObjectAddress *typaddress, const char *queryString) |
| TupleDesc | BuildDescForRelation (const List *columns) |
| static void | DropErrorMsgNonExistent (RangeVar *rel, char rightkind, bool missing_ok) |
| static void | DropErrorMsgWrongType (const char *relname, char wrongkind, char rightkind) |
| void | RemoveRelations (DropStmt *drop) |
| void | ExecuteTruncate (TruncateStmt *stmt) |
| void | ExecuteTruncateGuts (List *explicit_rels, List *relids, List *relids_logged, DropBehavior behavior, bool restart_seqs, bool run_as_table_owner) |
| void | SetRelationHasSubclass (Oid relationId, bool relhassubclass) |
| bool | CheckRelationTableSpaceMove (Relation rel, Oid newTableSpaceId) |
| void | SetRelationTableSpace (Relation rel, Oid newTableSpaceId, RelFileNumber newRelFilenumber) |
| static void | renameatt_check (Oid myrelid, Form_pg_class classform, bool recursing) |
| static AttrNumber | renameatt_internal (Oid myrelid, const char *oldattname, const char *newattname, bool recurse, bool recursing, int expected_parents, DropBehavior behavior) |
| static void | RangeVarCallbackForRenameAttribute (const RangeVar *rv, Oid relid, Oid oldrelid, void *arg) |
| ObjectAddress | renameatt (RenameStmt *stmt) |
| static ObjectAddress | rename_constraint_internal (Oid myrelid, Oid mytypid, const char *oldconname, const char *newconname, bool recurse, bool recursing, int expected_parents) |
| ObjectAddress | RenameConstraint (RenameStmt *stmt) |
| ObjectAddress | RenameRelation (RenameStmt *stmt) |
| void | RenameRelationInternal (Oid myrelid, const char *newrelname, bool is_internal, bool is_index) |
| void | ResetRelRewrite (Oid myrelid) |
| void | CheckTableNotInUse (Relation rel, const char *stmt) |
| Oid | AlterTableLookupRelation (AlterTableStmt *stmt, LOCKMODE lockmode) |
| void | AlterTable (AlterTableStmt *stmt, LOCKMODE lockmode, AlterTableUtilityContext *context) |
| void | AlterTableInternal (Oid relid, List *cmds, bool recurse) |
| LOCKMODE | AlterTableGetLockLevel (List *cmds) |
| static const char * | alter_table_type_to_string (AlterTableType cmdtype) |
| void | find_composite_type_dependencies (Oid typeOid, Relation origRelation, const char *origTypeName) |
| void | check_of_type (HeapTuple typetuple) |
| static void | SetIndexStorageProperties (Relation rel, Relation attrelation, AttrNumber attnum, bool setstorage, char newstorage, bool setcompression, char newcompression, LOCKMODE lockmode) |
| static Oid | CreateFKCheckTrigger (Oid myRelOid, Oid refRelOid, Constraint *fkconstraint, Oid constraintOid, Oid indexOid, Oid parentTrigOid, bool on_insert) |
| static void | RememberReplicaIdentityForRebuilding (Oid indoid, AlteredTableInfo *tab) |
| static void | RememberClusterOnForRebuilding (Oid indoid, AlteredTableInfo *tab) |
| void | ATExecChangeOwner (Oid relationOid, Oid newOwnerId, bool recursing, LOCKMODE lockmode) |
| Oid | AlterTableMoveAll (AlterTableMoveAllStmt *stmt) |
| static char * | decompile_conbin (HeapTuple contup, TupleDesc tupdesc) |
| static bool | constraints_equivalent (HeapTuple a, HeapTuple b, TupleDesc tupleDesc) |
| static void | MarkInheritDetached (Relation child_rel, Relation parent_rel) |
| static void | relation_mark_replica_identity (Relation rel, char ri_type, Oid indexOid, bool is_internal) |
| ObjectAddress | AlterTableNamespace (AlterObjectSchemaStmt *stmt, Oid *oldschema) |
| void | AlterTableNamespaceInternal (Relation rel, Oid oldNspOid, Oid nspOid, ObjectAddresses *objsMoved) |
| void | AlterRelationNamespaceInternal (Relation classRel, Oid relOid, Oid oldNspOid, Oid newNspOid, bool hasDependEntry, ObjectAddresses *objsMoved) |
| void | register_on_commit_action (Oid relid, OnCommitAction action) |
| void | remove_on_commit_action (Oid relid) |
| void | PreCommit_on_commit_actions (void) |
| void | AtEOXact_on_commit_actions (bool isCommit) |
| void | AtEOSubXact_on_commit_actions (bool isCommit, SubTransactionId mySubid, SubTransactionId parentSubid) |
| void | RangeVarCallbackMaintainsTable (const RangeVar *relation, Oid relId, Oid oldRelId, void *arg) |
| void | RangeVarCallbackOwnsRelation (const RangeVar *relation, Oid relId, Oid oldRelId, void *arg) |
| bool | PartConstraintImpliedByRelConstraint (Relation scanrel, List *partConstraint) |
| static void | RangeVarCallbackForAttachIndex (const RangeVar *rv, Oid relOid, Oid oldRelOid, void *arg) |
Variables | |
| static List * | on_commits = NIL |
| static const struct dropmsgstrings | dropmsgstringarray [] |
Macro Definition Documentation
◆ AT_NUM_PASSES
| #define AT_NUM_PASSES (AT_PASS_MISC + 1) |
Definition at line 167 of file tablecmds.c.
◆ ATT_COMPOSITE_TYPE
| #define ATT_COMPOSITE_TYPE 0x0010 |
Definition at line 333 of file tablecmds.c.
◆ ATT_FOREIGN_TABLE
| #define ATT_FOREIGN_TABLE 0x0020 |
Definition at line 334 of file tablecmds.c.
◆ ATT_INDEX
| #define ATT_INDEX 0x0008 |
Definition at line 332 of file tablecmds.c.
◆ ATT_MATVIEW
| #define ATT_MATVIEW 0x0004 |
Definition at line 331 of file tablecmds.c.
◆ ATT_PARTITIONED_INDEX
| #define ATT_PARTITIONED_INDEX 0x0040 |
Definition at line 335 of file tablecmds.c.
◆ ATT_PARTITIONED_TABLE
| #define ATT_PARTITIONED_TABLE 0x0100 |
Definition at line 337 of file tablecmds.c.
◆ ATT_SEQUENCE
| #define ATT_SEQUENCE 0x0080 |
Definition at line 336 of file tablecmds.c.
◆ ATT_TABLE
| #define ATT_TABLE 0x0001 |
Definition at line 329 of file tablecmds.c.
◆ ATT_VIEW
| #define ATT_VIEW 0x0002 |
Definition at line 330 of file tablecmds.c.
◆ child_dependency_type
| #define child_dependency_type | ( | child_is_partition | ) | ((child_is_partition) ? DEPENDENCY_AUTO : DEPENDENCY_NORMAL) |
Definition at line 366 of file tablecmds.c.
Typedef Documentation
◆ addFkConstraintSides
| typedef enum addFkConstraintSides addFkConstraintSides |
◆ AlteredTableInfo
| typedef struct AlteredTableInfo AlteredTableInfo |
◆ AlterTablePass
| typedef enum AlterTablePass AlterTablePass |
◆ ForeignTruncateInfo
| typedef struct ForeignTruncateInfo ForeignTruncateInfo |
◆ NewColumnValue
| typedef struct NewColumnValue NewColumnValue |
◆ NewConstraint
| typedef struct NewConstraint NewConstraint |
◆ OnCommitItem
| typedef struct OnCommitItem OnCommitItem |
Enumeration Type Documentation
◆ addFkConstraintSides
| enum addFkConstraintSides |
| Enumerator | |
|---|---|
| addFkReferencedSide | |
| addFkReferencingSide | |
| addFkBothSides | |
Definition at line 354 of file tablecmds.c.
355{
356 addFkReferencedSide,
357 addFkReferencingSide,
358 addFkBothSides,
359} addFkConstraintSides;
◆ AlterTablePass
| enum AlterTablePass |
Definition at line 149 of file tablecmds.c.
150{
158 /* We could support a RENAME COLUMN pass here, but not currently used */
165} AlterTablePass;
Function Documentation
◆ add_column_collation_dependency()
Definition at line 7710 of file tablecmds.c.
7711{
7712 ObjectAddress myself,
7713 referenced;
7714
7715 /* We know the default collation is pinned, so don't bother recording it */
7717 {
7718 myself.classId = RelationRelationId;
7719 myself.objectId = relid;
7721 referenced.classId = CollationRelationId;
7723 referenced.objectSubId = 0;
7725 }
7726}
void recordDependencyOn(const ObjectAddress *depender, const ObjectAddress *referenced, DependencyType behavior)
Definition: pg_depend.c:45
Definition: objectaddress.h:25
References attnum, ObjectAddress::classId, collid, DEPENDENCY_NORMAL, ObjectAddress::objectId, ObjectAddress::objectSubId, OidIsValid, and recordDependencyOn().
Referenced by ATExecAddColumn(), and ATExecAlterColumnType().
◆ add_column_datatype_dependency()
Definition at line 7692 of file tablecmds.c.
7693{
7694 ObjectAddress myself,
7695 referenced;
7696
7697 myself.classId = RelationRelationId;
7698 myself.objectId = relid;
7700 referenced.classId = TypeRelationId;
7701 referenced.objectId = typid;
7702 referenced.objectSubId = 0;
7704}
References attnum, ObjectAddress::classId, DEPENDENCY_NORMAL, ObjectAddress::objectId, ObjectAddress::objectSubId, and recordDependencyOn().
Referenced by ATExecAddColumn(), and ATExecAlterColumnType().
◆ addFkConstraint()
|
static |
Definition at line 10690 of file tablecmds.c.
10697{
10698 ObjectAddress address;
10699 Oid constrOid;
10700 char *conname;
10701 bool conislocal;
10702 int16 coninhcount;
10703 bool connoinherit;
10704
10705 /*
10706 * Verify relkind for each referenced partition. At the top level, this
10707 * is redundant with a previous check, but we need it when recursing.
10708 */
10710 pkrel->rd_rel->relkind != RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE)
10712 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
10714 RelationGetRelationName(pkrel))));
10715
10716 /*
10717 * Caller supplies us with a constraint name; however, it may be used in
10718 * this partition, so come up with a different one in that case. Unless
10719 * truncation to NAMEDATALEN dictates otherwise, the new name will be the
10720 * supplied name with an underscore and digit(s) appended.
10721 */
10723 RelationGetRelid(rel),
10724 constraintname))
10725 conname = ChooseConstraintName(constraintname,
10726 NULL,
10727 "",
10729 else
10730 conname = constraintname;
10731
10734
10736 {
10737 conislocal = false;
10738 coninhcount = 1;
10739 connoinherit = false;
10740 }
10741 else
10742 {
10743 conislocal = true;
10744 coninhcount = 0;
10745
10746 /*
10747 * always inherit for partitioned tables, never for legacy inheritance
10748 */
10749 connoinherit = rel->rd_rel->relkind != RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE;
10750 }
10751
10752 /*
10753 * Record the FK constraint in pg_constraint.
10754 */
10755 constrOid = CreateConstraintEntry(conname,
10756 RelationGetNamespace(rel),
10757 CONSTRAINT_FOREIGN,
10758 fkconstraint->deferrable,
10759 fkconstraint->initdeferred,
10760 fkconstraint->is_enforced,
10761 fkconstraint->initially_valid,
10762 parentConstr,
10763 RelationGetRelid(rel),
10764 fkattnum,
10765 numfks,
10766 numfks,
10768 indexOid,
10769 RelationGetRelid(pkrel),
10770 pkattnum,
10771 pfeqoperators,
10772 ppeqoperators,
10773 ffeqoperators,
10774 numfks,
10775 fkconstraint->fk_upd_action,
10776 fkconstraint->fk_del_action,
10777 fkdelsetcols,
10778 numfkdelsetcols,
10779 fkconstraint->fk_matchtype,
10780 NULL, /* no exclusion constraint */
10781 NULL, /* no check constraint */
10782 NULL,
10783 conislocal, /* islocal */
10784 coninhcount, /* inhcount */
10785 connoinherit, /* conNoInherit */
10786 with_period, /* conPeriod */
10787 is_internal); /* is_internal */
10788
10789 ObjectAddressSet(address, ConstraintRelationId, constrOid);
10790
10791 /*
10792 * In partitioning cases, create the dependency entries for this
10793 * constraint. (For non-partitioned cases, relevant entries were created
10794 * by CreateConstraintEntry.)
10795 *
10796 * On the referenced side, we need the constraint to have an internal
10797 * dependency on its parent constraint; this means that this constraint
10798 * cannot be dropped on its own -- only through the parent constraint. It
10799 * also means the containing partition cannot be dropped on its own, but
10800 * it can be detached, at which point this dependency is removed (after
10801 * verifying that no rows are referenced via this FK.)
10802 *
10803 * When processing the referencing side, we link the constraint via the
10804 * special partitioning dependencies: the parent constraint is the primary
10805 * dependent, and the partition on which the foreign key exists is the
10806 * secondary dependency. That way, this constraint is dropped if either
10807 * of these objects is.
10808 *
10809 * Note that this is only necessary for the subsidiary pg_constraint rows
10810 * in partitions; the topmost row doesn't need any of this.
10811 */
10813 {
10814 ObjectAddress referenced;
10815
10816 ObjectAddressSet(referenced, ConstraintRelationId, parentConstr);
10817
10821 else
10822 {
10826 }
10827 }
10828
10829 /* make new constraint visible, in case we add more */
10830 CommandCounterIncrement();
10831
10832 return address;
10833}
Assert(PointerIsAligned(start, uint64))
Oid CreateConstraintEntry(const char *constraintName, Oid constraintNamespace, char constraintType, bool isDeferrable, bool isDeferred, bool isEnforced, bool isValidated, Oid parentConstrId, Oid relId, const int16 *constraintKey, int constraintNKeys, int constraintNTotalKeys, Oid domainId, Oid indexRelId, Oid foreignRelId, const int16 *foreignKey, const Oid *pfEqOp, const Oid *ppEqOp, const Oid *ffEqOp, int foreignNKeys, char foreignUpdateType, char foreignDeleteType, const int16 *fkDeleteSetCols, int numFkDeleteSetCols, char foreignMatchType, const Oid *exclOp, Node *conExpr, const char *conBin, bool conIsLocal, int16 conInhCount, bool conNoInherit, bool conPeriod, bool is_internal)
Definition: pg_constraint.c:51
bool ConstraintNameIsUsed(ConstraintCategory conCat, Oid objId, const char *conname)
Definition: pg_constraint.c:412
char * ChooseConstraintName(const char *name1, const char *name2, const char *label, Oid namespaceid, List *others)
Definition: pg_constraint.c:513
References addFkBothSides, addFkReferencedSide, Assert(), ChooseConstraintName(), CommandCounterIncrement(), Constraint::conname, CONSTRAINT_RELATION, ConstraintNameIsUsed(), CreateConstraintEntry(), Constraint::deferrable, DEPENDENCY_INTERNAL, DEPENDENCY_PARTITION_PRI, DEPENDENCY_PARTITION_SEC, ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, Constraint::fk_del_action, Constraint::fk_matchtype, Constraint::fk_upd_action, Constraint::initdeferred, Constraint::initially_valid, InvalidOid, Constraint::is_enforced, NIL, ObjectAddressSet, OidIsValid, pstrdup(), RelationData::rd_rel, recordDependencyOn(), RelationGetNamespace, RelationGetRelationName, and RelationGetRelid.
Referenced by addFkRecurseReferenced(), addFkRecurseReferencing(), ATAddForeignKeyConstraint(), CloneFkReferenced(), and CloneFkReferencing().
◆ addFkRecurseReferenced()
|
static |
Definition at line 10868 of file tablecmds.c.
10877{
10879 updateTriggerOid = InvalidOid;
10880
10883
10884 /*
10885 * Create action triggers to enforce the constraint, or skip them if the
10886 * constraint is NOT ENFORCED.
10887 */
10890 RelationGetRelid(pkrel),
10891 fkconstraint,
10892 parentConstr, indexOid,
10893 parentDelTrigger, parentUpdTrigger,
10894 &deleteTriggerOid, &updateTriggerOid);
10895
10896 /*
10897 * If the referenced table is partitioned, recurse on ourselves to handle
10898 * each partition. We need one pg_constraint row created for each
10899 * partition in addition to the pg_constraint row for the parent table.
10900 */
10902 {
10904
10906 {
10907 Relation partRel;
10908 AttrMap *map;
10909 AttrNumber *mapped_pkattnum;
10910 Oid partIndexId;
10911 ObjectAddress address;
10912
10913 /* XXX would it be better to acquire these locks beforehand? */
10915
10916 /*
10917 * Map the attribute numbers in the referenced side of the FK
10918 * definition to match the partition's column layout.
10919 */
10921 RelationGetDescr(pkrel),
10922 false);
10923 if (map)
10924 {
10928 }
10929 else
10930 mapped_pkattnum = pkattnum;
10931
10932 /* Determine the index to use at this level */
10933 partIndexId = index_get_partition(partRel, indexOid);
10936 indexOid, RelationGetRelationName(partRel));
10937
10938 /* Create entry at this level ... */
10940 fkconstraint->conname, fkconstraint, rel,
10941 partRel, partIndexId, parentConstr,
10942 numfks, mapped_pkattnum,
10943 fkattnum, pfeqoperators, ppeqoperators,
10944 ffeqoperators, numfkdelsetcols,
10945 fkdelsetcols, true, with_period);
10946 /* ... and recurse to our children */
10947 addFkRecurseReferenced(fkconstraint, rel, partRel,
10948 partIndexId, address.objectId, numfks,
10949 mapped_pkattnum, fkattnum,
10950 pfeqoperators, ppeqoperators, ffeqoperators,
10951 numfkdelsetcols, fkdelsetcols,
10952 old_check_ok,
10953 deleteTriggerOid, updateTriggerOid,
10954 with_period);
10955
10956 /* Done -- clean up (but keep the lock) */
10958 if (map)
10959 {
10960 pfree(mapped_pkattnum);
10961 free_attrmap(map);
10962 }
10963 }
10964 }
10965}
AttrMap * build_attrmap_by_name_if_req(TupleDesc indesc, TupleDesc outdesc, bool missing_ok)
Definition: attmap.c:261
bool CheckRelationLockedByMe(Relation relation, LOCKMODE lockmode, bool orstronger)
Definition: lmgr.c:334
PartitionDesc RelationGetPartitionDesc(Relation rel, bool omit_detached)
Definition: partdesc.c:71
Oid index_get_partition(Relation partition, Oid indexId)
Definition: partition.c:176
Definition: attmap.h:35
Definition: partdesc.h:30
Definition: rel.h:56
static void createForeignKeyActionTriggers(Oid myRelOid, Oid refRelOid, Constraint *fkconstraint, Oid constraintOid, Oid indexOid, Oid parentDelTrigger, Oid parentUpdTrigger, Oid *deleteTrigOid, Oid *updateTrigOid)
Definition: tablecmds.c:13825
static ObjectAddress addFkConstraint(addFkConstraintSides fkside, char *constraintname, Constraint *fkconstraint, Relation rel, Relation pkrel, Oid indexOid, Oid parentConstr, int numfks, int16 *pkattnum, int16 *fkattnum, Oid *pfeqoperators, Oid *ppeqoperators, Oid *ffeqoperators, int numfkdelsetcols, int16 *fkdelsetcols, bool is_internal, bool with_period)
Definition: tablecmds.c:10690
static void addFkRecurseReferenced(Constraint *fkconstraint, Relation rel, Relation pkrel, Oid indexOid, Oid parentConstr, int numfks, int16 *pkattnum, int16 *fkattnum, Oid *pfeqoperators, Oid *ppeqoperators, Oid *ffeqoperators, int numfkdelsetcols, int16 *fkdelsetcols, bool old_check_ok, Oid parentDelTrigger, Oid parentUpdTrigger, bool with_period)
Definition: tablecmds.c:10868
References addFkConstraint(), addFkRecurseReferenced(), addFkReferencedSide, Assert(), AttrMap::attnums, build_attrmap_by_name_if_req(), CheckRelationLockedByMe(), Constraint::conname, createForeignKeyActionTriggers(), elog, ERROR, free_attrmap(), i, index_get_partition(), InvalidOid, Constraint::is_enforced, j, NoLock, PartitionDescData::nparts, ObjectAddress::objectId, OidIsValid, PartitionDescData::oids, palloc(), pfree(), RelationData::rd_rel, RelationGetDescr, RelationGetPartitionDesc(), RelationGetRelationName, RelationGetRelid, ShareRowExclusiveLock, table_close(), and table_open().
Referenced by addFkRecurseReferenced(), ATAddForeignKeyConstraint(), CloneFkReferenced(), and DetachPartitionFinalize().
◆ addFkRecurseReferencing()
|
static |
Definition at line 11006 of file tablecmds.c.
11014{
11016 updateTriggerOid = InvalidOid;
11017
11021
11024 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
11026
11027 /*
11028 * Add check triggers if the constraint is ENFORCED, and if needed,
11029 * schedule them to be checked in Phase 3.
11030 *
11031 * If the relation is partitioned, drill down to do it to its partitions.
11032 */
11035 RelationGetRelid(pkrel),
11036 fkconstraint,
11037 parentConstr,
11038 indexOid,
11039 parentInsTrigger, parentUpdTrigger,
11040 &insertTriggerOid, &updateTriggerOid);
11041
11043 {
11044 /*
11045 * Tell Phase 3 to check that the constraint is satisfied by existing
11046 * rows. We can skip this during table creation, when constraint is
11047 * specified as NOT ENFORCED, or when requested explicitly by
11048 * specifying NOT VALID in an ADD FOREIGN KEY command, and when we're
11049 * recreating a constraint following a SET DATA TYPE operation that
11050 * did not impugn its validity.
11051 */
11053 fkconstraint->is_enforced)
11054 {
11055 NewConstraint *newcon;
11056 AlteredTableInfo *tab;
11057
11058 tab = ATGetQueueEntry(wqueue, rel);
11059
11064 newcon->refindid = indexOid;
11065 newcon->conid = parentConstr;
11068
11070 }
11071 }
11073 {
11075 Relation trigrel;
11076
11077 /*
11078 * Triggers of the foreign keys will be manipulated a bunch of times
11079 * in the loop below. To avoid repeatedly opening/closing the trigger
11080 * catalog relation, we open it here and pass it to the subroutines
11081 * called below.
11082 */
11084
11085 /*
11086 * Recurse to take appropriate action on each partition; either we
11087 * find an existing constraint to reparent to ours, or we create a new
11088 * one.
11089 */
11091 {
11093 List *partFKs;
11094 AttrMap *attmap;
11096 bool attached;
11097 ObjectAddress address;
11098
11099 CheckAlterTableIsSafe(partition);
11100
11102 RelationGetDescr(rel),
11103 false);
11106
11107 /* Check whether an existing constraint can be repurposed */
11109 attached = false;
11111 {
11113 fk,
11114 partition,
11115 parentConstr,
11116 numfks,
11117 mapped_fkattnum,
11118 pkattnum,
11119 pfeqoperators,
11120 insertTriggerOid,
11121 updateTriggerOid,
11122 trigrel))
11123 {
11124 attached = true;
11125 break;
11126 }
11127 }
11128 if (attached)
11129 {
11131 continue;
11132 }
11133
11134 /*
11135 * No luck finding a good constraint to reuse; create our own.
11136 */
11138 fkconstraint->conname, fkconstraint,
11139 partition, pkrel, indexOid, parentConstr,
11140 numfks, pkattnum,
11141 mapped_fkattnum, pfeqoperators,
11142 ppeqoperators, ffeqoperators,
11143 numfkdelsetcols, fkdelsetcols, true,
11144 with_period);
11145
11146 /* call ourselves to finalize the creation and we're done */
11147 addFkRecurseReferencing(wqueue, fkconstraint, partition, pkrel,
11148 indexOid,
11149 address.objectId,
11150 numfks,
11151 pkattnum,
11152 mapped_fkattnum,
11153 pfeqoperators,
11154 ppeqoperators,
11155 ffeqoperators,
11156 numfkdelsetcols,
11157 fkdelsetcols,
11158 old_check_ok,
11159 lockmode,
11160 insertTriggerOid,
11161 updateTriggerOid,
11162 with_period);
11163
11165 }
11166
11168 }
11169}
AttrMap * build_attrmap_by_name(TupleDesc indesc, TupleDesc outdesc, bool missing_ok)
Definition: attmap.c:175
Definition: tablecmds.c:170
Definition: rel.h:274
Definition: pg_list.h:54
Definition: tablecmds.c:216
Definition: nodes.h:135
static AlteredTableInfo * ATGetQueueEntry(List **wqueue, Relation rel)
Definition: tablecmds.c:6555
static void addFkRecurseReferencing(List **wqueue, Constraint *fkconstraint, Relation rel, Relation pkrel, Oid indexOid, Oid parentConstr, int numfks, int16 *pkattnum, int16 *fkattnum, Oid *pfeqoperators, Oid *ppeqoperators, Oid *ffeqoperators, int numfkdelsetcols, int16 *fkdelsetcols, bool old_check_ok, LOCKMODE lockmode, Oid parentInsTrigger, Oid parentUpdTrigger, bool with_period)
Definition: tablecmds.c:11006
static void createForeignKeyCheckTriggers(Oid myRelOid, Oid refRelOid, Constraint *fkconstraint, Oid constraintOid, Oid indexOid, Oid parentInsTrigger, Oid parentUpdTrigger, Oid *insertTrigOid, Oid *updateTrigOid)
Definition: tablecmds.c:13960
static bool tryAttachPartitionForeignKey(List **wqueue, ForeignKeyCacheInfo *fk, Relation partition, Oid parentConstrOid, int numfks, AttrNumber *mapped_conkey, AttrNumber *confkey, Oid *conpfeqop, Oid parentInsTrigger, Oid parentUpdTrigger, Relation trigrel)
Definition: tablecmds.c:11662
References addFkConstraint(), addFkRecurseReferencing(), addFkReferencingSide, Assert(), ATGetQueueEntry(), AttrMap::attnums, build_attrmap_by_name(), CheckAlterTableIsSafe(), CheckRelationLockedByMe(), NewConstraint::conid, Constraint::conname, CONSTR_FOREIGN, AlteredTableInfo::constraints, NewConstraint::contype, NewConstraint::conwithperiod, copyObject, createForeignKeyCheckTriggers(), ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, Constraint::fk_with_period, foreach_node, get_constraint_name(), i, INDEX_MAX_KEYS, InvalidOid, Constraint::is_enforced, j, lappend(), NewConstraint::name, NoLock, PartitionDescData::nparts, ObjectAddress::objectId, OidIsValid, PartitionDescData::oids, palloc0(), NewConstraint::qual, RelationData::rd_rel, NewConstraint::refindid, NewConstraint::refrelid, RelationGetDescr, RelationGetFKeyList(), RelationGetPartitionDesc(), RelationGetRelid, RowExclusiveLock, ShareRowExclusiveLock, Constraint::skip_validation, table_close(), table_open(), and tryAttachPartitionForeignKey().
Referenced by addFkRecurseReferencing(), ATAddForeignKeyConstraint(), and CloneFkReferencing().
◆ alter_table_type_to_string()
|
static |
Definition at line 6589 of file tablecmds.c.
6590{
6591 switch (cmdtype)
6592 {
6595 return "ADD COLUMN";
6598 return "ALTER COLUMN ... SET DEFAULT";
6600 return "ALTER COLUMN ... DROP NOT NULL";
6602 return "ALTER COLUMN ... SET NOT NULL";
6604 return "ALTER COLUMN ... SET EXPRESSION";
6606 return "ALTER COLUMN ... DROP EXPRESSION";
6608 return "ALTER COLUMN ... SET STATISTICS";
6610 return "ALTER COLUMN ... SET";
6612 return "ALTER COLUMN ... RESET";
6614 return "ALTER COLUMN ... SET STORAGE";
6616 return "ALTER COLUMN ... SET COMPRESSION";
6618 return "DROP COLUMN";
6621 return NULL; /* not real grammar */
6626 return "ADD CONSTRAINT";
6628 return "ALTER CONSTRAINT";
6630 return "VALIDATE CONSTRAINT";
6632 return "DROP CONSTRAINT";
6634 return NULL; /* not real grammar */
6636 return "ALTER COLUMN ... SET DATA TYPE";
6638 return "ALTER COLUMN ... OPTIONS";
6640 return "OWNER TO";
6642 return "CLUSTER ON";
6644 return "SET WITHOUT CLUSTER";
6646 return "SET ACCESS METHOD";
6648 return "SET LOGGED";
6650 return "SET UNLOGGED";
6652 return "SET WITHOUT OIDS";
6654 return "SET TABLESPACE";
6656 return "SET";
6658 return "RESET";
6660 return NULL; /* not real grammar */
6662 return "ENABLE TRIGGER";
6664 return "ENABLE ALWAYS TRIGGER";
6666 return "ENABLE REPLICA TRIGGER";
6668 return "DISABLE TRIGGER";
6670 return "ENABLE TRIGGER ALL";
6672 return "DISABLE TRIGGER ALL";
6674 return "ENABLE TRIGGER USER";
6676 return "DISABLE TRIGGER USER";
6678 return "ENABLE RULE";
6680 return "ENABLE ALWAYS RULE";
6682 return "ENABLE REPLICA RULE";
6684 return "DISABLE RULE";
6686 return "INHERIT";
6688 return "NO INHERIT";
6690 return "OF";
6692 return "NOT OF";
6694 return "REPLICA IDENTITY";
6696 return "ENABLE ROW SECURITY";
6698 return "DISABLE ROW SECURITY";
6700 return "FORCE ROW SECURITY";
6702 return "NO FORCE ROW SECURITY";
6704 return "OPTIONS";
6706 return "ATTACH PARTITION";
6708 return "DETACH PARTITION";
6710 return "DETACH PARTITION ... FINALIZE";
6712 return "ALTER COLUMN ... ADD IDENTITY";
6714 return "ALTER COLUMN ... SET";
6716 return "ALTER COLUMN ... DROP IDENTITY";
6718 return NULL; /* not real grammar */
6719 }
6720
6721 return NULL;
6722}
References AT_AddColumn, AT_AddColumnToView, AT_AddConstraint, AT_AddIdentity, AT_AddIndex, AT_AddIndexConstraint, AT_AddInherit, AT_AddOf, AT_AlterColumnGenericOptions, AT_AlterColumnType, AT_AlterConstraint, AT_AttachPartition, AT_ChangeOwner, AT_ClusterOn, AT_ColumnDefault, AT_CookedColumnDefault, AT_DetachPartition, AT_DetachPartitionFinalize, AT_DisableRowSecurity, AT_DisableRule, AT_DisableTrig, AT_DisableTrigAll, AT_DisableTrigUser, AT_DropCluster, AT_DropColumn, AT_DropConstraint, AT_DropExpression, AT_DropIdentity, AT_DropInherit, AT_DropNotNull, AT_DropOf, AT_DropOids, AT_EnableAlwaysRule, AT_EnableAlwaysTrig, AT_EnableReplicaRule, AT_EnableReplicaTrig, AT_EnableRowSecurity, AT_EnableRule, AT_EnableTrig, AT_EnableTrigAll, AT_EnableTrigUser, AT_ForceRowSecurity, AT_GenericOptions, AT_NoForceRowSecurity, AT_ReAddComment, AT_ReAddConstraint, AT_ReAddDomainConstraint, AT_ReAddIndex, AT_ReAddStatistics, AT_ReplaceRelOptions, AT_ReplicaIdentity, AT_ResetOptions, AT_ResetRelOptions, AT_SetAccessMethod, AT_SetCompression, AT_SetExpression, AT_SetIdentity, AT_SetLogged, AT_SetNotNull, AT_SetOptions, AT_SetRelOptions, AT_SetStatistics, AT_SetStorage, AT_SetTableSpace, AT_SetUnLogged, and AT_ValidateConstraint.
Referenced by ATSimplePermissions().
◆ AlterConstrDeferrabilityRecurse()
|
static |
Definition at line 12780 of file tablecmds.c.
12784{
12785 Form_pg_constraint currcon;
12786 Oid conoid;
12787 ScanKeyData pkey;
12788 SysScanDesc pscan;
12789 HeapTuple childtup;
12790
12792 conoid = currcon->oid;
12793
12794 ScanKeyInit(&pkey,
12795 Anum_pg_constraint_conparentid,
12796 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
12797 ObjectIdGetDatum(conoid));
12798
12799 pscan = systable_beginscan(conrel, ConstraintParentIndexId,
12800 true, NULL, 1, &pkey);
12801
12803 {
12805 Relation childrel;
12806
12807 childrel = table_open(childcon->conrelid, lockmode);
12808
12809 ATExecAlterConstrDeferrability(wqueue, cmdcon, conrel, tgrel, childrel,
12810 childtup, recurse, otherrelids, lockmode);
12812 }
12813
12814 systable_endscan(pscan);
12815}
SysScanDesc systable_beginscan(Relation heapRelation, Oid indexId, bool indexOK, Snapshot snapshot, int nkeys, ScanKey key)
Definition: genam.c:388
void ScanKeyInit(ScanKey entry, AttrNumber attributeNumber, StrategyNumber strategy, RegProcedure procedure, Datum argument)
Definition: scankey.c:76
Definition: htup.h:63
Definition: skey.h:65
Definition: relscan.h:208
static bool ATExecAlterConstrDeferrability(List **wqueue, ATAlterConstraint *cmdcon, Relation conrel, Relation tgrel, Relation rel, HeapTuple contuple, bool recurse, List **otherrelids, LOCKMODE lockmode)
Definition: tablecmds.c:12526
References ATExecAlterConstrDeferrability(), BTEqualStrategyNumber, GETSTRUCT(), HeapTupleIsValid, NoLock, ObjectIdGetDatum(), ScanKeyInit(), systable_beginscan(), systable_endscan(), systable_getnext(), table_close(), and table_open().
Referenced by ATExecAlterConstrDeferrability().
◆ AlterConstrEnforceabilityRecurse()
|
static |
Definition at line 12731 of file tablecmds.c.
12739{
12740 Form_pg_constraint currcon;
12741 Oid conoid;
12742 ScanKeyData pkey;
12743 SysScanDesc pscan;
12744 HeapTuple childtup;
12745
12747 conoid = currcon->oid;
12748
12749 ScanKeyInit(&pkey,
12750 Anum_pg_constraint_conparentid,
12751 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
12752 ObjectIdGetDatum(conoid));
12753
12754 pscan = systable_beginscan(conrel, ConstraintParentIndexId,
12755 true, NULL, 1, &pkey);
12756
12758 ATExecAlterConstrEnforceability(wqueue, cmdcon, conrel, tgrel, fkrelid,
12759 pkrelid, childtup, lockmode,
12760 ReferencedParentDelTrigger,
12761 ReferencedParentUpdTrigger,
12762 ReferencingParentInsTrigger,
12763 ReferencingParentUpdTrigger);
12764
12765 systable_endscan(pscan);
12766}
static bool ATExecAlterConstrEnforceability(List **wqueue, ATAlterConstraint *cmdcon, Relation conrel, Relation tgrel, Oid fkrelid, Oid pkrelid, HeapTuple contuple, LOCKMODE lockmode, Oid ReferencedParentDelTrigger, Oid ReferencedParentUpdTrigger, Oid ReferencingParentInsTrigger, Oid ReferencingParentUpdTrigger)
Definition: tablecmds.c:12380
References ATExecAlterConstrEnforceability(), BTEqualStrategyNumber, GETSTRUCT(), HeapTupleIsValid, ObjectIdGetDatum(), ScanKeyInit(), systable_beginscan(), systable_endscan(), and systable_getnext().
Referenced by ATExecAlterConstrEnforceability().
◆ AlterConstrTriggerDeferrability()
|
static |
Definition at line 12662 of file tablecmds.c.
12665{
12666 HeapTuple tgtuple;
12667 ScanKeyData tgkey;
12668 SysScanDesc tgscan;
12669
12670 ScanKeyInit(&tgkey,
12671 Anum_pg_trigger_tgconstraint,
12672 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
12673 ObjectIdGetDatum(conoid));
12675 NULL, 1, &tgkey);
12677 {
12679 Form_pg_trigger copy_tg;
12680 HeapTuple tgCopyTuple;
12681
12682 /*
12683 * Remember OIDs of other relation(s) involved in FK constraint.
12684 * (Note: it's likely that we could skip forcing a relcache inval for
12685 * other rels that don't have a trigger whose properties change, but
12686 * let's be conservative.)
12687 */
12689 *otherrelids = list_append_unique_oid(*otherrelids,
12690 tgform->tgrelid);
12691
12692 /*
12693 * Update enable status and deferrability of RI_FKey_noaction_del,
12694 * RI_FKey_noaction_upd, RI_FKey_check_ins and RI_FKey_check_upd
12695 * triggers, but not others; see createForeignKeyActionTriggers and
12696 * CreateFKCheckTrigger.
12697 */
12698 if (tgform->tgfoid != F_RI_FKEY_NOACTION_DEL &&
12699 tgform->tgfoid != F_RI_FKEY_NOACTION_UPD &&
12700 tgform->tgfoid != F_RI_FKEY_CHECK_INS &&
12701 tgform->tgfoid != F_RI_FKEY_CHECK_UPD)
12702 continue;
12703
12704 tgCopyTuple = heap_copytuple(tgtuple);
12706
12707 copy_tg->tgdeferrable = deferrable;
12708 copy_tg->tginitdeferred = initdeferred;
12710
12711 InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(TriggerRelationId, tgform->oid, 0);
12712
12713 heap_freetuple(tgCopyTuple);
12714 }
12715
12716 systable_endscan(tgscan);
12717}
void CatalogTupleUpdate(Relation heapRel, ItemPointer otid, HeapTuple tup)
Definition: indexing.c:313
#define InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(classId, objectId, subId)
Definition: objectaccess.h:197
References BTEqualStrategyNumber, CatalogTupleUpdate(), GETSTRUCT(), heap_copytuple(), heap_freetuple(), HeapTupleIsValid, InvokeObjectPostAlterHook, list_append_unique_oid(), ObjectIdGetDatum(), RelationGetRelid, ScanKeyInit(), systable_beginscan(), systable_endscan(), systable_getnext(), and HeapTupleData::t_self.
Referenced by ATExecAlterConstrDeferrability().
◆ AlterConstrUpdateConstraintEntry()
|
static |
Definition at line 12822 of file tablecmds.c.
12824{
12825 HeapTuple copyTuple;
12826 Form_pg_constraint copy_con;
12827
12829 cmdcon->alterInheritability);
12830
12831 copyTuple = heap_copytuple(contuple);
12833
12835 {
12836 copy_con->conenforced = cmdcon->is_enforced;
12837
12838 /*
12839 * NB: The convalidated status is irrelevant when the constraint is
12840 * set to NOT ENFORCED, but for consistency, it should still be set
12841 * appropriately. Similarly, if the constraint is later changed to
12842 * ENFORCED, validation will be performed during phase 3, so it makes
12843 * sense to mark it as valid in that case.
12844 */
12845 copy_con->convalidated = cmdcon->is_enforced;
12846 }
12848 {
12849 copy_con->condeferrable = cmdcon->deferrable;
12850 copy_con->condeferred = cmdcon->initdeferred;
12851 }
12853 copy_con->connoinherit = cmdcon->noinherit;
12854
12856 InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(ConstraintRelationId, copy_con->oid, 0);
12857
12858 /* Make new constraint flags visible to others */
12859 CacheInvalidateRelcacheByRelid(copy_con->conrelid);
12860
12861 heap_freetuple(copyTuple);
12862}
void CacheInvalidateRelcacheByRelid(Oid relid)
Definition: inval.c:1687
References ATAlterConstraint::alterDeferrability, ATAlterConstraint::alterEnforceability, ATAlterConstraint::alterInheritability, Assert(), CacheInvalidateRelcacheByRelid(), CatalogTupleUpdate(), ATAlterConstraint::deferrable, GETSTRUCT(), heap_copytuple(), heap_freetuple(), ATAlterConstraint::initdeferred, InvokeObjectPostAlterHook, ATAlterConstraint::is_enforced, ATAlterConstraint::noinherit, and HeapTupleData::t_self.
Referenced by ATExecAlterConstrDeferrability(), ATExecAlterConstrEnforceability(), and ATExecAlterConstrInheritability().
◆ AlterIndexNamespaces()
|
static |
Definition at line 19097 of file tablecmds.c.
19099{
19100 List *indexList;
19101 ListCell *l;
19102
19103 indexList = RelationGetIndexList(rel);
19104
19105 foreach(l, indexList)
19106 {
19108 ObjectAddress thisobj;
19109
19110 thisobj.classId = RelationRelationId;
19111 thisobj.objectId = indexOid;
19112 thisobj.objectSubId = 0;
19113
19114 /*
19115 * Note: currently, the index will not have its own dependency on the
19116 * namespace, so we don't need to do changeDependencyFor(). There's no
19117 * row type in pg_type, either.
19118 *
19119 * XXX this objsMoved test may be pointless -- surely we have a single
19120 * dependency link from a relation to each index?
19121 */
19123 {
19124 AlterRelationNamespaceInternal(classRel, indexOid,
19125 oldNspOid, newNspOid,
19126 false, objsMoved);
19127 add_exact_object_address(&thisobj, objsMoved);
19128 }
19129 }
19130
19131 list_free(indexList);
19132}
bool object_address_present(const ObjectAddress *object, const ObjectAddresses *addrs)
Definition: dependency.c:2619
void add_exact_object_address(const ObjectAddress *object, ObjectAddresses *addrs)
Definition: dependency.c:2559
void AlterRelationNamespaceInternal(Relation classRel, Oid relOid, Oid oldNspOid, Oid newNspOid, bool hasDependEntry, ObjectAddresses *objsMoved)
Definition: tablecmds.c:19020
Definition: pg_list.h:46
References add_exact_object_address(), AlterRelationNamespaceInternal(), ObjectAddress::classId, lfirst_oid, list_free(), object_address_present(), ObjectAddress::objectId, ObjectAddress::objectSubId, and RelationGetIndexList().
Referenced by AlterTableNamespaceInternal().
◆ AlterRelationNamespaceInternal()
| void AlterRelationNamespaceInternal | ( | Relation | classRel, |
| Oid | relOid, | ||
| Oid | oldNspOid, | ||
| Oid | newNspOid, | ||
| bool | hasDependEntry, | ||
| ObjectAddresses * | objsMoved | ||
| ) |
Definition at line 19020 of file tablecmds.c.
19024{
19025 HeapTuple classTup;
19026 Form_pg_class classForm;
19027 ObjectAddress thisobj;
19028 bool already_done = false;
19029
19030 /* no rel lock for relkind=c so use LOCKTAG_TUPLE */
19035
19036 Assert(classForm->relnamespace == oldNspOid);
19037
19038 thisobj.classId = RelationRelationId;
19039 thisobj.objectId = relOid;
19040 thisobj.objectSubId = 0;
19041
19042 /*
19043 * If the object has already been moved, don't move it again. If it's
19044 * already in the right place, don't move it, but still fire the object
19045 * access hook.
19046 */
19047 already_done = object_address_present(&thisobj, objsMoved);
19048 if (!already_done && oldNspOid != newNspOid)
19049 {
19051
19052 /* check for duplicate name (more friendly than unique-index failure) */
19054 newNspOid) != InvalidOid)
19056 (errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_TABLE),
19058 NameStr(classForm->relname),
19059 get_namespace_name(newNspOid))));
19060
19061 /* classTup is a copy, so OK to scribble on */
19062 classForm->relnamespace = newNspOid;
19063
19064 CatalogTupleUpdate(classRel, &otid, classTup);
19066
19067
19068 /* Update dependency on schema if caller said so */
19069 if (hasDependEntry &&
19070 changeDependencyFor(RelationRelationId,
19071 relOid,
19072 NamespaceRelationId,
19073 oldNspOid,
19074 newNspOid) != 1)
19076 NameStr(classForm->relname));
19077 }
19078 else
19080 if (!already_done)
19081 {
19082 add_exact_object_address(&thisobj, objsMoved);
19083
19084 InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(RelationRelationId, relOid, 0);
19085 }
19086
19087 heap_freetuple(classTup);
19088}
void UnlockTuple(Relation relation, const ItemPointerData *tid, LOCKMODE lockmode)
Definition: lmgr.c:601
Oid get_relname_relid(const char *relname, Oid relnamespace)
Definition: lsyscache.c:2052
long changeDependencyFor(Oid classId, Oid objectId, Oid refClassId, Oid oldRefObjectId, Oid newRefObjectId)
Definition: pg_depend.c:457
Definition: itemptr.h:37
HeapTuple SearchSysCacheLockedCopy1(int cacheId, Datum key1)
Definition: syscache.c:399
References add_exact_object_address(), Assert(), CatalogTupleUpdate(), changeDependencyFor(), ObjectAddress::classId, elog, ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, get_namespace_name(), get_relname_relid(), GETSTRUCT(), heap_freetuple(), HeapTupleIsValid, InplaceUpdateTupleLock, InvalidOid, InvokeObjectPostAlterHook, NameStr, object_address_present(), ObjectAddress::objectId, ObjectIdGetDatum(), ObjectAddress::objectSubId, SearchSysCacheLockedCopy1(), HeapTupleData::t_self, and UnlockTuple().
Referenced by AlterIndexNamespaces(), AlterSeqNamespaces(), AlterTableNamespaceInternal(), and AlterTypeNamespaceInternal().
◆ AlterSeqNamespaces()
|
static |
Definition at line 19142 of file tablecmds.c.
19145{
19146 Relation depRel;
19147 SysScanDesc scan;
19149 HeapTuple tup;
19150
19151 /*
19152 * SERIAL sequences are those having an auto dependency on one of the
19153 * table's columns (we don't care *which* column, exactly).
19154 */
19156
19158 Anum_pg_depend_refclassid,
19159 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
19160 ObjectIdGetDatum(RelationRelationId));
19162 Anum_pg_depend_refobjid,
19163 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
19165 /* we leave refobjsubid unspecified */
19166
19168 NULL, 2, key);
19169
19171 {
19173 Relation seqRel;
19174
19175 /* skip dependencies other than auto dependencies on columns */
19176 if (depForm->refobjsubid == 0 ||
19177 depForm->classid != RelationRelationId ||
19178 depForm->objsubid != 0 ||
19180 continue;
19181
19182 /* Use relation_open just in case it's an index */
19183 seqRel = relation_open(depForm->objid, lockmode);
19184
19185 /* skip non-sequence relations */
19187 {
19188 /* No need to keep the lock */
19189 relation_close(seqRel, lockmode);
19190 continue;
19191 }
19192
19193 /* Fix the pg_class and pg_depend entries */
19194 AlterRelationNamespaceInternal(classRel, depForm->objid,
19195 oldNspOid, newNspOid,
19196 true, objsMoved);
19197
19198 /*
19199 * Sequences used to have entries in pg_type, but no longer do. If we
19200 * ever re-instate that, we'll need to move the pg_type entry to the
19201 * new namespace, too (using AlterTypeNamespaceInternal).
19202 */
19204
19205 /* Now we can close it. Keep the lock till end of transaction. */
19207 }
19208
19209 systable_endscan(scan);
19210
19212}
References AccessShareLock, AlterRelationNamespaceInternal(), Assert(), BTEqualStrategyNumber, DEPENDENCY_AUTO, DEPENDENCY_INTERNAL, GETSTRUCT(), HeapTupleIsValid, InvalidOid, sort-test::key, NoLock, ObjectIdGetDatum(), relation_close(), relation_open(), RelationGetForm, RelationGetRelid, ScanKeyInit(), systable_beginscan(), systable_endscan(), systable_getnext(), and table_open().
Referenced by AlterTableNamespaceInternal().
◆ AlterTable()
| void AlterTable | ( | AlterTableStmt * | stmt, |
| LOCKMODE | lockmode, | ||
| AlterTableUtilityContext * | context | ||
| ) |
Definition at line 4527 of file tablecmds.c.
4529{
4530 Relation rel;
4531
4532 /* Caller is required to provide an adequate lock. */
4534
4535 CheckAlterTableIsSafe(rel);
4536
4538}
static void ATController(AlterTableStmt *parsetree, Relation rel, List *cmds, bool recurse, LOCKMODE lockmode, AlterTableUtilityContext *context)
Definition: tablecmds.c:4863
References ATController(), CheckAlterTableIsSafe(), NoLock, relation_open(), AlterTableUtilityContext::relid, and stmt.
Referenced by ProcessUtilitySlow().
◆ AlterTableGetLockLevel()
Definition at line 4601 of file tablecmds.c.
4602{
4603 /*
4604 * This only works if we read catalog tables using MVCC snapshots.
4605 */
4606 ListCell *lcmd;
4608
4609 foreach(lcmd, cmds)
4610 {
4613
4615 {
4616 /*
4617 * These subcommands rewrite the heap, so require full locks.
4618 */
4620 * to SELECT */
4624 cmd_lockmode = AccessExclusiveLock;
4625 break;
4626
4627 /*
4628 * These subcommands may require addition of toast tables. If
4629 * we add a toast table to a table currently being scanned, we
4630 * might miss data added to the new toast table by concurrent
4631 * insert transactions.
4632 */
4634 * ATRewriteCatalogs() */
4635 cmd_lockmode = AccessExclusiveLock;
4636 break;
4637
4638 /*
4639 * Removing constraints can affect SELECTs that have been
4640 * optimized assuming the constraint holds true. See also
4641 * CloneFkReferenced.
4642 */
4645 cmd_lockmode = AccessExclusiveLock;
4646 break;
4647
4648 /*
4649 * Subcommands that may be visible to concurrent SELECTs
4650 */
4658 cmd_lockmode = AccessExclusiveLock;
4659 break;
4660
4661 /*
4662 * Changing owner may remove implicit SELECT privileges
4663 */
4665 cmd_lockmode = AccessExclusiveLock;
4666 break;
4667
4668 /*
4669 * Changing foreign table options may affect optimization.
4670 */
4673 cmd_lockmode = AccessExclusiveLock;
4674 break;
4675
4676 /*
4677 * These subcommands affect write operations only.
4678 */
4687 cmd_lockmode = ShareRowExclusiveLock;
4688 break;
4689
4690 /*
4691 * These subcommands affect write operations only. XXX
4692 * Theoretically, these could be ShareRowExclusiveLock.
4693 */
4711 cmd_lockmode = AccessExclusiveLock;
4712 break;
4713
4718 {
4720
4721 switch (con->contype)
4722 {
4726
4727 /*
4728 * Cases essentially the same as CREATE INDEX. We
4729 * could reduce the lock strength to ShareLock if
4730 * we can work out how to allow concurrent catalog
4731 * updates. XXX Might be set down to
4732 * ShareRowExclusiveLock but requires further
4733 * analysis.
4734 */
4735 cmd_lockmode = AccessExclusiveLock;
4736 break;
4738
4739 /*
4740 * We add triggers to both tables when we add a
4741 * Foreign Key, so the lock level must be at least
4742 * as strong as CREATE TRIGGER.
4743 */
4744 cmd_lockmode = ShareRowExclusiveLock;
4745 break;
4746
4747 default:
4748 cmd_lockmode = AccessExclusiveLock;
4749 }
4750 }
4751 break;
4752
4753 /*
4754 * These subcommands affect inheritance behaviour. Queries
4755 * started before us will continue to see the old inheritance
4756 * behaviour, while queries started after we commit will see
4757 * new behaviour. No need to prevent reads or writes to the
4758 * subtable while we hook it up though. Changing the TupDesc
4759 * may be a problem, so keep highest lock.
4760 */
4763 cmd_lockmode = AccessExclusiveLock;
4764 break;
4765
4766 /*
4767 * These subcommands affect implicit row type conversion. They
4768 * have affects similar to CREATE/DROP CAST on queries. don't
4769 * provide for invalidating parse trees as a result of such
4770 * changes, so we keep these at AccessExclusiveLock.
4771 */
4774 cmd_lockmode = AccessExclusiveLock;
4775 break;
4776
4777 /*
4778 * Only used by CREATE OR REPLACE VIEW which must conflict
4779 * with an SELECTs currently using the view.
4780 */
4782 cmd_lockmode = AccessExclusiveLock;
4783 break;
4784
4785 /*
4786 * These subcommands affect general strategies for performance
4787 * and maintenance, though don't change the semantic results
4788 * from normal data reads and writes. Delaying an ALTER TABLE
4789 * behind currently active writes only delays the point where
4790 * the new strategy begins to take effect, so there is no
4791 * benefit in waiting. In this case the minimum restriction
4792 * applies: we don't currently allow concurrent catalog
4793 * updates.
4794 */
4800 cmd_lockmode = ShareUpdateExclusiveLock;
4801 break;
4802
4805 cmd_lockmode = AccessExclusiveLock;
4806 break;
4807
4809 cmd_lockmode = ShareUpdateExclusiveLock;
4810 break;
4811
4812 /*
4813 * Rel options are more complex than first appears. Options
4814 * are set here for tables, views and indexes; for historical
4815 * reasons these can all be used with ALTER TABLE, so we can't
4816 * decide between them using the basic grammar.
4817 */
4819 * getTables() */
4821 * getTables() */
4823 break;
4824
4826 cmd_lockmode = ShareUpdateExclusiveLock;
4827 break;
4828
4831 cmd_lockmode = ShareUpdateExclusiveLock;
4832 else
4833 cmd_lockmode = AccessExclusiveLock;
4834 break;
4835
4837 cmd_lockmode = ShareUpdateExclusiveLock;
4838 break;
4839
4840 default: /* oops */
4843 break;
4844 }
4845
4846 /*
4847 * Take the greatest lockmode from any subcommand
4848 */
4849 if (cmd_lockmode > lockmode)
4850 lockmode = cmd_lockmode;
4851 }
4852
4853 return lockmode;
4854}
LOCKMODE AlterTableGetRelOptionsLockLevel(List *defList)
Definition: reloptions.c:2144
Definition: parsenodes.h:2485
Definition: parsenodes.h:2830
Definition: parsenodes.h:971
References AccessExclusiveLock, AlterTableGetRelOptionsLockLevel(), AT_AddColumn, AT_AddColumnToView, AT_AddConstraint, AT_AddIdentity, AT_AddIndex, AT_AddIndexConstraint, AT_AddInherit, AT_AddOf, AT_AlterColumnGenericOptions, AT_AlterColumnType, AT_AlterConstraint, AT_AttachPartition, AT_ChangeOwner, AT_ClusterOn, AT_ColumnDefault, AT_CookedColumnDefault, AT_DetachPartition, AT_DetachPartitionFinalize, AT_DisableRowSecurity, AT_DisableRule, AT_DisableTrig, AT_DisableTrigAll, AT_DisableTrigUser, AT_DropCluster, AT_DropColumn, AT_DropConstraint, AT_DropExpression, AT_DropIdentity, AT_DropInherit, AT_DropNotNull, AT_DropOf, AT_DropOids, AT_EnableAlwaysRule, AT_EnableAlwaysTrig, AT_EnableReplicaRule, AT_EnableReplicaTrig, AT_EnableRowSecurity, AT_EnableRule, AT_EnableTrig, AT_EnableTrigAll, AT_EnableTrigUser, AT_ForceRowSecurity, AT_GenericOptions, AT_NoForceRowSecurity, AT_ReAddConstraint, AT_ReAddDomainConstraint, AT_ReplaceRelOptions, AT_ReplicaIdentity, AT_ResetOptions, AT_ResetRelOptions, AT_SetAccessMethod, AT_SetCompression, AT_SetExpression, AT_SetIdentity, AT_SetLogged, AT_SetNotNull, AT_SetOptions, AT_SetRelOptions, AT_SetStatistics, AT_SetStorage, AT_SetTableSpace, AT_SetUnLogged, AT_ValidateConstraint, CONSTR_EXCLUSION, CONSTR_FOREIGN, CONSTR_PRIMARY, CONSTR_UNIQUE, Constraint::contype, AlterTableCmd::def, elog, ERROR, IsA, lfirst, ShareRowExclusiveLock, ShareUpdateExclusiveLock, and AlterTableCmd::subtype.
Referenced by AlterTableInternal(), and ProcessUtilitySlow().
◆ AlterTableInternal()
Definition at line 4556 of file tablecmds.c.
4557{
4558 Relation rel;
4560
4561 rel = relation_open(relid, lockmode);
4562
4563 EventTriggerAlterTableRelid(relid);
4564
4565 ATController(NULL, rel, cmds, recurse, lockmode, NULL);
4566}
void EventTriggerAlterTableRelid(Oid objectId)
Definition: event_trigger.c:1787
References AlterTableGetLockLevel(), ATController(), EventTriggerAlterTableRelid(), and relation_open().
Referenced by AlterTableMoveAll(), and DefineVirtualRelation().
◆ AlterTableLookupRelation()
| Oid AlterTableLookupRelation | ( | AlterTableStmt * | stmt, |
| LOCKMODE | lockmode | ||
| ) |
Definition at line 4468 of file tablecmds.c.
4469{
4473 stmt);
4474}
Oid RangeVarGetRelidExtended(const RangeVar *relation, LOCKMODE lockmode, uint32 flags, RangeVarGetRelidCallback callback, void *callback_arg)
Definition: namespace.c:440
static void RangeVarCallbackForAlterRelation(const RangeVar *rv, Oid relid, Oid oldrelid, void *arg)
Definition: tablecmds.c:19552
References RangeVarCallbackForAlterRelation(), RangeVarGetRelidExtended(), RVR_MISSING_OK, and stmt.
Referenced by ProcessUtilitySlow().
◆ AlterTableMoveAll()
| Oid AlterTableMoveAll | ( | AlterTableMoveAllStmt * | stmt | ) |
Definition at line 16953 of file tablecmds.c.
16954{
16956 ListCell *l;
16958 Relation rel;
16959 TableScanDesc scan;
16960 HeapTuple tuple;
16961 Oid orig_tablespaceoid;
16962 Oid new_tablespaceoid;
16964
16965 /* Ensure we were not asked to move something we can't */
16969 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
16971
16972 /* Get the orig and new tablespace OIDs */
16975
16976 /* Can't move shared relations in to or out of pg_global */
16977 /* This is also checked by ATExecSetTableSpace, but nice to stop earlier */
16978 if (orig_tablespaceoid == GLOBALTABLESPACE_OID ||
16979 new_tablespaceoid == GLOBALTABLESPACE_OID)
16981 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
16983
16984 /*
16985 * Must have CREATE rights on the new tablespace, unless it is the
16986 * database default tablespace (which all users implicitly have CREATE
16987 * rights on).
16988 */
16990 {
16991 AclResult aclresult;
16992
16994 ACL_CREATE);
16997 get_tablespace_name(new_tablespaceoid));
16998 }
16999
17000 /*
17001 * Now that the checks are done, check if we should set either to
17002 * InvalidOid because it is our database's default tablespace.
17003 */
17005 orig_tablespaceoid = InvalidOid;
17006
17008 new_tablespaceoid = InvalidOid;
17009
17010 /* no-op */
17011 if (orig_tablespaceoid == new_tablespaceoid)
17012 return new_tablespaceoid;
17013
17014 /*
17015 * Walk the list of objects in the tablespace and move them. This will
17016 * only find objects in our database, of course.
17017 */
17019 Anum_pg_class_reltablespace,
17020 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
17021 ObjectIdGetDatum(orig_tablespaceoid));
17022
17026 {
17028 Oid relOid = relForm->oid;
17029
17030 /*
17031 * Do not move objects in pg_catalog as part of this, if an admin
17032 * really wishes to do so, they can issue the individual ALTER
17033 * commands directly.
17034 *
17035 * Also, explicitly avoid any shared tables, temp tables, or TOAST
17036 * (TOAST will be moved with the main table).
17037 */
17039 relForm->relisshared ||
17040 isAnyTempNamespace(relForm->relnamespace) ||
17041 IsToastNamespace(relForm->relnamespace))
17042 continue;
17043
17044 /* Only move the object type requested */
17046 relForm->relkind != RELKIND_RELATION &&
17047 relForm->relkind != RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE) ||
17049 relForm->relkind != RELKIND_INDEX &&
17050 relForm->relkind != RELKIND_PARTITIONED_INDEX) ||
17052 relForm->relkind != RELKIND_MATVIEW))
17053 continue;
17054
17055 /* Check if we are only moving objects owned by certain roles */
17057 continue;
17058
17059 /*
17060 * Handle permissions-checking here since we are locking the tables
17061 * and also to avoid doing a bunch of work only to fail part-way. Note
17062 * that permissions will also be checked by AlterTableInternal().
17063 *
17064 * Caller must be considered an owner on the table to move it.
17065 */
17068 NameStr(relForm->relname));
17069
17073 (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_IN_USE),
17075 get_namespace_name(relForm->relnamespace),
17076 NameStr(relForm->relname))));
17077 else
17079
17080 /* Add to our list of objects to move */
17081 relations = lappend_oid(relations, relOid);
17082 }
17083
17084 table_endscan(scan);
17086
17089 (errcode(ERRCODE_NO_DATA_FOUND),
17092 get_tablespace_name(orig_tablespaceoid))));
17093
17094 /* Everything is locked, loop through and move all of the relations. */
17095 foreach(l, relations)
17096 {
17099
17102
17103 cmds = lappend(cmds, cmd);
17104
17106 /* OID is set by AlterTableInternal */
17108 EventTriggerAlterTableEnd();
17109 }
17110
17111 return new_tablespaceoid;
17112}
void aclcheck_error(AclResult aclerr, ObjectType objtype, const char *objectname)
Definition: aclchk.c:2652
AclResult object_aclcheck(Oid classid, Oid objectid, Oid roleid, AclMode mode)
Definition: aclchk.c:3834
bool object_ownercheck(Oid classid, Oid objectid, Oid roleid)
Definition: aclchk.c:4088
Oid get_tablespace_oid(const char *tablespacename, bool missing_ok)
Definition: tablespace.c:1426
void EventTriggerAlterTableStart(Node *parsetree)
Definition: event_trigger.c:1753
HeapTuple heap_getnext(TableScanDesc sscan, ScanDirection direction)
Definition: heapam.c:1346
bool ConditionalLockRelationOid(Oid relid, LOCKMODE lockmode)
Definition: lmgr.c:151
Definition: relscan.h:34
TableScanDesc table_beginscan_catalog(Relation relation, int nkeys, ScanKeyData *key)
Definition: tableam.c:113
void AlterTableInternal(Oid relid, List *cmds, bool recurse)
Definition: tablecmds.c:4556
References AccessExclusiveLock, AccessShareLock, ACL_CREATE, aclcheck_error(), ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, ACLCHECK_OK, AlterTableInternal(), AT_SetTableSpace, BTEqualStrategyNumber, ConditionalLockRelationOid(), ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, EventTriggerAlterTableEnd(), EventTriggerAlterTableStart(), ForwardScanDirection, get_namespace_name(), get_rel_relkind(), get_relkind_objtype(), get_tablespace_name(), get_tablespace_oid(), GETSTRUCT(), GetUserId(), heap_getnext(), InvalidOid, isAnyTempNamespace(), IsCatalogNamespace(), IsToastNamespace(), sort-test::key, lappend(), lappend_oid(), lfirst_oid, list_member_oid(), LockRelationOid(), makeNode, MyDatabaseTableSpace, AlterTableCmd::name, NameStr, NIL, NOTICE, object_aclcheck(), OBJECT_INDEX, OBJECT_MATVIEW, object_ownercheck(), OBJECT_TABLE, OBJECT_TABLESPACE, ObjectIdGetDatum(), OidIsValid, roleSpecsToIds(), ScanKeyInit(), stmt, AlterTableCmd::subtype, table_beginscan_catalog(), table_close(), table_endscan(), and table_open().
Referenced by ProcessUtilitySlow().
◆ AlterTableNamespace()
| ObjectAddress AlterTableNamespace | ( | AlterObjectSchemaStmt * | stmt, |
| Oid * | oldschema | ||
| ) |
Definition at line 18912 of file tablecmds.c.
18913{
18914 Relation rel;
18915 Oid relid;
18916 Oid oldNspOid;
18917 Oid nspOid;
18918 RangeVar *newrv;
18919 ObjectAddresses *objsMoved;
18920 ObjectAddress myself;
18921
18925 stmt);
18926
18928 {
18931 stmt->relation->relname)));
18933 }
18934
18936
18937 oldNspOid = RelationGetNamespace(rel);
18938
18939 /* If it's an owned sequence, disallow moving it by itself. */
18941 {
18942 Oid tableId;
18943 int32 colId;
18944
18948 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
18951 RelationGetRelationName(rel),
18952 get_rel_name(tableId))));
18953 }
18954
18955 /* Get and lock schema OID and check its permissions. */
18958
18959 /* common checks on switching namespaces */
18960 CheckSetNamespace(oldNspOid, nspOid);
18961
18962 objsMoved = new_object_addresses();
18963 AlterTableNamespaceInternal(rel, oldNspOid, nspOid, objsMoved);
18964 free_object_addresses(objsMoved);
18965
18966 ObjectAddressSet(myself, RelationRelationId, relid);
18967
18968 if (oldschema)
18969 *oldschema = oldNspOid;
18970
18971 /* close rel, but keep lock until commit */
18973
18974 return myself;
18975}
void free_object_addresses(ObjectAddresses *addrs)
Definition: dependency.c:2799
RangeVar * makeRangeVar(char *schemaname, char *relname, int location)
Definition: makefuncs.c:473
Oid RangeVarGetAndCheckCreationNamespace(RangeVar *relation, LOCKMODE lockmode, Oid *existing_relation_id)
Definition: namespace.c:738
bool sequenceIsOwned(Oid seqId, char deptype, Oid *tableId, int32 *colId)
Definition: pg_depend.c:828
Definition: dependency.c:114
Definition: primnodes.h:73
void AlterTableNamespaceInternal(Relation rel, Oid oldNspOid, Oid nspOid, ObjectAddresses *objsMoved)
Definition: tablecmds.c:18983
References AccessExclusiveLock, AlterTableNamespaceInternal(), CheckSetNamespace(), DEPENDENCY_AUTO, DEPENDENCY_INTERNAL, ereport, errcode(), errdetail(), errmsg(), ERROR, free_object_addresses(), get_rel_name(), InvalidObjectAddress, makeRangeVar(), new_object_addresses(), NoLock, NOTICE, ObjectAddressSet, OidIsValid, RangeVarCallbackForAlterRelation(), RangeVarGetAndCheckCreationNamespace(), RangeVarGetRelidExtended(), RelationData::rd_rel, relation_close(), relation_open(), RelationGetNamespace, RelationGetRelationName, RVR_MISSING_OK, sequenceIsOwned(), and stmt.
Referenced by ExecAlterObjectSchemaStmt().
◆ AlterTableNamespaceInternal()
| void AlterTableNamespaceInternal | ( | Relation | rel, |
| Oid | oldNspOid, | ||
| Oid | nspOid, | ||
| ObjectAddresses * | objsMoved | ||
| ) |
Definition at line 18983 of file tablecmds.c.
18985{
18986 Relation classRel;
18987
18988 Assert(objsMoved != NULL);
18989
18990 /* OK, modify the pg_class row and pg_depend entry */
18992
18994 nspOid, true, objsMoved);
18995
18996 /* Fix the table's row type too, if it has one */
18999 false, /* isImplicitArray */
19000 false, /* ignoreDependent */
19001 false, /* errorOnTableType */
19002 objsMoved);
19003
19004 /* Fix other dependent stuff */
19005 AlterIndexNamespaces(classRel, rel, oldNspOid, nspOid, objsMoved);
19006 AlterSeqNamespaces(classRel, rel, oldNspOid, nspOid,
19007 objsMoved, AccessExclusiveLock);
19009 false, objsMoved);
19010
19012}
void AlterConstraintNamespaces(Oid ownerId, Oid oldNspId, Oid newNspId, bool isType, ObjectAddresses *objsMoved)
Definition: pg_constraint.c:1038
static void AlterSeqNamespaces(Relation classRel, Relation rel, Oid oldNspOid, Oid newNspOid, ObjectAddresses *objsMoved, LOCKMODE lockmode)
Definition: tablecmds.c:19142
static void AlterIndexNamespaces(Relation classRel, Relation rel, Oid oldNspOid, Oid newNspOid, ObjectAddresses *objsMoved)
Definition: tablecmds.c:19097
Oid AlterTypeNamespaceInternal(Oid typeOid, Oid nspOid, bool isImplicitArray, bool ignoreDependent, bool errorOnTableType, ObjectAddresses *objsMoved)
Definition: typecmds.c:4165
References AccessExclusiveLock, AlterConstraintNamespaces(), AlterIndexNamespaces(), AlterRelationNamespaceInternal(), AlterSeqNamespaces(), AlterTypeNamespaceInternal(), Assert(), OidIsValid, RelationData::rd_rel, RelationGetRelid, RowExclusiveLock, table_close(), and table_open().
Referenced by AlterObjectNamespace_oid(), and AlterTableNamespace().
◆ ATAddCheckNNConstraint()
|
static |
Definition at line 9880 of file tablecmds.c.
9883{
9884 List *newcons;
9885 ListCell *lcon;
9886 List *children;
9887 ListCell *child;
9889
9890 /* Guard against stack overflow due to overly deep inheritance tree. */
9891 check_stack_depth();
9892
9893 /* At top level, permission check was done in ATPrepCmd, else do it */
9894 if (recursing)
9897
9898 /*
9899 * Call AddRelationNewConstraints to do the work, making sure it works on
9900 * a copy of the Constraint so transformExpr can't modify the original. It
9901 * returns a list of cooked constraints.
9902 *
9903 * If the constraint ends up getting merged with a pre-existing one, it's
9904 * omitted from the returned list, which is what we want: we do not need
9905 * to do any validation work. That can only happen at child tables,
9906 * though, since we disallow merging at the top level.
9907 */
9910 recursing || is_readd, /* allow_merge */
9911 !recursing, /* is_local */
9912 is_readd, /* is_internal */
9913 NULL); /* queryString not available
9914 * here */
9915
9916 /* we don't expect more than one constraint here */
9918
9919 /* Add each to-be-validated constraint to Phase 3's queue */
9920 foreach(lcon, newcons)
9921 {
9923
9925 {
9926 NewConstraint *newcon;
9927
9932
9934 }
9935
9936 /* Save the actually assigned name if it was defaulted */
9939
9940 /*
9941 * If adding a valid not-null constraint, set the pg_attribute flag
9942 * and tell phase 3 to verify existing rows, if needed. For an
9943 * invalid constraint, just set attnotnull, without queueing
9944 * verification.
9945 */
9948 !constr->skip_validation,
9949 !constr->skip_validation);
9950
9952 }
9953
9954 /* At this point we must have a locked-down name to use */
9956
9957 /* Advance command counter in case same table is visited multiple times */
9958 CommandCounterIncrement();
9959
9960 /*
9961 * If the constraint got merged with an existing constraint, we're done.
9962 * We mustn't recurse to child tables in this case, because they've
9963 * already got the constraint, and visiting them again would lead to an
9964 * incorrect value for coninhcount.
9965 */
9967 return address;
9968
9969 /*
9970 * If adding a NO INHERIT constraint, no need to find our children.
9971 */
9973 return address;
9974
9975 /*
9976 * Propagate to children as appropriate. Unlike most other ALTER
9977 * routines, we have to do this one level of recursion at a time; we can't
9978 * use find_all_inheritors to do it in one pass.
9979 */
9980 children =
9982
9983 /*
9984 * Check if ONLY was specified with ALTER TABLE. If so, allow the
9985 * constraint creation only if there are no children currently. Error out
9986 * otherwise.
9987 */
9990 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
9992
9993 /*
9994 * Recurse to create the constraint on each child.
9995 */
9996 foreach(child, children)
9997 {
9999 Relation childrel;
10000 AlteredTableInfo *childtab;
10001
10002 /* find_inheritance_children already got lock */
10004 CheckAlterTableIsSafe(childrel);
10005
10006 /* Find or create work queue entry for this table */
10007 childtab = ATGetQueueEntry(wqueue, childrel);
10008
10009 /* Recurse to this child */
10010 ATAddCheckNNConstraint(wqueue, childtab, childrel,
10011 constr, recurse, true, is_readd, lockmode);
10012
10014 }
10015
10016 return address;
10017}
List * AddRelationNewConstraints(Relation rel, List *newColDefaults, List *newConstraints, bool allow_merge, bool is_local, bool is_internal, const char *queryString)
Definition: heap.c:2385
List * find_inheritance_children(Oid parentrelId, LOCKMODE lockmode)
Definition: pg_inherits.c:58
Definition: heap.h:36
static ObjectAddress ATAddCheckNNConstraint(List **wqueue, AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation rel, Constraint *constr, bool recurse, bool recursing, bool is_readd, LOCKMODE lockmode)
Definition: tablecmds.c:9880
static void ATSimplePermissions(AlterTableType cmdtype, Relation rel, int allowed_targets)
Definition: tablecmds.c:6732
static void set_attnotnull(List **wqueue, Relation rel, AttrNumber attnum, bool is_valid, bool queue_validation)
Definition: tablecmds.c:7833
References AddRelationNewConstraints(), Assert(), AT_AddConstraint, ATAddCheckNNConstraint(), ATGetQueueEntry(), ATSimplePermissions(), ATT_FOREIGN_TABLE, ATT_PARTITIONED_TABLE, ATT_TABLE, CookedConstraint::attnum, check_stack_depth(), CheckAlterTableIsSafe(), CommandCounterIncrement(), Constraint::conname, CookedConstraint::conoid, CONSTR_NOTNULL, AlteredTableInfo::constraints, NewConstraint::contype, CookedConstraint::contype, Constraint::contype, copyObject, ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, CookedConstraint::expr, find_inheritance_children(), InvalidObjectAddress, Constraint::is_no_inherit, lappend(), lfirst, lfirst_oid, list_length(), list_make1, NewConstraint::name, CookedConstraint::name, NIL, NoLock, ObjectAddressSet, palloc0(), NewConstraint::qual, RelationGetRelid, set_attnotnull(), CookedConstraint::skip_validation, Constraint::skip_validation, table_close(), and table_open().
Referenced by ATAddCheckNNConstraint(), ATExecAddConstraint(), and DetachAddConstraintIfNeeded().
◆ ATAddForeignKeyConstraint()
|
static |
Definition at line 10035 of file tablecmds.c.
10038{
10039 Relation pkrel;
10051 bool with_period;
10052 bool pk_has_without_overlaps;
10054 int numfks,
10055 numpks,
10056 numfkdelsetcols;
10057 Oid indexOid;
10058 bool old_check_ok;
10059 ObjectAddress address;
10061
10062 /*
10063 * Grab ShareRowExclusiveLock on the pk table, so that someone doesn't
10064 * delete rows out from under us.
10065 */
10068 else
10070
10071 /*
10072 * Validity checks (permission checks wait till we have the column
10073 * numbers)
10074 */
10077 errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
10078 errmsg("cannot use ONLY for foreign key on partitioned table \"%s\" referencing relation \"%s\"",
10079 RelationGetRelationName(rel),
10080 RelationGetRelationName(pkrel)));
10081
10083 pkrel->rd_rel->relkind != RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE)
10085 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
10087 RelationGetRelationName(pkrel))));
10088
10091 (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
10093 RelationGetRelationName(pkrel))));
10094
10095 /*
10096 * References from permanent or unlogged tables to temp tables, and from
10097 * permanent tables to unlogged tables, are disallowed because the
10098 * referenced data can vanish out from under us. References from temp
10099 * tables to any other table type are also disallowed, because other
10100 * backends might need to run the RI triggers on the perm table, but they
10101 * can't reliably see tuples in the local buffers of other backends.
10102 */
10104 {
10105 case RELPERSISTENCE_PERMANENT:
10108 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
10110 break;
10111 case RELPERSISTENCE_UNLOGGED:
10113 && pkrel->rd_rel->relpersistence != RELPERSISTENCE_UNLOGGED)
10115 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
10117 break;
10118 case RELPERSISTENCE_TEMP:
10121 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
10125 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
10127 break;
10128 }
10129
10130 /*
10131 * Look up the referencing attributes to make sure they exist, and record
10132 * their attnums and type and collation OIDs.
10133 */
10135 fkconstraint->fk_attrs,
10136 fkattnum, fktypoid, fkcolloid);
10140 errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_FOREIGN_KEY),
10142
10144 fkconstraint->fk_del_set_cols,
10145 fkdelsetcols, NULL, NULL);
10146 numfkdelsetcols = validateFkOnDeleteSetColumns(numfks, fkattnum,
10147 numfkdelsetcols,
10148 fkdelsetcols,
10149 fkconstraint->fk_del_set_cols);
10150
10151 /*
10152 * If the attribute list for the referenced table was omitted, lookup the
10153 * definition of the primary key and use it. Otherwise, validate the
10154 * supplied attribute list. In either case, discover the index OID and
10155 * index opclasses, and the attnums and type and collation OIDs of the
10156 * attributes.
10157 */
10159 {
10160 numpks = transformFkeyGetPrimaryKey(pkrel, &indexOid,
10161 &fkconstraint->pk_attrs,
10162 pkattnum, pktypoid, pkcolloid,
10163 opclasses, &pk_has_without_overlaps);
10164
10165 /* If the primary key uses WITHOUT OVERLAPS, the fk must use PERIOD */
10168 errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_FOREIGN_KEY),
10170 }
10171 else
10172 {
10174 fkconstraint->pk_attrs,
10175 pkattnum, pktypoid, pkcolloid);
10176
10177 /* Since we got pk_attrs, one should be a period. */
10180 errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_FOREIGN_KEY),
10182
10183 /* Look for an index matching the column list */
10184 indexOid = transformFkeyCheckAttrs(pkrel, numpks, pkattnum,
10185 with_period, opclasses, &pk_has_without_overlaps);
10186 }
10187
10188 /*
10189 * If the referenced primary key has WITHOUT OVERLAPS, the foreign key
10190 * must use PERIOD.
10191 */
10192 if (pk_has_without_overlaps && !with_period)
10194 errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_FOREIGN_KEY),
10196
10197 /*
10198 * Now we can check permissions.
10199 */
10200 checkFkeyPermissions(pkrel, pkattnum, numpks);
10201
10202 /*
10203 * Check some things for generated columns.
10204 */
10206 {
10208
10209 if (attgenerated)
10210 {
10211 /*
10212 * Check restrictions on UPDATE/DELETE actions, per SQL standard
10213 */
10218 (errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
10220 "ON UPDATE")));
10224 (errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
10226 "ON DELETE")));
10227 }
10228
10229 /*
10230 * FKs on virtual columns are not supported. This would require
10231 * various additional support in ri_triggers.c, including special
10232 * handling in ri_NullCheck(), ri_KeysEqual(),
10233 * RI_FKey_fk_upd_check_required() (since all virtual columns appear
10234 * as NULL there). Also not really practical as long as you can't
10235 * index virtual columns.
10236 */
10237 if (attgenerated == ATTRIBUTE_GENERATED_VIRTUAL)
10239 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
10241 }
10242
10243 /*
10244 * Some actions are currently unsupported for foreign keys using PERIOD.
10245 */
10247 {
10253 errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
10255 "ON UPDATE"));
10256
10262 errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
10264 "ON DELETE"));
10265 }
10266
10267 /*
10268 * Look up the equality operators to use in the constraint.
10269 *
10270 * Note that we have to be careful about the difference between the actual
10271 * PK column type and the opclass' declared input type, which might be
10272 * only binary-compatible with it. The declared opcintype is the right
10273 * thing to probe pg_amop with.
10274 */
10275 if (numfks != numpks)
10277 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_FOREIGN_KEY),
10279
10280 /*
10281 * On the strength of a previous constraint, we might avoid scanning
10282 * tables to validate this one. See below.
10283 */
10286
10288 {
10291 Oid fktyped;
10294 HeapTuple cla_ht;
10295 Form_pg_opclass cla_tup;
10296 Oid amid;
10297 Oid opfamily;
10298 Oid opcintype;
10299 bool for_overlaps;
10300 CompareType cmptype;
10301 Oid pfeqop;
10302 Oid ppeqop;
10303 Oid ffeqop;
10304 int16 eqstrategy;
10305 Oid pfeqop_right;
10306
10307 /* We need several fields out of the pg_opclass entry */
10312 amid = cla_tup->opcmethod;
10313 opfamily = cla_tup->opcfamily;
10314 opcintype = cla_tup->opcintype;
10315 ReleaseSysCache(cla_ht);
10316
10317 /*
10318 * Get strategy number from index AM.
10319 *
10320 * For a normal foreign-key constraint, this should not fail, since we
10321 * already checked that the index is unique and should therefore have
10322 * appropriate equal operators. For a period foreign key, this could
10323 * fail if we selected a non-matching exclusion constraint earlier.
10324 * (XXX Maybe we should do these lookups earlier so we don't end up
10325 * doing that.)
10326 */
10327 for_overlaps = with_period && i == numpks - 1;
10332 errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
10333 for_overlaps
10336 errdetail("Could not translate compare type %d for operator family \"%s\" of access method \"%s\".",
10338
10339 /*
10340 * There had better be a primary equality operator for the index.
10341 * We'll use it for PK = PK comparisons.
10342 */
10343 ppeqop = get_opfamily_member(opfamily, opcintype, opcintype,
10344 eqstrategy);
10345
10348 eqstrategy, opcintype, opcintype, opfamily);
10349
10350 /*
10351 * Are there equality operators that take exactly the FK type? Assume
10352 * we should look through any domain here.
10353 */
10354 fktyped = getBaseType(fktype);
10355
10356 pfeqop = get_opfamily_member(opfamily, opcintype, fktyped,
10357 eqstrategy);
10359 {
10360 pfeqop_right = fktyped;
10361 ffeqop = get_opfamily_member(opfamily, fktyped, fktyped,
10362 eqstrategy);
10363 }
10364 else
10365 {
10366 /* keep compiler quiet */
10367 pfeqop_right = InvalidOid;
10368 ffeqop = InvalidOid;
10369 }
10370
10372 {
10373 /*
10374 * Otherwise, look for an implicit cast from the FK type to the
10375 * opcintype, and if found, use the primary equality operator.
10376 * This is a bit tricky because opcintype might be a polymorphic
10377 * type such as ANYARRAY or ANYENUM; so what we have to test is
10378 * whether the two actual column types can be concurrently cast to
10379 * that type. (Otherwise, we'd fail to reject combinations such
10380 * as int[] and point[].)
10381 */
10382 Oid input_typeids[2];
10383 Oid target_typeids[2];
10384
10385 input_typeids[0] = pktype;
10386 input_typeids[1] = fktype;
10387 target_typeids[0] = opcintype;
10388 target_typeids[1] = opcintype;
10390 COERCION_IMPLICIT))
10391 {
10392 pfeqop = ffeqop = ppeqop;
10393 pfeqop_right = opcintype;
10394 }
10395 }
10396
10399 (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
10401 fkconstraint->conname),
10403 "are of incompatible types: %s and %s.",
10406 format_type_be(fktype),
10407 format_type_be(pktype))));
10408
10409 /*
10410 * This shouldn't be possible, but better check to make sure we have a
10411 * consistent state for the check below.
10412 */
10413 if ((OidIsValid(pkcoll) && !OidIsValid(fkcoll)) || (!OidIsValid(pkcoll) && OidIsValid(fkcoll)))
10415
10417 {
10418 bool pkcolldet;
10419 bool fkcolldet;
10420
10421 pkcolldet = get_collation_isdeterministic(pkcoll);
10422 fkcolldet = get_collation_isdeterministic(fkcoll);
10423
10424 /*
10425 * SQL requires that both collations are the same. This is
10426 * because we need a consistent notion of equality on both
10427 * columns. We relax this by allowing different collations if
10428 * they are both deterministic. (This is also for backward
10429 * compatibility, because PostgreSQL has always allowed this.)
10430 */
10431 if ((!pkcolldet || !fkcolldet) && pkcoll != fkcoll)
10433 (errcode(ERRCODE_COLLATION_MISMATCH),
10436 "have incompatible collations: \"%s\" and \"%s\". "
10437 "If either collation is nondeterministic, then both collations have to be the same.",
10440 get_collation_name(fkcoll),
10441 get_collation_name(pkcoll))));
10442 }
10443
10444 if (old_check_ok)
10445 {
10446 /*
10447 * When a pfeqop changes, revalidate the constraint. We could
10448 * permit intra-opfamily changes, but that adds subtle complexity
10449 * without any concrete benefit for core types. We need not
10450 * assess ppeqop or ffeqop, which RI_Initial_Check() does not use.
10451 */
10452 old_check_ok = (pfeqop == lfirst_oid(old_pfeqop_item));
10454 old_pfeqop_item);
10455 }
10456 if (old_check_ok)
10457 {
10458 Oid old_fktype;
10459 Oid new_fktype;
10460 CoercionPathType old_pathtype;
10461 CoercionPathType new_pathtype;
10462 Oid old_castfunc;
10463 Oid new_castfunc;
10464 Oid old_fkcoll;
10465 Oid new_fkcoll;
10467 fkattnum[i] - 1);
10468
10469 /*
10470 * Identify coercion pathways from each of the old and new FK-side
10471 * column types to the right (foreign) operand type of the pfeqop.
10472 * We may assume that pg_constraint.conkey is not changing.
10473 */
10474 old_fktype = attr->atttypid;
10475 new_fktype = fktype;
10476 old_pathtype = findFkeyCast(pfeqop_right, old_fktype,
10477 &old_castfunc);
10478 new_pathtype = findFkeyCast(pfeqop_right, new_fktype,
10479 &new_castfunc);
10480
10481 old_fkcoll = attr->attcollation;
10482 new_fkcoll = fkcoll;
10483
10484 /*
10485 * Upon a change to the cast from the FK column to its pfeqop
10486 * operand, revalidate the constraint. For this evaluation, a
10487 * binary coercion cast is equivalent to no cast at all. While
10488 * type implementors should design implicit casts with an eye
10489 * toward consistency of operations like equality, we cannot
10490 * assume here that they have done so.
10491 *
10492 * A function with a polymorphic argument could change behavior
10493 * arbitrarily in response to get_fn_expr_argtype(). Therefore,
10494 * when the cast destination is polymorphic, we only avoid
10495 * revalidation if the input type has not changed at all. Given
10496 * just the core data types and operator classes, this requirement
10497 * prevents no would-be optimizations.
10498 *
10499 * If the cast converts from a base type to a domain thereon, then
10500 * that domain type must be the opcintype of the unique index.
10501 * Necessarily, the primary key column must then be of the domain
10502 * type. Since the constraint was previously valid, all values on
10503 * the foreign side necessarily exist on the primary side and in
10504 * turn conform to the domain. Consequently, we need not treat
10505 * domains specially here.
10506 *
10507 * If the collation changes, revalidation is required, unless both
10508 * collations are deterministic, because those share the same
10509 * notion of equality (because texteq reduces to bitwise
10510 * equality).
10511 *
10512 * We need not directly consider the PK type. It's necessarily
10513 * binary coercible to the opcintype of the unique index column,
10514 * and ri_triggers.c will only deal with PK datums in terms of
10515 * that opcintype. Changing the opcintype also changes pfeqop.
10516 */
10517 old_check_ok = (new_pathtype == old_pathtype &&
10518 new_castfunc == old_castfunc &&
10519 (!IsPolymorphicType(pfeqop_right) ||
10520 new_fktype == old_fktype) &&
10521 (new_fkcoll == old_fkcoll ||
10523 }
10524
10525 pfeqoperators[i] = pfeqop;
10526 ppeqoperators[i] = ppeqop;
10527 ffeqoperators[i] = ffeqop;
10528 }
10529
10530 /*
10531 * For FKs with PERIOD we need additional operators to check whether the
10532 * referencing row's range is contained by the aggregated ranges of the
10533 * referenced row(s). For rangetypes and multirangetypes this is
10534 * fk.periodatt <@ range_agg(pk.periodatt). Those are the only types we
10535 * support for now. FKs will look these up at "runtime", but we should
10536 * make sure the lookup works here, even if we don't use the values.
10537 */
10538 if (with_period)
10539 {
10540 Oid periodoperoid;
10541 Oid aggedperiodoperoid;
10542 Oid intersectoperoid;
10543
10544 FindFKPeriodOpers(opclasses[numpks - 1], &periodoperoid, &aggedperiodoperoid,
10545 &intersectoperoid);
10546 }
10547
10548 /* First, create the constraint catalog entry itself. */
10550 fkconstraint->conname, fkconstraint, rel, pkrel,
10551 indexOid,
10553 numfks,
10554 pkattnum,
10555 fkattnum,
10556 pfeqoperators,
10557 ppeqoperators,
10558 ffeqoperators,
10559 numfkdelsetcols,
10560 fkdelsetcols,
10561 false,
10562 with_period);
10563
10564 /* Next process the action triggers at the referenced side and recurse */
10565 addFkRecurseReferenced(fkconstraint, rel, pkrel,
10566 indexOid,
10567 address.objectId,
10568 numfks,
10569 pkattnum,
10570 fkattnum,
10571 pfeqoperators,
10572 ppeqoperators,
10573 ffeqoperators,
10574 numfkdelsetcols,
10575 fkdelsetcols,
10576 old_check_ok,
10578 with_period);
10579
10580 /* Lastly create the check triggers at the referencing side and recurse */
10581 addFkRecurseReferencing(wqueue, fkconstraint, rel, pkrel,
10582 indexOid,
10583 address.objectId,
10584 numfks,
10585 pkattnum,
10586 fkattnum,
10587 pfeqoperators,
10588 ppeqoperators,
10589 ffeqoperators,
10590 numfkdelsetcols,
10591 fkdelsetcols,
10592 old_check_ok,
10593 lockmode,
10595 with_period);
10596
10597 /*
10598 * Done. Close pk table, but keep lock until we've committed.
10599 */
10601
10602 return address;
10603}
StrategyNumber IndexAmTranslateCompareType(CompareType cmptype, Oid amoid, Oid opfamily, bool missing_ok)
Definition: amapi.c:161
Oid get_opfamily_member(Oid opfamily, Oid lefttype, Oid righttype, int16 strategy)
Definition: lsyscache.c:168
bool get_collation_isdeterministic(Oid colloid)
Definition: lsyscache.c:1147
bool can_coerce_type(int nargs, const Oid *input_typeids, const Oid *target_typeids, CoercionContext ccontext)
Definition: parse_coerce.c:557
void FindFKPeriodOpers(Oid opclass, Oid *containedbyoperoid, Oid *aggedcontainedbyoperoid, Oid *intersectoperoid)
Definition: pg_constraint.c:1649
Relation table_openrv(const RangeVar *relation, LOCKMODE lockmode)
Definition: table.c:83
static int validateFkOnDeleteSetColumns(int numfks, const int16 *fkattnums, int numfksetcols, int16 *fksetcolsattnums, List *fksetcols)
Definition: tablecmds.c:10614
static CoercionPathType findFkeyCast(Oid targetTypeId, Oid sourceTypeId, Oid *funcid)
Definition: tablecmds.c:13604
static Oid transformFkeyCheckAttrs(Relation pkrel, int numattrs, int16 *attnums, bool with_period, Oid *opclasses, bool *pk_has_without_overlaps)
Definition: tablecmds.c:13453
static void checkFkeyPermissions(Relation rel, int16 *attnums, int natts)
Definition: tablecmds.c:13633
static int transformFkeyGetPrimaryKey(Relation pkrel, Oid *indexOid, List **attnamelist, int16 *attnums, Oid *atttypids, Oid *attcollids, Oid *opclasses, bool *pk_has_without_overlaps)
Definition: tablecmds.c:13350
static int transformColumnNameList(Oid relId, List *colList, int16 *attnums, Oid *atttypids, Oid *attcollids)
Definition: tablecmds.c:13295
static FormData_pg_attribute * TupleDescAttr(TupleDesc tupdesc, int i)
Definition: tupdesc.h:160
References addFkBothSides, addFkConstraint(), addFkRecurseReferenced(), addFkRecurseReferencing(), allowSystemTableMods, Assert(), can_coerce_type(), checkFkeyPermissions(), COERCION_IMPLICIT, COMPARE_EQ, COMPARE_OVERLAP, Constraint::conname, elog, ereport, errcode(), errdetail(), errmsg(), ERROR, findFkeyCast(), FindFKPeriodOpers(), Constraint::fk_attrs, Constraint::fk_del_action, Constraint::fk_del_set_cols, Constraint::fk_upd_action, Constraint::fk_with_period, FKCONSTR_ACTION_CASCADE, FKCONSTR_ACTION_RESTRICT, FKCONSTR_ACTION_SETDEFAULT, FKCONSTR_ACTION_SETNULL, format_type_be(), get_am_name(), get_collation_isdeterministic(), get_collation_name(), get_opfamily_member(), get_opfamily_name(), getBaseType(), GETSTRUCT(), HeapTupleIsValid, i, INDEX_MAX_KEYS, IndexAmTranslateCompareType(), InvalidOid, InvalidStrategy, IsSystemRelation(), lfirst_oid, list_head(), list_length(), list_nth(), lnext(), NIL, NoLock, ObjectAddress::objectId, ObjectIdGetDatum(), OidIsValid, Constraint::old_conpfeqop, Constraint::old_pktable_oid, AlteredTableInfo::oldDesc, Constraint::pk_attrs, Constraint::pk_with_period, Constraint::pktable, RelationData::rd_islocaltemp, RelationData::rd_rel, RelationGetDescr, RelationGetRelationName, RelationGetRelid, RelationIsPermanent, ReleaseSysCache(), SearchSysCache1(), ShareRowExclusiveLock, strVal, table_close(), table_open(), table_openrv(), transformColumnNameList(), transformFkeyCheckAttrs(), transformFkeyGetPrimaryKey(), TupleDescAttr(), and validateFkOnDeleteSetColumns().
Referenced by ATExecAddConstraint().
◆ ATCheckPartitionsNotInUse()
Definition at line 6854 of file tablecmds.c.
6855{
6857 {
6858 List *inh;
6859 ListCell *cell;
6860
6862 /* first element is the parent rel; must ignore it */
6863 for_each_from(cell, inh, 1)
6864 {
6865 Relation childrel;
6866
6867 /* find_all_inheritors already got lock */
6869 CheckAlterTableIsSafe(childrel);
6871 }
6872 list_free(inh);
6873 }
6874}
List * find_all_inheritors(Oid parentrelId, LOCKMODE lockmode, List **numparents)
Definition: pg_inherits.c:255
References CheckAlterTableIsSafe(), find_all_inheritors(), for_each_from, lfirst_oid, list_free(), NoLock, RelationData::rd_rel, RelationGetRelid, table_close(), and table_open().
Referenced by ATPrepCmd().
◆ ATColumnChangeRequiresRewrite()
|
static |
Definition at line 14647 of file tablecmds.c.
14648{
14649 Assert(expr != NULL);
14650
14651 for (;;)
14652 {
14653 /* only one varno, so no need to check that */
14655 return false;
14659 {
14661
14663 return true;
14665 }
14667 {
14669
14671 {
14672 case F_TIMESTAMPTZ_TIMESTAMP:
14673 case F_TIMESTAMP_TIMESTAMPTZ:
14675 return true;
14676 else
14678 break;
14679 default:
14680 return true;
14681 }
14682 }
14683 else
14684 return true;
14685 }
14686}
bool TimestampTimestampTzRequiresRewrite(void)
Definition: timestamp.c:6414
Definition: primnodes.h:2037
Definition: primnodes.h:766
Definition: primnodes.h:1201
Definition: primnodes.h:262
References arg, CoerceToDomain::arg, FuncExpr::args, Assert(), DomainHasConstraints(), FuncExpr::funcid, IsA, linitial, CoerceToDomain::resulttype, and TimestampTimestampTzRequiresRewrite().
Referenced by ATPrepAlterColumnType().
◆ ATController()
|
static |
Definition at line 4863 of file tablecmds.c.
4866{
4868 ListCell *lcmd;
4869
4870 /* Phase 1: preliminary examination of commands, create work queue */
4871 foreach(lcmd, cmds)
4872 {
4874
4876 }
4877
4878 /* Close the relation, but keep lock until commit */
4880
4881 /* Phase 2: update system catalogs */
4882 ATRewriteCatalogs(&wqueue, lockmode, context);
4883
4884 /* Phase 3: scan/rewrite tables as needed, and run afterStmts */
4885 ATRewriteTables(parsetree, &wqueue, lockmode, context);
4886}
static void ATRewriteCatalogs(List **wqueue, LOCKMODE lockmode, AlterTableUtilityContext *context)
Definition: tablecmds.c:5295
static void ATPrepCmd(List **wqueue, Relation rel, AlterTableCmd *cmd, bool recurse, bool recursing, LOCKMODE lockmode, AlterTableUtilityContext *context)
Definition: tablecmds.c:4898
static void ATRewriteTables(AlterTableStmt *parsetree, List **wqueue, LOCKMODE lockmode, AlterTableUtilityContext *context)
Definition: tablecmds.c:5831
References ATPrepCmd(), ATRewriteCatalogs(), ATRewriteTables(), lfirst, NIL, NoLock, and relation_close().
Referenced by AlterTable(), and AlterTableInternal().
◆ ATDetachCheckNoForeignKeyRefs()
|
static |
Definition at line 21946 of file tablecmds.c.
21947{
21948 List *constraints;
21949 ListCell *cell;
21950
21951 constraints = GetParentedForeignKeyRefs(partition);
21952
21953 foreach(cell, constraints)
21954 {
21956 HeapTuple tuple;
21957 Form_pg_constraint constrForm;
21958 Relation rel;
21959 Trigger trig = {0};
21960
21965
21968
21969 /* prevent data changes into the referencing table until commit */
21971
21977 trig.tgconstrindid = constrForm->conindid;
21978 trig.tgconstraint = constrForm->oid;
21981 /* we needn't fill in remaining fields */
21982
21983 RI_PartitionRemove_Check(&trig, rel, partition);
21984
21985 ReleaseSysCache(tuple);
21986
21988 }
21989}
void RI_PartitionRemove_Check(Trigger *trigger, Relation fk_rel, Relation pk_rel)
Definition: ri_triggers.c:1811
Definition: reltrigger.h:24
static List * GetParentedForeignKeyRefs(Relation partition)
Definition: tablecmds.c:21893
References Assert(), elog, ERROR, GetParentedForeignKeyRefs(), GETSTRUCT(), HeapTupleIsValid, InvalidOid, lfirst_oid, NameStr, NoLock, ObjectIdGetDatum(), OidIsValid, RelationGetRelid, ReleaseSysCache(), RI_PartitionRemove_Check(), SearchSysCache1(), ShareLock, table_close(), table_open(), Trigger::tgconstraint, Trigger::tgconstrindid, Trigger::tgconstrrelid, Trigger::tgdeferrable, Trigger::tgenabled, Trigger::tginitdeferred, Trigger::tgisinternal, Trigger::tgname, Trigger::tgoid, and TRIGGER_FIRES_ON_ORIGIN.
Referenced by ATExecDetachPartition().
◆ AtEOSubXact_on_commit_actions()
| void AtEOSubXact_on_commit_actions | ( | bool | isCommit, |
| SubTransactionId | mySubid, | ||
| SubTransactionId | parentSubid | ||
| ) |
Definition at line 19425 of file tablecmds.c.
19427{
19428 ListCell *cur_item;
19429
19431 {
19433
19435 {
19436 /* cur_item must be removed */
19438 pfree(oc);
19439 }
19440 else
19441 {
19442 /* cur_item must be preserved */
19444 oc->creating_subid = parentSubid;
19447 }
19448 }
19449}
Definition: tablecmds.c:117
References OnCommitItem::creating_subid, OnCommitItem::deleting_subid, foreach_delete_current, InvalidSubTransactionId, lfirst, on_commits, and pfree().
Referenced by AbortSubTransaction(), and CommitSubTransaction().
◆ AtEOXact_on_commit_actions()
| void AtEOXact_on_commit_actions | ( | bool | isCommit | ) |
Definition at line 19393 of file tablecmds.c.
19394{
19395 ListCell *cur_item;
19396
19398 {
19400
19403 {
19404 /* cur_item must be removed */
19406 pfree(oc);
19407 }
19408 else
19409 {
19410 /* cur_item must be preserved */
19413 }
19414 }
19415}
References OnCommitItem::creating_subid, OnCommitItem::deleting_subid, foreach_delete_current, InvalidSubTransactionId, lfirst, on_commits, and pfree().
Referenced by AbortTransaction(), CommitTransaction(), and PrepareTransaction().
◆ ATExecAddColumn()
|
static |
Definition at line 7210 of file tablecmds.c.
7214{
7217 bool if_not_exists = (*cmd)->missing_ok;
7218 Relation pgclass,
7219 attrdesc;
7220 HeapTuple reltup;
7221 Form_pg_class relform;
7222 Form_pg_attribute attribute;
7223 int newattnum;
7224 char relkind;
7225 Expr *defval;
7226 List *children;
7227 ListCell *child;
7228 AlterTableCmd *childcmd;
7229 ObjectAddress address;
7230 TupleDesc tupdesc;
7231
7232 /* since this function recurses, it could be driven to stack overflow */
7233 check_stack_depth();
7234
7235 /* At top level, permission check was done in ATPrepCmd, else do it */
7236 if (recursing)
7237 ATSimplePermissions((*cmd)->subtype, rel,
7239
7242 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
7244
7246
7247 /*
7248 * Are we adding the column to a recursion child? If so, check whether to
7249 * merge with an existing definition for the column. If we do merge, we
7250 * must not recurse. Children will already have the column, and recursing
7251 * into them would mess up attinhcount.
7252 */
7254 {
7255 HeapTuple tuple;
7256
7257 /* Does child already have a column by this name? */
7260 {
7262 Oid ctypeId;
7263 int32 ctypmod;
7264 Oid ccollid;
7265
7266 /* Child column must match on type, typmod, and collation */
7268 if (ctypeId != childatt->atttypid ||
7269 ctypmod != childatt->atttypmod)
7271 (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
7274 ccollid = GetColumnDefCollation(NULL, colDef, ctypeId);
7275 if (ccollid != childatt->attcollation)
7277 (errcode(ERRCODE_COLLATION_MISMATCH),
7281 get_collation_name(ccollid),
7282 get_collation_name(childatt->attcollation))));
7283
7284 /* Bump the existing child att's inhcount */
7286 &childatt->attinhcount))
7288 errcode(ERRCODE_PROGRAM_LIMIT_EXCEEDED),
7291
7292 heap_freetuple(tuple);
7293
7294 /* Inform the user about the merge */
7298
7300
7301 /* Make the child column change visible */
7302 CommandCounterIncrement();
7303
7305 }
7306 }
7307
7308 /* skip if the name already exists and if_not_exists is true */
7310 {
7313 }
7314
7315 /*
7316 * Okay, we need to add the column, so go ahead and do parse
7317 * transformation. This can result in queueing up, or even immediately
7318 * executing, subsidiary operations (such as creation of unique indexes);
7319 * so we mustn't do it until we have made the if_not_exists check.
7320 *
7321 * When recursing, the command was already transformed and we needn't do
7322 * so again. Also, if context isn't given we can't transform. (That
7323 * currently happens only for AT_AddColumnToView; we expect that view.c
7324 * passed us a ColumnDef that doesn't need work.)
7325 */
7326 if (context != NULL && !recursing)
7327 {
7328 *cmd = ATParseTransformCmd(wqueue, tab, rel, *cmd, recurse, lockmode,
7329 cur_pass, context);
7330 Assert(*cmd != NULL);
7332 }
7333
7334 /*
7335 * Regular inheritance children are independent enough not to inherit the
7336 * identity column from parent hence cannot recursively add identity
7337 * column if the table has inheritance children.
7338 *
7339 * Partitions, on the other hand, are integral part of a partitioned table
7340 * and inherit identity column. Hence propagate identity column down the
7341 * partition hierarchy.
7342 */
7344 recurse &&
7345 rel->rd_rel->relkind != RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE &&
7348 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
7350
7352
7357 relkind = relform->relkind;
7358
7359 /* Determine the new attribute's number */
7360 newattnum = relform->relnatts + 1;
7363 (errcode(ERRCODE_TOO_MANY_COLUMNS),
7365 MaxHeapAttributeNumber)));
7366
7367 /*
7368 * Construct new attribute's pg_attribute entry.
7369 */
7371
7372 attribute = TupleDescAttr(tupdesc, 0);
7373
7374 /* Fix up attribute number */
7375 attribute->attnum = newattnum;
7376
7377 /* make sure datatype is legal for a column */
7380 (attribute->attgenerated == ATTRIBUTE_GENERATED_VIRTUAL ? CHKATYPE_IS_VIRTUAL : 0));
7381
7382 InsertPgAttributeTuples(attrdesc, tupdesc, myrelid, NULL, NULL);
7383
7385
7386 /*
7387 * Update pg_class tuple as appropriate
7388 */
7389 relform->relnatts = newattnum;
7390
7392
7393 heap_freetuple(reltup);
7394
7395 /* Post creation hook for new attribute */
7396 InvokeObjectPostCreateHook(RelationRelationId, myrelid, newattnum);
7397
7399
7400 /* Make the attribute's catalog entry visible */
7401 CommandCounterIncrement();
7402
7403 /*
7404 * Store the DEFAULT, if any, in the catalogs
7405 */
7407 {
7408 RawColumnDefault *rawEnt;
7409
7411 rawEnt->attnum = attribute->attnum;
7414
7415 /*
7416 * This function is intended for CREATE TABLE, so it processes a
7417 * _list_ of defaults, but we just do one.
7418 */
7420 false, true, false, NULL);
7421
7422 /* Make the additional catalog changes visible */
7423 CommandCounterIncrement();
7424 }
7425
7426 /*
7427 * Tell Phase 3 to fill in the default expression, if there is one.
7428 *
7429 * If there is no default, Phase 3 doesn't have to do anything, because
7430 * that effectively means that the default is NULL. The heap tuple access
7431 * routines always check for attnum > # of attributes in tuple, and return
7432 * NULL if so, so without any modification of the tuple data we will get
7433 * the effect of NULL values in the new column.
7434 *
7435 * An exception occurs when the new column is of a domain type: the domain
7436 * might have a not-null constraint, or a check constraint that indirectly
7437 * rejects nulls. If there are any domain constraints then we construct
7438 * an explicit NULL default value that will be passed through
7439 * CoerceToDomain processing. (This is a tad inefficient, since it causes
7440 * rewriting the table which we really wouldn't have to do; but we do it
7441 * to preserve the historical behavior that such a failure will be raised
7442 * only if the table currently contains some rows.)
7443 *
7444 * Note: we use build_column_default, and not just the cooked default
7445 * returned by AddRelationNewConstraints, so that the right thing happens
7446 * when a datatype's default applies.
7447 *
7448 * Note: it might seem that this should happen at the end of Phase 2, so
7449 * that the effects of subsequent subcommands can be taken into account.
7450 * It's intentional that we do it now, though. The new column should be
7451 * filled according to what is said in the ADD COLUMN subcommand, so that
7452 * the effects are the same as if this subcommand had been run by itself
7453 * and the later subcommands had been issued in new ALTER TABLE commands.
7454 *
7455 * We can skip this entirely for relations without storage, since Phase 3
7456 * is certainly not going to touch them.
7457 */
7458 if (RELKIND_HAS_STORAGE(relkind))
7459 {
7460 bool has_domain_constraints;
7461 bool has_missing = false;
7462
7463 /*
7464 * For an identity column, we can't use build_column_default(),
7465 * because the sequence ownership isn't set yet. So do it manually.
7466 */
7468 {
7470
7472 nve->typeId = attribute->atttypid;
7473
7474 defval = (Expr *) nve;
7475 }
7476 else
7478
7479 /* Build CoerceToDomain(NULL) expression if needed */
7480 has_domain_constraints = DomainHasConstraints(attribute->atttypid);
7481 if (!defval && has_domain_constraints)
7482 {
7483 Oid baseTypeId;
7484 int32 baseTypeMod;
7485 Oid baseTypeColl;
7486
7487 baseTypeMod = attribute->atttypmod;
7488 baseTypeId = getBaseTypeAndTypmod(attribute->atttypid, &baseTypeMod);
7489 baseTypeColl = get_typcollation(baseTypeId);
7492 (Node *) defval,
7493 baseTypeId,
7494 attribute->atttypid,
7495 attribute->atttypmod,
7496 COERCION_ASSIGNMENT,
7497 COERCE_IMPLICIT_CAST,
7498 -1);
7499 if (defval == NULL) /* should not happen */
7501 }
7502
7503 if (defval)
7504 {
7506
7507 /* Prepare defval for execution, either here or in Phase 3 */
7508 defval = expression_planner(defval);
7509
7510 /* Add the new default to the newvals list */
7512 newval->attnum = attribute->attnum;
7513 newval->expr = defval;
7515
7517
7518 /*
7519 * Attempt to skip a complete table rewrite by storing the
7520 * specified DEFAULT value outside of the heap. This is only
7521 * allowed for plain relations and non-generated columns, and the
7522 * default expression can't be volatile (stable is OK). Note that
7523 * contain_volatile_functions deems CoerceToDomain immutable, but
7524 * here we consider that coercion to a domain with constraints is
7525 * volatile; else it might fail even when the table is empty.
7526 */
7528 !colDef->generated &&
7529 !has_domain_constraints &&
7531 {
7532 EState *estate;
7533 ExprState *exprState;
7534 Datum missingval;
7535 bool missingIsNull;
7536
7537 /* Evaluate the default expression */
7538 estate = CreateExecutorState();
7539 exprState = ExecPrepareExpr(defval, estate);
7540 missingval = ExecEvalExpr(exprState,
7541 GetPerTupleExprContext(estate),
7542 &missingIsNull);
7543 /* If it turns out NULL, nothing to do; else store it */
7544 if (!missingIsNull)
7545 {
7546 StoreAttrMissingVal(rel, attribute->attnum, missingval);
7547 /* Make the additional catalog change visible */
7548 CommandCounterIncrement();
7549 has_missing = true;
7550 }
7551 FreeExecutorState(estate);
7552 }
7553 else
7554 {
7555 /*
7556 * Failed to use missing mode. We have to do a table rewrite
7557 * to install the value --- unless it's a virtual generated
7558 * column.
7559 */
7562 }
7563 }
7564
7565 if (!has_missing)
7566 {
7567 /*
7568 * If the new column is NOT NULL, and there is no missing value,
7569 * tell Phase 3 it needs to check for NULLs.
7570 */
7572 }
7573 }
7574
7575 /*
7576 * Add needed dependency entries for the new column.
7577 */
7578 add_column_datatype_dependency(myrelid, newattnum, attribute->atttypid);
7579 add_column_collation_dependency(myrelid, newattnum, attribute->attcollation);
7580
7581 /*
7582 * Propagate to children as appropriate. Unlike most other ALTER
7583 * routines, we have to do this one level of recursion at a time; we can't
7584 * use find_all_inheritors to do it in one pass.
7585 */
7586 children =
7588
7589 /*
7590 * If we are told not to recurse, there had better not be any child
7591 * tables; else the addition would put them out of step.
7592 */
7593 if (children && !recurse)
7595 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
7597
7598 /* Children should see column as singly inherited */
7599 if (!recursing)
7600 {
7601 childcmd = copyObject(*cmd);
7603 colDef->inhcount = 1;
7605 }
7606 else
7607 childcmd = *cmd; /* no need to copy again */
7608
7609 foreach(child, children)
7610 {
7612 Relation childrel;
7613 AlteredTableInfo *childtab;
7614
7615 /* find_inheritance_children already got lock */
7617 CheckAlterTableIsSafe(childrel);
7618
7619 /* Find or create work queue entry for this table */
7620 childtab = ATGetQueueEntry(wqueue, childrel);
7621
7622 /* Recurse to child; return value is ignored */
7623 ATExecAddColumn(wqueue, childtab, childrel,
7624 &childcmd, recurse, true,
7625 lockmode, cur_pass, context);
7626
7628 }
7629
7630 ObjectAddressSubSet(address, RelationRelationId, myrelid, newattnum);
7631 return address;
7632}
static Datum ExecEvalExpr(ExprState *state, ExprContext *econtext, bool *isNull)
Definition: executor.h:390
#define newval
void CheckAttributeType(const char *attname, Oid atttypid, Oid attcollation, List *containing_rowtypes, int flags)
Definition: heap.c:544
void InsertPgAttributeTuples(Relation pg_attribute_rel, TupleDesc tupdesc, Oid new_rel_oid, const FormExtraData_pg_attribute tupdesc_extra[], CatalogIndexState indstate)
Definition: heap.c:717
void StoreAttrMissingVal(Relation rel, AttrNumber attnum, Datum missingval)
Definition: heap.c:2030
static bool pg_add_s16_overflow(int16 a, int16 b, int16 *result)
Definition: int.h:67
Const * makeNullConst(Oid consttype, int32 consttypmod, Oid constcollid)
Definition: makefuncs.c:388
#define InvokeObjectPostCreateHook(classId, objectId, subId)
Definition: objectaccess.h:173
#define ObjectAddressSubSet(addr, class_id, object_id, object_sub_id)
Definition: objectaddress.h:33
Node * coerce_to_target_type(ParseState *pstate, Node *expr, Oid exprtype, Oid targettype, int32 targettypmod, CoercionContext ccontext, CoercionForm cformat, int location)
Definition: parse_coerce.c:78
void typenameTypeIdAndMod(ParseState *pstate, const TypeName *typeName, Oid *typeid_p, int32 *typmod_p)
Definition: parse_type.c:310
Oid GetColumnDefCollation(ParseState *pstate, const ColumnDef *coldef, Oid typeOid)
Definition: parse_type.c:540
Node * build_column_default(Relation rel, int attrno)
Definition: rewriteHandler.c:1228
Definition: parsenodes.h:751
Definition: execnodes.h:655
Definition: execnodes.h:85
Definition: primnodes.h:189
Definition: tablecmds.c:236
Definition: primnodes.h:2121
Definition: heap.h:29
Definition: tupdesc.h:136
HeapTuple SearchSysCacheCopyAttName(Oid relid, const char *attname)
Definition: syscache.c:498
static void add_column_datatype_dependency(Oid relid, int32 attnum, Oid typid)
Definition: tablecmds.c:7692
static void add_column_collation_dependency(Oid relid, int32 attnum, Oid collid)
Definition: tablecmds.c:7710
static AlterTableCmd * ATParseTransformCmd(List **wqueue, AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation rel, AlterTableCmd *cmd, bool recurse, LOCKMODE lockmode, AlterTablePass cur_pass, AlterTableUtilityContext *context)
Definition: tablecmds.c:5704
static bool check_for_column_name_collision(Relation rel, const char *colname, bool if_not_exists)
Definition: tablecmds.c:7639
static ObjectAddress ATExecAddColumn(List **wqueue, AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation rel, AlterTableCmd **cmd, bool recurse, bool recursing, LOCKMODE lockmode, AlterTablePass cur_pass, AlterTableUtilityContext *context)
Definition: tablecmds.c:7210
References add_column_collation_dependency(), add_column_datatype_dependency(), AddRelationNewConstraints(), Assert(), AT_REWRITE_DEFAULT_VAL, ATExecAddColumn(), ATGetQueueEntry(), ATParseTransformCmd(), ATSimplePermissions(), ATT_FOREIGN_TABLE, ATT_PARTITIONED_TABLE, ATT_TABLE, RawColumnDefault::attnum, build_column_default(), BuildDescForRelation(), castNode, CatalogTupleUpdate(), check_for_column_name_collision(), check_stack_depth(), CheckAlterTableIsSafe(), CheckAttributeType(), CHKATYPE_IS_VIRTUAL, COERCE_IMPLICIT_CAST, coerce_to_target_type(), COERCION_ASSIGNMENT, ColumnDef::colname, CommandCounterIncrement(), contain_volatile_functions(), copyObject, CreateExecutorState(), AlterTableCmd::def, DomainHasConstraints(), elog, ereport, errcode(), errdetail(), errmsg(), ERROR, ExecEvalExpr(), ExecPrepareExpr(), expression_planner(), find_inheritance_children(), FreeExecutorState(), RawColumnDefault::generated, ColumnDef::generated, get_collation_name(), get_typcollation(), getBaseTypeAndTypmod(), GetColumnDefCollation(), GetPerTupleExprContext, GETSTRUCT(), heap_freetuple(), HeapTupleIsValid, ColumnDef::identity, ColumnDef::identitySequence, ColumnDef::inhcount, InsertPgAttributeTuples(), InvalidObjectAddress, InvokeObjectPostCreateHook, ColumnDef::is_local, ColumnDef::is_not_null, lappend(), lfirst_oid, list_make1, list_make1_oid, makeNode, makeNullConst(), MaxHeapAttributeNumber, NameStr, newval, AlteredTableInfo::newvals, NIL, NoLock, NOTICE, ObjectAddressSubSet, ObjectIdGetDatum(), palloc(), palloc0(), pg_add_s16_overflow(), RangeVarGetRelid, RawColumnDefault::raw_default, ColumnDef::raw_default, RelationData::rd_rel, RelationGetRelationName, RelationGetRelid, AlteredTableInfo::rewrite, RowExclusiveLock, SearchSysCacheCopy1, SearchSysCacheCopyAttName(), NextValueExpr::seqid, StoreAttrMissingVal(), HeapTupleData::t_self, table_close(), table_open(), TupleDescAttr(), NextValueExpr::typeId, ColumnDef::typeName, typenameTypeIdAndMod(), and AlteredTableInfo::verify_new_notnull.
Referenced by ATExecAddColumn(), and ATExecCmd().
◆ ATExecAddConstraint()
|
static |
Definition at line 9764 of file tablecmds.c.
9767{
9769
9771
9772 /*
9773 * Currently, we only expect to see CONSTR_CHECK, CONSTR_NOTNULL and
9774 * CONSTR_FOREIGN nodes arriving here (see the preprocessing done in
9775 * parse_utilcmd.c).
9776 */
9778 {
9781 address =
9782 ATAddCheckNNConstraint(wqueue, tab, rel,
9783 newConstraint, recurse, false, is_readd,
9784 lockmode);
9785 break;
9786
9788
9789 /*
9790 * Assign or validate constraint name
9791 */
9793 {
9795 RelationGetRelid(rel),
9796 newConstraint->conname))
9800 newConstraint->conname,
9801 RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
9802 }
9803 else
9804 newConstraint->conname =
9807 "fkey",
9808 RelationGetNamespace(rel),
9809 NIL);
9810
9811 address = ATAddForeignKeyConstraint(wqueue, tab, rel,
9812 newConstraint,
9813 recurse, false,
9814 lockmode);
9815 break;
9816
9817 default:
9820 }
9821
9822 return address;
9823}
static char * ChooseForeignKeyConstraintNameAddition(List *colnames)
Definition: tablecmds.c:9838
static ObjectAddress ATAddForeignKeyConstraint(List **wqueue, AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation rel, Constraint *fkconstraint, bool recurse, bool recursing, LOCKMODE lockmode)
Definition: tablecmds.c:10035
References Assert(), ATAddCheckNNConstraint(), ATAddForeignKeyConstraint(), ChooseConstraintName(), ChooseForeignKeyConstraintNameAddition(), Constraint::conname, CONSTR_CHECK, CONSTR_FOREIGN, CONSTR_NOTNULL, CONSTRAINT_RELATION, ConstraintNameIsUsed(), Constraint::contype, elog, ereport, errcode(), ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_OBJECT, errmsg(), ERROR, Constraint::fk_attrs, InvalidObjectAddress, IsA, NIL, RelationGetNamespace, RelationGetRelationName, and RelationGetRelid.
Referenced by ATExecCmd().
◆ ATExecAddIdentity()
|
static |
Definition at line 8233 of file tablecmds.c.
8235{
8236 Relation attrelation;
8237 HeapTuple tuple;
8238 Form_pg_attribute attTup;
8240 ObjectAddress address;
8242 bool ispartitioned;
8243
8244 ispartitioned = (rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE);
8245 if (ispartitioned && !recurse)
8247 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
8250
8253 errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
8255
8257
8261 (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN),
8263 colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
8265 attnum = attTup->attnum;
8266
8267 /* Can't alter a system attribute */
8270 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
8272 colName)));
8273
8274 /*
8275 * Creating a column as identity implies NOT NULL, so adding the identity
8276 * to an existing column that is not NOT NULL would create a state that
8277 * cannot be reproduced without contortions.
8278 */
8279 if (!attTup->attnotnull)
8281 (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
8282 errmsg("column \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" must be declared NOT NULL before identity can be added",
8283 colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
8284
8285 if (attTup->attidentity)
8287 (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
8289 colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
8290
8291 if (attTup->atthasdef)
8293 (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
8295 colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
8296
8297 attTup->attidentity = cdef->identity;
8299
8300 InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(RelationRelationId,
8301 RelationGetRelid(rel),
8302 attTup->attnum);
8303 ObjectAddressSubSet(address, RelationRelationId,
8305 heap_freetuple(tuple);
8306
8308
8309 /*
8310 * Recurse to propagate the identity column to partitions. Identity is
8311 * not inherited in regular inheritance children.
8312 */
8313 if (recurse && ispartitioned)
8314 {
8315 List *children;
8316 ListCell *lc;
8317
8319
8320 foreach(lc, children)
8321 {
8322 Relation childrel;
8323
8327 }
8328 }
8329
8330 return address;
8331}
static ObjectAddress ATExecAddIdentity(Relation rel, const char *colName, Node *def, LOCKMODE lockmode, bool recurse, bool recursing)
Definition: tablecmds.c:8233
References ATExecAddIdentity(), attnum, castNode, CatalogTupleUpdate(), ereport, errcode(), errhint(), errmsg(), ERROR, find_inheritance_children(), GETSTRUCT(), heap_freetuple(), HeapTupleIsValid, ColumnDef::identity, InvokeObjectPostAlterHook, lfirst_oid, NoLock, ObjectAddressSubSet, RelationData::rd_rel, RelationGetRelationName, RelationGetRelid, RowExclusiveLock, SearchSysCacheCopyAttName(), HeapTupleData::t_self, table_close(), and table_open().
Referenced by ATExecAddIdentity(), and ATExecCmd().
◆ ATExecAddIndex()
|
static |
Definition at line 9588 of file tablecmds.c.
9590{
9591 bool check_rights;
9592 bool skip_build;
9593 bool quiet;
9594 ObjectAddress address;
9595
9598
9599 /* The IndexStmt has already been through transformIndexStmt */
9601
9602 /* suppress schema rights check when rebuilding existing index */
9603 check_rights = !is_rebuild;
9604 /* skip index build if phase 3 will do it or we're reusing an old one */
9606 /* suppress notices when rebuilding existing index */
9607 quiet = is_rebuild;
9608
9610 stmt,
9614 -1, /* total_parts unknown */
9615 true, /* is_alter_table */
9616 check_rights,
9617 false, /* check_not_in_use - we did it already */
9618 skip_build,
9619 quiet);
9620
9621 /*
9622 * If TryReuseIndex() stashed a relfilenumber for us, we used it for the
9623 * new index instead of building from scratch. Restore associated fields.
9624 * This may store InvalidSubTransactionId in both fields, in which case
9625 * relcache.c will assume it can rebuild the relcache entry. Hence, do
9626 * this after the CCI that made catalog rows visible to any rebuild. The
9627 * DROP of the old edition of this index will have scheduled the storage
9628 * for deletion at commit, so cancel that pending deletion.
9629 */
9631 {
9633
9638 }
9639
9640 return address;
9641}
ObjectAddress DefineIndex(Oid tableId, IndexStmt *stmt, Oid indexRelationId, Oid parentIndexId, Oid parentConstraintId, int total_parts, bool is_alter_table, bool check_rights, bool check_not_in_use, bool skip_build, bool quiet)
Definition: indexcmds.c:541
void RelationPreserveStorage(RelFileLocator rlocator, bool atCommit)
Definition: storage.c:252
Definition: parsenodes.h:3482
SubTransactionId rd_firstRelfilelocatorSubid
Definition: rel.h:106
References Assert(), DefineIndex(), index_close(), index_open(), InvalidOid, IsA, NoLock, ObjectAddress::objectId, RelationData::rd_createSubid, RelationData::rd_firstRelfilelocatorSubid, RelationData::rd_locator, RelationGetRelid, RelationPreserveStorage(), RelFileNumberIsValid, AlteredTableInfo::rewrite, and stmt.
Referenced by ATExecCmd().
◆ ATExecAddIndexConstraint()
|
static |
Definition at line 9672 of file tablecmds.c.
9674{
9676 Relation indexRel;
9677 char *indexName;
9678 IndexInfo *indexInfo;
9679 char *constraintName;
9680 char constraintType;
9681 ObjectAddress address;
9682 bits16 flags;
9683
9687
9688 /*
9689 * Doing this on partitioned tables is not a simple feature to implement,
9690 * so let's punt for now.
9691 */
9694 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
9696
9698
9700
9701 indexInfo = BuildIndexInfo(indexRel);
9702
9703 /* this should have been checked at parse time */
9706
9707 /*
9708 * Determine name to assign to constraint. We require a constraint to
9709 * have the same name as the underlying index; therefore, use the index's
9710 * existing name as the default constraint name, and if the user
9711 * explicitly gives some other name for the constraint, rename the index
9712 * to match.
9713 */
9714 constraintName = stmt->idxname;
9715 if (constraintName == NULL)
9716 constraintName = indexName;
9717 else if (strcmp(constraintName, indexName) != 0)
9718 {
9721 indexName, constraintName)));
9723 }
9724
9725 /* Extra checks needed if making primary key */
9728
9729 /* Note we currently don't support EXCLUSION constraints here */
9731 constraintType = CONSTRAINT_PRIMARY;
9732 else
9733 constraintType = CONSTRAINT_UNIQUE;
9734
9735 /* Create the catalog entries for the constraint */
9736 flags = INDEX_CONSTR_CREATE_UPDATE_INDEX |
9741
9742 address = index_constraint_create(rel,
9743 index_oid,
9744 InvalidOid,
9745 indexInfo,
9746 constraintName,
9747 constraintType,
9748 flags,
9749 allowSystemTableMods,
9750 false); /* is_internal */
9751
9753
9754 return address;
9755}
void index_check_primary_key(Relation heapRel, const IndexInfo *indexInfo, bool is_alter_table, const IndexStmt *stmt)
Definition: index.c:202
ObjectAddress index_constraint_create(Relation heapRelation, Oid indexRelationId, Oid parentConstraintId, const IndexInfo *indexInfo, const char *constraintName, char constraintType, bits16 constr_flags, bool allow_system_table_mods, bool is_internal)
Definition: index.c:1885
#define INDEX_CONSTR_CREATE_REMOVE_OLD_DEPS
Definition: index.h:95
#define INDEX_CONSTR_CREATE_MARK_AS_PRIMARY
Definition: index.h:91
Definition: execnodes.h:163
void RenameRelationInternal(Oid myrelid, const char *newrelname, bool is_internal, bool is_index)
Definition: tablecmds.c:4263
References AccessShareLock, allowSystemTableMods, Assert(), BuildIndexInfo(), elog, ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, IndexInfo::ii_Unique, index_check_primary_key(), index_close(), INDEX_CONSTR_CREATE_DEFERRABLE, INDEX_CONSTR_CREATE_INIT_DEFERRED, INDEX_CONSTR_CREATE_MARK_AS_PRIMARY, INDEX_CONSTR_CREATE_REMOVE_OLD_DEPS, INDEX_CONSTR_CREATE_UPDATE_INDEX, index_constraint_create(), index_open(), InvalidOid, IsA, NoLock, NOTICE, OidIsValid, pstrdup(), RelationData::rd_rel, RelationGetRelationName, RenameRelationInternal(), and stmt.
Referenced by ATExecCmd().
◆ ATExecAddInherit()
|
static |
Definition at line 17229 of file tablecmds.c.
17230{
17231 Relation parent_rel;
17232 List *children;
17233 ObjectAddress address;
17234 const char *trigger_name;
17235
17236 /*
17237 * A self-exclusive lock is needed here. See the similar case in
17238 * MergeAttributes() for a full explanation.
17239 */
17241
17242 /*
17243 * Must be owner of both parent and child -- child was checked by
17244 * ATSimplePermissions call in ATPrepCmd
17245 */
17248
17249 /* Permanent rels cannot inherit from temporary ones */
17251 child_rel->rd_rel->relpersistence != RELPERSISTENCE_TEMP)
17253 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
17255 RelationGetRelationName(parent_rel))));
17256
17257 /* If parent rel is temp, it must belong to this session */
17260 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
17262
17263 /* Ditto for the child */
17266 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
17268
17269 /* Prevent partitioned tables from becoming inheritance parents */
17272 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
17274 parent->relname)));
17275
17276 /* Likewise for partitions */
17279 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
17281
17282 /*
17283 * Prevent circularity by seeing if proposed parent inherits from child.
17284 * (In particular, this disallows making a rel inherit from itself.)
17285 *
17286 * This is not completely bulletproof because of race conditions: in
17287 * multi-level inheritance trees, someone else could concurrently be
17288 * making another inheritance link that closes the loop but does not join
17289 * either of the rels we have locked. Preventing that seems to require
17290 * exclusive locks on the entire inheritance tree, which is a cure worse
17291 * than the disease. find_all_inheritors() will cope with circularity
17292 * anyway, so don't sweat it too much.
17293 *
17294 * We use weakest lock we can on child's children, namely AccessShareLock.
17295 */
17297 AccessShareLock, NULL);
17298
17301 (errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_TABLE),
17304 parent->relname,
17305 RelationGetRelationName(child_rel))));
17306
17307 /*
17308 * If child_rel has row-level triggers with transition tables, we
17309 * currently don't allow it to become an inheritance child. See also
17310 * prohibitions in ATExecAttachPartition() and CreateTrigger().
17311 */
17313 if (trigger_name != NULL)
17315 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
17317 trigger_name, RelationGetRelationName(child_rel)),
17318 errdetail("ROW triggers with transition tables are not supported in inheritance hierarchies.")));
17319
17320 /* OK to create inheritance */
17322
17323 ObjectAddressSet(address, RelationRelationId,
17324 RelationGetRelid(parent_rel));
17325
17326 /* keep our lock on the parent relation until commit */
17328
17329 return address;
17330}
static void CreateInheritance(Relation child_rel, Relation parent_rel, bool ispartition)
Definition: tablecmds.c:17340
const char * FindTriggerIncompatibleWithInheritance(TriggerDesc *trigdesc)
Definition: trigger.c:2277
References AccessShareLock, AT_AddInherit, ATSimplePermissions(), ATT_FOREIGN_TABLE, ATT_PARTITIONED_TABLE, ATT_TABLE, CreateInheritance(), ereport, errcode(), errdetail(), errmsg(), ERROR, find_all_inheritors(), FindTriggerIncompatibleWithInheritance(), list_member_oid(), NoLock, ObjectAddressSet, RelationData::rd_rel, RELATION_IS_OTHER_TEMP, RelationGetRelationName, RelationGetRelid, RangeVar::relname, ShareUpdateExclusiveLock, table_close(), table_openrv(), and RelationData::trigdesc.
Referenced by ATExecCmd().
◆ ATExecAddOf()
|
static |
Definition at line 18182 of file tablecmds.c.
18183{
18185 Type typetuple;
18186 Form_pg_type typeform;
18188 Relation inheritsRelation,
18189 relationRelation;
18190 SysScanDesc scan;
18192 AttrNumber table_attno,
18193 type_attno;
18194 TupleDesc typeTupleDesc,
18195 tableTupleDesc;
18196 ObjectAddress tableobj,
18197 typeobj;
18198 HeapTuple classtuple;
18199
18200 /* Validate the type. */
18201 typetuple = typenameType(NULL, ofTypename, NULL);
18202 check_of_type(typetuple);
18204 typeid = typeform->oid;
18205
18206 /* Fail if the table has any inheritance parents. */
18209 Anum_pg_inherits_inhrelid,
18210 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
18211 ObjectIdGetDatum(relid));
18212 scan = systable_beginscan(inheritsRelation, InheritsRelidSeqnoIndexId,
18216 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
18218 systable_endscan(scan);
18220
18221 /*
18222 * Check the tuple descriptors for compatibility. Unlike inheritance, we
18223 * require that the order also match. However, attnotnull need not match.
18224 */
18226 tableTupleDesc = RelationGetDescr(rel);
18227 table_attno = 1;
18229 {
18230 Form_pg_attribute type_attr,
18231 table_attr;
18232 const char *type_attname,
18233 *table_attname;
18234
18235 /* Get the next non-dropped type attribute. */
18236 type_attr = TupleDescAttr(typeTupleDesc, type_attno - 1);
18237 if (type_attr->attisdropped)
18238 continue;
18239 type_attname = NameStr(type_attr->attname);
18240
18241 /* Get the next non-dropped table attribute. */
18242 do
18243 {
18246 (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
18248 type_attname)));
18249 table_attr = TupleDescAttr(tableTupleDesc, table_attno - 1);
18250 table_attno++;
18251 } while (table_attr->attisdropped);
18252 table_attname = NameStr(table_attr->attname);
18253
18254 /* Compare name. */
18257 (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
18259 table_attname, type_attname)));
18260
18261 /* Compare type. */
18262 if (table_attr->atttypid != type_attr->atttypid ||
18263 table_attr->atttypmod != type_attr->atttypmod ||
18264 table_attr->attcollation != type_attr->attcollation)
18266 (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
18268 RelationGetRelationName(rel), type_attname)));
18269 }
18270 ReleaseTupleDesc(typeTupleDesc);
18271
18272 /* Any remaining columns at the end of the table had better be dropped. */
18274 {
18276 table_attno - 1);
18277
18278 if (!table_attr->attisdropped)
18280 (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
18282 NameStr(table_attr->attname))));
18283 }
18284
18285 /* If the table was already typed, drop the existing dependency. */
18288 DEPENDENCY_NORMAL);
18289
18290 /* Record a dependency on the new type. */
18291 tableobj.classId = RelationRelationId;
18292 tableobj.objectId = relid;
18293 tableobj.objectSubId = 0;
18294 typeobj.classId = TypeRelationId;
18296 typeobj.objectSubId = 0;
18298
18299 /* Update pg_class.reloftype */
18306
18307 InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(RelationRelationId, relid, 0);
18308
18309 heap_freetuple(classtuple);
18311
18312 ReleaseSysCache(typetuple);
18313
18314 return typeobj;
18315}
Type typenameType(ParseState *pstate, const TypeName *typeName, int32 *typmod_p)
Definition: parse_type.c:264
static void drop_parent_dependency(Oid relid, Oid refclassid, Oid refobjid, DependencyType deptype)
Definition: tablecmds.c:18130
TupleDesc lookup_rowtype_tupdesc(Oid type_id, int32 typmod)
Definition: typcache.c:1921
References AccessShareLock, BTEqualStrategyNumber, CatalogTupleUpdate(), check_of_type(), ObjectAddress::classId, DEPENDENCY_NORMAL, drop_parent_dependency(), elog, ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, GETSTRUCT(), heap_freetuple(), HeapTupleIsValid, InvokeObjectPostAlterHook, sort-test::key, lookup_rowtype_tupdesc(), NAMEDATALEN, NameStr, TupleDescData::natts, ObjectAddress::objectId, ObjectIdGetDatum(), ObjectAddress::objectSubId, RelationData::rd_rel, recordDependencyOn(), RelationGetDescr, RelationGetRelationName, RelationGetRelid, ReleaseSysCache(), ReleaseTupleDesc, RowExclusiveLock, ScanKeyInit(), SearchSysCacheCopy1, systable_beginscan(), systable_endscan(), systable_getnext(), HeapTupleData::t_self, table_close(), table_open(), TupleDescAttr(), and typenameType().
Referenced by ATExecCmd().
◆ ATExecAddStatistics()
|
static |
Definition at line 9651 of file tablecmds.c.
9653{
9654 ObjectAddress address;
9655
9657
9658 /* The CreateStatsStmt has already been through transformStatsStmt */
9660
9662
9663 return address;
9664}
Definition: parsenodes.h:3519
References Assert(), CreateStatistics(), IsA, and stmt.
Referenced by ATExecCmd().
◆ ATExecAlterColumnGenericOptions()
|
static |
Definition at line 15923 of file tablecmds.c.
15927{
15928 Relation ftrel;
15929 Relation attrel;
15930 ForeignServer *server;
15931 ForeignDataWrapper *fdw;
15932 HeapTuple tuple;
15933 HeapTuple newtuple;
15934 bool isnull;
15935 Datum repl_val[Natts_pg_attribute];
15936 bool repl_null[Natts_pg_attribute];
15937 bool repl_repl[Natts_pg_attribute];
15938 Datum datum;
15939 Form_pg_foreign_table fttableform;
15940 Form_pg_attribute atttableform;
15942 ObjectAddress address;
15943
15946
15947 /* First, determine FDW validator associated to the foreign table. */
15952 (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
15954 RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
15956 server = GetForeignServer(fttableform->ftserver);
15958
15960 ReleaseSysCache(tuple);
15961
15966 (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN),
15968 colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
15969
15970 /* Prevent them from altering a system attribute */
15972 attnum = atttableform->attnum;
15975 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
15977
15978
15979 /* Initialize buffers for new tuple values */
15980 memset(repl_val, 0, sizeof(repl_val));
15981 memset(repl_null, false, sizeof(repl_null));
15982 memset(repl_repl, false, sizeof(repl_repl));
15983
15984 /* Extract the current options */
15985 datum = SysCacheGetAttr(ATTNAME,
15986 tuple,
15987 Anum_pg_attribute_attfdwoptions,
15988 &isnull);
15989 if (isnull)
15990 datum = PointerGetDatum(NULL);
15991
15992 /* Transform the options */
15993 datum = transformGenericOptions(AttributeRelationId,
15994 datum,
15995 options,
15996 fdw->fdwvalidator);
15997
15999 repl_val[Anum_pg_attribute_attfdwoptions - 1] = datum;
16000 else
16001 repl_null[Anum_pg_attribute_attfdwoptions - 1] = true;
16002
16003 repl_repl[Anum_pg_attribute_attfdwoptions - 1] = true;
16004
16005 /* Everything looks good - update the tuple */
16006
16008 repl_val, repl_null, repl_repl);
16009
16011
16012 InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(RelationRelationId,
16013 RelationGetRelid(rel),
16014 atttableform->attnum);
16015 ObjectAddressSubSet(address, RelationRelationId,
16017
16018 ReleaseSysCache(tuple);
16019
16021
16022 heap_freetuple(newtuple);
16023
16024 return address;
16025}
Datum transformGenericOptions(Oid catalogId, Datum oldOptions, List *options, Oid fdwvalidator)
Definition: foreigncmds.c:121
HeapTuple heap_modify_tuple(HeapTuple tuple, TupleDesc tupleDesc, const Datum *replValues, const bool *replIsnull, const bool *doReplace)
Definition: heaptuple.c:1210
FormData_pg_foreign_table * Form_pg_foreign_table
Definition: pg_foreign_table.h:43
Definition: foreign.h:25
Definition: foreign.h:35
Definition: oid2name.c:30
Datum SysCacheGetAttr(int cacheId, HeapTuple tup, AttrNumber attributeNumber, bool *isNull)
Definition: syscache.c:595
HeapTuple SearchSysCacheAttName(Oid relid, const char *attname)
Definition: syscache.c:475
References AccessShareLock, attnum, CatalogTupleUpdate(), DatumGetPointer(), ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, ForeignServer::fdwid, ForeignDataWrapper::fdwvalidator, GetForeignDataWrapper(), GetForeignServer(), GETSTRUCT(), heap_freetuple(), heap_modify_tuple(), HeapTupleIsValid, InvalidObjectAddress, InvokeObjectPostAlterHook, NIL, ObjectAddressSubSet, ObjectIdGetDatum(), PointerGetDatum(), RelationData::rd_id, RelationGetDescr, RelationGetRelationName, RelationGetRelid, ReleaseSysCache(), RowExclusiveLock, SearchSysCache1(), SearchSysCacheAttName(), SysCacheGetAttr(), HeapTupleData::t_self, table_close(), table_open(), and transformGenericOptions().
Referenced by ATExecCmd().
◆ ATExecAlterColumnType()
|
static |
Definition at line 14694 of file tablecmds.c.
14696{
14700 HeapTuple heapTup;
14701 Form_pg_attribute attTup,
14702 attOldTup;
14704 HeapTuple typeTuple;
14705 Form_pg_type tform;
14706 Oid targettype;
14707 int32 targettypmod;
14708 Oid targetcollid;
14709 Node *defaultexpr;
14710 Relation attrelation;
14711 Relation depRel;
14713 SysScanDesc scan;
14714 HeapTuple depTup;
14715 ObjectAddress address;
14716
14717 /*
14718 * Clear all the missing values if we're rewriting the table, since this
14719 * renders them pointless.
14720 */
14722 {
14723 Relation newrel;
14724
14726 RelationClearMissing(newrel);
14728 /* make sure we don't conflict with later attribute modifications */
14729 CommandCounterIncrement();
14730 }
14731
14733
14734 /* Look up the target column */
14738 (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN),
14740 colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
14742 attnum = attTup->attnum;
14744
14745 /* Check for multiple ALTER TYPE on same column --- can't cope */
14746 if (attTup->atttypid != attOldTup->atttypid ||
14747 attTup->atttypmod != attOldTup->atttypmod)
14749 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
14751 colName)));
14752
14753 /* Look up the target type (should not fail, since prep found it) */
14754 typeTuple = typenameType(NULL, typeName, &targettypmod);
14756 targettype = tform->oid;
14757 /* And the collation */
14758 targetcollid = GetColumnDefCollation(NULL, def, targettype);
14759
14760 /*
14761 * If there is a default expression for the column, get it and ensure we
14762 * can coerce it to the new datatype. (We must do this before changing
14763 * the column type, because build_column_default itself will try to
14764 * coerce, and will not issue the error message we want if it fails.)
14765 *
14766 * We remove any implicit coercion steps at the top level of the old
14767 * default expression; this has been agreed to satisfy the principle of
14768 * least surprise. (The conversion to the new column type should act like
14769 * it started from what the user sees as the stored expression, and the
14770 * implicit coercions aren't going to be shown.)
14771 */
14772 if (attTup->atthasdef)
14773 {
14775 Assert(defaultexpr);
14776 defaultexpr = strip_implicit_coercions(defaultexpr);
14778 defaultexpr, exprType(defaultexpr),
14779 targettype, targettypmod,
14780 COERCION_ASSIGNMENT,
14781 COERCE_IMPLICIT_CAST,
14782 -1);
14783 if (defaultexpr == NULL)
14784 {
14785 if (attTup->attgenerated)
14787 (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
14789 colName, format_type_be(targettype))));
14790 else
14792 (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
14794 colName, format_type_be(targettype))));
14795 }
14796 }
14797 else
14798 defaultexpr = NULL;
14799
14800 /*
14801 * Find everything that depends on the column (constraints, indexes, etc),
14802 * and record enough information to let us recreate the objects.
14803 *
14804 * The actual recreation does not happen here, but only after we have
14805 * performed all the individual ALTER TYPE operations. We have to save
14806 * the info before executing ALTER TYPE, though, else the deparser will
14807 * get confused.
14808 */
14810
14811 /*
14812 * Now scan for dependencies of this column on other things. The only
14813 * things we should find are the dependency on the column datatype and
14814 * possibly a collation dependency. Those can be removed.
14815 */
14817
14819 Anum_pg_depend_classid,
14820 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
14821 ObjectIdGetDatum(RelationRelationId));
14823 Anum_pg_depend_objid,
14824 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
14827 Anum_pg_depend_objsubid,
14828 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_INT4EQ,
14830
14832 NULL, 3, key);
14833
14835 {
14837 ObjectAddress foundObject;
14838
14839 foundObject.classId = foundDep->refclassid;
14840 foundObject.objectId = foundDep->refobjid;
14841 foundObject.objectSubId = foundDep->refobjsubid;
14842
14845 foundDep->deptype);
14846 if (!(foundDep->refclassid == TypeRelationId &&
14847 foundDep->refobjid == attTup->atttypid) &&
14848 !(foundDep->refclassid == CollationRelationId &&
14849 foundDep->refobjid == attTup->attcollation))
14852
14853 CatalogTupleDelete(depRel, &depTup->t_self);
14854 }
14855
14856 systable_endscan(scan);
14857
14859
14860 /*
14861 * Here we go --- change the recorded column type and collation. (Note
14862 * heapTup is a copy of the syscache entry, so okay to scribble on.) First
14863 * fix up the missing value if any.
14864 */
14865 if (attTup->atthasmissing)
14866 {
14867 Datum missingval;
14868 bool missingNull;
14869
14870 /* if rewrite is true the missing value should already be cleared */
14872
14873 /* Get the missing value datum */
14874 missingval = heap_getattr(heapTup,
14875 Anum_pg_attribute_attmissingval,
14876 attrelation->rd_att,
14877 &missingNull);
14878
14879 /* if it's a null array there is nothing to do */
14880
14881 if (!missingNull)
14882 {
14883 /*
14884 * Get the datum out of the array and repack it in a new array
14885 * built with the new type data. We assume that since the table
14886 * doesn't need rewriting, the actual Datum doesn't need to be
14887 * changed, only the array metadata.
14888 */
14889
14890 int one = 1;
14891 bool isNull;
14892 Datum valuesAtt[Natts_pg_attribute] = {0};
14893 bool nullsAtt[Natts_pg_attribute] = {0};
14894 bool replacesAtt[Natts_pg_attribute] = {0};
14895 HeapTuple newTup;
14896
14897 missingval = array_get_element(missingval,
14898 1,
14899 &one,
14900 0,
14901 attTup->attlen,
14902 attTup->attbyval,
14903 attTup->attalign,
14904 &isNull);
14906 1,
14907 targettype,
14908 tform->typlen,
14909 tform->typbyval,
14910 tform->typalign));
14911
14912 valuesAtt[Anum_pg_attribute_attmissingval - 1] = missingval;
14913 replacesAtt[Anum_pg_attribute_attmissingval - 1] = true;
14914 nullsAtt[Anum_pg_attribute_attmissingval - 1] = false;
14915
14917 valuesAtt, nullsAtt, replacesAtt);
14918 heap_freetuple(heapTup);
14919 heapTup = newTup;
14921 }
14922 }
14923
14924 attTup->atttypid = targettype;
14925 attTup->atttypmod = targettypmod;
14926 attTup->attcollation = targetcollid;
14929 errcode(ERRCODE_PROGRAM_LIMIT_EXCEEDED),
14931 attTup->attndims = list_length(typeName->arrayBounds);
14932 attTup->attlen = tform->typlen;
14933 attTup->attbyval = tform->typbyval;
14934 attTup->attalign = tform->typalign;
14935 attTup->attstorage = tform->typstorage;
14936 attTup->attcompression = InvalidCompressionMethod;
14937
14938 ReleaseSysCache(typeTuple);
14939
14940 CatalogTupleUpdate(attrelation, &heapTup->t_self, heapTup);
14941
14943
14944 /* Install dependencies on new datatype and collation */
14947
14948 /*
14949 * Drop any pg_statistic entry for the column, since it's now wrong type
14950 */
14952
14953 InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(RelationRelationId,
14955
14956 /*
14957 * Update the default, if present, by brute force --- remove and re-add
14958 * the default. Probably unsafe to take shortcuts, since the new version
14959 * may well have additional dependencies. (It's okay to do this now,
14960 * rather than after other ALTER TYPE commands, since the default won't
14961 * depend on other column types.)
14962 */
14963 if (defaultexpr)
14964 {
14965 /*
14966 * If it's a GENERATED default, drop its dependency records, in
14967 * particular its INTERNAL dependency on the column, which would
14968 * otherwise cause dependency.c to refuse to perform the deletion.
14969 */
14970 if (attTup->attgenerated)
14971 {
14973
14978 }
14979
14980 /*
14981 * Make updates-so-far visible, particularly the new pg_attribute row
14982 * which will be updated again.
14983 */
14984 CommandCounterIncrement();
14985
14986 /*
14987 * We use RESTRICT here for safety, but at present we do not expect
14988 * anything to depend on the default.
14989 */
14991 true);
14992
14994 }
14995
14996 ObjectAddressSubSet(address, RelationRelationId,
14998
14999 /* Cleanup */
15000 heap_freetuple(heapTup);
15001
15002 return address;
15003}
ArrayType * construct_array(Datum *elems, int nelems, Oid elmtype, int elmlen, bool elmbyval, char elmalign)
Definition: arrayfuncs.c:3361
Datum array_get_element(Datum arraydatum, int nSubscripts, int *indx, int arraytyplen, int elmlen, bool elmbyval, char elmalign, bool *isNull)
Definition: arrayfuncs.c:1820
static Datum heap_getattr(HeapTuple tup, int attnum, TupleDesc tupleDesc, bool *isnull)
Definition: htup_details.h:904
void CatalogTupleDelete(Relation heapRel, ItemPointer tid)
Definition: indexing.c:365
char * getObjectDescription(const ObjectAddress *object, bool missing_ok)
Definition: objectaddress.c:2911
Oid StoreAttrDefault(Relation rel, AttrNumber attnum, Node *expr, bool is_internal)
Definition: pg_attrdef.c:35
void RemoveAttrDefault(Oid relid, AttrNumber attnum, DropBehavior behavior, bool complain, bool internal)
Definition: pg_attrdef.c:152
long deleteDependencyRecordsFor(Oid classId, Oid objectId, bool skipExtensionDeps)
Definition: pg_depend.c:301
Definition: parsenodes.h:283
static void RememberAllDependentForRebuilding(AlteredTableInfo *tab, AlterTableType subtype, Relation rel, AttrNumber attnum, const char *colName)
Definition: tablecmds.c:15011
References add_column_collation_dependency(), add_column_datatype_dependency(), array_get_element(), Assert(), AT_AlterColumnType, attnum, BTEqualStrategyNumber, build_column_default(), CatalogTupleDelete(), CatalogTupleUpdate(), ObjectAddress::classId, COERCE_IMPLICIT_CAST, coerce_to_target_type(), COERCION_ASSIGNMENT, CommandCounterIncrement(), construct_array(), AlterTableCmd::def, deleteDependencyRecordsFor(), DEPENDENCY_NORMAL, DROP_RESTRICT, elog, ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, exprType(), format_type_be(), GetAttrDefaultOid(), GetColumnDefCollation(), getObjectDescription(), GETSTRUCT(), heap_freetuple(), heap_getattr(), heap_modify_tuple(), HeapTupleIsValid, if(), Int32GetDatum(), InvalidCompressionMethod, InvokeObjectPostAlterHook, sort-test::key, list_length(), AlterTableCmd::name, NoLock, ObjectAddressSubSet, ObjectAddress::objectId, ObjectIdGetDatum(), ObjectAddress::objectSubId, OidIsValid, AlteredTableInfo::oldDesc, PG_INT16_MAX, PointerGetDatum(), relation_close(), RelationClearMissing(), RelationGetDescr, RelationGetRelationName, RelationGetRelid, ReleaseSysCache(), RememberAllDependentForRebuilding(), RemoveAttrDefault(), RemoveStatistics(), AlteredTableInfo::rewrite, RowExclusiveLock, ScanKeyInit(), SearchSysCacheCopyAttName(), StoreAttrDefault(), strip_implicit_coercions(), systable_beginscan(), systable_endscan(), systable_getnext(), table_close(), table_open(), TupleDescAttr(), ColumnDef::typeName, and typenameType().
Referenced by ATExecCmd().
◆ ATExecAlterConstraint()
|
static |
Definition at line 12166 of file tablecmds.c.
12168{
12169 Relation conrel;
12170 Relation tgrel;
12171 SysScanDesc scan;
12172 ScanKeyData skey[3];
12173 HeapTuple contuple;
12174 Form_pg_constraint currcon;
12175 ObjectAddress address;
12176
12177 /*
12178 * Disallow altering ONLY a partitioned table, as it would make no sense.
12179 * This is okay for legacy inheritance.
12180 */
12183 errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
12186
12187
12190
12191 /*
12192 * Find and check the target constraint
12193 */
12194 ScanKeyInit(&skey[0],
12195 Anum_pg_constraint_conrelid,
12196 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
12198 ScanKeyInit(&skey[1],
12199 Anum_pg_constraint_contypid,
12200 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
12202 ScanKeyInit(&skey[2],
12203 Anum_pg_constraint_conname,
12204 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_NAMEEQ,
12206 scan = systable_beginscan(conrel, ConstraintRelidTypidNameIndexId,
12207 true, NULL, 3, skey);
12208
12209 /* There can be at most one matching row */
12212 (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
12215
12219 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
12224 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
12228 currcon->contype != CONSTRAINT_NOTNULL)
12230 errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
12233
12234 /* Refuse to modify inheritability of inherited constraints */
12236 cmdcon->noinherit && currcon->coninhcount > 0)
12238 errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
12240 NameStr(currcon->conname),
12241 RelationGetRelationName(rel)));
12242
12243 /*
12244 * If it's not the topmost constraint, raise an error.
12245 *
12246 * Altering a non-topmost constraint leaves some triggers untouched, since
12247 * they are not directly connected to this constraint; also, pg_dump would
12248 * ignore the deferrability status of the individual constraint, since it
12249 * only dumps topmost constraints. Avoid these problems by refusing this
12250 * operation and telling the user to alter the parent constraint instead.
12251 */
12253 {
12254 HeapTuple tp;
12255 Oid parent = currcon->conparentid;
12256 char *ancestorname = NULL;
12257 char *ancestortable = NULL;
12258
12259 /* Loop to find the topmost constraint */
12261 {
12263
12264 /* If no parent, this is the constraint we want */
12266 {
12268 ancestortable = get_rel_name(contup->conrelid);
12269 ReleaseSysCache(tp);
12270 break;
12271 }
12272
12273 parent = contup->conparentid;
12274 ReleaseSysCache(tp);
12275 }
12276
12278 (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
12281 ancestorname && ancestortable ?
12283 cmdcon->conname, ancestorname, ancestortable) : 0,
12285 }
12286
12287 address = InvalidObjectAddress;
12288
12289 /*
12290 * Do the actual catalog work, and recurse if necessary.
12291 */
12293 contuple, recurse, lockmode))
12294 ObjectAddressSet(address, ConstraintRelationId, currcon->oid);
12295
12296 systable_endscan(scan);
12297
12300
12301 return address;
12302}
static bool ATExecAlterConstraintInternal(List **wqueue, ATAlterConstraint *cmdcon, Relation conrel, Relation tgrel, Relation rel, HeapTuple contuple, bool recurse, LOCKMODE lockmode)
Definition: tablecmds.c:12309
References ATAlterConstraint::alterDeferrability, ATAlterConstraint::alterEnforceability, ATAlterConstraint::alterInheritability, ATExecAlterConstraintInternal(), BTEqualStrategyNumber, ATAlterConstraint::conname, CStringGetDatum(), ereport, errcode(), errdetail(), errhint(), errmsg(), ERROR, get_rel_name(), GETSTRUCT(), HeapTupleIsValid, InvalidObjectAddress, InvalidOid, NameStr, ATAlterConstraint::noinherit, ObjectAddressSet, ObjectIdGetDatum(), OidIsValid, pstrdup(), RelationData::rd_rel, RelationGetRelationName, RelationGetRelid, ReleaseSysCache(), RowExclusiveLock, ScanKeyInit(), SearchSysCache1(), systable_beginscan(), systable_endscan(), systable_getnext(), table_close(), and table_open().
Referenced by ATExecCmd().
◆ ATExecAlterConstraintInternal()
|
static |
Definition at line 12309 of file tablecmds.c.
12313{
12314 Form_pg_constraint currcon;
12315 bool changed = false;
12317
12319
12320 /*
12321 * Do the catalog work for the enforceability or deferrability change,
12322 * recurse if necessary.
12323 *
12324 * Note that even if deferrability is requested to be altered along with
12325 * enforceability, we don't need to explicitly update multiple entries in
12326 * pg_trigger related to deferrability.
12327 *
12328 * Modifying enforceability involves either creating or dropping the
12329 * trigger, during which the deferrability setting will be adjusted
12330 * automatically.
12331 */
12333 ATExecAlterConstrEnforceability(wqueue, cmdcon, conrel, tgrel,
12334 currcon->conrelid, currcon->confrelid,
12335 contuple, lockmode, InvalidOid,
12337 changed = true;
12338
12340 ATExecAlterConstrDeferrability(wqueue, cmdcon, conrel, tgrel, rel,
12341 contuple, recurse, &otherrelids,
12342 lockmode))
12343 {
12344 /*
12345 * AlterConstrUpdateConstraintEntry already invalidated relcache for
12346 * the relations having the constraint itself; here we also invalidate
12347 * for relations that have any triggers that are part of the
12348 * constraint.
12349 */
12350 foreach_oid(relid, otherrelids)
12351 CacheInvalidateRelcacheByRelid(relid);
12352
12353 changed = true;
12354 }
12355
12356 /*
12357 * Do the catalog work for the inheritability change.
12358 */
12360 ATExecAlterConstrInheritability(wqueue, cmdcon, conrel, rel, contuple,
12361 lockmode))
12362 changed = true;
12363
12364 return changed;
12365}
static bool ATExecAlterConstrInheritability(List **wqueue, ATAlterConstraint *cmdcon, Relation conrel, Relation rel, HeapTuple contuple, LOCKMODE lockmode)
Definition: tablecmds.c:12583
References ATAlterConstraint::alterDeferrability, ATAlterConstraint::alterEnforceability, ATAlterConstraint::alterInheritability, ATExecAlterConstrDeferrability(), ATExecAlterConstrEnforceability(), ATExecAlterConstrInheritability(), CacheInvalidateRelcacheByRelid(), foreach_oid, GETSTRUCT(), InvalidOid, and NIL.
Referenced by ATExecAlterConstraint().
◆ ATExecAlterConstrDeferrability()
|
static |
Definition at line 12526 of file tablecmds.c.
12530{
12531 Form_pg_constraint currcon;
12532 Oid refrelid;
12533 bool changed = false;
12534
12535 /* since this function recurses, it could be driven to stack overflow */
12536 check_stack_depth();
12537
12539
12541 refrelid = currcon->confrelid;
12542
12543 /* Should be foreign key constraint */
12544 Assert(currcon->contype == CONSTRAINT_FOREIGN);
12545
12546 /*
12547 * If called to modify a constraint that's already in the desired state,
12548 * silently do nothing.
12549 */
12551 currcon->condeferred != cmdcon->initdeferred)
12552 {
12553 AlterConstrUpdateConstraintEntry(cmdcon, conrel, contuple);
12554 changed = true;
12555
12556 /*
12557 * Now we need to update the multiple entries in pg_trigger that
12558 * implement the constraint.
12559 */
12560 AlterConstrTriggerDeferrability(currcon->oid, tgrel, rel,
12561 cmdcon->deferrable,
12562 cmdcon->initdeferred, otherrelids);
12563 }
12564
12565 /*
12566 * If the table at either end of the constraint is partitioned, we need to
12567 * handle every constraint that is a child of this one.
12568 */
12569 if (recurse && changed &&
12570 (rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE ||
12571 get_rel_relkind(refrelid) == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE))
12572 AlterConstrDeferrabilityRecurse(wqueue, cmdcon, conrel, tgrel, rel,
12573 contuple, recurse, otherrelids,
12574 lockmode);
12575
12576 return changed;
12577}
static void AlterConstrUpdateConstraintEntry(ATAlterConstraint *cmdcon, Relation conrel, HeapTuple contuple)
Definition: tablecmds.c:12822
static void AlterConstrDeferrabilityRecurse(List **wqueue, ATAlterConstraint *cmdcon, Relation conrel, Relation tgrel, Relation rel, HeapTuple contuple, bool recurse, List **otherrelids, LOCKMODE lockmode)
Definition: tablecmds.c:12780
static void AlterConstrTriggerDeferrability(Oid conoid, Relation tgrel, Relation rel, bool deferrable, bool initdeferred, List **otherrelids)
Definition: tablecmds.c:12662
References AlterConstrDeferrabilityRecurse(), AlterConstrTriggerDeferrability(), AlterConstrUpdateConstraintEntry(), ATAlterConstraint::alterDeferrability, Assert(), check_stack_depth(), ATAlterConstraint::deferrable, get_rel_relkind(), GETSTRUCT(), ATAlterConstraint::initdeferred, and RelationData::rd_rel.
Referenced by AlterConstrDeferrabilityRecurse(), and ATExecAlterConstraintInternal().
◆ ATExecAlterConstrEnforceability()
|
static |
Definition at line 12380 of file tablecmds.c.
12388{
12389 Form_pg_constraint currcon;
12390 Oid conoid;
12391 Relation rel;
12392 bool changed = false;
12393
12394 /* Since this function recurses, it could be driven to stack overflow */
12395 check_stack_depth();
12396
12398
12400 conoid = currcon->oid;
12401
12402 /* Should be foreign key constraint */
12403 Assert(currcon->contype == CONSTRAINT_FOREIGN);
12404
12405 rel = table_open(currcon->conrelid, lockmode);
12406
12408 {
12409 AlterConstrUpdateConstraintEntry(cmdcon, conrel, contuple);
12410 changed = true;
12411 }
12412
12413 /* Drop triggers */
12415 {
12416 /*
12417 * When setting a constraint to NOT ENFORCED, the constraint triggers
12418 * need to be dropped. Therefore, we must process the child relations
12419 * first, followed by the parent, to account for dependencies.
12420 */
12422 get_rel_relkind(currcon->confrelid) == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE)
12423 AlterConstrEnforceabilityRecurse(wqueue, cmdcon, conrel, tgrel,
12424 fkrelid, pkrelid, contuple,
12427
12428 /* Drop all the triggers */
12430 }
12431 else if (changed) /* Create triggers */
12432 {
12434 ReferencedUpdTriggerOid = InvalidOid,
12435 ReferencingInsTriggerOid = InvalidOid,
12436 ReferencingUpdTriggerOid = InvalidOid;
12437
12438 /* Prepare the minimal information required for trigger creation. */
12440
12442 fkconstraint->fk_matchtype = currcon->confmatchtype;
12443 fkconstraint->fk_upd_action = currcon->confupdtype;
12444 fkconstraint->fk_del_action = currcon->confdeltype;
12445
12446 /* Create referenced triggers */
12447 if (currcon->conrelid == fkrelid)
12448 createForeignKeyActionTriggers(currcon->conrelid,
12449 currcon->confrelid,
12450 fkconstraint,
12451 conoid,
12452 currcon->conindid,
12453 ReferencedParentDelTrigger,
12454 ReferencedParentUpdTrigger,
12455 &ReferencedDelTriggerOid,
12456 &ReferencedUpdTriggerOid);
12457
12458 /* Create referencing triggers */
12459 if (currcon->confrelid == pkrelid)
12460 createForeignKeyCheckTriggers(currcon->conrelid,
12461 pkrelid,
12462 fkconstraint,
12463 conoid,
12464 currcon->conindid,
12465 ReferencingParentInsTrigger,
12466 ReferencingParentUpdTrigger,
12467 &ReferencingInsTriggerOid,
12468 &ReferencingUpdTriggerOid);
12469
12470 /*
12471 * Tell Phase 3 to check that the constraint is satisfied by existing
12472 * rows. Only applies to leaf partitions, and (for constraints that
12473 * reference a partitioned table) only if this is not one of the
12474 * pg_constraint rows that exist solely to support action triggers.
12475 */
12477 currcon->confrelid == pkrelid)
12478 {
12479 AlteredTableInfo *tab;
12480 NewConstraint *newcon;
12481
12485 newcon->refrelid = currcon->confrelid;
12486 newcon->refindid = currcon->conindid;
12487 newcon->conid = currcon->oid;
12489
12490 /* Find or create work queue entry for this table */
12491 tab = ATGetQueueEntry(wqueue, rel);
12493 }
12494
12495 /*
12496 * If the table at either end of the constraint is partitioned, we
12497 * need to recurse and create triggers for each constraint that is a
12498 * child of this one.
12499 */
12501 get_rel_relkind(currcon->confrelid) == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE)
12502 AlterConstrEnforceabilityRecurse(wqueue, cmdcon, conrel, tgrel,
12503 fkrelid, pkrelid, contuple,
12504 lockmode, ReferencedDelTriggerOid,
12505 ReferencedUpdTriggerOid,
12506 ReferencingInsTriggerOid,
12507 ReferencingUpdTriggerOid);
12508 }
12509
12511
12512 return changed;
12513}
static void AlterConstrEnforceabilityRecurse(List **wqueue, ATAlterConstraint *cmdcon, Relation conrel, Relation tgrel, Oid fkrelid, Oid pkrelid, HeapTuple contuple, LOCKMODE lockmode, Oid ReferencedParentDelTrigger, Oid ReferencedParentUpdTrigger, Oid ReferencingParentInsTrigger, Oid ReferencingParentUpdTrigger)
Definition: tablecmds.c:12731
static void DropForeignKeyConstraintTriggers(Relation trigrel, Oid conoid, Oid confrelid, Oid conrelid)
Definition: tablecmds.c:11971
References AlterConstrEnforceabilityRecurse(), AlterConstrUpdateConstraintEntry(), ATAlterConstraint::alterEnforceability, Assert(), ATGetQueueEntry(), check_stack_depth(), NewConstraint::conid, Constraint::conname, CONSTR_FOREIGN, AlteredTableInfo::constraints, NewConstraint::contype, createForeignKeyActionTriggers(), createForeignKeyCheckTriggers(), DropForeignKeyConstraintTriggers(), Constraint::fk_del_action, Constraint::fk_matchtype, Constraint::fk_upd_action, get_rel_relkind(), GETSTRUCT(), InvalidOid, ATAlterConstraint::is_enforced, lappend(), makeNode, NewConstraint::name, NameStr, NoLock, palloc0(), pstrdup(), NewConstraint::qual, RelationData::rd_rel, NewConstraint::refindid, NewConstraint::refrelid, table_close(), and table_open().
Referenced by AlterConstrEnforceabilityRecurse(), and ATExecAlterConstraintInternal().
◆ ATExecAlterConstrInheritability()
|
static |
Definition at line 12583 of file tablecmds.c.
12586{
12587 Form_pg_constraint currcon;
12588 AttrNumber colNum;
12589 char *colName;
12590 List *children;
12591
12593
12595
12596 /* The current implementation only works for NOT NULL constraints */
12597 Assert(currcon->contype == CONSTRAINT_NOTNULL);
12598
12599 /*
12600 * If called to modify a constraint that's already in the desired state,
12601 * silently do nothing.
12602 */
12604 return false;
12605
12606 AlterConstrUpdateConstraintEntry(cmdcon, conrel, contuple);
12607 CommandCounterIncrement();
12608
12609 /* Fetch the column number and name */
12610 colNum = extractNotNullColumn(contuple);
12612
12613 /*
12614 * Propagate the change to children. For this subcommand type we don't
12615 * recursively affect children, just the immediate level.
12616 */
12618 lockmode);
12619 foreach_oid(childoid, children)
12620 {
12621 ObjectAddress addr;
12622
12624 {
12625 HeapTuple childtup;
12626 Form_pg_constraint childcon;
12627
12628 childtup = findNotNullConstraint(childoid, colName);
12629 if (!childtup)
12631 colName, childoid);
12633 Assert(childcon->coninhcount > 0);
12634 childcon->coninhcount--;
12635 childcon->conislocal = true;
12637 heap_freetuple(childtup);
12638 }
12639 else
12640 {
12642
12644 colName, true, true, lockmode);
12646 CommandCounterIncrement();
12648 }
12649 }
12650
12651 return true;
12652}
char * get_attname(Oid relid, AttrNumber attnum, bool missing_ok)
Definition: lsyscache.c:920
HeapTuple findNotNullConstraint(Oid relid, const char *colname)
Definition: pg_constraint.c:642
AttrNumber extractNotNullColumn(HeapTuple constrTup)
Definition: pg_constraint.c:702
static ObjectAddress ATExecSetNotNull(List **wqueue, Relation rel, char *conName, char *colName, bool recurse, bool recursing, LOCKMODE lockmode)
Definition: tablecmds.c:7906
References AlterConstrUpdateConstraintEntry(), ATAlterConstraint::alterInheritability, Assert(), ATExecSetNotNull(), CatalogTupleUpdate(), CommandCounterIncrement(), elog, ERROR, extractNotNullColumn(), find_inheritance_children(), findNotNullConstraint(), foreach_oid, get_attname(), GETSTRUCT(), heap_freetuple(), NameStr, ATAlterConstraint::noinherit, NoLock, ObjectAddress::objectId, OidIsValid, RelationGetRelid, HeapTupleData::t_self, table_close(), and table_open().
Referenced by ATExecAlterConstraintInternal().
◆ ATExecAttachPartition()
|
static |
Definition at line 20206 of file tablecmds.c.
20208{
20209 Relation attachrel,
20210 catalog;
20211 List *attachrel_children;
20212 List *partConstraint;
20213 SysScanDesc scan;
20214 ScanKeyData skey;
20215 AttrNumber attno;
20216 int natts;
20217 TupleDesc tupleDesc;
20218 ObjectAddress address;
20219 const char *trigger_name;
20220 Oid defaultPartOid;
20221 List *partBoundConstraint;
20223
20225
20226 /*
20227 * We must lock the default partition if one exists, because attaching a
20228 * new partition will change its partition constraint.
20229 */
20230 defaultPartOid =
20234
20236
20237 /*
20238 * XXX I think it'd be a good idea to grab locks on all tables referenced
20239 * by FKs at this point also.
20240 */
20241
20242 /*
20243 * Must be owner of both parent and source table -- parent was checked by
20244 * ATSimplePermissions call in ATPrepCmd
20245 */
20248
20249 /* A partition can only have one parent */
20252 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
20254 RelationGetRelationName(attachrel))));
20255
20258 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
20260
20261 /*
20262 * Table being attached should not already be part of inheritance; either
20263 * as a child table...
20264 */
20266 ScanKeyInit(&skey,
20267 Anum_pg_inherits_inhrelid,
20268 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
20271 NULL, 1, &skey);
20274 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
20276 systable_endscan(scan);
20277
20278 /* ...or as a parent table (except the case when it is partitioned) */
20279 ScanKeyInit(&skey,
20280 Anum_pg_inherits_inhparent,
20281 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
20284 1, &skey);
20286 attachrel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_RELATION)
20288 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
20290 systable_endscan(scan);
20292
20293 /*
20294 * Prevent circularity by seeing if rel is a partition of attachrel. (In
20295 * particular, this disallows making a rel a partition of itself.)
20296 *
20297 * We do that by checking if rel is a member of the list of attachrel's
20298 * partitions provided the latter is partitioned at all. We want to avoid
20299 * having to construct this list again, so we request the strongest lock
20300 * on all partitions. We need the strongest lock, because we may decide
20301 * to scan them if we find out that the table being attached (or its leaf
20302 * partitions) may contain rows that violate the partition constraint. If
20303 * the table has a constraint that would prevent such rows, which by
20304 * definition is present in all the partitions, we need not scan the
20305 * table, nor its partitions. But we cannot risk a deadlock by taking a
20306 * weaker lock now and the stronger one only when needed.
20307 */
20309 AccessExclusiveLock, NULL);
20312 (errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_TABLE),
20315 RelationGetRelationName(rel),
20316 RelationGetRelationName(attachrel))));
20317
20318 /* If the parent is permanent, so must be all of its partitions. */
20320 attachrel->rd_rel->relpersistence == RELPERSISTENCE_TEMP)
20322 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
20324 RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
20325
20326 /* Temp parent cannot have a partition that is itself not a temp */
20328 attachrel->rd_rel->relpersistence != RELPERSISTENCE_TEMP)
20330 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
20332 RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
20333
20334 /* If the parent is temp, it must belong to this session */
20337 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
20339
20340 /* Ditto for the partition */
20343 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
20345
20346 /*
20347 * Check if attachrel has any identity columns or any columns that aren't
20348 * in the parent.
20349 */
20350 tupleDesc = RelationGetDescr(attachrel);
20351 natts = tupleDesc->natts;
20352 for (attno = 1; attno <= natts; attno++)
20353 {
20356
20357 /* Ignore dropped */
20358 if (attribute->attisdropped)
20359 continue;
20360
20361 if (attribute->attidentity)
20363 errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
20365 RelationGetRelationName(attachrel), attributeName),
20367
20368 /* Try to find the column in parent (matching on column name) */
20371 CStringGetDatum(attributeName)))
20373 (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
20375 RelationGetRelationName(attachrel), attributeName,
20376 RelationGetRelationName(rel)),
20378 }
20379
20380 /*
20381 * If child_rel has row-level triggers with transition tables, we
20382 * currently don't allow it to become a partition. See also prohibitions
20383 * in ATExecAddInherit() and CreateTrigger().
20384 */
20386 if (trigger_name != NULL)
20388 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
20390 trigger_name, RelationGetRelationName(attachrel)),
20392
20393 /*
20394 * Check that the new partition's bound is valid and does not overlap any
20395 * of existing partitions of the parent - note that it does not return on
20396 * error.
20397 */
20399 cmd->bound, pstate);
20400
20401 /* OK to create inheritance. Rest of the checks performed there */
20403
20404 /* Update the pg_class entry. */
20406
20407 /* Ensure there exists a correct set of indexes in the partition. */
20408 AttachPartitionEnsureIndexes(wqueue, rel, attachrel);
20409
20410 /* and triggers */
20411 CloneRowTriggersToPartition(rel, attachrel);
20412
20413 /*
20414 * Clone foreign key constraints. Callee is responsible for setting up
20415 * for phase 3 constraint verification.
20416 */
20417 CloneForeignKeyConstraints(wqueue, rel, attachrel);
20418
20419 /*
20420 * Generate partition constraint from the partition bound specification.
20421 * If the parent itself is a partition, make sure to include its
20422 * constraint as well.
20423 */
20425
20426 /*
20427 * Use list_concat_copy() to avoid modifying partBoundConstraint in place,
20428 * since it's needed later to construct the constraint expression for
20429 * validating against the default partition, if any.
20430 */
20431 partConstraint = list_concat_copy(partBoundConstraint,
20432 RelationGetPartitionQual(rel));
20433
20434 /* Skip validation if there are no constraints to validate. */
20435 if (partConstraint)
20436 {
20437 /*
20438 * Run the partition quals through const-simplification similar to
20439 * check constraints. We skip canonicalize_qual, though, because
20440 * partition quals should be in canonical form already.
20441 */
20442 partConstraint =
20444 (Node *) partConstraint);
20445
20446 /* XXX this sure looks wrong */
20448
20449 /*
20450 * Adjust the generated constraint to match this partition's attribute
20451 * numbers.
20452 */
20453 partConstraint = map_partition_varattnos(partConstraint, 1, attachrel,
20454 rel);
20455
20456 /* Validate partition constraints against the table being attached. */
20457 QueuePartitionConstraintValidation(wqueue, attachrel, partConstraint,
20458 false);
20459 }
20460
20461 /*
20462 * If we're attaching a partition other than the default partition and a
20463 * default one exists, then that partition's partition constraint changes,
20464 * so add an entry to the work queue to validate it, too. (We must not do
20465 * this when the partition being attached is the default one; we already
20466 * did it above!)
20467 */
20469 {
20470 Relation defaultrel;
20471 List *defPartConstraint;
20472
20474
20475 /* we already hold a lock on the default partition */
20477 defPartConstraint =
20478 get_proposed_default_constraint(partBoundConstraint);
20479
20480 /*
20481 * Map the Vars in the constraint expression from rel's attnos to
20482 * defaultrel's.
20483 */
20484 defPartConstraint =
20485 map_partition_varattnos(defPartConstraint,
20486 1, defaultrel, rel);
20487 QueuePartitionConstraintValidation(wqueue, defaultrel,
20488 defPartConstraint, true);
20489
20490 /* keep our lock until commit. */
20492 }
20493
20495
20496 /*
20497 * If the partition we just attached is partitioned itself, invalidate
20498 * relcache for all descendent partitions too to ensure that their
20499 * rd_partcheck expression trees are rebuilt; partitions already locked at
20500 * the beginning of this function.
20501 */
20503 {
20504 ListCell *l;
20505
20506 foreach(l, attachrel_children)
20507 {
20509 }
20510 }
20511
20512 /* keep our lock until commit */
20514
20515 return address;
20516}
Node * eval_const_expressions(PlannerInfo *root, Node *node)
Definition: clauses.c:2262
void StorePartitionBound(Relation rel, Relation parent, PartitionBoundSpec *bound)
Definition: heap.c:4050
ParseState * make_parsestate(ParseState *parentParseState)
Definition: parse_node.c:39
void check_new_partition_bound(char *relname, Relation parent, PartitionBoundSpec *spec, ParseState *pstate)
Definition: partbounds.c:2897
List * get_qual_from_partbound(Relation parent, PartitionBoundSpec *spec)
Definition: partbounds.c:249
Oid get_default_oid_from_partdesc(PartitionDesc partdesc)
Definition: partdesc.c:501
List * map_partition_varattnos(List *expr, int fromrel_varno, Relation to_rel, Relation from_rel)
Definition: partition.c:222
List * get_proposed_default_constraint(List *new_part_constraints)
Definition: partition.c:370
Definition: parse_node.h:193
static void CloneRowTriggersToPartition(Relation parent, Relation partition)
Definition: tablecmds.c:20709
static void AttachPartitionEnsureIndexes(List **wqueue, Relation rel, Relation attachrel)
Definition: tablecmds.c:20527
static void CloneForeignKeyConstraints(List **wqueue, Relation parentRel, Relation partitionRel)
Definition: tablecmds.c:11185
static void QueuePartitionConstraintValidation(List **wqueue, Relation scanrel, List *partConstraint, bool validate_default)
Definition: tablecmds.c:20133
References AccessExclusiveLock, AccessShareLock, Assert(), AT_AttachPartition, ATSimplePermissions(), ATT_FOREIGN_TABLE, ATT_PARTITIONED_TABLE, ATT_TABLE, AttachPartitionEnsureIndexes(), PartitionCmd::bound, BTEqualStrategyNumber, CacheInvalidateRelcacheByRelid(), check_new_partition_bound(), CloneForeignKeyConstraints(), CloneRowTriggersToPartition(), CreateInheritance(), CStringGetDatum(), ereport, errcode(), errdetail(), errmsg(), ERROR, eval_const_expressions(), find_all_inheritors(), FindTriggerIncompatibleWithInheritance(), get_default_oid_from_partdesc(), get_proposed_default_constraint(), get_qual_from_partbound(), HeapTupleIsValid, PartitionBoundSpec::is_default, lfirst_oid, list_concat_copy(), list_make1, list_member_oid(), LockRelationOid(), make_ands_explicit(), make_parsestate(), map_partition_varattnos(), PartitionCmd::name, NameStr, TupleDescData::natts, NoLock, ObjectAddressSet, ObjectIdGetDatum(), OidIsValid, ParseState::p_sourcetext, AlterTableUtilityContext::queryString, QueuePartitionConstraintValidation(), RelationData::rd_rel, RELATION_IS_OTHER_TEMP, RelationGetDescr, RelationGetPartitionDesc(), RelationGetPartitionQual(), RelationGetRelationName, RelationGetRelid, ScanKeyInit(), SearchSysCacheExists2, StorePartitionBound(), systable_beginscan(), systable_endscan(), systable_getnext(), table_close(), table_open(), table_openrv(), RelationData::trigdesc, and TupleDescAttr().
Referenced by ATExecCmd().
◆ ATExecAttachPartitionIdx()
|
static |
Definition at line 21583 of file tablecmds.c.
21584{
21585 Relation partIdx;
21586 Relation partTbl;
21587 Relation parentTbl;
21588 ObjectAddress address;
21589 Oid partIdxId;
21590 Oid currParent;
21592
21593 /*
21594 * We need to obtain lock on the index 'name' to modify it, but we also
21595 * need to read its owning table's tuple descriptor -- so we need to lock
21596 * both. To avoid deadlocks, obtain lock on the table before doing so on
21597 * the index. Furthermore, we need to examine the parent table of the
21598 * partition, so lock that one too.
21599 */
21603 partIdxId =
21606 &state);
21607 /* Not there? */
21610 (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
21612
21613 /* no deadlock risk: RangeVarGetRelidExtended already acquired the lock */
21615
21616 /* we already hold locks on both tables, so this is safe: */
21619
21621
21622 /* Silently do nothing if already in the right state */
21623 currParent = partIdx->rd_rel->relispartition ?
21626 {
21627 IndexInfo *childInfo;
21628 IndexInfo *parentInfo;
21629 AttrMap *attmap;
21630 bool found;
21632 PartitionDesc partDesc;
21633 Oid constraintOid,
21634 cldConstrId = InvalidOid;
21635
21636 /*
21637 * If this partition already has an index attached, refuse the
21638 * operation.
21639 */
21640 refuseDupeIndexAttach(parentIdx, partIdx, partTbl);
21641
21644 (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
21646 RelationGetRelationName(partIdx),
21647 RelationGetRelationName(parentIdx)),
21649 RelationGetRelationName(partIdx))));
21650
21651 /* Make sure it indexes a partition of the other index's table */
21653 found = false;
21655 {
21657 {
21658 found = true;
21659 break;
21660 }
21661 }
21662 if (!found)
21664 (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
21666 RelationGetRelationName(partIdx),
21667 RelationGetRelationName(parentIdx)),
21669 RelationGetRelationName(partIdx),
21670 RelationGetRelationName(parentTbl))));
21671
21672 /* Ensure the indexes are compatible */
21673 childInfo = BuildIndexInfo(partIdx);
21674 parentInfo = BuildIndexInfo(parentIdx);
21676 RelationGetDescr(parentTbl),
21677 false);
21679 partIdx->rd_indcollation,
21680 parentIdx->rd_indcollation,
21681 partIdx->rd_opfamily,
21682 parentIdx->rd_opfamily,
21683 attmap))
21685 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
21687 RelationGetRelationName(partIdx),
21688 RelationGetRelationName(parentIdx)),
21690
21691 /*
21692 * If there is a constraint in the parent, make sure there is one in
21693 * the child too.
21694 */
21696 RelationGetRelid(parentIdx));
21697
21699 {
21701 partIdxId);
21704 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
21706 RelationGetRelationName(partIdx),
21707 RelationGetRelationName(parentIdx)),
21708 errdetail("The index \"%s\" belongs to a constraint in table \"%s\" but no constraint exists for index \"%s\".",
21709 RelationGetRelationName(parentIdx),
21710 RelationGetRelationName(parentTbl),
21711 RelationGetRelationName(partIdx))));
21712 }
21713
21714 /*
21715 * If it's a primary key, make sure the columns in the partition are
21716 * NOT NULL.
21717 */
21719 verifyPartitionIndexNotNull(childInfo, partTbl);
21720
21721 /* All good -- do it */
21724 ConstraintSetParentConstraint(cldConstrId, constraintOid,
21725 RelationGetRelid(partTbl));
21726
21727 free_attrmap(attmap);
21728
21729 validatePartitionedIndex(parentIdx, parentTbl);
21730 }
21731
21733 /* keep these locks till commit */
21736
21737 return address;
21738}
bool CompareIndexInfo(const IndexInfo *info1, const IndexInfo *info2, const Oid *collations1, const Oid *collations2, const Oid *opfamilies1, const Oid *opfamilies2, const AttrMap *attmap)
Definition: index.c:2537
void IndexSetParentIndex(Relation partitionIdx, Oid parentOid)
Definition: indexcmds.c:4442
Oid get_partition_parent(Oid relid, bool even_if_detached)
Definition: partition.c:53
Oid get_relation_idx_constraint_oid(Oid relationId, Oid indexId)
Definition: pg_constraint.c:1327
void ConstraintSetParentConstraint(Oid childConstrId, Oid parentConstrId, Oid childTableId)
Definition: pg_constraint.c:1107
Definition: tablecmds.c:21522
Definition: regguts.h:323
static void RangeVarCallbackForAttachIndex(const RangeVar *rv, Oid relOid, Oid oldRelOid, void *arg)
Definition: tablecmds.c:21529
static void validatePartitionedIndex(Relation partedIdx, Relation partedTbl)
Definition: tablecmds.c:21769
static void verifyPartitionIndexNotNull(IndexInfo *iinfo, Relation partition)
Definition: tablecmds.c:21871
static void refuseDupeIndexAttach(Relation parentIdx, Relation partIdx, Relation partitionTbl)
Definition: tablecmds.c:21745
References AccessExclusiveLock, AccessShareLock, build_attrmap_by_name(), BuildIndexInfo(), CompareIndexInfo(), ConstraintSetParentConstraint(), ereport, errcode(), errdetail(), errmsg(), ERROR, free_attrmap(), get_partition_parent(), get_relation_idx_constraint_oid(), i, IndexSetParentIndex(), InvalidOid, name, NoLock, PartitionDescData::nparts, ObjectAddressSet, OidIsValid, PartitionDescData::oids, RangeVarCallbackForAttachIndex(), RangeVarGetRelidExtended(), RelationData::rd_indcollation, RelationData::rd_index, RelationData::rd_opfamily, RelationData::rd_rel, refuseDupeIndexAttach(), relation_close(), relation_open(), RelationGetDescr, RelationGetPartitionDesc(), RelationGetRelationName, RelationGetRelid, validatePartitionedIndex(), and verifyPartitionIndexNotNull().
Referenced by ATExecCmd().
◆ ATExecChangeOwner()
Definition at line 16040 of file tablecmds.c.
16041{
16042 Relation target_rel;
16043 Relation class_rel;
16044 HeapTuple tuple;
16045 Form_pg_class tuple_class;
16046
16047 /*
16048 * Get exclusive lock till end of transaction on the target table. Use
16049 * relation_open so that we can work on indexes and sequences.
16050 */
16051 target_rel = relation_open(relationOid, lockmode);
16052
16053 /* Get its pg_class tuple, too */
16055
16060
16061 /* Can we change the ownership of this tuple? */
16062 switch (tuple_class->relkind)
16063 {
16064 case RELKIND_RELATION:
16065 case RELKIND_VIEW:
16066 case RELKIND_MATVIEW:
16067 case RELKIND_FOREIGN_TABLE:
16068 case RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE:
16069 /* ok to change owner */
16070 break;
16071 case RELKIND_INDEX:
16072 if (!recursing)
16073 {
16074 /*
16075 * Because ALTER INDEX OWNER used to be allowed, and in fact
16076 * is generated by old versions of pg_dump, we give a warning
16077 * and do nothing rather than erroring out. Also, to avoid
16078 * unnecessary chatter while restoring those old dumps, say
16079 * nothing at all if the command would be a no-op anyway.
16080 */
16081 if (tuple_class->relowner != newOwnerId)
16083 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
16085 NameStr(tuple_class->relname)),
16087 /* quick hack to exit via the no-op path */
16088 newOwnerId = tuple_class->relowner;
16089 }
16090 break;
16091 case RELKIND_PARTITIONED_INDEX:
16092 if (recursing)
16093 break;
16095 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
16097 NameStr(tuple_class->relname)),
16099 break;
16100 case RELKIND_SEQUENCE:
16101 if (!recursing &&
16102 tuple_class->relowner != newOwnerId)
16103 {
16104 /* if it's an owned sequence, disallow changing it by itself */
16105 Oid tableId;
16106 int32 colId;
16107
16111 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
16113 NameStr(tuple_class->relname)),
16115 NameStr(tuple_class->relname),
16116 get_rel_name(tableId))));
16117 }
16118 break;
16119 case RELKIND_COMPOSITE_TYPE:
16120 if (recursing)
16121 break;
16123 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
16125 NameStr(tuple_class->relname)),
16126 /* translator: %s is an SQL ALTER command */
16128 "ALTER TYPE")));
16129 break;
16130 case RELKIND_TOASTVALUE:
16131 if (recursing)
16132 break;
16133 /* FALL THRU */
16134 default:
16136 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
16138 NameStr(tuple_class->relname)),
16139 errdetail_relkind_not_supported(tuple_class->relkind)));
16140 }
16141
16142 /*
16143 * If the new owner is the same as the existing owner, consider the
16144 * command to have succeeded. This is for dump restoration purposes.
16145 */
16146 if (tuple_class->relowner != newOwnerId)
16147 {
16148 Datum repl_val[Natts_pg_class];
16149 bool repl_null[Natts_pg_class];
16150 bool repl_repl[Natts_pg_class];
16151 Acl *newAcl;
16152 Datum aclDatum;
16153 bool isNull;
16154 HeapTuple newtuple;
16155
16156 /* skip permission checks when recursing to index or toast table */
16157 if (!recursing)
16158 {
16159 /* Superusers can always do it */
16161 {
16162 Oid namespaceOid = tuple_class->relnamespace;
16163 AclResult aclresult;
16164
16165 /* Otherwise, must be owner of the existing object */
16168 RelationGetRelationName(target_rel));
16169
16170 /* Must be able to become new owner */
16172
16173 /* New owner must have CREATE privilege on namespace */
16174 aclresult = object_aclcheck(NamespaceRelationId, namespaceOid, newOwnerId,
16175 ACL_CREATE);
16178 get_namespace_name(namespaceOid));
16179 }
16180 }
16181
16182 memset(repl_null, false, sizeof(repl_null));
16183 memset(repl_repl, false, sizeof(repl_repl));
16184
16185 repl_repl[Anum_pg_class_relowner - 1] = true;
16186 repl_val[Anum_pg_class_relowner - 1] = ObjectIdGetDatum(newOwnerId);
16187
16188 /*
16189 * Determine the modified ACL for the new owner. This is only
16190 * necessary when the ACL is non-null.
16191 */
16192 aclDatum = SysCacheGetAttr(RELOID, tuple,
16193 Anum_pg_class_relacl,
16194 &isNull);
16195 if (!isNull)
16196 {
16198 tuple_class->relowner, newOwnerId);
16199 repl_repl[Anum_pg_class_relacl - 1] = true;
16200 repl_val[Anum_pg_class_relacl - 1] = PointerGetDatum(newAcl);
16201 }
16202
16203 newtuple = heap_modify_tuple(tuple, RelationGetDescr(class_rel), repl_val, repl_null, repl_repl);
16204
16206
16207 heap_freetuple(newtuple);
16208
16209 /*
16210 * We must similarly update any per-column ACLs to reflect the new
16211 * owner; for neatness reasons that's split out as a subroutine.
16212 */
16213 change_owner_fix_column_acls(relationOid,
16214 tuple_class->relowner,
16215 newOwnerId);
16216
16217 /*
16218 * Update owner dependency reference, if any. A composite type has
16219 * none, because it's tracked for the pg_type entry instead of here;
16220 * indexes and TOAST tables don't have their own entries either.
16221 */
16222 if (tuple_class->relkind != RELKIND_COMPOSITE_TYPE &&
16223 tuple_class->relkind != RELKIND_INDEX &&
16224 tuple_class->relkind != RELKIND_PARTITIONED_INDEX &&
16225 tuple_class->relkind != RELKIND_TOASTVALUE)
16226 changeDependencyOnOwner(RelationRelationId, relationOid,
16227 newOwnerId);
16228
16229 /*
16230 * Also change the ownership of the table's row type, if it has one
16231 */
16233 AlterTypeOwnerInternal(tuple_class->reltype, newOwnerId);
16234
16235 /*
16236 * If we are operating on a table or materialized view, also change
16237 * the ownership of any indexes and sequences that belong to the
16238 * relation, as well as its toast table (if it has one).
16239 */
16240 if (tuple_class->relkind == RELKIND_RELATION ||
16241 tuple_class->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE ||
16242 tuple_class->relkind == RELKIND_MATVIEW ||
16243 tuple_class->relkind == RELKIND_TOASTVALUE)
16244 {
16245 List *index_oid_list;
16247
16248 /* Find all the indexes belonging to this relation */
16249 index_oid_list = RelationGetIndexList(target_rel);
16250
16251 /* For each index, recursively change its ownership */
16254
16255 list_free(index_oid_list);
16256 }
16257
16258 /* If it has a toast table, recurse to change its ownership */
16260 ATExecChangeOwner(tuple_class->reltoastrelid, newOwnerId,
16261 true, lockmode);
16262
16263 /* If it has dependent sequences, recurse to change them too */
16264 change_owner_recurse_to_sequences(relationOid, newOwnerId, lockmode);
16265 }
16266
16267 InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(RelationRelationId, relationOid, 0);
16268
16269 ReleaseSysCache(tuple);
16272}
Acl * aclnewowner(const Acl *old_acl, Oid oldOwnerId, Oid newOwnerId)
Definition: acl.c:1119
int errdetail_relkind_not_supported(char relkind)
Definition: pg_class.c:24
void changeDependencyOnOwner(Oid classId, Oid objectId, Oid newOwnerId)
Definition: pg_shdepend.c:316
Definition: array.h:93
void ATExecChangeOwner(Oid relationOid, Oid newOwnerId, bool recursing, LOCKMODE lockmode)
Definition: tablecmds.c:16040
static void change_owner_recurse_to_sequences(Oid relationOid, Oid newOwnerId, LOCKMODE lockmode)
Definition: tablecmds.c:16346
static void change_owner_fix_column_acls(Oid relationOid, Oid oldOwnerId, Oid newOwnerId)
Definition: tablecmds.c:16281
void AlterTypeOwnerInternal(Oid typeOid, Oid newOwnerId)
Definition: typecmds.c:3996
References ACL_CREATE, aclcheck_error(), ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, ACLCHECK_OK, aclnewowner(), AlterTypeOwnerInternal(), ATExecChangeOwner(), CatalogTupleUpdate(), change_owner_fix_column_acls(), change_owner_recurse_to_sequences(), changeDependencyOnOwner(), check_can_set_role(), DatumGetAclP, DEPENDENCY_AUTO, DEPENDENCY_INTERNAL, elog, ereport, errcode(), errdetail(), errdetail_relkind_not_supported(), errhint(), errmsg(), ERROR, get_namespace_name(), get_rel_name(), get_rel_relkind(), get_relkind_objtype(), GETSTRUCT(), GetUserId(), heap_freetuple(), heap_modify_tuple(), HeapTupleIsValid, i, InvalidOid, InvokeObjectPostAlterHook, lfirst_oid, list_free(), NameStr, NoLock, object_aclcheck(), object_ownercheck(), OBJECT_SCHEMA, ObjectIdGetDatum(), OidIsValid, PointerGetDatum(), relation_close(), relation_open(), RelationGetDescr, RelationGetIndexList(), RelationGetRelationName, ReleaseSysCache(), RowExclusiveLock, SearchSysCache1(), sequenceIsOwned(), superuser(), SysCacheGetAttr(), HeapTupleData::t_self, table_close(), table_open(), and WARNING.
Referenced by AlterTypeOwner_oid(), ATExecChangeOwner(), ATExecCmd(), change_owner_recurse_to_sequences(), and shdepReassignOwned_Owner().
◆ ATExecClusterOn()
|
static |
Definition at line 16415 of file tablecmds.c.
16416{
16417 Oid indexOid;
16418 ObjectAddress address;
16419
16421
16424 (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
16426 indexName, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
16427
16428 /* Check index is valid to cluster on */
16429 check_index_is_clusterable(rel, indexOid, lockmode);
16430
16431 /* And do the work */
16433
16434 ObjectAddressSet(address,
16435 RelationRelationId, indexOid);
16436
16437 return address;
16438}
void check_index_is_clusterable(Relation OldHeap, Oid indexOid, LOCKMODE lockmode)
Definition: cluster.c:494
void mark_index_clustered(Relation rel, Oid indexOid, bool is_internal)
Definition: cluster.c:554
References check_index_is_clusterable(), ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, get_relname_relid(), mark_index_clustered(), ObjectAddressSet, OidIsValid, RelationData::rd_rel, and RelationGetRelationName.
Referenced by ATExecCmd().
◆ ATExecCmd()
|
static |
Definition at line 5369 of file tablecmds.c.
5372{
5375
5377 {
5380 address = ATExecAddColumn(wqueue, tab, rel, &cmd,
5382 lockmode, cur_pass, context);
5383 break;
5386 break;
5389 break;
5392 cur_pass, context);
5393 Assert(cmd != NULL);
5395 break;
5398 cur_pass, context);
5399 Assert(cmd != NULL);
5401 break;
5404 break;
5407 break;
5411 break;
5414 break;
5417 break;
5420 break;
5423 break;
5426 break;
5429 break;
5432 lockmode);
5433 break;
5437 cmd->missing_ok, lockmode,
5438 NULL);
5439 break;
5442 lockmode);
5443 break;
5446 lockmode);
5447 break;
5450 true, lockmode);
5451 break;
5453 /* Transform the command only during initial examination */
5455 cmd = ATParseTransformCmd(wqueue, tab, rel, cmd,
5456 cmd->recurse, lockmode,
5457 cur_pass, context);
5458 /* Depending on constraint type, might be no more work to do now */
5459 if (cmd != NULL)
5460 address =
5461 ATExecAddConstraint(wqueue, tab, rel,
5464 break;
5466 address =
5468 true, true, lockmode);
5469 break;
5471 * constraint */
5472 address =
5475 NULL);
5476 break;
5479 break;
5482 lockmode);
5483 break;
5485 address = ATExecAlterConstraint(wqueue, rel,
5487 cmd->recurse, lockmode);
5488 break;
5491 false, lockmode);
5492 break;
5495 cmd->recurse,
5496 cmd->missing_ok, lockmode);
5497 break;
5499 /* parse transformation was done earlier */
5500 address = ATExecAlterColumnType(tab, rel, cmd, lockmode);
5501 break;
5503 address =
5506 break;
5510 false, lockmode);
5511 break;
5514 break;
5516 ATExecDropCluster(rel, lockmode);
5517 break;
5520 break;
5522 /* nothing to do here, oid columns don't exist anymore */
5523 break;
5525
5526 /*
5527 * Only do this for partitioned tables, for which this is just a
5528 * catalog change. Tables with storage are handled by Phase 3.
5529 */
5531 tab->chgAccessMethod)
5533 break;
5535
5536 /*
5537 * Only do this for partitioned tables and indexes, for which this
5538 * is just a catalog change. Other relation types which have
5539 * storage are handled by Phase 3.
5540 */
5542 rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_INDEX)
5544
5545 break;
5550 break;
5554 cmd->recurse,
5555 lockmode);
5556 break;
5560 cmd->recurse,
5561 lockmode);
5562 break;
5566 cmd->recurse,
5567 lockmode);
5568 break;
5572 cmd->recurse,
5573 lockmode);
5574 break;
5576 ATExecEnableDisableTrigger(rel, NULL,
5578 cmd->recurse,
5579 lockmode);
5580 break;
5582 ATExecEnableDisableTrigger(rel, NULL,
5584 cmd->recurse,
5585 lockmode);
5586 break;
5588 ATExecEnableDisableTrigger(rel, NULL,
5590 cmd->recurse,
5591 lockmode);
5592 break;
5594 ATExecEnableDisableTrigger(rel, NULL,
5596 cmd->recurse,
5597 lockmode);
5598 break;
5599
5602 RULE_FIRES_ON_ORIGIN, lockmode);
5603 break;
5606 RULE_FIRES_ALWAYS, lockmode);
5607 break;
5610 RULE_FIRES_ON_REPLICA, lockmode);
5611 break;
5614 RULE_DISABLED, lockmode);
5615 break;
5616
5619 break;
5622 break;
5625 break;
5627 ATExecDropOf(rel, lockmode);
5628 break;
5631 break;
5634 break;
5637 break;
5640 break;
5643 break;
5646 break;
5649 cur_pass, context);
5650 Assert(cmd != NULL);
5653 context);
5654 else
5655 address = ATExecAttachPartitionIdx(wqueue, rel,
5657 break;
5660 cur_pass, context);
5661 Assert(cmd != NULL);
5662 /* ATPrepCmd ensures it must be a table */
5664 address = ATExecDetachPartition(wqueue, tab, rel,
5667 break;
5670 break;
5671 default: /* oops */
5674 break;
5675 }
5676
5677 /*
5678 * Report the subcommand to interested event triggers.
5679 */
5680 if (cmd)
5682
5683 /*
5684 * Bump the command counter to ensure the next subcommand in the sequence
5685 * can see the changes so far
5686 */
5687 CommandCounterIncrement();
5688}
void EventTriggerCollectAlterTableSubcmd(Node *subcmd, ObjectAddress address)
Definition: event_trigger.c:1805
Definition: parsenodes.h:2502
Definition: parsenodes.h:2552
Definition: parsenodes.h:3357
Definition: parsenodes.h:2516
static ObjectAddress ATExecAlterColumnGenericOptions(Relation rel, const char *colName, List *options, LOCKMODE lockmode)
Definition: tablecmds.c:15923
static ObjectAddress ATExecAddInherit(Relation child_rel, RangeVar *parent, LOCKMODE lockmode)
Definition: tablecmds.c:17229
static ObjectAddress ATExecAlterConstraint(List **wqueue, Relation rel, ATAlterConstraint *cmdcon, bool recurse, LOCKMODE lockmode)
Definition: tablecmds.c:12166
static ObjectAddress ATExecDropExpression(Relation rel, const char *colName, bool missing_ok, LOCKMODE lockmode)
Definition: tablecmds.c:8770
static ObjectAddress ATExecColumnDefault(Relation rel, const char *colName, Node *newDefault, LOCKMODE lockmode)
Definition: tablecmds.c:8119
static ObjectAddress ATExecDropIdentity(Relation rel, const char *colName, bool missing_ok, LOCKMODE lockmode, bool recurse, bool recursing)
Definition: tablecmds.c:8456
static ObjectAddress ATExecValidateConstraint(List **wqueue, Relation rel, char *constrName, bool recurse, bool recursing, LOCKMODE lockmode)
Definition: tablecmds.c:12876
static ObjectAddress ATExecDropNotNull(Relation rel, const char *colName, bool recurse, LOCKMODE lockmode)
Definition: tablecmds.c:7735
static ObjectAddress ATExecAddConstraint(List **wqueue, AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation rel, Constraint *newConstraint, bool recurse, bool is_readd, LOCKMODE lockmode)
Definition: tablecmds.c:9764
static ObjectAddress ATExecDetachPartition(List **wqueue, AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation rel, RangeVar *name, bool concurrent)
Definition: tablecmds.c:20866
static void ATExecForceNoForceRowSecurity(Relation rel, bool force_rls)
Definition: tablecmds.c:18600
static void ATExecEnableDisableTrigger(Relation rel, const char *trigname, char fires_when, bool skip_system, bool recurse, LOCKMODE lockmode)
Definition: tablecmds.c:17172
static ObjectAddress ATExecSetOptions(Relation rel, const char *colName, Node *options, bool isReset, LOCKMODE lockmode)
Definition: tablecmds.c:9019
static ObjectAddress ATExecDropColumn(List **wqueue, Relation rel, const char *colName, DropBehavior behavior, bool recurse, bool recursing, bool missing_ok, LOCKMODE lockmode, ObjectAddresses *addrs)
Definition: tablecmds.c:9252
static void ATExecSetRowSecurity(Relation rel, bool rls)
Definition: tablecmds.c:18570
static ObjectAddress ATExecCookedColumnDefault(Relation rel, AttrNumber attnum, Node *newDefault)
Definition: tablecmds.c:8204
static void ATExecSetRelOptions(Relation rel, List *defList, AlterTableType operation, LOCKMODE lockmode)
Definition: tablecmds.c:16613
static ObjectAddress ATExecSetIdentity(Relation rel, const char *colName, Node *def, LOCKMODE lockmode, bool recurse, bool recursing)
Definition: tablecmds.c:8339
static void ATExecGenericOptions(Relation rel, List *options)
Definition: tablecmds.c:18629
static ObjectAddress ATExecSetStatistics(Relation rel, const char *colName, int16 colNum, Node *newValue, LOCKMODE lockmode)
Definition: tablecmds.c:8874
static ObjectAddress ATExecAlterColumnType(AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation rel, AlterTableCmd *cmd, LOCKMODE lockmode)
Definition: tablecmds.c:14694
static void ATExecDropCluster(Relation rel, LOCKMODE lockmode)
Definition: tablecmds.c:16447
static ObjectAddress ATExecSetExpression(AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation rel, const char *colName, Node *newExpr, LOCKMODE lockmode)
Definition: tablecmds.c:8570
static ObjectAddress ATExecAddOf(Relation rel, const TypeName *ofTypename, LOCKMODE lockmode)
Definition: tablecmds.c:18182
static ObjectAddress ATExecDropInherit(Relation rel, RangeVar *parent, LOCKMODE lockmode)
Definition: tablecmds.c:17791
static ObjectAddress ATExecAddIndexConstraint(AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation rel, IndexStmt *stmt, LOCKMODE lockmode)
Definition: tablecmds.c:9672
static void ATExecReplicaIdentity(Relation rel, ReplicaIdentityStmt *stmt, LOCKMODE lockmode)
Definition: tablecmds.c:18456
static ObjectAddress ATExecDetachPartitionFinalize(Relation rel, RangeVar *name)
Definition: tablecmds.c:21379
static ObjectAddress ATExecSetStorage(Relation rel, const char *colName, Node *newValue, LOCKMODE lockmode)
Definition: tablecmds.c:9161
static ObjectAddress ATExecAttachPartition(List **wqueue, Relation rel, PartitionCmd *cmd, AlterTableUtilityContext *context)
Definition: tablecmds.c:20206
static void ATExecSetAccessMethodNoStorage(Relation rel, Oid newAccessMethodId)
Definition: tablecmds.c:16493
static void ATExecDropConstraint(Relation rel, const char *constrName, DropBehavior behavior, bool recurse, bool missing_ok, LOCKMODE lockmode)
Definition: tablecmds.c:13980
static ObjectAddress ATExecAddIndex(AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation rel, IndexStmt *stmt, bool is_rebuild, LOCKMODE lockmode)
Definition: tablecmds.c:9588
static ObjectAddress ATExecSetCompression(Relation rel, const char *column, Node *newValue, LOCKMODE lockmode)
Definition: tablecmds.c:18710
static void ATExecSetTableSpaceNoStorage(Relation rel, Oid newTableSpace)
Definition: tablecmds.c:16914
static ObjectAddress ATExecAttachPartitionIdx(List **wqueue, Relation parentIdx, RangeVar *name)
Definition: tablecmds.c:21583
static ObjectAddress ATExecAddStatistics(AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation rel, CreateStatsStmt *stmt, bool is_rebuild, LOCKMODE lockmode)
Definition: tablecmds.c:9651
static ObjectAddress ATExecClusterOn(Relation rel, const char *indexName, LOCKMODE lockmode)
Definition: tablecmds.c:16415
static void ATExecEnableDisableRule(Relation rel, const char *rulename, char fires_when, LOCKMODE lockmode)
Definition: tablecmds.c:17190
ObjectAddress AlterDomainAddConstraint(List *names, Node *newConstraint, ObjectAddress *constrAddr)
Definition: typecmds.c:2935
References AlterDomainAddConstraint(), Assert(), AT_AddColumn, AT_AddColumnToView, AT_AddConstraint, AT_AddIdentity, AT_AddIndex, AT_AddIndexConstraint, AT_AddInherit, AT_AddOf, AT_AlterColumnGenericOptions, AT_AlterColumnType, AT_AlterConstraint, AT_AttachPartition, AT_ChangeOwner, AT_ClusterOn, AT_ColumnDefault, AT_CookedColumnDefault, AT_DetachPartition, AT_DetachPartitionFinalize, AT_DisableRowSecurity, AT_DisableRule, AT_DisableTrig, AT_DisableTrigAll, AT_DisableTrigUser, AT_DropCluster, AT_DropColumn, AT_DropConstraint, AT_DropExpression, AT_DropIdentity, AT_DropInherit, AT_DropNotNull, AT_DropOf, AT_DropOids, AT_EnableAlwaysRule, AT_EnableAlwaysTrig, AT_EnableReplicaRule, AT_EnableReplicaTrig, AT_EnableRowSecurity, AT_EnableRule, AT_EnableTrig, AT_EnableTrigAll, AT_EnableTrigUser, AT_ForceRowSecurity, AT_GenericOptions, AT_NoForceRowSecurity, AT_PASS_ADD_CONSTR, AT_ReAddComment, AT_ReAddConstraint, AT_ReAddDomainConstraint, AT_ReAddIndex, AT_ReAddStatistics, AT_ReplaceRelOptions, AT_ReplicaIdentity, AT_ResetOptions, AT_ResetRelOptions, AT_SetAccessMethod, AT_SetCompression, AT_SetExpression, AT_SetIdentity, AT_SetLogged, AT_SetNotNull, AT_SetOptions, AT_SetRelOptions, AT_SetStatistics, AT_SetStorage, AT_SetTableSpace, AT_SetUnLogged, AT_ValidateConstraint, ATExecAddColumn(), ATExecAddConstraint(), ATExecAddIdentity(), ATExecAddIndex(), ATExecAddIndexConstraint(), ATExecAddInherit(), ATExecAddOf(), ATExecAddStatistics(), ATExecAlterColumnGenericOptions(), ATExecAlterColumnType(), ATExecAlterConstraint(), ATExecAttachPartition(), ATExecAttachPartitionIdx(), ATExecChangeOwner(), ATExecClusterOn(), ATExecColumnDefault(), ATExecCookedColumnDefault(), ATExecDetachPartition(), ATExecDetachPartitionFinalize(), ATExecDropCluster(), ATExecDropColumn(), ATExecDropConstraint(), ATExecDropExpression(), ATExecDropIdentity(), ATExecDropInherit(), ATExecDropNotNull(), ATExecDropOf(), ATExecEnableDisableRule(), ATExecEnableDisableTrigger(), ATExecForceNoForceRowSecurity(), ATExecGenericOptions(), ATExecReplicaIdentity(), ATExecSetAccessMethodNoStorage(), ATExecSetCompression(), ATExecSetExpression(), ATExecSetIdentity(), ATExecSetNotNull(), ATExecSetOptions(), ATExecSetRelOptions(), ATExecSetRowSecurity(), ATExecSetStatistics(), ATExecSetStorage(), ATExecSetTableSpaceNoStorage(), ATExecValidateConstraint(), ATParseTransformCmd(), AlterTableCmd::behavior, castNode, AlteredTableInfo::chgAccessMethod, CommandCounterIncrement(), CommentObject(), AlterTableCmd::def, elog, ERROR, EventTriggerCollectAlterTableSubcmd(), get_rolespec_oid(), InvalidObjectAddress, AlterTableCmd::missing_ok, AlterTableCmd::name, AlteredTableInfo::newAccessMethod, AlterTableCmd::newowner, AlteredTableInfo::newTableSpace, AlterTableCmd::num, RelationData::rd_rel, AlterTableCmd::recurse, AlteredTableInfo::rel, RelationGetRelid, RULE_DISABLED, RULE_FIRES_ALWAYS, RULE_FIRES_ON_ORIGIN, RULE_FIRES_ON_REPLICA, AlterTableCmd::subtype, TRIGGER_DISABLED, TRIGGER_FIRES_ALWAYS, TRIGGER_FIRES_ON_ORIGIN, and TRIGGER_FIRES_ON_REPLICA.
Referenced by ATRewriteCatalogs().
◆ ATExecColumnDefault()
|
static |
Definition at line 8119 of file tablecmds.c.
8121{
8124 ObjectAddress address;
8125
8126 /*
8127 * get the number of the attribute
8128 */
8132 (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN),
8134 colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
8135
8136 /* Prevent them from altering a system attribute */
8139 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
8141 colName)));
8142
8145 (errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
8147 colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel)),
8148 /* translator: %s is an SQL ALTER command */
8150 "ALTER TABLE ... ALTER COLUMN ... DROP IDENTITY")));
8151
8154 (errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
8156 colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel)),
8157 newDefault ?
8158 /* translator: %s is an SQL ALTER command */
8162
8163 /*
8164 * Remove any old default for the column. We use RESTRICT here for
8165 * safety, but at present we do not expect anything to depend on the
8166 * default.
8167 *
8168 * We treat removing the existing default as an internal operation when it
8169 * is preparatory to adding a new default, but as a user-initiated
8170 * operation when the user asked for a drop.
8171 */
8173 newDefault != NULL);
8174
8175 if (newDefault)
8176 {
8177 /* SET DEFAULT */
8178 RawColumnDefault *rawEnt;
8179
8182 rawEnt->raw_default = newDefault;
8184
8185 /*
8186 * This function is intended for CREATE TABLE, so it processes a
8187 * _list_ of defaults, but we just do one.
8188 */
8190 false, true, false, NULL);
8191 }
8192
8193 ObjectAddressSubSet(address, RelationRelationId,
8195 return address;
8196}
References AddRelationNewConstraints(), RawColumnDefault::attnum, attnum, DROP_RESTRICT, ereport, errcode(), errhint(), errmsg(), ERROR, RawColumnDefault::generated, get_attnum(), InvalidAttrNumber, list_make1, NIL, ObjectAddressSubSet, palloc(), RawColumnDefault::raw_default, RelationGetDescr, RelationGetRelationName, RelationGetRelid, RemoveAttrDefault(), and TupleDescAttr().
Referenced by ATExecCmd().
◆ ATExecCookedColumnDefault()
|
static |
Definition at line 8204 of file tablecmds.c.
8206{
8207 ObjectAddress address;
8208
8209 /* We assume no checking is required */
8210
8211 /*
8212 * Remove any old default for the column. We use RESTRICT here for
8213 * safety, but at present we do not expect anything to depend on the
8214 * default. (In ordinary cases, there could not be a default in place
8215 * anyway, but it's possible when combining LIKE with inheritance.)
8216 */
8218 true);
8219
8221
8222 ObjectAddressSubSet(address, RelationRelationId,
8224 return address;
8225}
References attnum, DROP_RESTRICT, ObjectAddressSubSet, RelationGetRelid, RemoveAttrDefault(), and StoreAttrDefault().
Referenced by ATExecCmd().
◆ ATExecDetachPartition()
|
static |
Definition at line 20866 of file tablecmds.c.
20868{
20869 Relation partRel;
20870 ObjectAddress address;
20871 Oid defaultPartOid;
20872
20873 /*
20874 * We must lock the default partition, because detaching this partition
20875 * will change its partition constraint.
20876 */
20877 defaultPartOid =
20880 {
20881 /*
20882 * Concurrent detaching when a default partition exists is not
20883 * supported. The main problem is that the default partition
20884 * constraint would change. And there's a definitional problem: what
20885 * should happen to the tuples that are being inserted that belong to
20886 * the partition being detached? Putting them on the partition being
20887 * detached would be wrong, since they'd become "lost" after the
20888 * detaching completes but we cannot put them in the default partition
20889 * either until we alter its partition constraint.
20890 *
20891 * I think we could solve this problem if we effected the constraint
20892 * change before committing the first transaction. But the lock would
20893 * have to remain AEL and it would cause concurrent query planning to
20894 * be blocked, so changing it that way would be even worse.
20895 */
20896 if (concurrent)
20898 (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
20901 }
20902
20903 /*
20904 * In concurrent mode, the partition is locked with share-update-exclusive
20905 * in the first transaction. This allows concurrent transactions to be
20906 * doing DML to the partition.
20907 */
20909 AccessExclusiveLock);
20910
20911 /*
20912 * Check inheritance conditions and either delete the pg_inherits row (in
20913 * non-concurrent mode) or just set the inhdetachpending flag.
20914 */
20915 if (!concurrent)
20917 else
20918 MarkInheritDetached(partRel, rel);
20919
20920 /*
20921 * Ensure that foreign keys still hold after this detach. This keeps
20922 * locks on the referencing tables, which prevents concurrent transactions
20923 * from adding rows that we wouldn't see. For this to work in concurrent
20924 * mode, it is critical that the partition appears as no longer attached
20925 * for the RI queries as soon as the first transaction commits.
20926 */
20927 ATDetachCheckNoForeignKeyRefs(partRel);
20928
20929 /*
20930 * Concurrent mode has to work harder; first we add a new constraint to
20931 * the partition that matches the partition constraint. Then we close our
20932 * existing transaction, and in a new one wait for all processes to catch
20933 * up on the catalog updates we've done so far; at that point we can
20934 * complete the operation.
20935 */
20936 if (concurrent)
20937 {
20938 Oid partrelid,
20939 parentrelid;
20940 LOCKTAG tag;
20941 char *parentrelname;
20942 char *partrelname;
20943
20944 /*
20945 * Add a new constraint to the partition being detached, which
20946 * supplants the partition constraint (unless there is one already).
20947 */
20948 DetachAddConstraintIfNeeded(wqueue, partRel);
20949
20950 /*
20951 * We're almost done now; the only traces that remain are the
20952 * pg_inherits tuple and the partition's relpartbounds. Before we can
20953 * remove those, we need to wait until all transactions that know that
20954 * this is a partition are gone.
20955 */
20956
20957 /*
20958 * Remember relation OIDs to re-acquire them later; and relation names
20959 * too, for error messages if something is dropped in between.
20960 */
20961 partrelid = RelationGetRelid(partRel);
20962 parentrelid = RelationGetRelid(rel);
20964 RelationGetRelationName(rel));
20966 RelationGetRelationName(partRel));
20967
20968 /* Invalidate relcache entries for the parent -- must be before close */
20969 CacheInvalidateRelcache(rel);
20970
20973 tab->rel = NULL;
20974
20975 /* Make updated catalog entry visible */
20976 PopActiveSnapshot();
20977 CommitTransactionCommand();
20978
20979 StartTransactionCommand();
20980
20981 /*
20982 * Now wait. This ensures that all queries that were planned
20983 * including the partition are finished before we remove the rest of
20984 * catalog entries. We don't need or indeed want to acquire this
20985 * lock, though -- that would block later queries.
20986 *
20987 * We don't need to concern ourselves with waiting for a lock on the
20988 * partition itself, since we will acquire AccessExclusiveLock below.
20989 */
20992
20993 /*
20994 * Now acquire locks in both relations again. Note they may have been
20995 * removed in the meantime, so care is required.
20996 */
20999
21000 /* If the relations aren't there, something bad happened; bail out */
21001 if (rel == NULL)
21002 {
21003 if (partRel != NULL) /* shouldn't happen */
21005 partrelname);
21007 (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
21009 parentrelname)));
21010 }
21011 if (partRel == NULL)
21013 (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
21015
21016 tab->rel = rel;
21017 }
21018
21019 /*
21020 * Detaching the partition might involve TOAST table access, so ensure we
21021 * have a valid snapshot.
21022 */
21024
21025 /* Do the final part of detaching */
21026 DetachPartitionFinalize(rel, partRel, concurrent, defaultPartOid);
21027
21028 PopActiveSnapshot();
21029
21031
21032 /* keep our lock until commit */
21034
21035 return address;
21036}
void WaitForLockersMultiple(List *locktags, LOCKMODE lockmode, bool progress)
Definition: lmgr.c:911
char * MemoryContextStrdup(MemoryContext context, const char *string)
Definition: mcxt.c:1746
Relation try_relation_open(Oid relationId, LOCKMODE lockmode)
Definition: relation.c:88
Definition: lock.h:167
static void MarkInheritDetached(Relation child_rel, Relation parent_rel)
Definition: tablecmds.c:17833
static void RemoveInheritance(Relation child_rel, Relation parent_rel, bool expect_detached)
Definition: tablecmds.c:17916
static void DetachPartitionFinalize(Relation rel, Relation partRel, bool concurrent, Oid defaultPartOid)
Definition: tablecmds.c:21045
static void DetachAddConstraintIfNeeded(List **wqueue, Relation partRel)
Definition: tablecmds.c:21414
static void ATDetachCheckNoForeignKeyRefs(Relation partition)
Definition: tablecmds.c:21946
References AccessExclusiveLock, ATDetachCheckNoForeignKeyRefs(), CacheInvalidateRelcache(), CommitTransactionCommand(), DetachAddConstraintIfNeeded(), DetachPartitionFinalize(), elog, ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, get_default_oid_from_partdesc(), GetTransactionSnapshot(), list_make1, LockRelationOid(), MarkInheritDetached(), MemoryContextStrdup(), MyDatabaseId, name, NoLock, ObjectAddressSet, OidIsValid, PopActiveSnapshot(), PortalContext, PushActiveSnapshot(), AlteredTableInfo::rel, RelationGetPartitionDesc(), RelationGetRelationName, RelationGetRelid, RemoveInheritance(), SET_LOCKTAG_RELATION, ShareUpdateExclusiveLock, StartTransactionCommand(), table_close(), table_openrv(), try_relation_open(), WaitForLockersMultiple(), and WARNING.
Referenced by ATExecCmd().
◆ ATExecDetachPartitionFinalize()
|
static |
Definition at line 21379 of file tablecmds.c.
21380{
21381 Relation partRel;
21382 ObjectAddress address;
21384
21386
21387 /*
21388 * Wait until existing snapshots are gone. This is important if the
21389 * second transaction of DETACH PARTITION CONCURRENTLY is canceled: the
21390 * user could immediately run DETACH FINALIZE without actually waiting for
21391 * existing transactions. We must not complete the detach action until
21392 * all such queries are complete (otherwise we would present them with an
21393 * inconsistent view of catalogs).
21394 */
21396
21398
21400
21402
21403 return address;
21404}
void WaitForOlderSnapshots(TransactionId limitXmin, bool progress)
Definition: indexcmds.c:434
Definition: snapshot.h:139
References AccessExclusiveLock, DetachPartitionFinalize(), GetActiveSnapshot(), InvalidOid, name, NoLock, ObjectAddressSet, RelationGetRelid, table_close(), table_openrv(), WaitForOlderSnapshots(), and SnapshotData::xmin.
Referenced by ATExecCmd().
◆ ATExecDropCluster()
Definition at line 16447 of file tablecmds.c.
References InvalidOid, and mark_index_clustered().
Referenced by ATExecCmd().
◆ ATExecDropColumn()
|
static |
Definition at line 9252 of file tablecmds.c.
9257{
9258 HeapTuple tuple;
9259 Form_pg_attribute targetatt;
9261 List *children;
9262 ObjectAddress object;
9263 bool is_expr;
9264
9265 /* At top level, permission check was done in ATPrepCmd, else do it */
9266 if (recursing)
9269
9270 /* Initialize addrs on the first invocation */
9271 Assert(!recursing || addrs != NULL);
9272
9273 /* since this function recurses, it could be driven to stack overflow */
9274 check_stack_depth();
9275
9276 if (!recursing)
9277 addrs = new_object_addresses();
9278
9279 /*
9280 * get the number of the attribute
9281 */
9284 {
9285 if (!missing_ok)
9286 {
9288 (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN),
9290 colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
9291 }
9292 else
9293 {
9296 colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
9298 }
9299 }
9301
9302 attnum = targetatt->attnum;
9303
9304 /* Can't drop a system attribute */
9307 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
9309 colName)));
9310
9311 /*
9312 * Don't drop inherited columns, unless recursing (presumably from a drop
9313 * of the parent column)
9314 */
9315 if (targetatt->attinhcount > 0 && !recursing)
9317 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
9319 colName)));
9320
9321 /*
9322 * Don't drop columns used in the partition key, either. (If we let this
9323 * go through, the key column's dependencies would cause a cascaded drop
9324 * of the whole table, which is surely not what the user expected.)
9325 */
9328 &is_expr))
9330 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
9332 colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
9333
9334 ReleaseSysCache(tuple);
9335
9336 /*
9337 * Propagate to children as appropriate. Unlike most other ALTER
9338 * routines, we have to do this one level of recursion at a time; we can't
9339 * use find_all_inheritors to do it in one pass.
9340 */
9341 children =
9343
9344 if (children)
9345 {
9346 Relation attr_rel;
9347 ListCell *child;
9348
9349 /*
9350 * In case of a partitioned table, the column must be dropped from the
9351 * partitions as well.
9352 */
9355 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
9358
9360 foreach(child, children)
9361 {
9363 Relation childrel;
9364 Form_pg_attribute childatt;
9365
9366 /* find_inheritance_children already got lock */
9368 CheckAlterTableIsSafe(childrel);
9369
9370 tuple = SearchSysCacheCopyAttName(childrelid, colName);
9373 colName, childrelid);
9375
9376 if (childatt->attinhcount <= 0) /* shouldn't happen */
9378 childrelid, colName);
9379
9380 if (recurse)
9381 {
9382 /*
9383 * If the child column has other definition sources, just
9384 * decrement its inheritance count; if not, recurse to delete
9385 * it.
9386 */
9387 if (childatt->attinhcount == 1 && !childatt->attislocal)
9388 {
9389 /* Time to delete this child column, too */
9390 ATExecDropColumn(wqueue, childrel, colName,
9391 behavior, true, true,
9392 false, lockmode, addrs);
9393 }
9394 else
9395 {
9396 /* Child column must survive my deletion */
9397 childatt->attinhcount--;
9398
9400
9401 /* Make update visible */
9402 CommandCounterIncrement();
9403 }
9404 }
9405 else
9406 {
9407 /*
9408 * If we were told to drop ONLY in this table (no recursion),
9409 * we need to mark the inheritors' attributes as locally
9410 * defined rather than inherited.
9411 */
9412 childatt->attinhcount--;
9413 childatt->attislocal = true;
9414
9416
9417 /* Make update visible */
9418 CommandCounterIncrement();
9419 }
9420
9421 heap_freetuple(tuple);
9422
9424 }
9426 }
9427
9428 /* Add object to delete */
9429 object.classId = RelationRelationId;
9433
9434 if (!recursing)
9435 {
9436 /* Recursion has ended, drop everything that was collected */
9437 performMultipleDeletions(addrs, behavior, 0);
9438 free_object_addresses(addrs);
9439 }
9440
9441 return object;
9442}
void performMultipleDeletions(const ObjectAddresses *objects, DropBehavior behavior, int flags)
Definition: dependency.c:332
bool has_partition_attrs(Relation rel, Bitmapset *attnums, bool *used_in_expr)
Definition: partition.c:255
#define FirstLowInvalidHeapAttributeNumber
Definition: sysattr.h:27
References add_exact_object_address(), Assert(), AT_DropColumn, ATExecDropColumn(), ATSimplePermissions(), ATT_FOREIGN_TABLE, ATT_PARTITIONED_TABLE, ATT_TABLE, attnum, bms_make_singleton(), CatalogTupleUpdate(), check_stack_depth(), CheckAlterTableIsSafe(), CommandCounterIncrement(), elog, ereport, errcode(), errhint(), errmsg(), ERROR, find_inheritance_children(), FirstLowInvalidHeapAttributeNumber, free_object_addresses(), GETSTRUCT(), has_partition_attrs(), heap_freetuple(), HeapTupleIsValid, InvalidObjectAddress, lfirst_oid, new_object_addresses(), NoLock, NOTICE, performMultipleDeletions(), RelationData::rd_rel, RelationGetRelationName, RelationGetRelid, ReleaseSysCache(), RowExclusiveLock, SearchSysCacheAttName(), SearchSysCacheCopyAttName(), HeapTupleData::t_self, table_close(), and table_open().
Referenced by ATExecCmd(), and ATExecDropColumn().
◆ ATExecDropConstraint()
|
static |
Definition at line 13980 of file tablecmds.c.
13983{
13984 Relation conrel;
13985 SysScanDesc scan;
13986 ScanKeyData skey[3];
13987 HeapTuple tuple;
13988 bool found = false;
13989
13991
13992 /*
13993 * Find and drop the target constraint
13994 */
13995 ScanKeyInit(&skey[0],
13996 Anum_pg_constraint_conrelid,
13997 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
13999 ScanKeyInit(&skey[1],
14000 Anum_pg_constraint_contypid,
14001 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
14003 ScanKeyInit(&skey[2],
14004 Anum_pg_constraint_conname,
14005 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_NAMEEQ,
14006 CStringGetDatum(constrName));
14007 scan = systable_beginscan(conrel, ConstraintRelidTypidNameIndexId,
14008 true, NULL, 3, skey);
14009
14010 /* There can be at most one matching row */
14012 {
14014 missing_ok, lockmode);
14015 found = true;
14016 }
14017
14018 systable_endscan(scan);
14019
14020 if (!found)
14021 {
14022 if (!missing_ok)
14024 errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
14026 constrName, RelationGetRelationName(rel)));
14027 else
14030 constrName, RelationGetRelationName(rel)));
14031 }
14032
14034}
static ObjectAddress dropconstraint_internal(Relation rel, HeapTuple constraintTup, DropBehavior behavior, bool recurse, bool recursing, bool missing_ok, LOCKMODE lockmode)
Definition: tablecmds.c:14045
References BTEqualStrategyNumber, CStringGetDatum(), dropconstraint_internal(), ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, HeapTupleIsValid, InvalidOid, NOTICE, ObjectIdGetDatum(), RelationGetRelationName, RelationGetRelid, RowExclusiveLock, ScanKeyInit(), systable_beginscan(), systable_endscan(), systable_getnext(), table_close(), and table_open().
Referenced by ATExecCmd().
◆ ATExecDropExpression()
|
static |
Definition at line 8770 of file tablecmds.c.
8771{
8772 HeapTuple tuple;
8773 Form_pg_attribute attTup;
8775 Relation attrelation;
8776 Oid attrdefoid;
8777 ObjectAddress address;
8778
8783 (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN),
8785 colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
8786
8788 attnum = attTup->attnum;
8789
8792 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
8794 colName)));
8795
8796 /*
8797 * TODO: This could be done, but it would need a table rewrite to
8798 * materialize the generated values. Note that for the time being, we
8799 * still error with missing_ok, so that we don't silently leave the column
8800 * as generated.
8801 */
8802 if (attTup->attgenerated == ATTRIBUTE_GENERATED_VIRTUAL)
8804 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
8807 colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
8808
8809 if (!attTup->attgenerated)
8810 {
8811 if (!missing_ok)
8813 (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
8815 colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
8816 else
8817 {
8820 colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
8821 heap_freetuple(tuple);
8824 }
8825 }
8826
8827 /*
8828 * Mark the column as no longer generated. (The atthasdef flag needs to
8829 * get cleared too, but RemoveAttrDefault will handle that.)
8830 */
8831 attTup->attgenerated = '\0';
8833
8834 InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(RelationRelationId,
8835 RelationGetRelid(rel),
8836 attnum);
8837 heap_freetuple(tuple);
8838
8840
8841 /*
8842 * Drop the dependency records of the GENERATED expression, in particular
8843 * its INTERNAL dependency on the column, which would otherwise cause
8844 * dependency.c to refuse to perform the deletion.
8845 */
8851
8852 /* Make above changes visible */
8853 CommandCounterIncrement();
8854
8855 /*
8856 * Get rid of the GENERATED expression itself. We use RESTRICT here for
8857 * safety, but at present we do not expect anything to depend on the
8858 * default.
8859 */
8861 false, false);
8862
8863 ObjectAddressSubSet(address, RelationRelationId,
8865 return address;
8866}
References attnum, CatalogTupleUpdate(), CommandCounterIncrement(), deleteDependencyRecordsFor(), DROP_RESTRICT, elog, ereport, errcode(), errdetail(), errmsg(), ERROR, GetAttrDefaultOid(), GETSTRUCT(), heap_freetuple(), HeapTupleIsValid, InvalidObjectAddress, InvokeObjectPostAlterHook, NOTICE, ObjectAddressSubSet, OidIsValid, RelationGetRelationName, RelationGetRelid, RemoveAttrDefault(), RowExclusiveLock, SearchSysCacheCopyAttName(), HeapTupleData::t_self, table_close(), and table_open().
Referenced by ATExecCmd().
◆ ATExecDropIdentity()
|
static |
Definition at line 8456 of file tablecmds.c.
8458{
8459 HeapTuple tuple;
8460 Form_pg_attribute attTup;
8462 Relation attrelation;
8463 ObjectAddress address;
8464 Oid seqid;
8465 ObjectAddress seqaddress;
8466 bool ispartitioned;
8467
8468 ispartitioned = (rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE);
8469 if (ispartitioned && !recurse)
8471 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
8474
8477 errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
8479
8484 (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN),
8486 colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
8487
8489 attnum = attTup->attnum;
8490
8493 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
8495 colName)));
8496
8497 if (!attTup->attidentity)
8498 {
8499 if (!missing_ok)
8501 (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
8503 colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
8504 else
8505 {
8508 colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
8509 heap_freetuple(tuple);
8512 }
8513 }
8514
8515 attTup->attidentity = '\0';
8517
8518 InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(RelationRelationId,
8519 RelationGetRelid(rel),
8520 attTup->attnum);
8521 ObjectAddressSubSet(address, RelationRelationId,
8523 heap_freetuple(tuple);
8524
8526
8527 /*
8528 * Recurse to drop the identity from column in partitions. Identity is
8529 * not inherited in regular inheritance children so ignore them.
8530 */
8531 if (recurse && ispartitioned)
8532 {
8533 List *children;
8534 ListCell *lc;
8535
8537
8538 foreach(lc, children)
8539 {
8540 Relation childrel;
8541
8545 }
8546 }
8547
8548 if (!recursing)
8549 {
8550 /* drop the internal sequence */
8552 deleteDependencyRecordsForClass(RelationRelationId, seqid,
8553 RelationRelationId, DEPENDENCY_INTERNAL);
8554 CommandCounterIncrement();
8555 seqaddress.classId = RelationRelationId;
8556 seqaddress.objectId = seqid;
8557 seqaddress.objectSubId = 0;
8559 }
8560
8561 return address;
8562}
void performDeletion(const ObjectAddress *object, DropBehavior behavior, int flags)
Definition: dependency.c:273
long deleteDependencyRecordsForClass(Oid classId, Oid objectId, Oid refclassId, char deptype)
Definition: pg_depend.c:351
Oid getIdentitySequence(Relation rel, AttrNumber attnum, bool missing_ok)
Definition: pg_depend.c:945
References ATExecDropIdentity(), attnum, CatalogTupleUpdate(), ObjectAddress::classId, CommandCounterIncrement(), deleteDependencyRecordsForClass(), DEPENDENCY_INTERNAL, DROP_RESTRICT, ereport, errcode(), errhint(), errmsg(), ERROR, find_inheritance_children(), getIdentitySequence(), GETSTRUCT(), heap_freetuple(), HeapTupleIsValid, InvalidObjectAddress, InvokeObjectPostAlterHook, lfirst_oid, NoLock, NOTICE, ObjectAddressSubSet, ObjectAddress::objectId, ObjectAddress::objectSubId, PERFORM_DELETION_INTERNAL, performDeletion(), RelationData::rd_rel, RelationGetRelationName, RelationGetRelid, RowExclusiveLock, SearchSysCacheCopyAttName(), HeapTupleData::t_self, table_close(), and table_open().
Referenced by ATExecCmd(), ATExecDropIdentity(), and DetachPartitionFinalize().
◆ ATExecDropInherit()
|
static |
Definition at line 17791 of file tablecmds.c.
17792{
17793 ObjectAddress address;
17794 Relation parent_rel;
17795
17798 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
17800
17801 /*
17802 * AccessShareLock on the parent is probably enough, seeing that DROP
17803 * TABLE doesn't lock parent tables at all. We need some lock since we'll
17804 * be inspecting the parent's schema.
17805 */
17807
17808 /*
17809 * We don't bother to check ownership of the parent table --- ownership of
17810 * the child is presumed enough rights.
17811 */
17812
17813 /* Off to RemoveInheritance() where most of the work happens */
17815
17816 ObjectAddressSet(address, RelationRelationId,
17817 RelationGetRelid(parent_rel));
17818
17819 /* keep our lock on the parent relation until commit */
17821
17822 return address;
17823}
References AccessShareLock, ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, NoLock, ObjectAddressSet, RelationData::rd_rel, RelationGetRelid, RemoveInheritance(), table_close(), and table_openrv().
Referenced by ATExecCmd().
◆ ATExecDropNotNull()
|
static |
Definition at line 7735 of file tablecmds.c.
7737{
7738 HeapTuple tuple;
7739 HeapTuple conTup;
7740 Form_pg_attribute attTup;
7742 Relation attr_rel;
7743 ObjectAddress address;
7744
7745 /*
7746 * lookup the attribute
7747 */
7749
7753 (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN),
7755 colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
7757 attnum = attTup->attnum;
7758 ObjectAddressSubSet(address, RelationRelationId,
7760
7761 /* If the column is already nullable there's nothing to do. */
7762 if (!attTup->attnotnull)
7763 {
7766 }
7767
7768 /* Prevent them from altering a system attribute */
7771 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
7773 colName)));
7774
7775 if (attTup->attidentity)
7777 (errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
7779 colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
7780
7781 /*
7782 * If rel is partition, shouldn't drop NOT NULL if parent has the same.
7783 */
7785 {
7789 AttrNumber parent_attnum;
7790
7791 parent_attnum = get_attnum(parentId, colName);
7794 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
7796 colName)));
7798 }
7799
7800 /*
7801 * Find the constraint that makes this column NOT NULL, and drop it.
7802 * dropconstraint_internal() resets attnotnull.
7803 */
7805 if (conTup == NULL)
7807 colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel));
7808
7809 /* The normal case: we have a pg_constraint row, remove it */
7811 false, lockmode);
7812 heap_freetuple(conTup);
7813
7814 InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(RelationRelationId,
7816
7818
7819 return address;
7820}
HeapTuple findNotNullConstraintAttnum(Oid relid, AttrNumber attnum)
Definition: pg_constraint.c:592
References AccessShareLock, attnotnull, attnum, DROP_RESTRICT, dropconstraint_internal(), elog, ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, findNotNullConstraintAttnum(), get_attnum(), get_partition_parent(), GETSTRUCT(), heap_freetuple(), HeapTupleIsValid, InvalidObjectAddress, InvokeObjectPostAlterHook, ObjectAddressSubSet, RelationData::rd_rel, RelationGetDescr, RelationGetRelationName, RelationGetRelid, RowExclusiveLock, SearchSysCacheCopyAttName(), table_close(), table_open(), and TupleDescAttr().
Referenced by ATExecCmd().
◆ ATExecDropOf()
Definition at line 18324 of file tablecmds.c.
18325{
18327 Relation relationRelation;
18328 HeapTuple tuple;
18329
18332 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
18334 RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
18335
18336 /*
18337 * We don't bother to check ownership of the type --- ownership of the
18338 * table is presumed enough rights. No lock required on the type, either.
18339 */
18340
18342 DEPENDENCY_NORMAL);
18343
18344 /* Clear pg_class.reloftype */
18351
18352 InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(RelationRelationId, relid, 0);
18353
18354 heap_freetuple(tuple);
18356}
References CatalogTupleUpdate(), DEPENDENCY_NORMAL, drop_parent_dependency(), elog, ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, GETSTRUCT(), heap_freetuple(), HeapTupleIsValid, InvalidOid, InvokeObjectPostAlterHook, ObjectIdGetDatum(), OidIsValid, RelationData::rd_rel, RelationGetRelationName, RelationGetRelid, RowExclusiveLock, SearchSysCacheCopy1, HeapTupleData::t_self, table_close(), and table_open().
Referenced by ATExecCmd().
◆ ATExecEnableDisableRule()
|
static |
Definition at line 17190 of file tablecmds.c.
17192{
17193 EnableDisableRule(rel, rulename, fires_when);
17194
17195 InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(RelationRelationId,
17196 RelationGetRelid(rel), 0);
17197}
void EnableDisableRule(Relation rel, const char *rulename, char fires_when)
Definition: rewriteDefine.c:691
References EnableDisableRule(), InvokeObjectPostAlterHook, and RelationGetRelid.
Referenced by ATExecCmd().
◆ ATExecEnableDisableTrigger()
|
static |
Definition at line 17172 of file tablecmds.c.
17175{
17177 fires_when, skip_system, recurse,
17178 lockmode);
17179
17180 InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(RelationRelationId,
17181 RelationGetRelid(rel), 0);
17182}
void EnableDisableTrigger(Relation rel, const char *tgname, Oid tgparent, char fires_when, bool skip_system, bool recurse, LOCKMODE lockmode)
Definition: trigger.c:1726
References EnableDisableTrigger(), InvalidOid, InvokeObjectPostAlterHook, and RelationGetRelid.
Referenced by ATExecCmd().
◆ ATExecForceNoForceRowSecurity()
|
static |
Definition at line 18600 of file tablecmds.c.
18601{
18602 Relation pg_class;
18603 Oid relid;
18604 HeapTuple tuple;
18605
18606 relid = RelationGetRelid(rel);
18607
18609
18611
18614
18617
18618 InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(RelationRelationId,
18619 RelationGetRelid(rel), 0);
18620
18622 heap_freetuple(tuple);
18623}
References CatalogTupleUpdate(), elog, ERROR, GETSTRUCT(), heap_freetuple(), HeapTupleIsValid, InvokeObjectPostAlterHook, ObjectIdGetDatum(), RelationGetRelid, RowExclusiveLock, SearchSysCacheCopy1, HeapTupleData::t_self, table_close(), and table_open().
Referenced by ATExecCmd().
◆ ATExecGenericOptions()
Definition at line 18629 of file tablecmds.c.
18630{
18631 Relation ftrel;
18632 ForeignServer *server;
18633 ForeignDataWrapper *fdw;
18634 HeapTuple tuple;
18635 bool isnull;
18636 Datum repl_val[Natts_pg_foreign_table];
18637 bool repl_null[Natts_pg_foreign_table];
18638 bool repl_repl[Natts_pg_foreign_table];
18639 Datum datum;
18640 Form_pg_foreign_table tableform;
18641
18643 return;
18644
18646
18647 tuple = SearchSysCacheCopy1(FOREIGNTABLEREL,
18651 (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
18653 RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
18655 server = GetForeignServer(tableform->ftserver);
18657
18658 memset(repl_val, 0, sizeof(repl_val));
18659 memset(repl_null, false, sizeof(repl_null));
18660 memset(repl_repl, false, sizeof(repl_repl));
18661
18662 /* Extract the current options */
18663 datum = SysCacheGetAttr(FOREIGNTABLEREL,
18664 tuple,
18665 Anum_pg_foreign_table_ftoptions,
18666 &isnull);
18667 if (isnull)
18668 datum = PointerGetDatum(NULL);
18669
18670 /* Transform the options */
18671 datum = transformGenericOptions(ForeignTableRelationId,
18672 datum,
18673 options,
18674 fdw->fdwvalidator);
18675
18677 repl_val[Anum_pg_foreign_table_ftoptions - 1] = datum;
18678 else
18679 repl_null[Anum_pg_foreign_table_ftoptions - 1] = true;
18680
18681 repl_repl[Anum_pg_foreign_table_ftoptions - 1] = true;
18682
18683 /* Everything looks good - update the tuple */
18684
18686 repl_val, repl_null, repl_repl);
18687
18689
18690 /*
18691 * Invalidate relcache so that all sessions will refresh any cached plans
18692 * that might depend on the old options.
18693 */
18694 CacheInvalidateRelcache(rel);
18695
18696 InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(ForeignTableRelationId,
18697 RelationGetRelid(rel), 0);
18698
18700
18701 heap_freetuple(tuple);
18702}
References CacheInvalidateRelcache(), CatalogTupleUpdate(), DatumGetPointer(), ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, ForeignServer::fdwid, ForeignDataWrapper::fdwvalidator, GetForeignDataWrapper(), GetForeignServer(), GETSTRUCT(), heap_freetuple(), heap_modify_tuple(), HeapTupleIsValid, InvokeObjectPostAlterHook, NIL, ObjectIdGetDatum(), PointerGetDatum(), RelationData::rd_id, RelationGetDescr, RelationGetRelationName, RelationGetRelid, RowExclusiveLock, SearchSysCacheCopy1, SysCacheGetAttr(), HeapTupleData::t_self, table_close(), table_open(), and transformGenericOptions().
Referenced by ATExecCmd().
◆ ATExecReplicaIdentity()
|
static |
Definition at line 18456 of file tablecmds.c.
18457{
18458 Oid indexOid;
18459 Relation indexRel;
18461
18463 {
18465 return;
18466 }
18468 {
18470 return;
18471 }
18473 {
18475 return;
18476 }
18478 {
18479 /* fallthrough */ ;
18480 }
18481 else
18483
18484 /* Check that the index exists */
18488 (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
18491
18493
18494 /* Check that the index is on the relation we're altering. */
18498 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
18500 RelationGetRelationName(indexRel),
18501 RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
18502
18503 /*
18504 * The AM must support uniqueness, and the index must in fact be unique.
18505 * If we have a WITHOUT OVERLAPS constraint (identified by uniqueness +
18506 * exclusion), we can use that too.
18507 */
18509 !indexRel->rd_index->indisunique) &&
18512 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
18514 RelationGetRelationName(indexRel))));
18515 /* Deferred indexes are not guaranteed to be always unique. */
18518 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
18520 RelationGetRelationName(indexRel))));
18521 /* Expression indexes aren't supported. */
18524 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
18526 RelationGetRelationName(indexRel))));
18527 /* Predicate indexes aren't supported. */
18530 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
18532 RelationGetRelationName(indexRel))));
18533
18534 /* Check index for nullable columns. */
18536 {
18538 Form_pg_attribute attr;
18539
18540 /*
18541 * Reject any other system columns. (Going forward, we'll disallow
18542 * indexes containing such columns in the first place, but they might
18543 * exist in older branches.)
18544 */
18545 if (attno <= 0)
18547 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_COLUMN_REFERENCE),
18548 errmsg("index \"%s\" cannot be used as replica identity because column %d is a system column",
18549 RelationGetRelationName(indexRel), attno)));
18550
18552 if (!attr->attnotnull)
18554 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
18556 RelationGetRelationName(indexRel),
18557 NameStr(attr->attname))));
18558 }
18559
18560 /* This index is suitable for use as a replica identity. Mark it. */
18562
18564}
#define IndexRelationGetNumberOfKeyAttributes(relation)
Definition: rel.h:533
List * RelationGetIndexPredicate(Relation relation)
Definition: relcache.c:5210
List * RelationGetIndexExpressions(Relation relation)
Definition: relcache.c:5097
static void relation_mark_replica_identity(Relation rel, char ri_type, Oid indexOid, bool is_internal)
Definition: tablecmds.c:18368
References IndexAmRoutine::amcanunique, elog, ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, get_relname_relid(), index_close(), index_open(), IndexRelationGetNumberOfKeyAttributes, InvalidOid, sort-test::key, NameStr, NIL, NoLock, OidIsValid, RelationData::rd_att, RelationData::rd_indam, RelationData::rd_index, RelationData::rd_rel, relation_mark_replica_identity(), RelationGetIndexExpressions(), RelationGetIndexPredicate(), RelationGetRelationName, RelationGetRelid, ShareLock, stmt, and TupleDescAttr().
Referenced by ATExecCmd().
◆ ATExecSetAccessMethodNoStorage()
Definition at line 16493 of file tablecmds.c.
16494{
16495 Relation pg_class;
16496 Oid oldAccessMethodId;
16497 HeapTuple tuple;
16498 Form_pg_class rd_rel;
16500
16501 /*
16502 * Shouldn't be called on relations having storage; these are processed in
16503 * phase 3.
16504 */
16506
16507 /* Get a modifiable copy of the relation's pg_class row. */
16509
16514
16515 /* Update the pg_class row. */
16516 oldAccessMethodId = rd_rel->relam;
16517 rd_rel->relam = newAccessMethodId;
16518
16519 /* Leave if no update required */
16520 if (rd_rel->relam == oldAccessMethodId)
16521 {
16522 heap_freetuple(tuple);
16524 return;
16525 }
16526
16528
16529 /*
16530 * Update the dependency on the new access method. No dependency is added
16531 * if the new access method is InvalidOid (default case). Be very careful
16532 * that this has to compare the previous value stored in pg_class with the
16533 * new one.
16534 */
16536 {
16537 ObjectAddress relobj,
16538 referenced;
16539
16540 /*
16541 * New access method is defined and there was no dependency
16542 * previously, so record a new one.
16543 */
16544 ObjectAddressSet(relobj, RelationRelationId, reloid);
16545 ObjectAddressSet(referenced, AccessMethodRelationId, rd_rel->relam);
16547 }
16549 !OidIsValid(rd_rel->relam))
16550 {
16551 /*
16552 * There was an access method defined, and no new one, so just remove
16553 * the existing dependency.
16554 */
16555 deleteDependencyRecordsForClass(RelationRelationId, reloid,
16556 AccessMethodRelationId,
16557 DEPENDENCY_NORMAL);
16558 }
16559 else
16560 {
16562 OidIsValid(rd_rel->relam));
16563
16564 /* Both are valid, so update the dependency */
16565 changeDependencyFor(RelationRelationId, reloid,
16566 AccessMethodRelationId,
16567 oldAccessMethodId, rd_rel->relam);
16568 }
16569
16570 /* make the relam and dependency changes visible */
16571 CommandCounterIncrement();
16572
16574
16575 heap_freetuple(tuple);
16577}
References Assert(), CatalogTupleUpdate(), changeDependencyFor(), CommandCounterIncrement(), deleteDependencyRecordsForClass(), DEPENDENCY_NORMAL, elog, ERROR, GETSTRUCT(), heap_freetuple(), HeapTupleIsValid, InvokeObjectPostAlterHook, ObjectAddressSet, ObjectIdGetDatum(), OidIsValid, RelationData::rd_rel, recordDependencyOn(), RelationGetRelid, RowExclusiveLock, SearchSysCacheCopy1, HeapTupleData::t_self, table_close(), and table_open().
Referenced by ATExecCmd().
◆ ATExecSetCompression()
|
static |
Definition at line 18710 of file tablecmds.c.
18714{
18715 Relation attrel;
18716 HeapTuple tuple;
18717 Form_pg_attribute atttableform;
18719 char *compression;
18720 char cmethod;
18721 ObjectAddress address;
18722
18723 compression = strVal(newValue);
18724
18726
18727 /* copy the cache entry so we can scribble on it below */
18731 (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN),
18733 column, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
18734
18735 /* prevent them from altering a system attribute */
18737 attnum = atttableform->attnum;
18740 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
18742
18743 /*
18744 * Check that column type is compressible, then get the attribute
18745 * compression method code
18746 */
18747 cmethod = GetAttributeCompression(atttableform->atttypid, compression);
18748
18749 /* update pg_attribute entry */
18750 atttableform->attcompression = cmethod;
18752
18753 InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(RelationRelationId,
18754 RelationGetRelid(rel),
18755 attnum);
18756
18757 /*
18758 * Apply the change to indexes as well (only for simple index columns,
18759 * matching behavior of index.c ConstructTupleDescriptor()).
18760 */
18762 false, 0,
18763 true, cmethod,
18764 lockmode);
18765
18766 heap_freetuple(tuple);
18767
18769
18770 /* make changes visible */
18771 CommandCounterIncrement();
18772
18773 ObjectAddressSubSet(address, RelationRelationId,
18775 return address;
18776}
static char GetAttributeCompression(Oid atttypid, const char *compression)
Definition: tablecmds.c:21995
static void SetIndexStorageProperties(Relation rel, Relation attrelation, AttrNumber attnum, bool setstorage, char newstorage, bool setcompression, char newcompression, LOCKMODE lockmode)
Definition: tablecmds.c:9098
References attnum, CatalogTupleUpdate(), CommandCounterIncrement(), ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, GetAttributeCompression(), GETSTRUCT(), heap_freetuple(), HeapTupleIsValid, InvokeObjectPostAlterHook, ObjectAddressSubSet, RelationGetRelationName, RelationGetRelid, RowExclusiveLock, SearchSysCacheCopyAttName(), SetIndexStorageProperties(), strVal, HeapTupleData::t_self, table_close(), and table_open().
Referenced by ATExecCmd().
◆ ATExecSetExpression()
|
static |
Definition at line 8570 of file tablecmds.c.
8572{
8573 HeapTuple tuple;
8574 Form_pg_attribute attTup;
8576 char attgenerated;
8577 bool rewrite;
8578 Oid attrdefoid;
8579 ObjectAddress address;
8580 Expr *defval;
8582 RawColumnDefault *rawEnt;
8583
8587 (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN),
8589 colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
8590
8592
8593 attnum = attTup->attnum;
8596 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
8598 colName)));
8599
8600 attgenerated = attTup->attgenerated;
8601 if (!attgenerated)
8603 (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
8605 colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
8606
8607 /*
8608 * TODO: This could be done, just need to recheck any constraints
8609 * afterwards.
8610 */
8611 if (attgenerated == ATTRIBUTE_GENERATED_VIRTUAL &&
8614 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
8615 errmsg("ALTER TABLE / SET EXPRESSION is not supported for virtual generated columns in tables with check constraints"),
8617 colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
8618
8619 if (attgenerated == ATTRIBUTE_GENERATED_VIRTUAL && attTup->attnotnull)
8621
8622 /*
8623 * We need to prevent this because a change of expression could affect a
8624 * row filter and inject expressions that are not permitted in a row
8625 * filter. XXX We could try to have a more precise check to catch only
8626 * publications with row filters, or even re-verify the row filter
8627 * expressions.
8628 */
8629 if (attgenerated == ATTRIBUTE_GENERATED_VIRTUAL &&
8632 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
8633 errmsg("ALTER TABLE / SET EXPRESSION is not supported for virtual generated columns in tables that are part of a publication"),
8635 colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
8636
8637 rewrite = (attgenerated == ATTRIBUTE_GENERATED_STORED);
8638
8639 ReleaseSysCache(tuple);
8640
8641 if (rewrite)
8642 {
8643 /*
8644 * Clear all the missing values if we're rewriting the table, since
8645 * this renders them pointless.
8646 */
8647 RelationClearMissing(rel);
8648
8649 /* make sure we don't conflict with later attribute modifications */
8650 CommandCounterIncrement();
8651
8652 /*
8653 * Find everything that depends on the column (constraints, indexes,
8654 * etc), and record enough information to let us recreate the objects
8655 * after rewrite.
8656 */
8658 }
8659
8660 /*
8661 * Drop the dependency records of the GENERATED expression, in particular
8662 * its INTERNAL dependency on the column, which would otherwise cause
8663 * dependency.c to refuse to perform the deletion.
8664 */
8670
8671 /* Make above changes visible */
8672 CommandCounterIncrement();
8673
8674 /*
8675 * Get rid of the GENERATED expression itself. We use RESTRICT here for
8676 * safety, but at present we do not expect anything to depend on the
8677 * expression.
8678 */
8680 false, false);
8681
8682 /* Prepare to store the new expression, in the catalogs */
8685 rawEnt->raw_default = newExpr;
8686 rawEnt->generated = attgenerated;
8687
8688 /* Store the generated expression */
8690 false, true, false, NULL);
8691
8692 /* Make above new expression visible */
8693 CommandCounterIncrement();
8694
8695 if (rewrite)
8696 {
8697 /* Prepare for table rewrite */
8699
8704
8707 }
8708
8709 /* Drop any pg_statistic entry for the column */
8711
8712 InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(RelationRelationId,
8714
8715 ObjectAddressSubSet(address, RelationRelationId,
8717 return address;
8718}
References AddRelationNewConstraints(), AT_REWRITE_DEFAULT_VAL, AT_SetExpression, RawColumnDefault::attnum, attnum, build_column_default(), CommandCounterIncrement(), TupleDescData::constr, deleteDependencyRecordsFor(), DROP_RESTRICT, elog, ereport, errcode(), errdetail(), errmsg(), ERROR, expression_planner(), RawColumnDefault::generated, GetAttrDefaultOid(), GetRelationPublications(), GETSTRUCT(), HeapTupleIsValid, InvokeObjectPostAlterHook, lappend(), list_make1, newval, AlteredTableInfo::newvals, NIL, TupleConstr::num_check, ObjectAddressSubSet, OidIsValid, palloc(), palloc0(), RawColumnDefault::raw_default, RelationData::rd_att, RelationClearMissing(), RelationGetRelationName, RelationGetRelid, ReleaseSysCache(), RememberAllDependentForRebuilding(), RemoveAttrDefault(), RemoveStatistics(), AlteredTableInfo::rewrite, SearchSysCacheAttName(), and AlteredTableInfo::verify_new_notnull.
Referenced by ATExecCmd().
◆ ATExecSetIdentity()
|
static |
Definition at line 8339 of file tablecmds.c.
8341{
8343 DefElem *generatedEl = NULL;
8344 HeapTuple tuple;
8345 Form_pg_attribute attTup;
8347 Relation attrelation;
8348 ObjectAddress address;
8349 bool ispartitioned;
8350
8351 ispartitioned = (rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE);
8352 if (ispartitioned && !recurse)
8354 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
8357
8360 errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
8362
8364 {
8366
8368 {
8369 if (generatedEl)
8371 (errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
8373 generatedEl = defel;
8374 }
8375 else
8377 defel->defname);
8378 }
8379
8380 /*
8381 * Even if there is nothing to change here, we run all the checks. There
8382 * will be a subsequent ALTER SEQUENCE that relies on everything being
8383 * there.
8384 */
8385
8390 (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN),
8392 colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
8393
8395 attnum = attTup->attnum;
8396
8399 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
8401 colName)));
8402
8403 if (!attTup->attidentity)
8405 (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
8407 colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
8408
8409 if (generatedEl)
8410 {
8411 attTup->attidentity = defGetInt32(generatedEl);
8413
8414 InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(RelationRelationId,
8415 RelationGetRelid(rel),
8416 attTup->attnum);
8417 ObjectAddressSubSet(address, RelationRelationId,
8419 }
8420 else
8421 address = InvalidObjectAddress;
8422
8423 heap_freetuple(tuple);
8425
8426 /*
8427 * Recurse to propagate the identity change to partitions. Identity is not
8428 * inherited in regular inheritance children.
8429 */
8430 if (generatedEl && recurse && ispartitioned)
8431 {
8432 List *children;
8433 ListCell *lc;
8434
8436
8437 foreach(lc, children)
8438 {
8439 Relation childrel;
8440
8444 }
8445 }
8446
8447 return address;
8448}
Definition: parsenodes.h:839
Definition: getopt_long.h:18
References ATExecSetIdentity(), attnum, castNode, CatalogTupleUpdate(), defGetInt32(), DefElem::defname, elog, ereport, errcode(), errhint(), errmsg(), ERROR, find_inheritance_children(), GETSTRUCT(), heap_freetuple(), HeapTupleIsValid, InvalidObjectAddress, InvokeObjectPostAlterHook, lfirst_node, lfirst_oid, NoLock, ObjectAddressSubSet, RelationData::rd_rel, RelationGetRelationName, RelationGetRelid, RowExclusiveLock, SearchSysCacheCopyAttName(), HeapTupleData::t_self, table_close(), and table_open().
Referenced by ATExecCmd(), and ATExecSetIdentity().
◆ ATExecSetNotNull()
|
static |
Definition at line 7906 of file tablecmds.c.
7908{
7909 HeapTuple tuple;
7911 ObjectAddress address;
7912 Constraint *constraint;
7913 CookedConstraint *ccon;
7914 List *cooked;
7915 bool is_no_inherit = false;
7916
7917 /* Guard against stack overflow due to overly deep inheritance tree. */
7918 check_stack_depth();
7919
7920 /* At top level, permission check was done in ATPrepCmd, else do it */
7921 if (recursing)
7922 {
7925 Assert(conName != NULL);
7926 }
7927
7931 (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN),
7933 colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
7934
7935 /* Prevent them from altering a system attribute */
7938 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
7940 colName)));
7941
7942 /* See if there's already a constraint */
7945 {
7947 bool changed = false;
7948
7949 /*
7950 * Don't let a NO INHERIT constraint be changed into inherit.
7951 */
7952 if (conForm->connoinherit && recurse)
7954 errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
7956 NameStr(conForm->conname),
7957 RelationGetRelationName(rel)));
7958
7959 /*
7960 * If we find an appropriate constraint, we're almost done, but just
7961 * need to change some properties on it: if we're recursing, increment
7962 * coninhcount; if not, set conislocal if not already set.
7963 */
7964 if (recursing)
7965 {
7967 &conForm->coninhcount))
7969 errcode(ERRCODE_PROGRAM_LIMIT_EXCEEDED),
7971 changed = true;
7972 }
7973 else if (!conForm->conislocal)
7974 {
7975 conForm->conislocal = true;
7976 changed = true;
7977 }
7978 else if (!conForm->convalidated)
7979 {
7980 /*
7981 * Flip attnotnull and convalidated, and also validate the
7982 * constraint.
7983 */
7985 recurse, recursing, lockmode);
7986 }
7987
7988 if (changed)
7989 {
7990 Relation constr_rel;
7991
7993
7995 ObjectAddressSet(address, ConstraintRelationId, conForm->oid);
7997 }
7998
7999 if (changed)
8000 return address;
8001 else
8003 }
8004
8005 /*
8006 * If we're asked not to recurse, and children exist, raise an error for
8007 * partitioned tables. For inheritance, we act as if NO INHERIT had been
8008 * specified.
8009 */
8010 if (!recurse &&
8013 {
8016 errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
8019 else
8020 is_no_inherit = true;
8021 }
8022
8023 /*
8024 * No constraint exists; we must add one. First determine a name to use,
8025 * if we haven't already.
8026 */
8027 if (!recursing)
8028 {
8029 Assert(conName == NULL);
8031 colName, "not_null",
8032 RelationGetNamespace(rel),
8033 NIL);
8034 }
8035
8037 constraint->is_no_inherit = is_no_inherit;
8038 constraint->conname = conName;
8039
8040 /* and do it */
8042 false, !recursing, false, NULL);
8043 ccon = linitial(cooked);
8045
8046 InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(RelationRelationId,
8048
8049 /* Mark pg_attribute.attnotnull for the column and queue validation */
8051
8052 /*
8053 * Recurse to propagate the constraint to children that don't have one.
8054 */
8055 if (recurse)
8056 {
8057 List *children;
8058
8060 lockmode);
8061
8062 foreach_oid(childoid, children)
8063 {
8065
8066 CommandCounterIncrement();
8067
8068 ATExecSetNotNull(wqueue, childrel, conName, colName,
8069 recurse, true, lockmode);
8071 }
8072 }
8073
8074 return address;
8075}
References AddRelationNewConstraints(), Assert(), AT_AddConstraint, ATExecSetNotNull(), ATExecValidateConstraint(), ATSimplePermissions(), ATT_FOREIGN_TABLE, ATT_PARTITIONED_TABLE, ATT_TABLE, attnum, CatalogTupleUpdate(), check_stack_depth(), ChooseConstraintName(), CommandCounterIncrement(), Constraint::conname, CookedConstraint::conoid, ereport, errcode(), errhint(), errmsg(), ERROR, find_inheritance_children(), findNotNullConstraintAttnum(), foreach_oid, get_attnum(), GETSTRUCT(), HeapTupleIsValid, InvalidAttrNumber, InvalidObjectAddress, InvokeObjectPostAlterHook, Constraint::is_no_inherit, linitial, list_make1, makeNotNullConstraint(), makeString(), NameStr, NIL, NoLock, ObjectAddressSet, pg_add_s16_overflow(), RelationData::rd_rel, RelationGetNamespace, RelationGetRelationName, RelationGetRelid, RowExclusiveLock, set_attnotnull(), HeapTupleData::t_self, table_close(), and table_open().
Referenced by ATExecAlterConstrInheritability(), ATExecCmd(), and ATExecSetNotNull().
◆ ATExecSetOptions()
|
static |
Definition at line 9019 of file tablecmds.c.
9021{
9022 Relation attrelation;
9023 HeapTuple tuple,
9024 newtuple;
9025 Form_pg_attribute attrtuple;
9027 Datum datum,
9028 newOptions;
9029 bool isnull;
9030 ObjectAddress address;
9031 Datum repl_val[Natts_pg_attribute];
9032 bool repl_null[Natts_pg_attribute];
9033 bool repl_repl[Natts_pg_attribute];
9034
9036
9038
9041 (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN),
9043 colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
9045
9046 attnum = attrtuple->attnum;
9049 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
9051 colName)));
9052
9053 /* Generate new proposed attoptions (text array) */
9054 datum = SysCacheGetAttr(ATTNAME, tuple, Anum_pg_attribute_attoptions,
9055 &isnull);
9058 false, isReset);
9059 /* Validate new options */
9061
9062 /* Build new tuple. */
9063 memset(repl_null, false, sizeof(repl_null));
9064 memset(repl_repl, false, sizeof(repl_repl));
9066 repl_val[Anum_pg_attribute_attoptions - 1] = newOptions;
9067 else
9068 repl_null[Anum_pg_attribute_attoptions - 1] = true;
9069 repl_repl[Anum_pg_attribute_attoptions - 1] = true;
9071 repl_val, repl_null, repl_repl);
9072
9073 /* Update system catalog. */
9075
9076 InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(RelationRelationId,
9077 RelationGetRelid(rel),
9078 attrtuple->attnum);
9079 ObjectAddressSubSet(address, RelationRelationId,
9081
9082 heap_freetuple(newtuple);
9083
9084 ReleaseSysCache(tuple);
9085
9087
9088 return address;
9089}
Datum transformRelOptions(Datum oldOptions, List *defList, const char *nameSpace, const char *const validnsps[], bool acceptOidsOff, bool isReset)
Definition: reloptions.c:1167
bytea * attribute_reloptions(Datum reloptions, bool validate)
Definition: reloptions.c:2105
References attnum, attribute_reloptions(), castNode, CatalogTupleUpdate(), ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, GETSTRUCT(), heap_freetuple(), heap_modify_tuple(), HeapTupleIsValid, InvokeObjectPostAlterHook, ObjectAddressSubSet, RelationGetDescr, RelationGetRelationName, RelationGetRelid, ReleaseSysCache(), RowExclusiveLock, SearchSysCacheAttName(), SysCacheGetAttr(), HeapTupleData::t_self, table_close(), table_open(), and transformRelOptions().
Referenced by ATExecCmd().
◆ ATExecSetRelOptions()
|
static |
Definition at line 16613 of file tablecmds.c.
16615{
16616 Oid relid;
16617 Relation pgclass;
16618 HeapTuple tuple;
16619 HeapTuple newtuple;
16620 Datum datum;
16621 Datum newOptions;
16622 Datum repl_val[Natts_pg_class];
16623 bool repl_null[Natts_pg_class];
16624 bool repl_repl[Natts_pg_class];
16626
16628 return; /* nothing to do */
16629
16631
16632 /* Fetch heap tuple */
16633 relid = RelationGetRelid(rel);
16637
16639 {
16640 /*
16641 * If we're supposed to replace the reloptions list, we just pretend
16642 * there were none before.
16643 */
16644 datum = (Datum) 0;
16645 }
16646 else
16647 {
16648 bool isnull;
16649
16650 /* Get the old reloptions */
16651 datum = SysCacheGetAttr(RELOID, tuple, Anum_pg_class_reloptions,
16652 &isnull);
16653 if (isnull)
16654 datum = (Datum) 0;
16655 }
16656
16657 /* Generate new proposed reloptions (text array) */
16659 operation == AT_ResetRelOptions);
16660
16661 /* Validate */
16663 {
16664 case RELKIND_RELATION:
16665 case RELKIND_MATVIEW:
16667 break;
16668 case RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE:
16670 break;
16671 case RELKIND_VIEW:
16673 break;
16674 case RELKIND_INDEX:
16675 case RELKIND_PARTITIONED_INDEX:
16677 break;
16678 case RELKIND_TOASTVALUE:
16679 /* fall through to error -- shouldn't ever get here */
16680 default:
16682 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
16684 RelationGetRelationName(rel)),
16686 break;
16687 }
16688
16689 /* Special-case validation of view options */
16691 {
16694 ListCell *cell;
16695 bool check_option = false;
16696
16697 foreach(cell, view_options)
16698 {
16700
16702 check_option = true;
16703 }
16704
16705 /*
16706 * If the check option is specified, look to see if the view is
16707 * actually auto-updatable or not.
16708 */
16709 if (check_option)
16710 {
16711 const char *view_updatable_error =
16713
16714 if (view_updatable_error)
16716 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
16719 }
16720 }
16721
16722 /*
16723 * All we need do here is update the pg_class row; the new options will be
16724 * propagated into relcaches during post-commit cache inval.
16725 */
16726 memset(repl_val, 0, sizeof(repl_val));
16727 memset(repl_null, false, sizeof(repl_null));
16728 memset(repl_repl, false, sizeof(repl_repl));
16729
16731 repl_val[Anum_pg_class_reloptions - 1] = newOptions;
16732 else
16733 repl_null[Anum_pg_class_reloptions - 1] = true;
16734
16735 repl_repl[Anum_pg_class_reloptions - 1] = true;
16736
16738 repl_val, repl_null, repl_repl);
16739
16742
16744
16745 heap_freetuple(newtuple);
16746
16747 ReleaseSysCache(tuple);
16748
16749 /* repeat the whole exercise for the toast table, if there's one */
16751 {
16752 Relation toastrel;
16754
16755 toastrel = table_open(toastid, lockmode);
16756
16757 /* Fetch heap tuple */
16761
16763 {
16764 /*
16765 * If we're supposed to replace the reloptions list, we just
16766 * pretend there were none before.
16767 */
16768 datum = (Datum) 0;
16769 }
16770 else
16771 {
16772 bool isnull;
16773
16774 /* Get the old reloptions */
16775 datum = SysCacheGetAttr(RELOID, tuple, Anum_pg_class_reloptions,
16776 &isnull);
16777 if (isnull)
16778 datum = (Datum) 0;
16779 }
16780
16783
16785
16786 memset(repl_val, 0, sizeof(repl_val));
16787 memset(repl_null, false, sizeof(repl_null));
16788 memset(repl_repl, false, sizeof(repl_repl));
16789
16791 repl_val[Anum_pg_class_reloptions - 1] = newOptions;
16792 else
16793 repl_null[Anum_pg_class_reloptions - 1] = true;
16794
16795 repl_repl[Anum_pg_class_reloptions - 1] = true;
16796
16798 repl_val, repl_null, repl_repl);
16799
16801
16802 InvokeObjectPostAlterHookArg(RelationRelationId,
16803 RelationGetRelid(toastrel), 0,
16805
16806 heap_freetuple(newtuple);
16807
16808 ReleaseSysCache(tuple);
16809
16811 }
16812
16814}
#define InvokeObjectPostAlterHookArg(classId, objectId, subId, auxiliaryId, is_internal)
Definition: objectaccess.h:200
bytea * view_reloptions(Datum reloptions, bool validate)
Definition: reloptions.c:2034
bytea * index_reloptions(amoptions_function amoptions, Datum reloptions, bool validate)
Definition: reloptions.c:2090
bytea * partitioned_table_reloptions(Datum reloptions, bool validate)
Definition: reloptions.c:2020
bytea * heap_reloptions(char relkind, Datum reloptions, bool validate)
Definition: reloptions.c:2055
const char * view_query_is_auto_updatable(Query *viewquery, bool check_cols)
Definition: rewriteHandler.c:2633
Definition: parsenodes.h:118
HeapTuple SearchSysCacheLocked1(int cacheId, Datum key1)
Definition: syscache.c:282
References _, IndexAmRoutine::amoptions, AT_ReplaceRelOptions, AT_ResetRelOptions, CatalogTupleUpdate(), DefElem::defname, elog, ereport, errcode(), errdetail_relkind_not_supported(), errhint(), errmsg(), ERROR, get_view_query(), heap_freetuple(), heap_modify_tuple(), HEAP_RELOPT_NAMESPACES, heap_reloptions(), HeapTupleIsValid, index_reloptions(), InplaceUpdateTupleLock, InvalidOid, InvokeObjectPostAlterHook, InvokeObjectPostAlterHookArg, lfirst, NIL, NoLock, ObjectIdGetDatum(), OidIsValid, partitioned_table_reloptions(), RelationData::rd_indam, RelationData::rd_rel, RelationGetDescr, RelationGetRelationName, RelationGetRelid, ReleaseSysCache(), RowExclusiveLock, SearchSysCache1(), SearchSysCacheLocked1(), SysCacheGetAttr(), HeapTupleData::t_self, table_close(), table_open(), transformRelOptions(), UnlockTuple(), untransformRelOptions(), view_query_is_auto_updatable(), and view_reloptions().
Referenced by ATExecCmd().
◆ ATExecSetRowSecurity()
|
static |
Definition at line 18570 of file tablecmds.c.
18571{
18572 Relation pg_class;
18573 Oid relid;
18574 HeapTuple tuple;
18575
18576 relid = RelationGetRelid(rel);
18577
18578 /* Pull the record for this relation and update it */
18580
18582
18585
18588
18589 InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(RelationRelationId,
18590 RelationGetRelid(rel), 0);
18591
18593 heap_freetuple(tuple);
18594}
References CatalogTupleUpdate(), elog, ERROR, GETSTRUCT(), heap_freetuple(), HeapTupleIsValid, InvokeObjectPostAlterHook, ObjectIdGetDatum(), RelationGetRelid, RowExclusiveLock, SearchSysCacheCopy1, HeapTupleData::t_self, table_close(), and table_open().
Referenced by ATExecCmd().
◆ ATExecSetStatistics()
|
static |
Definition at line 8874 of file tablecmds.c.
8875{
8876 int newtarget = 0;
8877 bool newtarget_default;
8878 Relation attrelation;
8879 HeapTuple tuple,
8880 newtuple;
8881 Form_pg_attribute attrtuple;
8883 ObjectAddress address;
8884 Datum repl_val[Natts_pg_attribute];
8885 bool repl_null[Natts_pg_attribute];
8886 bool repl_repl[Natts_pg_attribute];
8887
8888 /*
8889 * We allow referencing columns by numbers only for indexes, since table
8890 * column numbers could contain gaps if columns are later dropped.
8891 */
8893 rel->rd_rel->relkind != RELKIND_PARTITIONED_INDEX &&
8894 !colName)
8896 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
8898
8899 /* -1 was used in previous versions for the default setting */
8901 {
8902 newtarget = intVal(newValue);
8903 newtarget_default = false;
8904 }
8905 else
8906 newtarget_default = true;
8907
8908 if (!newtarget_default)
8909 {
8910 /*
8911 * Limit target to a sane range
8912 */
8913 if (newtarget < 0)
8914 {
8916 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
8918 newtarget)));
8919 }
8921 {
8922 newtarget = MAX_STATISTICS_TARGET;
8924 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
8926 newtarget)));
8927 }
8928 }
8929
8931
8932 if (colName)
8933 {
8935
8938 (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN),
8940 colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
8941 }
8942 else
8943 {
8945
8948 (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN),
8950 colNum, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
8951 }
8952
8954
8955 attnum = attrtuple->attnum;
8958 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
8960 colName)));
8961
8962 /*
8963 * Prevent this as long as the ANALYZE code skips virtual generated
8964 * columns.
8965 */
8966 if (attrtuple->attgenerated == ATTRIBUTE_GENERATED_VIRTUAL)
8968 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
8970 colName)));
8971
8973 rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_INDEX)
8974 {
8977 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
8982 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
8986 }
8987
8988 /* Build new tuple. */
8989 memset(repl_null, false, sizeof(repl_null));
8990 memset(repl_repl, false, sizeof(repl_repl));
8991 if (!newtarget_default)
8992 repl_val[Anum_pg_attribute_attstattarget - 1] = Int16GetDatum(newtarget);
8993 else
8994 repl_null[Anum_pg_attribute_attstattarget - 1] = true;
8995 repl_repl[Anum_pg_attribute_attstattarget - 1] = true;
8997 repl_val, repl_null, repl_repl);
8999
9000 InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(RelationRelationId,
9001 RelationGetRelid(rel),
9002 attrtuple->attnum);
9003 ObjectAddressSubSet(address, RelationRelationId,
9005
9006 heap_freetuple(newtuple);
9007
9008 ReleaseSysCache(tuple);
9009
9011
9012 return address;
9013}
HeapTuple SearchSysCacheAttNum(Oid relid, int16 attnum)
Definition: syscache.c:538
References attnum, CatalogTupleUpdate(), ereport, errcode(), errhint(), errmsg(), ERROR, GETSTRUCT(), heap_freetuple(), heap_modify_tuple(), HeapTupleIsValid, Int16GetDatum(), intVal, InvokeObjectPostAlterHook, MAX_STATISTICS_TARGET, NameStr, ObjectAddressSubSet, RelationData::rd_index, RelationData::rd_rel, RelationGetDescr, RelationGetRelationName, RelationGetRelid, ReleaseSysCache(), RowExclusiveLock, SearchSysCacheAttName(), SearchSysCacheAttNum(), HeapTupleData::t_self, table_close(), table_open(), and WARNING.
Referenced by ATExecCmd().
◆ ATExecSetStorage()
|
static |
Definition at line 9161 of file tablecmds.c.
9162{
9163 Relation attrelation;
9164 HeapTuple tuple;
9165 Form_pg_attribute attrtuple;
9167 ObjectAddress address;
9168
9170
9172
9175 (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN),
9177 colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
9179
9180 attnum = attrtuple->attnum;
9183 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
9185 colName)));
9186
9188
9190
9191 InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(RelationRelationId,
9192 RelationGetRelid(rel),
9193 attrtuple->attnum);
9194
9195 /*
9196 * Apply the change to indexes as well (only for simple index columns,
9197 * matching behavior of index.c ConstructTupleDescriptor()).
9198 */
9200 true, attrtuple->attstorage,
9201 false, 0,
9202 lockmode);
9203
9204 heap_freetuple(tuple);
9205
9207
9208 ObjectAddressSubSet(address, RelationRelationId,
9210 return address;
9211}
static char GetAttributeStorage(Oid atttypid, const char *storagemode)
Definition: tablecmds.c:22033
References attnum, CatalogTupleUpdate(), ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, GetAttributeStorage(), GETSTRUCT(), heap_freetuple(), HeapTupleIsValid, InvokeObjectPostAlterHook, ObjectAddressSubSet, RelationGetRelationName, RelationGetRelid, RowExclusiveLock, SearchSysCacheCopyAttName(), SetIndexStorageProperties(), strVal, HeapTupleData::t_self, table_close(), and table_open().
Referenced by ATExecCmd().
◆ ATExecSetTableSpace()
Definition at line 16821 of file tablecmds.c.
16822{
16823 Relation rel;
16824 Oid reltoastrelid;
16825 RelFileNumber newrelfilenumber;
16826 RelFileLocator newrlocator;
16828 ListCell *lc;
16829
16830 /*
16831 * Need lock here in case we are recursing to toast table or index
16832 */
16833 rel = relation_open(tableOid, lockmode);
16834
16835 /* Check first if relation can be moved to new tablespace */
16837 {
16838 InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(RelationRelationId,
16839 RelationGetRelid(rel), 0);
16841 return;
16842 }
16843
16844 reltoastrelid = rel->rd_rel->reltoastrelid;
16845 /* Fetch the list of indexes on toast relation if necessary */
16847 {
16849
16850 reltoastidxids = RelationGetIndexList(toastRel);
16851 relation_close(toastRel, lockmode);
16852 }
16853
16854 /*
16855 * Relfilenumbers are not unique in databases across tablespaces, so we
16856 * need to allocate a new one in the new tablespace.
16857 */
16858 newrelfilenumber = GetNewRelFileNumber(newTableSpace, NULL,
16859 rel->rd_rel->relpersistence);
16860
16861 /* Open old and new relation */
16862 newrlocator = rel->rd_locator;
16863 newrlocator.relNumber = newrelfilenumber;
16864 newrlocator.spcOid = newTableSpace;
16865
16866 /* hand off to AM to actually create new rel storage and copy the data */
16868 {
16869 index_copy_data(rel, newrlocator);
16870 }
16871 else
16872 {
16874 table_relation_copy_data(rel, &newrlocator);
16875 }
16876
16877 /*
16878 * Update the pg_class row.
16879 *
16880 * NB: This wouldn't work if ATExecSetTableSpace() were allowed to be
16881 * executed on pg_class or its indexes (the above copy wouldn't contain
16882 * the updated pg_class entry), but that's forbidden with
16883 * CheckRelationTableSpaceMove().
16884 */
16885 SetRelationTableSpace(rel, newTableSpace, newrelfilenumber);
16886
16888
16889 RelationAssumeNewRelfilelocator(rel);
16890
16892
16893 /* Make sure the reltablespace change is visible */
16894 CommandCounterIncrement();
16895
16896 /* Move associated toast relation and/or indexes, too */
16898 ATExecSetTableSpace(reltoastrelid, newTableSpace, lockmode);
16899 foreach(lc, reltoastidxids)
16901
16902 /* Clean up */
16903 list_free(reltoastidxids);
16904}
RelFileNumber GetNewRelFileNumber(Oid reltablespace, Relation pg_class, char relpersistence)
Definition: catalog.c:557
void RelationAssumeNewRelfilelocator(Relation relation)
Definition: relcache.c:3976
Definition: relfilelocator.h:59
static void table_relation_copy_data(Relation rel, const RelFileLocator *newrlocator)
Definition: tableam.h:1620
static void ATExecSetTableSpace(Oid tableOid, Oid newTableSpace, LOCKMODE lockmode)
Definition: tablecmds.c:16821
bool CheckRelationTableSpaceMove(Relation rel, Oid newTableSpaceId)
Definition: tablecmds.c:3686
void SetRelationTableSpace(Relation rel, Oid newTableSpaceId, RelFileNumber newRelFilenumber)
Definition: tablecmds.c:3743
static void index_copy_data(Relation rel, RelFileLocator newrlocator)
Definition: tablecmds.c:17115
References Assert(), ATExecSetTableSpace(), CheckRelationTableSpaceMove(), CommandCounterIncrement(), GetNewRelFileNumber(), index_copy_data(), InvokeObjectPostAlterHook, lfirst_oid, list_free(), NIL, NoLock, OidIsValid, RelationData::rd_locator, RelationData::rd_rel, relation_close(), relation_open(), RelationAssumeNewRelfilelocator(), RelationGetIndexList(), RelationGetRelid, RelFileLocator::relNumber, SetRelationTableSpace(), RelFileLocator::spcOid, and table_relation_copy_data().
Referenced by ATExecSetTableSpace(), and ATRewriteTables().
◆ ATExecSetTableSpaceNoStorage()
Definition at line 16914 of file tablecmds.c.
16915{
16916 /*
16917 * Shouldn't be called on relations having storage; these are processed in
16918 * phase 3.
16919 */
16921
16922 /* check if relation can be moved to its new tablespace */
16924 {
16925 InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(RelationRelationId,
16926 RelationGetRelid(rel),
16927 0);
16928 return;
16929 }
16930
16931 /* Update can be done, so change reltablespace */
16933
16935
16936 /* Make sure the reltablespace change is visible */
16937 CommandCounterIncrement();
16938}
References Assert(), CheckRelationTableSpaceMove(), CommandCounterIncrement(), InvalidOid, InvokeObjectPostAlterHook, RelationData::rd_rel, RelationGetRelid, and SetRelationTableSpace().
Referenced by ATExecCmd().
◆ ATExecValidateConstraint()
|
static |
Definition at line 12876 of file tablecmds.c.
12878{
12879 Relation conrel;
12880 SysScanDesc scan;
12881 ScanKeyData skey[3];
12882 HeapTuple tuple;
12883 Form_pg_constraint con;
12884 ObjectAddress address;
12885
12887
12888 /*
12889 * Find and check the target constraint
12890 */
12891 ScanKeyInit(&skey[0],
12892 Anum_pg_constraint_conrelid,
12893 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
12895 ScanKeyInit(&skey[1],
12896 Anum_pg_constraint_contypid,
12897 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
12899 ScanKeyInit(&skey[2],
12900 Anum_pg_constraint_conname,
12901 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_NAMEEQ,
12902 CStringGetDatum(constrName));
12903 scan = systable_beginscan(conrel, ConstraintRelidTypidNameIndexId,
12904 true, NULL, 3, skey);
12905
12906 /* There can be at most one matching row */
12909 (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
12911 constrName, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
12912
12914 if (con->contype != CONSTRAINT_FOREIGN &&
12915 con->contype != CONSTRAINT_CHECK &&
12916 con->contype != CONSTRAINT_NOTNULL)
12918 errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
12920 constrName, RelationGetRelationName(rel)),
12922
12923 if (!con->conenforced)
12925 (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
12927
12928 if (!con->convalidated)
12929 {
12930 if (con->contype == CONSTRAINT_FOREIGN)
12931 {
12932 QueueFKConstraintValidation(wqueue, conrel, rel, con->confrelid,
12933 tuple, lockmode);
12934 }
12935 else if (con->contype == CONSTRAINT_CHECK)
12936 {
12937 QueueCheckConstraintValidation(wqueue, conrel, rel, constrName,
12938 tuple, recurse, recursing, lockmode);
12939 }
12940 else if (con->contype == CONSTRAINT_NOTNULL)
12941 {
12942 QueueNNConstraintValidation(wqueue, conrel, rel,
12943 tuple, recurse, recursing, lockmode);
12944 }
12945
12946 ObjectAddressSet(address, ConstraintRelationId, con->oid);
12947 }
12948 else
12950
12951 systable_endscan(scan);
12952
12954
12955 return address;
12956}
static void QueueFKConstraintValidation(List **wqueue, Relation conrel, Relation fkrel, Oid pkrelid, HeapTuple contuple, LOCKMODE lockmode)
Definition: tablecmds.c:12966
static void QueueNNConstraintValidation(List **wqueue, Relation conrel, Relation rel, HeapTuple contuple, bool recurse, bool recursing, LOCKMODE lockmode)
Definition: tablecmds.c:13188
static void QueueCheckConstraintValidation(List **wqueue, Relation conrel, Relation rel, char *constrName, HeapTuple contuple, bool recurse, bool recursing, LOCKMODE lockmode)
Definition: tablecmds.c:13085
References BTEqualStrategyNumber, CStringGetDatum(), ereport, errcode(), errdetail(), errmsg(), ERROR, GETSTRUCT(), HeapTupleIsValid, InvalidObjectAddress, InvalidOid, ObjectAddressSet, ObjectIdGetDatum(), QueueCheckConstraintValidation(), QueueFKConstraintValidation(), QueueNNConstraintValidation(), RelationGetRelationName, RelationGetRelid, RowExclusiveLock, ScanKeyInit(), systable_beginscan(), systable_endscan(), systable_getnext(), table_close(), and table_open().
Referenced by ATExecCmd(), ATExecSetNotNull(), QueueCheckConstraintValidation(), and QueueNNConstraintValidation().
◆ ATGetQueueEntry()
|
static |
Definition at line 6555 of file tablecmds.c.
6556{
6558 AlteredTableInfo *tab;
6559 ListCell *ltab;
6560
6561 foreach(ltab, *wqueue)
6562 {
6565 return tab;
6566 }
6567
6568 /*
6569 * Not there, so add it. Note that we make a copy of the relation's
6570 * existing descriptor before anything interesting can happen to it.
6571 */
6573 tab->relid = relid;
6580 tab->newrelpersistence = RELPERSISTENCE_PERMANENT;
6582
6583 *wqueue = lappend(*wqueue, tab);
6584
6585 return tab;
6586}
TupleDesc CreateTupleDescCopyConstr(TupleDesc tupdesc)
Definition: tupdesc.c:340
References AlteredTableInfo::chgAccessMethod, AlteredTableInfo::chgPersistence, CreateTupleDescCopyConstr(), InvalidOid, lappend(), lfirst, AlteredTableInfo::newAccessMethod, AlteredTableInfo::newrelpersistence, AlteredTableInfo::newTableSpace, AlteredTableInfo::oldDesc, palloc0(), RelationData::rd_rel, AlteredTableInfo::rel, RelationGetDescr, RelationGetRelid, AlteredTableInfo::relid, and AlteredTableInfo::relkind.
Referenced by addFkRecurseReferencing(), ATAddCheckNNConstraint(), ATExecAddColumn(), ATExecAlterConstrEnforceability(), ATPostAlterTypeParse(), ATPrepCmd(), DetachAddConstraintIfNeeded(), QueueCheckConstraintValidation(), QueueFKConstraintValidation(), QueueNNConstraintValidation(), QueuePartitionConstraintValidation(), and set_attnotnull().
◆ ATParseTransformCmd()
|
static |
Definition at line 5704 of file tablecmds.c.
5707{
5708 AlterTableCmd *newcmd = NULL;
5710 List *beforeStmts;
5711 List *afterStmts;
5712 ListCell *lc;
5713
5714 /* Gin up an AlterTableStmt with just this subcommand and this table */
5715 atstmt->relation =
5718 -1);
5723
5724 /* Transform the AlterTableStmt */
5726 atstmt,
5727 context->queryString,
5728 &beforeStmts,
5729 &afterStmts);
5730
5731 /* Execute any statements that should happen before these subcommand(s) */
5732 foreach(lc, beforeStmts)
5733 {
5735
5737 CommandCounterIncrement();
5738 }
5739
5740 /* Examine the transformed subcommands and schedule them appropriately */
5742 {
5744 AlterTablePass pass;
5745
5746 /*
5747 * This switch need only cover the subcommand types that can be added
5748 * by parse_utilcmd.c; otherwise, we'll use the default strategy of
5749 * executing the subcommand immediately, as a substitute for the
5750 * original subcommand. (Note, however, that this does cause
5751 * AT_AddConstraint subcommands to be rescheduled into later passes,
5752 * which is important for index and foreign key constraints.)
5753 *
5754 * We assume we needn't do any phase-1 checks for added subcommands.
5755 */
5757 {
5759 pass = AT_PASS_ADD_INDEX;
5760 break;
5762 pass = AT_PASS_ADD_INDEXCONSTR;
5763 break;
5765 /* Recursion occurs during execution phase */
5766 if (recurse)
5769 {
5771 pass = AT_PASS_COL_ATTRS;
5772 break;
5776 pass = AT_PASS_ADD_INDEXCONSTR;
5777 break;
5778 default:
5779 pass = AT_PASS_ADD_OTHERCONSTR;
5780 break;
5781 }
5782 break;
5784 /* This command never recurses */
5785 /* No command-specific prep needed */
5786 pass = AT_PASS_MISC;
5787 break;
5788 default:
5789 pass = cur_pass;
5790 break;
5791 }
5792
5793 if (pass < cur_pass)
5794 {
5795 /* Cannot schedule into a pass we already finished */
5797 pass);
5798 }
5799 else if (pass > cur_pass)
5800 {
5801 /* OK, queue it up for later */
5803 }
5804 else
5805 {
5806 /*
5807 * We should see at most one subcommand for the current pass,
5808 * which is the transformed version of the original subcommand.
5809 */
5811 {
5812 /* Found the transformed version of our subcommand */
5813 newcmd = cmd2;
5814 }
5815 else
5817 pass);
5818 }
5819 }
5820
5821 /* Queue up any after-statements to happen at the end */
5823
5824 return newcmd;
5825}
AlterTableStmt * transformAlterTableStmt(Oid relid, AlterTableStmt *stmt, const char *queryString, List **beforeStmts, List **afterStmts)
Definition: parse_utilcmd.c:3525
Definition: parsenodes.h:2406
void ProcessUtilityForAlterTable(Node *stmt, AlterTableUtilityContext *context)
Definition: utility.c:1950
References AlteredTableInfo::afterStmts, AT_AddConstraint, AT_AddIndex, AT_AddIndexConstraint, AT_AlterColumnGenericOptions, AT_PASS_ADD_INDEX, AT_PASS_ADD_INDEXCONSTR, AT_PASS_ADD_OTHERCONSTR, AT_PASS_COL_ATTRS, AT_PASS_MISC, castNode, AlterTableStmt::cmds, CommandCounterIncrement(), CONSTR_EXCLUSION, CONSTR_NOTNULL, CONSTR_PRIMARY, CONSTR_UNIQUE, AlterTableCmd::def, elog, ERROR, get_namespace_name(), RangeVar::inh, lappend(), lfirst, lfirst_node, list_concat(), list_make1, makeNode, makeRangeVar(), AlterTableStmt::missing_ok, OBJECT_TABLE, AlterTableStmt::objtype, ProcessUtilityForAlterTable(), pstrdup(), AlterTableUtilityContext::queryString, AlterTableCmd::recurse, AlterTableStmt::relation, RelationGetNamespace, RelationGetRelationName, RelationGetRelid, stmt, AlteredTableInfo::subcmds, AlterTableCmd::subtype, and transformAlterTableStmt().
Referenced by ATExecAddColumn(), ATExecCmd(), and ATPrepCmd().
◆ ATPostAlterTypeCleanup()
|
static |
Definition at line 15404 of file tablecmds.c.
15405{
15406 ObjectAddress obj;
15407 ObjectAddresses *objects;
15408 ListCell *def_item;
15409 ListCell *oid_item;
15410
15411 /*
15412 * Collect all the constraints and indexes to drop so we can process them
15413 * in a single call. That way we don't have to worry about dependencies
15414 * among them.
15415 */
15416 objects = new_object_addresses();
15417
15418 /*
15419 * Re-parse the index and constraint definitions, and attach them to the
15420 * appropriate work queue entries. We do this before dropping because in
15421 * the case of a constraint on another table, we might not yet have
15422 * exclusive lock on the table the constraint is attached to, and we need
15423 * to get that before reparsing/dropping. (That's possible at least for
15424 * FOREIGN KEY, CHECK, and EXCLUSION constraints; in non-FK cases it
15425 * requires a dependency on the target table's composite type in the other
15426 * table's constraint expressions.)
15427 *
15428 * We can't rely on the output of deparsing to tell us which relation to
15429 * operate on, because concurrent activity might have made the name
15430 * resolve differently. Instead, we've got to use the OID of the
15431 * constraint or index we're processing to figure out which relation to
15432 * operate on.
15433 */
15435 def_item, tab->changedConstraintDefs)
15436 {
15438 HeapTuple tup;
15439 Form_pg_constraint con;
15440 Oid relid;
15441 Oid confrelid;
15442 bool conislocal;
15443
15449 relid = con->conrelid;
15450 else
15451 {
15452 /* must be a domain constraint */
15456 }
15457 confrelid = con->confrelid;
15458 conislocal = con->conislocal;
15459 ReleaseSysCache(tup);
15460
15461 ObjectAddressSet(obj, ConstraintRelationId, oldId);
15462 add_exact_object_address(&obj, objects);
15463
15464 /*
15465 * If the constraint is inherited (only), we don't want to inject a
15466 * new definition here; it'll get recreated when
15467 * ATAddCheckNNConstraint recurses from adding the parent table's
15468 * constraint. But we had to carry the info this far so that we can
15469 * drop the constraint below.
15470 */
15471 if (!conislocal)
15472 continue;
15473
15474 /*
15475 * When rebuilding another table's constraint that references the
15476 * table we're modifying, we might not yet have any lock on the other
15477 * table, so get one now. We'll need AccessExclusiveLock for the DROP
15478 * CONSTRAINT step, so there's no value in asking for anything weaker.
15479 */
15482
15483 ATPostAlterTypeParse(oldId, relid, confrelid,
15485 wqueue, lockmode, tab->rewrite);
15486 }
15488 def_item, tab->changedIndexDefs)
15489 {
15491 Oid relid;
15492
15494
15495 /*
15496 * As above, make sure we have lock on the index's table if it's not
15497 * the same table.
15498 */
15501
15504 wqueue, lockmode, tab->rewrite);
15505
15506 ObjectAddressSet(obj, RelationRelationId, oldId);
15507 add_exact_object_address(&obj, objects);
15508 }
15509
15510 /* add dependencies for new statistics */
15512 def_item, tab->changedStatisticsDefs)
15513 {
15515 Oid relid;
15516
15518
15519 /*
15520 * As above, make sure we have lock on the statistics object's table
15521 * if it's not the same table. However, we take
15522 * ShareUpdateExclusiveLock here, aligning with the lock level used in
15523 * CreateStatistics and RemoveStatisticsById.
15524 *
15525 * CAUTION: this should be done after all cases that grab
15526 * AccessExclusiveLock, else we risk causing deadlock due to needing
15527 * to promote our table lock.
15528 */
15531
15534 wqueue, lockmode, tab->rewrite);
15535
15536 ObjectAddressSet(obj, StatisticExtRelationId, oldId);
15537 add_exact_object_address(&obj, objects);
15538 }
15539
15540 /*
15541 * Queue up command to restore replica identity index marking
15542 */
15544 {
15547
15548 subcmd->identity_type = REPLICA_IDENTITY_INDEX;
15552
15553 /* do it after indexes and constraints */
15556 }
15557
15558 /*
15559 * Queue up command to restore marking of index used for cluster.
15560 */
15562 {
15564
15567
15568 /* do it after indexes and constraints */
15571 }
15572
15573 /*
15574 * It should be okay to use DROP_RESTRICT here, since nothing else should
15575 * be depending on these objects.
15576 */
15578
15579 free_object_addresses(objects);
15580
15581 /*
15582 * The objects will get recreated during subsequent passes over the work
15583 * queue.
15584 */
15585}
Oid StatisticsGetRelation(Oid statId, bool missing_ok)
Definition: statscmds.c:916
static void ATPostAlterTypeParse(Oid oldId, Oid oldRelId, Oid refRelId, char *cmd, List **wqueue, LOCKMODE lockmode, bool rewrite)
Definition: tablecmds.c:15596
References AccessExclusiveLock, add_exact_object_address(), ATPostAlterTypeParse(), AlteredTableInfo::changedConstraintDefs, AlteredTableInfo::changedConstraintOids, elog, ERROR, forboth, get_typ_typrelid(), getBaseType(), GETSTRUCT(), HeapTupleIsValid, lfirst, lfirst_oid, LockRelationOid(), new_object_addresses(), ObjectAddressSet, ObjectIdGetDatum(), OidIsValid, ReleaseSysCache(), AlteredTableInfo::relid, AlteredTableInfo::rewrite, and SearchSysCache1().
Referenced by ATRewriteCatalogs().
◆ ATPostAlterTypeParse()
|
static |
Definition at line 15596 of file tablecmds.c.
15598{
15599 List *raw_parsetree_list;
15600 List *querytree_list;
15601 ListCell *list_item;
15602 Relation rel;
15603
15604 /*
15605 * We expect that we will get only ALTER TABLE and CREATE INDEX
15606 * statements. Hence, there is no need to pass them through
15607 * parse_analyze_*() or the rewriter, but instead we need to pass them
15608 * through parse_utilcmd.c to make them ready for execution.
15609 */
15611 querytree_list = NIL;
15612 foreach(list_item, raw_parsetree_list)
15613 {
15616
15618 querytree_list = lappend(querytree_list,
15619 transformIndexStmt(oldRelId,
15621 cmd));
15623 {
15624 List *beforeStmts;
15625 List *afterStmts;
15626
15629 cmd,
15630 &beforeStmts,
15631 &afterStmts);
15632 querytree_list = list_concat(querytree_list, beforeStmts);
15634 querytree_list = list_concat(querytree_list, afterStmts);
15635 }
15637 querytree_list = lappend(querytree_list,
15638 transformStatsStmt(oldRelId,
15640 cmd));
15641 else
15643 }
15644
15645 /* Caller should already have acquired whatever lock we need. */
15647
15648 /*
15649 * Attach each generated command to the proper place in the work queue.
15650 * Note this could result in creation of entirely new work-queue entries.
15651 *
15652 * Also note that we have to tweak the command subtypes, because it turns
15653 * out that re-creation of indexes and constraints has to act a bit
15654 * differently from initial creation.
15655 */
15656 foreach(list_item, querytree_list)
15657 {
15659 AlteredTableInfo *tab;
15660
15661 tab = ATGetQueueEntry(wqueue, rel);
15662
15664 {
15666 AlterTableCmd *newcmd;
15667
15668 if (!rewrite)
15671 /* keep the index's comment */
15673
15679 }
15681 {
15683 ListCell *lcmd;
15684
15686 {
15688
15690 {
15691 IndexStmt *indstmt;
15692 Oid indoid;
15693
15695 indoid = get_constraint_index(oldId);
15696
15697 if (!rewrite)
15698 TryReuseIndex(indoid, indstmt);
15699 /* keep any comment on the index */
15701 RelationRelationId, 0);
15703
15707
15708 /* recreate any comment on the constraint */
15709 RebuildConstraintComment(tab,
15710 AT_PASS_OLD_INDEX,
15711 oldId,
15712 rel,
15713 NIL,
15714 indstmt->idxname);
15715 }
15717 {
15719
15720 con->old_pktable_oid = refRelId;
15721 /* rewriting neither side of a FK */
15723 !rewrite && tab->rewrite == 0)
15724 TryReuseForeignKey(oldId, con);
15729
15730 /*
15731 * Recreate any comment on the constraint. If we have
15732 * recreated a primary key, then transformTableConstraint
15733 * has added an unnamed not-null constraint here; skip
15734 * this in that case.
15735 */
15737 RebuildConstraintComment(tab,
15738 AT_PASS_OLD_CONSTR,
15739 oldId,
15740 rel,
15741 NIL,
15742 con->conname);
15743 else
15745 }
15746 else
15749 }
15750 }
15752 {
15754
15756 {
15759
15764
15765 /* recreate any comment on the constraint */
15766 RebuildConstraintComment(tab,
15767 AT_PASS_OLD_CONSTR,
15768 oldId,
15769 NULL,
15770 stmt->typeName,
15771 con->conname);
15772 }
15773 else
15776 }
15778 {
15780 AlterTableCmd *newcmd;
15781
15782 /* keep the statistics object's comment */
15784
15790 }
15791 else
15794 }
15795
15797}
IndexStmt * transformIndexStmt(Oid relid, IndexStmt *stmt, const char *queryString)
Definition: parse_utilcmd.c:3049
CreateStatsStmt * transformStatsStmt(Oid relid, CreateStatsStmt *stmt, const char *queryString)
Definition: parse_utilcmd.c:3144
Definition: parsenodes.h:2083
static void TryReuseForeignKey(Oid oldId, Constraint *con)
Definition: tablecmds.c:15883
static void RebuildConstraintComment(AlteredTableInfo *tab, AlterTablePass pass, Oid objid, Relation rel, List *domname, const char *conname)
Definition: tablecmds.c:15810
References AD_AddConstraint, Assert(), AT_AddConstraint, AT_AddIndex, AT_PASS_MISC, AT_PASS_OLD_CONSTR, AT_PASS_OLD_INDEX, AT_ReAddConstraint, AT_ReAddDomainConstraint, AT_ReAddIndex, AT_ReAddStatistics, ATGetQueueEntry(), castNode, Constraint::conname, CONSTR_FOREIGN, CONSTR_NOTNULL, Constraint::contype, AlterTableCmd::def, elog, ERROR, get_constraint_index(), GetComment(), IndexStmt::idxcomment, IndexStmt::idxname, IsA, lappend(), lfirst, lfirst_node, list_concat(), makeNode, NIL, nodeTag, NoLock, Constraint::old_pktable_oid, RAW_PARSE_DEFAULT, raw_parser(), RebuildConstraintComment(), relation_close(), relation_open(), Constraint::reset_default_tblspc, IndexStmt::reset_default_tblspc, AlteredTableInfo::rewrite, RawStmt::stmt, stmt, AlteredTableInfo::subcmds, AlterTableCmd::subtype, transformAlterTableStmt(), transformIndexStmt(), transformStatsStmt(), TryReuseForeignKey(), and TryReuseIndex().
Referenced by ATPostAlterTypeCleanup().
◆ ATPrepAddColumn()
|
static |
Definition at line 7186 of file tablecmds.c.
7189{
7192 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
7194
7196 ATTypedTableRecursion(wqueue, rel, cmd, lockmode, context);
7197
7198 if (recurse && !is_view)
7200}
static void ATTypedTableRecursion(List **wqueue, Relation rel, AlterTableCmd *cmd, LOCKMODE lockmode, AlterTableUtilityContext *context)
Definition: tablecmds.c:6884
References ATTypedTableRecursion(), ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, RelationData::rd_rel, and AlterTableCmd::recurse.
Referenced by ATPrepCmd().
◆ ATPrepAddInherit()
|
static |
Definition at line 17207 of file tablecmds.c.
17208{
17211 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
17213
17216 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
17218
17221 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
17223}
References ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, and RelationData::rd_rel.
Referenced by ATPrepCmd().
◆ ATPrepAddPrimaryKey()
|
static |
Definition at line 9467 of file tablecmds.c.
9470{
9471 Constraint *pkconstr;
9473 bool got_children = false;
9474
9477 return;
9478
9479 /* Verify that columns are not-null, or request that they be made so */
9481 {
9482 AlterTableCmd *newcmd;
9483 Constraint *nnconstr;
9484 HeapTuple tuple;
9485
9486 /*
9487 * First check if a suitable constraint exists. If it does, we don't
9488 * need to request another one. We do need to bail out if it's not
9489 * valid, though.
9490 */
9492 if (tuple != NULL)
9493 {
9495
9496 /* All good with this one; don't request another */
9497 heap_freetuple(tuple);
9498 continue;
9499 }
9500 else if (!recurse)
9501 {
9502 /*
9503 * No constraint on this column. Asked not to recurse, we won't
9504 * create one here, but verify that all children have one.
9505 */
9506 if (!got_children)
9507 {
9509 lockmode);
9510 /* only search for children on the first time through */
9511 got_children = true;
9512 }
9513
9514 foreach_oid(childrelid, children)
9515 {
9516 HeapTuple tup;
9517
9519 if (!tup)
9523 /* verify it's good enough */
9525 }
9526 }
9527
9528 /* This column is not already not-null, so add it to the queue */
9529 nnconstr = makeNotNullConstraint(column);
9530
9533 /* note we force recurse=true here; see above */
9536
9538 }
9539}
Definition: value.h:64
static void verifyNotNullPKCompatible(HeapTuple tuple, const char *colname)
Definition: tablecmds.c:9546
References AT_AddConstraint, ATPrepCmd(), castNode, CONSTR_PRIMARY, Constraint::contype, AlterTableCmd::def, ereport, errmsg(), ERROR, find_inheritance_children(), findNotNullConstraint(), foreach_node, foreach_oid, get_rel_name(), heap_freetuple(), Constraint::keys, makeNode, makeNotNullConstraint(), NIL, AlterTableCmd::recurse, RelationGetRelid, strVal, AlterTableCmd::subtype, and verifyNotNullPKCompatible().
Referenced by ATPrepCmd().
◆ ATPrepAlterColumnType()
|
static |
Definition at line 14341 of file tablecmds.c.
14346{
14351 HeapTuple tuple;
14352 Form_pg_attribute attTup;
14354 Oid targettype;
14355 int32 targettypmod;
14356 Oid targetcollid;
14359 AclResult aclresult;
14360 bool is_expr;
14361
14363
14366 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
14369
14370 /* lookup the attribute so we can check inheritance status */
14374 (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN),
14376 colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel)),
14379 attnum = attTup->attnum;
14380
14381 /* Can't alter a system attribute */
14384 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
14387
14388 /*
14389 * Cannot specify USING when altering type of a generated column, because
14390 * that would violate the generation expression.
14391 */
14394 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_COLUMN_DEFINITION),
14398
14399 /*
14400 * Don't alter inherited columns. At outer level, there had better not be
14401 * any inherited definition; when recursing, we assume this was checked at
14402 * the parent level (see below).
14403 */
14404 if (attTup->attinhcount > 0 && !recursing)
14406 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
14409
14410 /* Don't alter columns used in the partition key */
14413 &is_expr))
14415 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
14416 errmsg("cannot alter column \"%s\" because it is part of the partition key of relation \"%s\"",
14417 colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel)),
14419
14420 /* Look up the target type */
14421 typenameTypeIdAndMod(pstate, typeName, &targettype, &targettypmod);
14422
14425 aclcheck_error_type(aclresult, targettype);
14426
14427 /* And the collation */
14428 targetcollid = GetColumnDefCollation(pstate, def, targettype);
14429
14430 /* make sure datatype is legal for a column */
14431 CheckAttributeType(colName, targettype, targetcollid,
14433 (attTup->attgenerated == ATTRIBUTE_GENERATED_VIRTUAL ? CHKATYPE_IS_VIRTUAL : 0));
14434
14435 if (attTup->attgenerated == ATTRIBUTE_GENERATED_VIRTUAL)
14436 {
14437 /* do nothing */
14438 }
14440 tab->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE)
14441 {
14442 /*
14443 * Set up an expression to transform the old data value to the new
14444 * type. If a USING option was given, use the expression as
14445 * transformed by transformAlterTableStmt, else just take the old
14446 * value and try to coerce it. We do this first so that type
14447 * incompatibility can be detected before we waste effort, and because
14448 * we need the expression to be parsed against the original table row
14449 * type.
14450 */
14451 if (!transform)
14452 {
14454 attTup->atttypid, attTup->atttypmod,
14455 attTup->attcollation,
14456 0);
14457 }
14458
14459 transform = coerce_to_target_type(pstate,
14460 transform, exprType(transform),
14461 targettype, targettypmod,
14462 COERCION_ASSIGNMENT,
14463 COERCE_IMPLICIT_CAST,
14464 -1);
14465 if (transform == NULL)
14466 {
14467 /* error text depends on whether USING was specified or not */
14470 (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
14472 " cannot be cast automatically to type %s",
14473 colName, format_type_be(targettype)),
14475 else
14477 (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
14479 colName, format_type_be(targettype)),
14480 !attTup->attgenerated ?
14481 /* translator: USING is SQL, don't translate it */
14483 quote_identifier(colName),
14484 format_type_with_typemod(targettype,
14485 targettypmod)) : 0));
14486 }
14487
14488 /* Fix collations after all else */
14489 assign_expr_collations(pstate, transform);
14490
14491 /* Expand virtual generated columns in the expr. */
14492 transform = expand_generated_columns_in_expr(transform, rel, 1);
14493
14494 /* Plan the expr now so we can accurately assess the need to rewrite. */
14496
14497 /*
14498 * Add a work queue item to make ATRewriteTable update the column
14499 * contents.
14500 */
14505
14509 }
14510 else if (transform)
14512 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
14514 RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
14515
14516 if (!RELKIND_HAS_STORAGE(tab->relkind) || attTup->attgenerated == ATTRIBUTE_GENERATED_VIRTUAL)
14517 {
14518 /*
14519 * For relations or columns without storage, do this check now.
14520 * Regular tables will check it later when the table is being
14521 * rewritten.
14522 */
14524 }
14525
14526 ReleaseSysCache(tuple);
14527
14528 /*
14529 * Recurse manually by queueing a new command for each child, if
14530 * necessary. We cannot apply ATSimpleRecursion here because we need to
14531 * remap attribute numbers in the USING expression, if any.
14532 *
14533 * If we are told not to recurse, there had better not be any child
14534 * tables; else the alter would put them out of step.
14535 */
14536 if (recurse)
14537 {
14539 List *child_oids,
14540 *child_numparents;
14541 ListCell *lo,
14542 *li;
14543
14544 child_oids = find_all_inheritors(relid, lockmode,
14545 &child_numparents);
14546
14547 /*
14548 * find_all_inheritors does the recursive search of the inheritance
14549 * hierarchy, so all we have to do is process all of the relids in the
14550 * list that it returns.
14551 */
14552 forboth(lo, child_oids, li, child_numparents)
14553 {
14556 Relation childrel;
14557 HeapTuple childtuple;
14558 Form_pg_attribute childattTup;
14559
14560 if (childrelid == relid)
14561 continue;
14562
14563 /* find_all_inheritors already got lock */
14565 CheckAlterTableIsSafe(childrel);
14566
14567 /*
14568 * Verify that the child doesn't have any inherited definitions of
14569 * this column that came from outside this inheritance hierarchy.
14570 * (renameatt makes a similar test, though in a different way
14571 * because of its different recursion mechanism.)
14572 */
14574 colName);
14577 (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN),
14579 colName, RelationGetRelationName(childrel))));
14581
14582 if (childattTup->attinhcount > numparents)
14584 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
14586 colName, RelationGetRelationName(childrel))));
14587
14588 ReleaseSysCache(childtuple);
14589
14590 /*
14591 * Remap the attribute numbers. If no USING expression was
14592 * specified, there is no need for this step.
14593 */
14595 {
14596 AttrMap *attmap;
14597 bool found_whole_row;
14598
14599 /* create a copy to scribble on */
14600 cmd = copyObject(cmd);
14601
14603 RelationGetDescr(rel),
14604 false);
14607 1, 0,
14608 attmap,
14609 InvalidOid, &found_whole_row);
14610 if (found_whole_row)
14612 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
14615 pfree(attmap);
14616 }
14619 }
14620 }
14621 else if (!recursing &&
14624 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
14626 colName)));
14627
14629 ATTypedTableRecursion(wqueue, rel, cmd, lockmode, context);
14630}
char * format_type_with_typemod(Oid type_oid, int32 typemod)
Definition: format_type.c:362
Var * makeVar(int varno, AttrNumber varattno, Oid vartype, int32 vartypmod, Oid varcollid, Index varlevelsup)
Definition: makefuncs.c:66
void assign_expr_collations(ParseState *pstate, Node *expr)
Definition: parse_collate.c:177
int parser_errposition(ParseState *pstate, int location)
Definition: parse_node.c:106
Node * expand_generated_columns_in_expr(Node *node, Relation rel, int rt_index)
Definition: rewriteHandler.c:4474
Node * map_variable_attnos(Node *node, int target_varno, int sublevels_up, const AttrMap *attno_map, Oid to_rowtype, bool *found_whole_row)
Definition: rewriteManip.c:1705
static bool ATColumnChangeRequiresRewrite(Node *expr, AttrNumber varattno)
Definition: tablecmds.c:14647
void find_composite_type_dependencies(Oid typeOid, Relation origRelation, const char *origTypeName)
Definition: tablecmds.c:6929
References ACL_USAGE, aclcheck_error_type(), ACLCHECK_OK, assign_expr_collations(), AT_REWRITE_COLUMN_REWRITE, ATColumnChangeRequiresRewrite(), ATPrepCmd(), attnum, ATTypedTableRecursion(), bms_make_singleton(), build_attrmap_by_name(), CheckAlterTableIsSafe(), CheckAttributeType(), CHKATYPE_IS_VIRTUAL, COERCE_IMPLICIT_CAST, coerce_to_target_type(), COERCION_ASSIGNMENT, ColumnDef::cooked_default, copyObject, AlterTableCmd::def, ereport, errcode(), errdetail(), errhint(), errmsg(), ERROR, expand_generated_columns_in_expr(), expression_planner(), exprType(), find_all_inheritors(), find_composite_type_dependencies(), find_inheritance_children(), FirstLowInvalidHeapAttributeNumber, forboth, format_type_be(), format_type_with_typemod(), GetColumnDefCollation(), GETSTRUCT(), GetUserId(), has_partition_attrs(), HeapTupleIsValid, InvalidOid, lappend(), lfirst_int, lfirst_oid, list_make1_oid, ColumnDef::location, make_parsestate(), makeVar(), map_variable_attnos(), AlterTableCmd::name, newval, AlteredTableInfo::newvals, NIL, NoLock, object_aclcheck(), ParseState::p_sourcetext, palloc0(), parser_errposition(), pfree(), AlterTableUtilityContext::queryString, quote_identifier(), RelationData::rd_rel, relation_close(), relation_open(), RelationGetDescr, RelationGetRelationName, RelationGetRelid, ReleaseSysCache(), AlteredTableInfo::relkind, AlteredTableInfo::rewrite, SearchSysCacheAttName(), ColumnDef::typeName, and typenameTypeIdAndMod().
Referenced by ATPrepCmd().
◆ ATPrepChangePersistence()
|
static |
Definition at line 18787 of file tablecmds.c.
18788{
18789 Relation pg_constraint;
18790 HeapTuple tuple;
18791 SysScanDesc scan;
18792 ScanKeyData skey[1];
18793
18794 /*
18795 * Disallow changing status for a temp table. Also verify whether we can
18796 * get away with doing nothing; in such cases we don't need to run the
18797 * checks below, either.
18798 */
18800 {
18801 case RELPERSISTENCE_TEMP:
18803 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
18805 RelationGetRelationName(rel)),
18806 errtable(rel)));
18807 break;
18808 case RELPERSISTENCE_PERMANENT:
18809 if (toLogged)
18810 /* nothing to do */
18811 return;
18812 break;
18813 case RELPERSISTENCE_UNLOGGED:
18814 if (!toLogged)
18815 /* nothing to do */
18816 return;
18817 break;
18818 }
18819
18820 /*
18821 * Check that the table is not part of any publication when changing to
18822 * UNLOGGED, as UNLOGGED tables can't be published.
18823 */
18824 if (!toLogged &&
18827 (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
18829 RelationGetRelationName(rel)),
18831
18832 /*
18833 * Check existing foreign key constraints to preserve the invariant that
18834 * permanent tables cannot reference unlogged ones. Self-referencing
18835 * foreign keys can safely be ignored.
18836 */
18838
18839 /*
18840 * Scan conrelid if changing to permanent, else confrelid. This also
18841 * determines whether a useful index exists.
18842 */
18843 ScanKeyInit(&skey[0],
18844 toLogged ? Anum_pg_constraint_conrelid :
18845 Anum_pg_constraint_confrelid,
18846 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
18848 scan = systable_beginscan(pg_constraint,
18849 toLogged ? ConstraintRelidTypidNameIndexId : InvalidOid,
18850 true, NULL, 1, skey);
18851
18853 {
18855
18856 if (con->contype == CONSTRAINT_FOREIGN)
18857 {
18858 Oid foreignrelid;
18859 Relation foreignrel;
18860
18861 /* the opposite end of what we used as scankey */
18862 foreignrelid = toLogged ? con->confrelid : con->conrelid;
18863
18864 /* ignore if self-referencing */
18866 continue;
18867
18869
18870 if (toLogged)
18871 {
18874 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
18876 RelationGetRelationName(rel),
18877 RelationGetRelationName(foreignrel)),
18879 }
18880 else
18881 {
18884 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
18886 RelationGetRelationName(rel),
18887 RelationGetRelationName(foreignrel)),
18889 }
18890
18892 }
18893 }
18894
18895 systable_endscan(scan);
18896
18898
18899 /* force rewrite if necessary; see comment in ATRewriteTables */
18901 if (toLogged)
18902 tab->newrelpersistence = RELPERSISTENCE_PERMANENT;
18903 else
18904 tab->newrelpersistence = RELPERSISTENCE_UNLOGGED;
18906}
int errtableconstraint(Relation rel, const char *conname)
Definition: relcache.c:6103
References AccessShareLock, AT_REWRITE_ALTER_PERSISTENCE, BTEqualStrategyNumber, AlteredTableInfo::chgPersistence, ereport, errcode(), errdetail(), errmsg(), ERROR, errtable(), errtableconstraint(), GetRelationPublications(), GETSTRUCT(), HeapTupleIsValid, InvalidOid, NameStr, AlteredTableInfo::newrelpersistence, NIL, ObjectIdGetDatum(), RelationData::rd_rel, relation_close(), relation_open(), RelationGetRelationName, RelationGetRelid, RelationIsPermanent, AlteredTableInfo::rewrite, ScanKeyInit(), systable_beginscan(), systable_endscan(), systable_getnext(), table_close(), and table_open().
Referenced by ATPrepCmd().
◆ ATPrepCmd()
|
static |
Definition at line 4898 of file tablecmds.c.
4901{
4902 AlteredTableInfo *tab;
4904
4905 /* Find or create work queue entry for this table */
4906 tab = ATGetQueueEntry(wqueue, rel);
4907
4908 /*
4909 * Disallow any ALTER TABLE other than ALTER TABLE DETACH FINALIZE on
4910 * partitions that are pending detach.
4911 */
4916 errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
4918 RelationGetRelationName(rel)),
4919 errhint("Use ALTER TABLE ... DETACH PARTITION ... FINALIZE to complete the pending detach operation."));
4920
4921 /*
4922 * Copy the original subcommand for each table, so we can scribble on it.
4923 * This avoids conflicts when different child tables need to make
4924 * different parse transformations (for example, the same column may have
4925 * different column numbers in different children).
4926 */
4927 cmd = copyObject(cmd);
4928
4929 /*
4930 * Do permissions and relkind checking, recursion to child tables if
4931 * needed, and any additional phase-1 processing needed. (But beware of
4932 * adding any processing that looks at table details that another
4933 * subcommand could change. In some cases we reject multiple subcommands
4934 * that could try to change the same state in contrary ways.)
4935 */
4937 {
4943 lockmode, context);
4944 /* Recursion occurs during execution phase */
4945 pass = AT_PASS_ADD_COL;
4946 break;
4950 lockmode, context);
4951 /* Recursion occurs during execution phase */
4952 pass = AT_PASS_ADD_COL;
4953 break;
4955
4956 /*
4957 * We allow defaults on views so that INSERT into a view can have
4958 * default-ish behavior. This works because the rewriter
4959 * substitutes default values into INSERTs before it expands
4960 * rules.
4961 */
4964 ATT_FOREIGN_TABLE);
4965 ATSimpleRecursion(wqueue, rel, cmd, recurse, lockmode, context);
4966 /* No command-specific prep needed */
4968 break;
4970 /* This is currently used only in CREATE TABLE */
4971 /* (so the permission check really isn't necessary) */
4974 /* This command never recurses */
4975 pass = AT_PASS_ADD_OTHERCONSTR;
4976 break;
4980 ATT_FOREIGN_TABLE);
4981 /* Set up recursion for phase 2; no other prep needed */
4982 if (recurse)
4984 pass = AT_PASS_ADD_OTHERCONSTR;
4985 break;
4989 ATT_FOREIGN_TABLE);
4990 /* Set up recursion for phase 2; no other prep needed */
4991 if (recurse)
4993 /* This should run after AddIdentity, so do it in MISC pass */
4994 pass = AT_PASS_MISC;
4995 break;
4999 ATT_FOREIGN_TABLE);
5000 /* Set up recursion for phase 2; no other prep needed */
5001 if (recurse)
5003 pass = AT_PASS_DROP;
5004 break;
5008 /* Set up recursion for phase 2; no other prep needed */
5009 if (recurse)
5011 pass = AT_PASS_DROP;
5012 break;
5016 /* Set up recursion for phase 2; no other prep needed */
5017 if (recurse)
5019 pass = AT_PASS_COL_ATTRS;
5020 break;
5024 ATSimpleRecursion(wqueue, rel, cmd, recurse, lockmode, context);
5025 pass = AT_PASS_SET_EXPRESSION;
5026 break;
5030 ATSimpleRecursion(wqueue, rel, cmd, recurse, lockmode, context);
5031 ATPrepDropExpression(rel, cmd, recurse, recursing, lockmode);
5032 pass = AT_PASS_DROP;
5033 break;
5038 ATSimpleRecursion(wqueue, rel, cmd, recurse, lockmode, context);
5039 /* No command-specific prep needed */
5040 pass = AT_PASS_MISC;
5041 break;
5047 /* This command never recurses */
5048 pass = AT_PASS_MISC;
5049 break;
5054 ATSimpleRecursion(wqueue, rel, cmd, recurse, lockmode, context);
5055 /* No command-specific prep needed */
5056 pass = AT_PASS_MISC;
5057 break;
5061 /* This command never recurses */
5062 /* No command-specific prep needed */
5063 pass = AT_PASS_MISC;
5064 break;
5069 ATPrepDropColumn(wqueue, rel, recurse, recursing, cmd,
5070 lockmode, context);
5071 /* Recursion occurs during execution phase */
5072 pass = AT_PASS_DROP;
5073 break;
5076 /* This command never recurses */
5077 /* No command-specific prep needed */
5078 pass = AT_PASS_ADD_INDEX;
5079 break;
5083 ATPrepAddPrimaryKey(wqueue, rel, cmd, recurse, lockmode, context);
5084 if (recurse)
5085 {
5086 /* recurses at exec time; lock descendants and set flag */
5089 }
5090 pass = AT_PASS_ADD_CONSTR;
5091 break;
5094 /* This command never recurses */
5095 /* No command-specific prep needed */
5096 pass = AT_PASS_ADD_INDEXCONSTR;
5097 break;
5101 ATCheckPartitionsNotInUse(rel, lockmode);
5102 /* Other recursion occurs during execution phase */
5103 /* No command-specific prep needed except saving recurse flag */
5104 if (recurse)
5106 pass = AT_PASS_DROP;
5107 break;
5112 /* See comments for ATPrepAlterColumnType */
5113 cmd = ATParseTransformCmd(wqueue, tab, rel, cmd, recurse, lockmode,
5114 AT_PASS_UNSET, context);
5115 Assert(cmd != NULL);
5116 /* Performs own recursion */
5117 ATPrepAlterColumnType(wqueue, tab, rel, recurse, recursing, cmd,
5118 lockmode, context);
5119 pass = AT_PASS_ALTER_TYPE;
5120 break;
5123 /* This command never recurses */
5124 /* No command-specific prep needed */
5125 pass = AT_PASS_MISC;
5126 break;
5128 /* This command never recurses */
5129 /* No command-specific prep needed */
5130 pass = AT_PASS_MISC;
5131 break;
5136 /* These commands never recurse */
5137 /* No command-specific prep needed */
5138 pass = AT_PASS_MISC;
5139 break;
5145 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
5148 pass = AT_PASS_MISC;
5149 break;
5153 pass = AT_PASS_DROP;
5154 break;
5158
5159 /* check if another access method change was already requested */
5162 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
5164
5167 break;
5171 /* This command never recurses */
5174 break;
5181 /* This command never recurses */
5182 /* No command-specific prep needed */
5183 pass = AT_PASS_MISC;
5184 break;
5188 /* This command never recurses */
5189 ATPrepAddInherit(rel);
5190 pass = AT_PASS_MISC;
5191 break;
5195 /* This command never recurses */
5196 /* No command-specific prep needed */
5197 pass = AT_PASS_MISC;
5198 break;
5202 /* Recursion occurs during execution phase */
5203 if (recurse)
5205 pass = AT_PASS_MISC;
5206 break;
5210 /* Recursion occurs during execution phase */
5211 /* No command-specific prep needed except saving recurse flag */
5212 if (recurse)
5214 pass = AT_PASS_MISC;
5215 break;
5219 pass = AT_PASS_MISC;
5220 /* This command never recurses */
5221 /* No command-specific prep needed */
5222 break;
5233 /* Set up recursion for phase 2; no other prep needed */
5234 if (recurse)
5236 pass = AT_PASS_MISC;
5237 break;
5250 /* These commands never recurse */
5251 /* No command-specific prep needed */
5252 pass = AT_PASS_MISC;
5253 break;
5256 /* No command-specific prep needed */
5257 pass = AT_PASS_MISC;
5258 break;
5262 /* No command-specific prep needed */
5263 pass = AT_PASS_MISC;
5264 break;
5267 /* No command-specific prep needed */
5268 pass = AT_PASS_MISC;
5269 break;
5272 /* No command-specific prep needed */
5273 pass = AT_PASS_MISC;
5274 break;
5275 default: /* oops */
5279 break;
5280 }
5282
5283 /* Add the subcommand to the appropriate list for phase 2 */
5285}
static void ATPrepSetTableSpace(AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation rel, const char *tablespacename, LOCKMODE lockmode)
Definition: tablecmds.c:16583
static void ATCheckPartitionsNotInUse(Relation rel, LOCKMODE lockmode)
Definition: tablecmds.c:6854
static void ATPrepDropExpression(Relation rel, AlterTableCmd *cmd, bool recurse, bool recursing, LOCKMODE lockmode)
Definition: tablecmds.c:8724
static void ATPrepDropColumn(List **wqueue, Relation rel, bool recurse, bool recursing, AlterTableCmd *cmd, LOCKMODE lockmode, AlterTableUtilityContext *context)
Definition: tablecmds.c:9224
static void ATPrepAddColumn(List **wqueue, Relation rel, bool recurse, bool recursing, bool is_view, AlterTableCmd *cmd, LOCKMODE lockmode, AlterTableUtilityContext *context)
Definition: tablecmds.c:7186
static void ATSimpleRecursion(List **wqueue, Relation rel, AlterTableCmd *cmd, bool recurse, LOCKMODE lockmode, AlterTableUtilityContext *context)
Definition: tablecmds.c:6809
static void ATPrepChangePersistence(AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation rel, bool toLogged)
Definition: tablecmds.c:18787
static void ATPrepAddPrimaryKey(List **wqueue, Relation rel, AlterTableCmd *cmd, bool recurse, LOCKMODE lockmode, AlterTableUtilityContext *context)
Definition: tablecmds.c:9467
static void ATPrepAlterColumnType(List **wqueue, AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation rel, bool recurse, bool recursing, AlterTableCmd *cmd, LOCKMODE lockmode, AlterTableUtilityContext *context)
Definition: tablecmds.c:14341
static void ATPrepSetAccessMethod(AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation rel, const char *amname)
Definition: tablecmds.c:16459
References Assert(), AT_AddColumn, AT_AddColumnToView, AT_AddConstraint, AT_AddIdentity, AT_AddIndex, AT_AddIndexConstraint, AT_AddInherit, AT_AddOf, AT_AlterColumnGenericOptions, AT_AlterColumnType, AT_AlterConstraint, AT_AttachPartition, AT_ChangeOwner, AT_ClusterOn, AT_ColumnDefault, AT_CookedColumnDefault, AT_DetachPartition, AT_DetachPartitionFinalize, AT_DisableRowSecurity, AT_DisableRule, AT_DisableTrig, AT_DisableTrigAll, AT_DisableTrigUser, AT_DropCluster, AT_DropColumn, AT_DropConstraint, AT_DropExpression, AT_DropIdentity, AT_DropInherit, AT_DropNotNull, AT_DropOf, AT_DropOids, AT_EnableAlwaysRule, AT_EnableAlwaysTrig, AT_EnableReplicaRule, AT_EnableReplicaTrig, AT_EnableRowSecurity, AT_EnableRule, AT_EnableTrig, AT_EnableTrigAll, AT_EnableTrigUser, AT_ForceRowSecurity, AT_GenericOptions, AT_NoForceRowSecurity, AT_PASS_ADD_COL, AT_PASS_ADD_CONSTR, AT_PASS_ADD_INDEX, AT_PASS_ADD_INDEXCONSTR, AT_PASS_ADD_OTHERCONSTR, AT_PASS_ALTER_TYPE, AT_PASS_COL_ATTRS, AT_PASS_DROP, AT_PASS_MISC, AT_PASS_SET_EXPRESSION, AT_PASS_UNSET, AT_ReplaceRelOptions, AT_ReplicaIdentity, AT_ResetOptions, AT_ResetRelOptions, AT_SetAccessMethod, AT_SetCompression, AT_SetExpression, AT_SetIdentity, AT_SetLogged, AT_SetNotNull, AT_SetOptions, AT_SetRelOptions, AT_SetStatistics, AT_SetStorage, AT_SetTableSpace, AT_SetUnLogged, AT_ValidateConstraint, ATCheckPartitionsNotInUse(), ATGetQueueEntry(), ATParseTransformCmd(), ATPrepAddColumn(), ATPrepAddInherit(), ATPrepAddPrimaryKey(), ATPrepAlterColumnType(), ATPrepChangePersistence(), ATPrepDropColumn(), ATPrepDropExpression(), ATPrepSetAccessMethod(), ATPrepSetTableSpace(), ATSimplePermissions(), ATSimpleRecursion(), ATT_COMPOSITE_TYPE, ATT_FOREIGN_TABLE, ATT_INDEX, ATT_MATVIEW, ATT_PARTITIONED_INDEX, ATT_PARTITIONED_TABLE, ATT_SEQUENCE, ATT_TABLE, ATT_VIEW, AlteredTableInfo::chgAccessMethod, AlteredTableInfo::chgPersistence, copyObject, AlterTableCmd::def, elog, ereport, errcode(), errhint(), errmsg(), ERROR, find_all_inheritors(), lappend(), AlterTableCmd::name, PartitionHasPendingDetach(), RelationData::rd_rel, AlterTableCmd::recurse, RelationGetRelationName, RelationGetRelid, AlteredTableInfo::subcmds, and AlterTableCmd::subtype.
Referenced by ATController(), ATPrepAddPrimaryKey(), ATPrepAlterColumnType(), ATSimpleRecursion(), and ATTypedTableRecursion().
◆ ATPrepDropColumn()
|
static |
Definition at line 9224 of file tablecmds.c.
9227{
9230 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
9232
9234 ATTypedTableRecursion(wqueue, rel, cmd, lockmode, context);
9235
9236 if (recurse)
9238}
References ATTypedTableRecursion(), ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, RelationData::rd_rel, and AlterTableCmd::recurse.
Referenced by ATPrepCmd().
◆ ATPrepDropExpression()
|
static |
Definition at line 8724 of file tablecmds.c.
8725{
8726 /*
8727 * Reject ONLY if there are child tables. We could implement this, but it
8728 * is a bit complicated. GENERATED clauses must be attached to the column
8729 * definition and cannot be added later like DEFAULT, so if a child table
8730 * has a generation expression that the parent does not have, the child
8731 * column will necessarily be an attislocal column. So to implement ONLY
8732 * here, we'd need extra code to update attislocal of the direct child
8733 * tables, somewhat similar to how DROP COLUMN does it, so that the
8734 * resulting state can be properly dumped and restored.
8735 */
8736 if (!recurse &&
8739 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
8741
8742 /*
8743 * Cannot drop generation expression from inherited columns.
8744 */
8745 if (!recursing)
8746 {
8747 HeapTuple tuple;
8748 Form_pg_attribute attTup;
8749
8753 (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN),
8756
8758
8759 if (attTup->attinhcount > 0)
8761 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
8763 }
8764}
References ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, find_inheritance_children(), GETSTRUCT(), HeapTupleIsValid, AlterTableCmd::name, RelationGetRelationName, RelationGetRelid, and SearchSysCacheCopyAttName().
Referenced by ATPrepCmd().
◆ ATPrepSetAccessMethod()
|
static |
Definition at line 16459 of file tablecmds.c.
16460{
16461 Oid amoid;
16462
16463 /*
16464 * Look up the access method name and check that it differs from the
16465 * table's current AM. If DEFAULT was specified for a partitioned table
16466 * (amname is NULL), set it to InvalidOid to reset the catalogued AM.
16467 */
16468 if (amname != NULL)
16471 amoid = InvalidOid;
16472 else
16474
16475 /* if it's a match, phase 3 doesn't need to do anything */
16477 return;
16478
16479 /* Save info for Phase 3 to do the real work */
16481 tab->newAccessMethod = amoid;
16483}
References AT_REWRITE_ACCESS_METHOD, AlteredTableInfo::chgAccessMethod, default_table_access_method, get_table_am_oid(), InvalidOid, AlteredTableInfo::newAccessMethod, RelationData::rd_rel, and AlteredTableInfo::rewrite.
Referenced by ATPrepCmd().
◆ ATPrepSetTableSpace()
|
static |
Definition at line 16583 of file tablecmds.c.
16584{
16585 Oid tablespaceId;
16586
16587 /* Check that the tablespace exists */
16589
16590 /* Check permissions except when moving to database's default */
16592 {
16593 AclResult aclresult;
16594
16598 }
16599
16600 /* Save info for Phase 3 to do the real work */
16603 (errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
16605
16606 tab->newTableSpace = tablespaceId;
16607}
References ACL_CREATE, aclcheck_error(), ACLCHECK_OK, ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, get_tablespace_oid(), GetUserId(), MyDatabaseTableSpace, AlteredTableInfo::newTableSpace, object_aclcheck(), OBJECT_TABLESPACE, and OidIsValid.
Referenced by ATPrepCmd().
◆ ATRewriteCatalogs()
|
static |
Definition at line 5295 of file tablecmds.c.
5297{
5298 ListCell *ltab;
5299
5300 /*
5301 * We process all the tables "in parallel", one pass at a time. This is
5302 * needed because we may have to propagate work from one table to another
5303 * (specifically, ALTER TYPE on a foreign key's PK has to dispatch the
5304 * re-adding of the foreign key constraint to the other table). Work can
5305 * only be propagated into later passes, however.
5306 */
5308 {
5309 /* Go through each table that needs to be processed */
5310 foreach(ltab, *wqueue)
5311 {
5314 ListCell *lcmd;
5315
5317 continue;
5318
5319 /*
5320 * Open the relation and store it in tab. This allows subroutines
5321 * close and reopen, if necessary. Appropriate lock was obtained
5322 * by phase 1, needn't get it again.
5323 */
5325
5326 foreach(lcmd, subcmds)
5327 ATExecCmd(wqueue, tab,
5329 lockmode, pass, context);
5330
5331 /*
5332 * After the ALTER TYPE or SET EXPRESSION pass, do cleanup work
5333 * (this is not done in ATExecAlterColumnType since it should be
5334 * done only once if multiple columns of a table are altered).
5335 */
5337 ATPostAlterTypeCleanup(wqueue, tab, lockmode);
5338
5340 {
5342 tab->rel = NULL;
5343 }
5344 }
5345 }
5346
5347 /* Check to see if a toast table must be added. */
5348 foreach(ltab, *wqueue)
5349 {
5351
5352 /*
5353 * If the table is source table of ATTACH PARTITION command, we did
5354 * not modify anything about it that will change its toasting
5355 * requirement, so no need to check.
5356 */
5358 tab->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE) &&
5359 tab->partition_constraint == NULL) ||
5360 tab->relkind == RELKIND_MATVIEW)
5362 }
5363}
static void ATPostAlterTypeCleanup(List **wqueue, AlteredTableInfo *tab, LOCKMODE lockmode)
Definition: tablecmds.c:15404
static void ATExecCmd(List **wqueue, AlteredTableInfo *tab, AlterTableCmd *cmd, LOCKMODE lockmode, AlterTablePass cur_pass, AlterTableUtilityContext *context)
Definition: tablecmds.c:5369
void AlterTableCreateToastTable(Oid relOid, Datum reloptions, LOCKMODE lockmode)
Definition: toasting.c:58
References AlterTableCreateToastTable(), AT_NUM_PASSES, AT_PASS_ALTER_TYPE, AT_PASS_SET_EXPRESSION, ATExecCmd(), ATPostAlterTypeCleanup(), lfirst, lfirst_node, NIL, NoLock, AlteredTableInfo::partition_constraint, AlteredTableInfo::rel, relation_close(), relation_open(), AlteredTableInfo::relid, AlteredTableInfo::relkind, and AlteredTableInfo::subcmds.
Referenced by ATController().
◆ ATRewriteTable()
|
static |
Definition at line 6119 of file tablecmds.c.
6120{
6121 Relation oldrel;
6122 Relation newrel;
6123 TupleDesc oldTupDesc;
6124 TupleDesc newTupDesc;
6125 bool needscan = false;
6126 List *notnull_attrs;
6127 List *notnull_virtual_attrs;
6129 ListCell *l;
6130 EState *estate;
6131 CommandId mycid;
6132 BulkInsertState bistate;
6133 int ti_options;
6134 ExprState *partqualstate = NULL;
6135
6136 /*
6137 * Open the relation(s). We have surely already locked the existing
6138 * table.
6139 */
6141 oldTupDesc = tab->oldDesc;
6143
6145 {
6147 false));
6149 }
6150 else
6151 newrel = NULL;
6152
6153 /*
6154 * Prepare a BulkInsertState and options for table_tuple_insert. The FSM
6155 * is empty, so don't bother using it.
6156 */
6157 if (newrel)
6158 {
6160 bistate = GetBulkInsertState();
6161 ti_options = TABLE_INSERT_SKIP_FSM;
6162 }
6163 else
6164 {
6165 /* keep compiler quiet about using these uninitialized */
6166 mycid = 0;
6167 bistate = NULL;
6168 ti_options = 0;
6169 }
6170
6171 /*
6172 * Generate the constraint and default execution states
6173 */
6174
6175 estate = CreateExecutorState();
6176
6177 /* Build the needed expression execution states */
6179 {
6181
6183 {
6185 needscan = true;
6186 con->qualstate = ExecPrepareExpr((Expr *) expand_generated_columns_in_expr(con->qual, oldrel, 1), estate);
6187 break;
6189 /* Nothing to do here */
6190 break;
6191 default:
6194 }
6195 }
6196
6197 /* Build expression execution states for partition check quals */
6199 {
6200 needscan = true;
6202 }
6203
6205 {
6207
6208 /* expr already planned */
6210 }
6211
6212 notnull_attrs = notnull_virtual_attrs = NIL;
6214 {
6215 /*
6216 * If we are rebuilding the tuples OR if we added any new but not
6217 * verified not-null constraints, check all *valid* not-null
6218 * constraints. This is a bit of overkill but it minimizes risk of
6219 * bugs.
6220 *
6221 * notnull_attrs does *not* collect attribute numbers for valid
6222 * not-null constraints over virtual generated columns; instead, they
6223 * are collected in notnull_virtual_attrs for verification elsewhere.
6224 */
6226 {
6228
6230 !attr->attisdropped)
6231 {
6233
6234 if (wholeatt->attgenerated != ATTRIBUTE_GENERATED_VIRTUAL)
6235 notnull_attrs = lappend_int(notnull_attrs, wholeatt->attnum);
6236 else
6237 notnull_virtual_attrs = lappend_int(notnull_virtual_attrs,
6238 wholeatt->attnum);
6239 }
6240 }
6241 if (notnull_attrs || notnull_virtual_attrs)
6242 needscan = true;
6243 }
6244
6245 if (newrel || needscan)
6246 {
6247 ExprContext *econtext;
6248 TupleTableSlot *oldslot;
6249 TupleTableSlot *newslot;
6250 TableScanDesc scan;
6251 MemoryContext oldCxt;
6253 ListCell *lc;
6254 Snapshot snapshot;
6255 ResultRelInfo *rInfo = NULL;
6256
6257 /*
6258 * When adding or changing a virtual generated column with a not-null
6259 * constraint, we need to evaluate whether the generation expression
6260 * is null. For that, we borrow ExecRelGenVirtualNotNull(). Here, we
6261 * prepare a dummy ResultRelInfo.
6262 */
6264 {
6265 MemoryContext oldcontext;
6266
6271 InitResultRelInfo(rInfo,
6272 oldrel,
6273 0, /* dummy rangetable index */
6274 NULL,
6275 estate->es_instrument);
6276 MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
6277 }
6278
6279 if (newrel)
6282 RelationGetRelationName(oldrel))));
6283 else
6286 RelationGetRelationName(oldrel))));
6287
6288 if (newrel)
6289 {
6290 /*
6291 * All predicate locks on the tuples or pages are about to be made
6292 * invalid, because we move tuples around. Promote them to
6293 * relation locks.
6294 */
6295 TransferPredicateLocksToHeapRelation(oldrel);
6296 }
6297
6298 econtext = GetPerTupleExprContext(estate);
6299
6300 /*
6301 * Create necessary tuple slots. When rewriting, two slots are needed,
6302 * otherwise one suffices. In the case where one slot suffices, we
6303 * need to use the new tuple descriptor, otherwise some constraints
6304 * can't be evaluated. Note that even when the tuple layout is the
6305 * same and no rewrite is required, the tupDescs might not be
6306 * (consider ADD COLUMN without a default).
6307 */
6309 {
6310 Assert(newrel != NULL);
6311 oldslot = MakeSingleTupleTableSlot(oldTupDesc,
6312 table_slot_callbacks(oldrel));
6313 newslot = MakeSingleTupleTableSlot(newTupDesc,
6314 table_slot_callbacks(newrel));
6315
6316 /*
6317 * Set all columns in the new slot to NULL initially, to ensure
6318 * columns added as part of the rewrite are initialized to NULL.
6319 * That is necessary as tab->newvals will not contain an
6320 * expression for columns with a NULL default, e.g. when adding a
6321 * column without a default together with a column with a default
6322 * requiring an actual rewrite.
6323 */
6324 ExecStoreAllNullTuple(newslot);
6325 }
6326 else
6327 {
6328 oldslot = MakeSingleTupleTableSlot(newTupDesc,
6329 table_slot_callbacks(oldrel));
6330 newslot = NULL;
6331 }
6332
6333 /*
6334 * Any attributes that are dropped according to the new tuple
6335 * descriptor can be set to NULL. We precompute the list of dropped
6336 * attributes to avoid needing to do so in the per-tuple loop.
6337 */
6339 {
6342 }
6343
6344 /*
6345 * Scan through the rows, generating a new row if needed and then
6346 * checking all the constraints.
6347 */
6349 scan = table_beginscan(oldrel, snapshot, 0, NULL);
6350
6351 /*
6352 * Switch to per-tuple memory context and reset it for each tuple
6353 * produced, so we don't leak memory.
6354 */
6356
6358 {
6359 TupleTableSlot *insertslot;
6360
6362 {
6363 /* Extract data from old tuple */
6364 slot_getallattrs(oldslot);
6365 ExecClearTuple(newslot);
6366
6367 /* copy attributes */
6372
6373 /* Set dropped attributes to null in new tuple */
6374 foreach(lc, dropped_attrs)
6376
6377 /*
6378 * Constraints and GENERATED expressions might reference the
6379 * tableoid column, so fill tts_tableOid with the desired
6380 * value. (We must do this each time, because it gets
6381 * overwritten with newrel's OID during storing.)
6382 */
6384
6385 /*
6386 * Process supplied expressions to replace selected columns.
6387 *
6388 * First, evaluate expressions whose inputs come from the old
6389 * tuple.
6390 */
6391 econtext->ecxt_scantuple = oldslot;
6392
6394 {
6396
6398 continue;
6399
6402 econtext,
6404 }
6405
6406 ExecStoreVirtualTuple(newslot);
6407
6408 /*
6409 * Now, evaluate any expressions whose inputs come from the
6410 * new tuple. We assume these columns won't reference each
6411 * other, so that there's no ordering dependency.
6412 */
6413 econtext->ecxt_scantuple = newslot;
6414
6416 {
6418
6420 continue;
6421
6424 econtext,
6426 }
6427
6428 insertslot = newslot;
6429 }
6430 else
6431 {
6432 /*
6433 * If there's no rewrite, old and new table are guaranteed to
6434 * have the same AM, so we can just use the old slot to verify
6435 * new constraints etc.
6436 */
6437 insertslot = oldslot;
6438 }
6439
6440 /* Now check any constraints on the possibly-changed tuple */
6441 econtext->ecxt_scantuple = insertslot;
6442
6443 foreach_int(attn, notnull_attrs)
6444 {
6446 {
6448
6450 (errcode(ERRCODE_NOT_NULL_VIOLATION),
6452 NameStr(attr->attname),
6453 RelationGetRelationName(oldrel)),
6454 errtablecol(oldrel, attn)));
6455 }
6456 }
6457
6459 {
6461
6463 estate,
6464 notnull_virtual_attrs);
6466 {
6468
6470 errcode(ERRCODE_NOT_NULL_VIOLATION),
6472 NameStr(attr->attname),
6473 RelationGetRelationName(oldrel)),
6475 }
6476 }
6477
6479 {
6481
6483 {
6487 (errcode(ERRCODE_CHECK_VIOLATION),
6489 con->name,
6490 RelationGetRelationName(oldrel)),
6492 break;
6495 /* Nothing to do here */
6496 break;
6497 default:
6500 }
6501 }
6502
6504 {
6507 (errcode(ERRCODE_CHECK_VIOLATION),
6508 errmsg("updated partition constraint for default partition \"%s\" would be violated by some row",
6509 RelationGetRelationName(oldrel)),
6510 errtable(oldrel)));
6511 else
6513 (errcode(ERRCODE_CHECK_VIOLATION),
6515 RelationGetRelationName(oldrel)),
6516 errtable(oldrel)));
6517 }
6518
6519 /* Write the tuple out to the new relation */
6520 if (newrel)
6521 table_tuple_insert(newrel, insertslot, mycid,
6522 ti_options, bistate);
6523
6524 ResetExprContext(econtext);
6525
6526 CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS();
6527 }
6528
6529 MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldCxt);
6530 table_endscan(scan);
6531 UnregisterSnapshot(snapshot);
6532
6533 ExecDropSingleTupleTableSlot(oldslot);
6534 if (newslot)
6535 ExecDropSingleTupleTableSlot(newslot);
6536 }
6537
6538 FreeExecutorState(estate);
6539
6541 if (newrel)
6542 {
6543 FreeBulkInsertState(bistate);
6544
6545 table_finish_bulk_insert(newrel, ti_options);
6546
6548 }
6549}
void InitResultRelInfo(ResultRelInfo *resultRelInfo, Relation resultRelationDesc, Index resultRelationIndex, ResultRelInfo *partition_root_rri, int instrument_options)
Definition: execMain.c:1243
AttrNumber ExecRelGenVirtualNotNull(ResultRelInfo *resultRelInfo, TupleTableSlot *slot, EState *estate, List *notnull_virtual_attrs)
Definition: execMain.c:2084
TupleTableSlot * MakeSingleTupleTableSlot(TupleDesc tupdesc, const TupleTableSlotOps *tts_ops)
Definition: execTuples.c:1427
void ExecDropSingleTupleTableSlot(TupleTableSlot *slot)
Definition: execTuples.c:1443
TupleTableSlot * ExecStoreVirtualTuple(TupleTableSlot *slot)
Definition: execTuples.c:1741
TupleTableSlot * ExecStoreAllNullTuple(TupleTableSlot *slot)
Definition: execTuples.c:1765
bool CheckRelationOidLockedByMe(Oid relid, LOCKMODE lockmode, bool orstronger)
Definition: lmgr.c:351
static MemoryContext MemoryContextSwitchTo(MemoryContext context)
Definition: palloc.h:124
void TransferPredicateLocksToHeapRelation(Relation relation)
Definition: predicate.c:3123
Definition: hio.h:30
Definition: tupdesc.h:69
Definition: execnodes.h:268
Definition: memnodes.h:118
Definition: execnodes.h:473
Definition: tuptable.h:115
const TupleTableSlotOps * table_slot_callbacks(Relation relation)
Definition: tableam.c:59
static void table_tuple_insert(Relation rel, TupleTableSlot *slot, CommandId cid, int options, BulkInsertStateData *bistate)
Definition: tableam.h:1367
static void table_finish_bulk_insert(Relation rel, int options)
Definition: tableam.h:1564
static bool table_scan_getnextslot(TableScanDesc sscan, ScanDirection direction, TupleTableSlot *slot)
Definition: tableam.h:1020
static TableScanDesc table_beginscan(Relation rel, Snapshot snapshot, int nkeys, ScanKeyData *key)
Definition: tableam.h:876
static CompactAttribute * TupleDescCompactAttr(TupleDesc tupdesc, int i)
Definition: tupdesc.h:175
static TupleTableSlot * ExecClearTuple(TupleTableSlot *slot)
Definition: tuptable.h:458
static bool slot_attisnull(TupleTableSlot *slot, int attnum)
Definition: tuptable.h:385
References AccessExclusiveLock, Assert(), CompactAttribute::attisdropped, CompactAttribute::attnullability, ATTNULLABLE_VALID, NewColumnValue::attnum, attnum, CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS, CheckRelationOidLockedByMe(), TupleDescData::constr, CONSTR_CHECK, CONSTR_FOREIGN, CONSTR_NOTNULL, AlteredTableInfo::constraints, NewConstraint::contype, CreateExecutorState(), DEBUG1, ExprContext::ecxt_scantuple, elog, ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), errmsg_internal(), ERROR, errtable(), errtablecol(), errtableconstraint(), EState::es_instrument, EState::es_query_cxt, ExecCheck(), ExecClearTuple(), ExecDropSingleTupleTableSlot(), ExecEvalExpr(), ExecInitExpr(), ExecPrepareExpr(), ExecRelGenVirtualNotNull(), ExecStoreAllNullTuple(), ExecStoreVirtualTuple(), expand_generated_columns_in_expr(), NewColumnValue::expr, NewColumnValue::exprstate, foreach_int, ForwardScanDirection, FreeBulkInsertState(), FreeExecutorState(), GetBulkInsertState(), GetCurrentCommandId(), GetLatestSnapshot(), GetPerTupleExprContext, GetPerTupleMemoryContext, TupleConstr::has_generated_virtual, TupleConstr::has_not_null, i, InitResultRelInfo(), InvalidAttrNumber, NewColumnValue::is_generated, lappend_int(), lfirst, lfirst_int, makeNode, MakeSingleTupleTableSlot(), MemoryContextSwitchTo(), NewConstraint::name, NameStr, TupleDescData::natts, AlteredTableInfo::newvals, NIL, NoLock, OidIsValid, AlteredTableInfo::oldDesc, AlteredTableInfo::partition_constraint, NewConstraint::qual, NewConstraint::qualstate, RegisterSnapshot(), RelationGetDescr, RelationGetRelationName, RelationGetRelid, AlteredTableInfo::relid, ResetExprContext, AlteredTableInfo::rewrite, slot_attisnull(), slot_getallattrs(), table_beginscan(), table_close(), table_endscan(), table_finish_bulk_insert(), TABLE_INSERT_SKIP_FSM, table_open(), table_scan_getnextslot(), table_slot_callbacks(), table_tuple_insert(), TransferPredicateLocksToHeapRelation(), TupleTableSlot::tts_isnull, TupleTableSlot::tts_nvalid, TupleTableSlot::tts_tableOid, TupleTableSlot::tts_values, TupleDescAttr(), TupleDescCompactAttr(), UnregisterSnapshot(), AlteredTableInfo::validate_default, and AlteredTableInfo::verify_new_notnull.
Referenced by ATRewriteTables().
◆ ATRewriteTables()
|
static |
Definition at line 5831 of file tablecmds.c.
5833{
5834 ListCell *ltab;
5835
5836 /* Go through each table that needs to be checked or rewritten */
5837 foreach(ltab, *wqueue)
5838 {
5840
5841 /* Relations without storage may be ignored here */
5843 continue;
5844
5845 /*
5846 * If we change column data types, the operation has to be propagated
5847 * to tables that use this table's rowtype as a column type.
5848 * tab->newvals will also be non-NULL in the case where we're adding a
5849 * column with a default. We choose to forbid that case as well,
5850 * since composite types might eventually support defaults.
5851 *
5852 * (Eventually we'll probably need to check for composite type
5853 * dependencies even when we're just scanning the table without a
5854 * rewrite, but at the moment a composite type does not enforce any
5855 * constraints, so it's not necessary/appropriate to enforce them just
5856 * during ALTER.)
5857 */
5859 {
5860 Relation rel;
5861
5865 }
5866
5867 /*
5868 * We only need to rewrite the table if at least one column needs to
5869 * be recomputed, or we are changing its persistence or access method.
5870 *
5871 * There are two reasons for requiring a rewrite when changing
5872 * persistence: on one hand, we need to ensure that the buffers
5873 * belonging to each of the two relations are marked with or without
5874 * BM_PERMANENT properly. On the other hand, since rewriting creates
5875 * and assigns a new relfilenumber, we automatically create or drop an
5876 * init fork for the relation as appropriate.
5877 */
5879 {
5880 /* Build a temporary relation and copy data */
5881 Relation OldHeap;
5882 Oid OIDNewHeap;
5883 Oid NewAccessMethod;
5884 Oid NewTableSpace;
5885 char persistence;
5886
5888
5889 /*
5890 * We don't support rewriting of system catalogs; there are too
5891 * many corner cases and too little benefit. In particular this
5892 * is certainly not going to work for mapped catalogs.
5893 */
5896 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
5898 RelationGetRelationName(OldHeap))));
5899
5902 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
5904 RelationGetRelationName(OldHeap))));
5905
5906 /*
5907 * Don't allow rewrite on temp tables of other backends ... their
5908 * local buffer manager is not going to cope. (This is redundant
5909 * with the check in CheckAlterTableIsSafe, but for safety we'll
5910 * check here too.)
5911 */
5914 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
5916
5917 /*
5918 * Select destination tablespace (same as original unless user
5919 * requested a change)
5920 */
5922 NewTableSpace = tab->newTableSpace;
5923 else
5924 NewTableSpace = OldHeap->rd_rel->reltablespace;
5925
5926 /*
5927 * Select destination access method (same as original unless user
5928 * requested a change)
5929 */
5931 NewAccessMethod = tab->newAccessMethod;
5932 else
5933 NewAccessMethod = OldHeap->rd_rel->relam;
5934
5935 /*
5936 * Select persistence of transient table (same as original unless
5937 * user requested a change)
5938 */
5939 persistence = tab->chgPersistence ?
5941
5943
5944 /*
5945 * Fire off an Event Trigger now, before actually rewriting the
5946 * table.
5947 *
5948 * We don't support Event Trigger for nested commands anywhere,
5949 * here included, and parsetree is given NULL when coming from
5950 * AlterTableInternal.
5951 *
5952 * And fire it only once.
5953 */
5954 if (parsetree)
5956 tab->relid,
5957 tab->rewrite);
5958
5959 /*
5960 * Create transient table that will receive the modified data.
5961 *
5962 * Ensure it is marked correctly as logged or unlogged. We have
5963 * to do this here so that buffers for the new relfilenumber will
5964 * have the right persistence set, and at the same time ensure
5965 * that the original filenumbers's buffers will get read in with
5966 * the correct setting (i.e. the original one). Otherwise a
5967 * rollback after the rewrite would possibly result with buffers
5968 * for the original filenumbers having the wrong persistence
5969 * setting.
5970 *
5971 * NB: This relies on swap_relation_files() also swapping the
5972 * persistence. That wouldn't work for pg_class, but that can't be
5973 * unlogged anyway.
5974 */
5976 persistence, lockmode);
5977
5978 /*
5979 * Copy the heap data into the new table with the desired
5980 * modifications, and test the current data within the table
5981 * against new constraints generated by ALTER TABLE commands.
5982 */
5983 ATRewriteTable(tab, OIDNewHeap);
5984
5985 /*
5986 * Swap the physical files of the old and new heaps, then rebuild
5987 * indexes and discard the old heap. We can use RecentXmin for
5988 * the table's new relfrozenxid because we rewrote all the tuples
5989 * in ATRewriteTable, so no older Xid remains in the table. Also,
5990 * we never try to swap toast tables by content, since we have no
5991 * interest in letting this code work on system catalogs.
5992 */
5994 false, false, true,
5996 RecentXmin,
5997 ReadNextMultiXactId(),
5998 persistence);
5999
6001 }
6003 {
6006 }
6007 else
6008 {
6009 /*
6010 * If required, test the current data within the table against new
6011 * constraints generated by ALTER TABLE commands, but don't
6012 * rebuild data.
6013 */
6015 tab->partition_constraint != NULL)
6017
6018 /*
6019 * If we had SET TABLESPACE but no reason to reconstruct tuples,
6020 * just do a block-by-block copy.
6021 */
6024 }
6025
6026 /*
6027 * Also change persistence of owned sequences, so that it matches the
6028 * table persistence.
6029 */
6031 {
6033 ListCell *lc;
6034
6035 foreach(lc, seqlist)
6036 {
6038
6040 }
6041 }
6042 }
6043
6044 /*
6045 * Foreign key constraints are checked in a final pass, since (a) it's
6046 * generally best to examine each one separately, and (b) it's at least
6047 * theoretically possible that we have changed both relations of the
6048 * foreign key, and we'd better have finished both rewrites before we try
6049 * to read the tables.
6050 */
6051 foreach(ltab, *wqueue)
6052 {
6054 Relation rel = NULL;
6055 ListCell *lcon;
6056
6057 /* Relations without storage may be ignored here too */
6059 continue;
6060
6062 {
6064
6066 {
6068 Relation refrel;
6069
6070 if (rel == NULL)
6071 {
6072 /* Long since locked, no need for another */
6074 }
6075
6077
6079 con->refindid,
6080 con->conid,
6081 con->conwithperiod);
6082
6083 /*
6084 * No need to mark the constraint row as validated, we did
6085 * that when we inserted the row earlier.
6086 */
6087
6089 }
6090 }
6091
6092 if (rel)
6094 }
6095
6096 /* Finally, run any afterStmts that were queued up */
6097 foreach(ltab, *wqueue)
6098 {
6100 ListCell *lc;
6101
6103 {
6105
6107 CommandCounterIncrement();
6108 }
6109 }
6110}
void finish_heap_swap(Oid OIDOldHeap, Oid OIDNewHeap, bool is_system_catalog, bool swap_toast_by_content, bool check_constraints, bool is_internal, TransactionId frozenXid, MultiXactId cutoffMulti, char newrelpersistence)
Definition: cluster.c:1445
Oid make_new_heap(Oid OIDOldHeap, Oid NewTableSpace, Oid NewAccessMethod, char relpersistence, LOCKMODE lockmode)
Definition: cluster.c:705
void SequenceChangePersistence(Oid relid, char newrelpersistence)
Definition: sequence.c:554
void EventTriggerTableRewrite(Node *parsetree, Oid tableOid, int reason)
Definition: event_trigger.c:1003
static void validateForeignKeyConstraint(char *conname, Relation rel, Relation pkrel, Oid pkindOid, Oid constraintOid, bool hasperiod)
Definition: tablecmds.c:13662
static void ATRewriteTable(AlteredTableInfo *tab, Oid OIDNewHeap)
Definition: tablecmds.c:6119
References AlteredTableInfo::afterStmts, ATExecSetTableSpace(), ATRewriteTable(), AlteredTableInfo::chgAccessMethod, AlteredTableInfo::chgPersistence, CommandCounterIncrement(), NewConstraint::conid, Constraint::conname, CONSTR_FOREIGN, AlteredTableInfo::constraints, NewConstraint::contype, NewConstraint::conwithperiod, ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, EventTriggerTableRewrite(), find_composite_type_dependencies(), finish_heap_swap(), getOwnedSequences(), if(), InvalidOid, InvokeObjectPostAlterHook, IsSystemRelation(), lfirst, lfirst_oid, make_new_heap(), AlteredTableInfo::newAccessMethod, AlteredTableInfo::newrelpersistence, AlteredTableInfo::newTableSpace, AlteredTableInfo::newvals, NIL, NoLock, OidIsValid, AlteredTableInfo::partition_constraint, ProcessUtilityForAlterTable(), NewConstraint::qual, RelationData::rd_rel, ReadNextMultiXactId(), RecentXmin, NewConstraint::refindid, NewConstraint::refrelid, RELATION_IS_OTHER_TEMP, RelationGetRelationName, RelationIsUsedAsCatalogTable, AlteredTableInfo::relid, AlteredTableInfo::relkind, AlteredTableInfo::rewrite, RowShareLock, SequenceChangePersistence(), stmt, table_close(), table_open(), validateForeignKeyConstraint(), and AlteredTableInfo::verify_new_notnull.
Referenced by ATController().
◆ ATSimplePermissions()
|
static |
Definition at line 6732 of file tablecmds.c.
6733{
6734 int actual_target;
6735
6737 {
6738 case RELKIND_RELATION:
6739 actual_target = ATT_TABLE;
6740 break;
6741 case RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE:
6742 actual_target = ATT_PARTITIONED_TABLE;
6743 break;
6744 case RELKIND_VIEW:
6745 actual_target = ATT_VIEW;
6746 break;
6747 case RELKIND_MATVIEW:
6748 actual_target = ATT_MATVIEW;
6749 break;
6750 case RELKIND_INDEX:
6751 actual_target = ATT_INDEX;
6752 break;
6753 case RELKIND_PARTITIONED_INDEX:
6754 actual_target = ATT_PARTITIONED_INDEX;
6755 break;
6756 case RELKIND_COMPOSITE_TYPE:
6757 actual_target = ATT_COMPOSITE_TYPE;
6758 break;
6759 case RELKIND_FOREIGN_TABLE:
6760 actual_target = ATT_FOREIGN_TABLE;
6761 break;
6762 case RELKIND_SEQUENCE:
6763 actual_target = ATT_SEQUENCE;
6764 break;
6765 default:
6766 actual_target = 0;
6767 break;
6768 }
6769
6770 /* Wrong target type? */
6771 if ((actual_target & allowed_targets) == 0)
6772 {
6774
6775 if (action_str)
6777 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
6778 /* translator: %s is a group of some SQL keywords */
6780 action_str, RelationGetRelationName(rel)),
6782 else
6783 /* internal error? */
6785 RelationGetRelationName(rel));
6786 }
6787
6788 /* Permissions checks */
6791 RelationGetRelationName(rel));
6792
6795 (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
6797 RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
6798}
static const char * alter_table_type_to_string(AlterTableType cmdtype)
Definition: tablecmds.c:6589
References aclcheck_error(), ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, allowSystemTableMods, alter_table_type_to_string(), ATT_COMPOSITE_TYPE, ATT_FOREIGN_TABLE, ATT_INDEX, ATT_MATVIEW, ATT_PARTITIONED_INDEX, ATT_PARTITIONED_TABLE, ATT_SEQUENCE, ATT_TABLE, ATT_VIEW, elog, ereport, errcode(), errdetail_relkind_not_supported(), errmsg(), ERROR, get_relkind_objtype(), GetUserId(), IsSystemRelation(), object_ownercheck(), RelationData::rd_rel, RelationGetRelationName, and RelationGetRelid.
Referenced by ATAddCheckNNConstraint(), ATExecAddColumn(), ATExecAddInherit(), ATExecAttachPartition(), ATExecDropColumn(), ATExecSetNotNull(), ATPrepCmd(), and dropconstraint_internal().
◆ ATSimpleRecursion()
|
static |
Definition at line 6809 of file tablecmds.c.
6812{
6813 /*
6814 * Propagate to children, if desired and if there are (or might be) any
6815 * children.
6816 */
6818 {
6820 ListCell *child;
6821 List *children;
6822
6823 children = find_all_inheritors(relid, lockmode, NULL);
6824
6825 /*
6826 * find_all_inheritors does the recursive search of the inheritance
6827 * hierarchy, so all we have to do is process all of the relids in the
6828 * list that it returns.
6829 */
6830 foreach(child, children)
6831 {
6833 Relation childrel;
6834
6835 if (childrelid == relid)
6836 continue;
6837 /* find_all_inheritors already got lock */
6839 CheckAlterTableIsSafe(childrel);
6842 }
6843 }
6844}
References ATPrepCmd(), CheckAlterTableIsSafe(), find_all_inheritors(), lfirst_oid, NoLock, RelationData::rd_rel, relation_close(), relation_open(), and RelationGetRelid.
Referenced by ATPrepCmd().
◆ AttachPartitionEnsureIndexes()
|
static |
Definition at line 20527 of file tablecmds.c.
20528{
20529 List *idxes;
20530 List *attachRelIdxs;
20531 Relation *attachrelIdxRels;
20532 IndexInfo **attachInfos;
20533 ListCell *cell;
20534 MemoryContext cxt;
20535 MemoryContext oldcxt;
20536
20538 "AttachPartitionEnsureIndexes",
20539 ALLOCSET_DEFAULT_SIZES);
20540 oldcxt = MemoryContextSwitchTo(cxt);
20541
20542 idxes = RelationGetIndexList(rel);
20543 attachRelIdxs = RelationGetIndexList(attachrel);
20546
20547 /* Build arrays of all existing indexes and their IndexInfos */
20548 foreach_oid(cldIdxId, attachRelIdxs)
20549 {
20551
20554 }
20555
20556 /*
20557 * If we're attaching a foreign table, we must fail if any of the indexes
20558 * is a constraint index; otherwise, there's nothing to do here. Do this
20559 * before starting work, to avoid wasting the effort of building a few
20560 * non-unique indexes before coming across a unique one.
20561 */
20563 {
20564 foreach(cell, idxes)
20565 {
20568
20570 idxRel->rd_index->indisprimary)
20572 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
20574 RelationGetRelationName(attachrel),
20575 RelationGetRelationName(rel)),
20577 RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
20579 }
20580
20581 goto out;
20582 }
20583
20584 /*
20585 * For each index on the partitioned table, find a matching one in the
20586 * partition-to-be; if one is not found, create one.
20587 */
20588 foreach(cell, idxes)
20589 {
20592 IndexInfo *info;
20593 AttrMap *attmap;
20594 bool found = false;
20595 Oid constraintOid;
20596
20597 /*
20598 * Ignore indexes in the partitioned table other than partitioned
20599 * indexes.
20600 */
20602 {
20604 continue;
20605 }
20606
20607 /* construct an indexinfo to compare existing indexes against */
20608 info = BuildIndexInfo(idxRel);
20610 RelationGetDescr(rel),
20611 false);
20613
20614 /*
20615 * Scan the list of existing indexes in the partition-to-be, and mark
20616 * the first matching, valid, unattached one we find, if any, as
20617 * partition of the parent index. If we find one, we're done.
20618 */
20620 {
20623
20624 /* does this index have a parent? if so, can't use it */
20626 continue;
20627
20628 /* If this index is invalid, can't use it */
20630 continue;
20631
20633 attachrelIdxRels[i]->rd_indcollation,
20634 idxRel->rd_indcollation,
20635 attachrelIdxRels[i]->rd_opfamily,
20636 idxRel->rd_opfamily,
20637 attmap))
20638 {
20639 /*
20640 * If this index is being created in the parent because of a
20641 * constraint, then the child needs to have a constraint also,
20642 * so look for one. If there is no such constraint, this
20643 * index is no good, so keep looking.
20644 */
20646 {
20647 cldConstrOid =
20649 cldIdxId);
20650 /* no dice */
20652 continue;
20653
20654 /* Ensure they're both the same type of constraint */
20656 get_constraint_type(cldConstrOid))
20657 continue;
20658 }
20659
20660 /* bingo. */
20663 ConstraintSetParentConstraint(cldConstrOid, constraintOid,
20664 RelationGetRelid(attachrel));
20665 found = true;
20666
20667 CommandCounterIncrement();
20668 break;
20669 }
20670 }
20671
20672 /*
20673 * If no suitable index was found in the partition-to-be, create one
20674 * now. Note that if this is a PK, not-null constraints must already
20675 * exist.
20676 */
20677 if (!found)
20678 {
20680 Oid conOid;
20681
20683 idxRel, attmap,
20684 &conOid);
20686 RelationGetRelid(idxRel),
20687 conOid,
20688 -1,
20689 true, false, false, false, false);
20690 }
20691
20693 }
20694
20695out:
20696 /* Clean up. */
20699 MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcxt);
20700 MemoryContextDelete(cxt);
20701}
IndexStmt * generateClonedIndexStmt(RangeVar *heapRel, Relation source_idx, const AttrMap *attmap, Oid *constraintOid)
Definition: parse_utilcmd.c:1692
References AccessShareLock, ALLOCSET_DEFAULT_SIZES, AllocSetContextCreate, build_attrmap_by_name(), BuildIndexInfo(), CommandCounterIncrement(), CompareIndexInfo(), ConstraintSetParentConstraint(), CurrentMemoryContext, DefineIndex(), ereport, errcode(), errdetail(), errmsg(), ERROR, foreach_current_index, foreach_oid, generateClonedIndexStmt(), get_constraint_type(), get_relation_idx_constraint_oid(), i, idx(), index_close(), index_open(), IndexSetParentIndex(), InvalidOid, lfirst_oid, list_length(), MemoryContextDelete(), MemoryContextSwitchTo(), OidIsValid, palloc(), RelationData::rd_indcollation, RelationData::rd_index, RelationData::rd_opfamily, RelationData::rd_rel, RelationGetDescr, RelationGetIndexList(), RelationGetRelationName, RelationGetRelid, and stmt.
Referenced by ATExecAttachPartition().
◆ AttachPartitionForeignKey()
|
static |
Definition at line 11758 of file tablecmds.c.
11765{
11766 HeapTuple parentConstrTup;
11767 Form_pg_constraint parentConstr;
11768 HeapTuple partcontup;
11769 Form_pg_constraint partConstr;
11770 bool queueValidation;
11771 Oid partConstrFrelid;
11772 Oid partConstrRelid;
11773 bool parentConstrIsEnforced;
11774
11775 /* Fetch the parent constraint tuple */
11776 parentConstrTup = SearchSysCache1(CONSTROID,
11777 ObjectIdGetDatum(parentConstrOid));
11781 parentConstrIsEnforced = parentConstr->conenforced;
11782
11783 /* Fetch the child constraint tuple */
11784 partcontup = SearchSysCache1(CONSTROID,
11785 ObjectIdGetDatum(partConstrOid));
11789 partConstrFrelid = partConstr->confrelid;
11790 partConstrRelid = partConstr->conrelid;
11791
11792 /*
11793 * If the referenced table is partitioned, then the partition we're
11794 * attaching now has extra pg_constraint rows and action triggers that are
11795 * no longer needed. Remove those.
11796 */
11798 {
11800
11801 RemoveInheritedConstraint(pg_constraint, trigrel, partConstrOid,
11802 partConstrRelid);
11803
11805 }
11806
11807 /*
11808 * Will we need to validate this constraint? A valid parent constraint
11809 * implies that all child constraints have been validated, so if this one
11810 * isn't, we must trigger phase 3 validation.
11811 */
11812 queueValidation = parentConstr->convalidated && !partConstr->convalidated;
11813
11814 ReleaseSysCache(partcontup);
11815 ReleaseSysCache(parentConstrTup);
11816
11817 /*
11818 * The action triggers in the new partition become redundant -- the parent
11819 * table already has equivalent ones, and those will be able to reach the
11820 * partition. Remove the ones in the partition. We identify them because
11821 * they have our constraint OID, as well as being on the referenced rel.
11822 */
11823 DropForeignKeyConstraintTriggers(trigrel, partConstrOid, partConstrFrelid,
11824 partConstrRelid);
11825
11826 ConstraintSetParentConstraint(partConstrOid, parentConstrOid,
11827 RelationGetRelid(partition));
11828
11829 /*
11830 * Like the constraint, attach partition's "check" triggers to the
11831 * corresponding parent triggers if the constraint is ENFORCED. NOT
11832 * ENFORCED constraints do not have these triggers.
11833 */
11834 if (parentConstrIsEnforced)
11835 {
11836 Oid insertTriggerOid,
11837 updateTriggerOid;
11838
11839 GetForeignKeyCheckTriggers(trigrel,
11840 partConstrOid, partConstrFrelid, partConstrRelid,
11841 &insertTriggerOid, &updateTriggerOid);
11843 TriggerSetParentTrigger(trigrel, insertTriggerOid, parentInsTrigger,
11844 RelationGetRelid(partition));
11846 TriggerSetParentTrigger(trigrel, updateTriggerOid, parentUpdTrigger,
11847 RelationGetRelid(partition));
11848 }
11849
11850 /*
11851 * We updated this pg_constraint row above to set its parent; validating
11852 * it will cause its convalidated flag to change, so we need CCI here. In
11853 * addition, we need it unconditionally for the rare case where the parent
11854 * table has *two* identical constraints; when reaching this function for
11855 * the second one, we must have made our changes visible, otherwise we
11856 * would try to attach both to this one.
11857 */
11858 CommandCounterIncrement();
11859
11860 /* If validation is needed, put it in the queue now. */
11861 if (queueValidation)
11862 {
11863 Relation conrel;
11864 Oid confrelid;
11865
11867
11871
11873
11874 /* Use the same lock as for AT_ValidateConstraint */
11875 QueueFKConstraintValidation(wqueue, conrel, partition, confrelid,
11876 partcontup, ShareUpdateExclusiveLock);
11877 ReleaseSysCache(partcontup);
11879 }
11880}
static void RemoveInheritedConstraint(Relation conrel, Relation trigrel, Oid conoid, Oid conrelid)
Definition: tablecmds.c:11889
static void GetForeignKeyCheckTriggers(Relation trigrel, Oid conoid, Oid confrelid, Oid conrelid, Oid *insertTriggerOid, Oid *updateTriggerOid)
Definition: tablecmds.c:12100
void TriggerSetParentTrigger(Relation trigRel, Oid childTrigId, Oid parentTrigId, Oid childTableId)
Definition: trigger.c:1220
References Assert(), CommandCounterIncrement(), ConstraintSetParentConstraint(), DropForeignKeyConstraintTriggers(), elog, ERROR, get_rel_relkind(), GetForeignKeyCheckTriggers(), GETSTRUCT(), HeapTupleIsValid, ObjectIdGetDatum(), OidIsValid, QueueFKConstraintValidation(), RelationGetRelid, ReleaseSysCache(), RemoveInheritedConstraint(), RowExclusiveLock, RowShareLock, SearchSysCache1(), ShareUpdateExclusiveLock, table_close(), table_open(), and TriggerSetParentTrigger().
Referenced by tryAttachPartitionForeignKey().
◆ ATTypedTableRecursion()
|
static |
Definition at line 6884 of file tablecmds.c.
6886{
6887 ListCell *child;
6888 List *children;
6889
6891
6893 RelationGetRelationName(rel),
6894 cmd->behavior);
6895
6896 foreach(child, children)
6897 {
6899 Relation childrel;
6900
6901 childrel = relation_open(childrelid, lockmode);
6902 CheckAlterTableIsSafe(childrel);
6905 }
6906}
static List * find_typed_table_dependencies(Oid typeOid, const char *typeName, DropBehavior behavior)
Definition: tablecmds.c:7087
References Assert(), ATPrepCmd(), AlterTableCmd::behavior, CheckAlterTableIsSafe(), find_typed_table_dependencies(), lfirst_oid, NoLock, RelationData::rd_rel, relation_close(), relation_open(), and RelationGetRelationName.
Referenced by ATPrepAddColumn(), ATPrepAlterColumnType(), and ATPrepDropColumn().
◆ BuildDescForRelation()
Definition at line 1371 of file tablecmds.c.
1372{
1373 int natts;
1375 ListCell *l;
1376 TupleDesc desc;
1378 Oid atttypid;
1379 int32 atttypmod;
1380 Oid attcollation;
1381 int attdim;
1382
1383 /*
1384 * allocate a new tuple descriptor
1385 */
1386 natts = list_length(columns);
1387 desc = CreateTemplateTupleDesc(natts);
1388
1389 attnum = 0;
1390
1391 foreach(l, columns)
1392 {
1394 AclResult aclresult;
1395 Form_pg_attribute att;
1396
1397 /*
1398 * for each entry in the list, get the name and type information from
1399 * the list and have TupleDescInitEntry fill in the attribute
1400 * information we need.
1401 */
1402 attnum++;
1403
1406
1409 aclcheck_error_type(aclresult, atttypid);
1410
1411 attcollation = GetColumnDefCollation(NULL, entry, atttypid);
1415 errcode(ERRCODE_PROGRAM_LIMIT_EXCEEDED),
1417
1420 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
1422 attname)));
1423
1425 atttypid, atttypmod, attdim);
1427
1428 /* Override TupleDescInitEntry's settings as requested */
1430
1431 /* Fill in additional stuff not handled by TupleDescInitEntry */
1432 att->attnotnull = entry->is_not_null;
1433 att->attislocal = entry->is_local;
1434 att->attinhcount = entry->inhcount;
1435 att->attidentity = entry->identity;
1436 att->attgenerated = entry->generated;
1439 att->attstorage = entry->storage;
1442
1444 }
1445
1446 return desc;
1447}
void populate_compact_attribute(TupleDesc tupdesc, int attnum)
Definition: tupdesc.c:117
void TupleDescInitEntryCollation(TupleDesc desc, AttrNumber attributeNumber, Oid collationid)
Definition: tupdesc.c:1026
void TupleDescInitEntry(TupleDesc desc, AttrNumber attributeNumber, const char *attributeName, Oid oidtypeid, int32 typmod, int attdim)
Definition: tupdesc.c:842
References ACL_USAGE, aclcheck_error_type(), ACLCHECK_OK, TypeName::arrayBounds, attname, attnum, ColumnDef::colname, ColumnDef::compression, CreateTemplateTupleDesc(), ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, ColumnDef::generated, GetAttributeCompression(), GetAttributeStorage(), GetColumnDefCollation(), GetUserId(), ColumnDef::identity, ColumnDef::inhcount, ColumnDef::is_local, ColumnDef::is_not_null, lfirst, list_length(), object_aclcheck(), PG_INT16_MAX, populate_compact_attribute(), TypeName::setof, ColumnDef::storage, ColumnDef::storage_name, TupleDescAttr(), TupleDescInitEntry(), TupleDescInitEntryCollation(), ColumnDef::typeName, and typenameTypeIdAndMod().
Referenced by ATExecAddColumn(), DefineRelation(), and DefineVirtualRelation().
◆ change_owner_fix_column_acls()
Definition at line 16281 of file tablecmds.c.
16282{
16283 Relation attRelation;
16284 SysScanDesc scan;
16286 HeapTuple attributeTuple;
16287
16290 Anum_pg_attribute_attrelid,
16291 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
16292 ObjectIdGetDatum(relationOid));
16293 scan = systable_beginscan(attRelation, AttributeRelidNumIndexId,
16296 {
16298 Datum repl_val[Natts_pg_attribute];
16299 bool repl_null[Natts_pg_attribute];
16300 bool repl_repl[Natts_pg_attribute];
16301 Acl *newAcl;
16302 Datum aclDatum;
16303 bool isNull;
16304 HeapTuple newtuple;
16305
16306 /* Ignore dropped columns */
16307 if (att->attisdropped)
16308 continue;
16309
16310 aclDatum = heap_getattr(attributeTuple,
16311 Anum_pg_attribute_attacl,
16312 RelationGetDescr(attRelation),
16313 &isNull);
16314 /* Null ACLs do not require changes */
16315 if (isNull)
16316 continue;
16317
16318 memset(repl_null, false, sizeof(repl_null));
16319 memset(repl_repl, false, sizeof(repl_repl));
16320
16322 oldOwnerId, newOwnerId);
16323 repl_repl[Anum_pg_attribute_attacl - 1] = true;
16324 repl_val[Anum_pg_attribute_attacl - 1] = PointerGetDatum(newAcl);
16325
16326 newtuple = heap_modify_tuple(attributeTuple,
16327 RelationGetDescr(attRelation),
16328 repl_val, repl_null, repl_repl);
16329
16331
16332 heap_freetuple(newtuple);
16333 }
16334 systable_endscan(scan);
16336}
References aclnewowner(), BTEqualStrategyNumber, CatalogTupleUpdate(), DatumGetAclP, GETSTRUCT(), heap_freetuple(), heap_getattr(), heap_modify_tuple(), HeapTupleIsValid, sort-test::key, ObjectIdGetDatum(), PointerGetDatum(), RelationGetDescr, RowExclusiveLock, ScanKeyInit(), systable_beginscan(), systable_endscan(), systable_getnext(), HeapTupleData::t_self, table_close(), and table_open().
Referenced by ATExecChangeOwner().
◆ change_owner_recurse_to_sequences()
|
static |
Definition at line 16346 of file tablecmds.c.
16347{
16348 Relation depRel;
16349 SysScanDesc scan;
16351 HeapTuple tup;
16352
16353 /*
16354 * SERIAL sequences are those having an auto dependency on one of the
16355 * table's columns (we don't care *which* column, exactly).
16356 */
16358
16360 Anum_pg_depend_refclassid,
16361 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
16362 ObjectIdGetDatum(RelationRelationId));
16364 Anum_pg_depend_refobjid,
16365 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
16366 ObjectIdGetDatum(relationOid));
16367 /* we leave refobjsubid unspecified */
16368
16370 NULL, 2, key);
16371
16373 {
16375 Relation seqRel;
16376
16377 /* skip dependencies other than auto dependencies on columns */
16378 if (depForm->refobjsubid == 0 ||
16379 depForm->classid != RelationRelationId ||
16380 depForm->objsubid != 0 ||
16382 continue;
16383
16384 /* Use relation_open just in case it's an index */
16385 seqRel = relation_open(depForm->objid, lockmode);
16386
16387 /* skip non-sequence relations */
16389 {
16390 /* No need to keep the lock */
16391 relation_close(seqRel, lockmode);
16392 continue;
16393 }
16394
16395 /* We don't need to close the sequence while we alter it. */
16397
16398 /* Now we can close it. Keep the lock till end of transaction. */
16400 }
16401
16402 systable_endscan(scan);
16403
16405}
References AccessShareLock, ATExecChangeOwner(), BTEqualStrategyNumber, DEPENDENCY_AUTO, DEPENDENCY_INTERNAL, GETSTRUCT(), HeapTupleIsValid, sort-test::key, NoLock, ObjectIdGetDatum(), relation_close(), relation_open(), RelationGetForm, ScanKeyInit(), systable_beginscan(), systable_endscan(), systable_getnext(), and table_open().
Referenced by ATExecChangeOwner().
◆ check_for_column_name_collision()
|
static |
Definition at line 7639 of file tablecmds.c.
7641{
7642 HeapTuple attTuple;
7644
7645 /*
7646 * this test is deliberately not attisdropped-aware, since if one tries to
7647 * add a column matching a dropped column name, it's gonna fail anyway.
7648 */
7649 attTuple = SearchSysCache2(ATTNAME,
7651 PointerGetDatum(colname));
7653 return true;
7654
7656 ReleaseSysCache(attTuple);
7657
7658 /*
7659 * We throw a different error message for conflicts with system column
7660 * names, since they are normally not shown and the user might otherwise
7661 * be confused about the reason for the conflict.
7662 */
7665 (errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_COLUMN),
7667 colname)));
7668 else
7669 {
7670 if (if_not_exists)
7671 {
7673 (errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_COLUMN),
7675 colname, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
7676 return false;
7677 }
7678
7680 (errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_COLUMN),
7682 colname, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
7683 }
7684
7685 return true;
7686}
HeapTuple SearchSysCache2(int cacheId, Datum key1, Datum key2)
Definition: syscache.c:230
References attnum, ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, GETSTRUCT(), HeapTupleIsValid, NOTICE, ObjectIdGetDatum(), PointerGetDatum(), RelationGetRelationName, RelationGetRelid, ReleaseSysCache(), and SearchSysCache2().
Referenced by ATExecAddColumn(), and renameatt_internal().
◆ check_of_type()
| void check_of_type | ( | HeapTuple | typetuple | ) |
Definition at line 7136 of file tablecmds.c.
7137{
7139 bool typeOk = false;
7140
7141 if (typ->typtype == TYPTYPE_COMPOSITE)
7142 {
7143 Relation typeRelation;
7144
7147 typeOk = (typeRelation->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_COMPOSITE_TYPE);
7148
7149 /*
7150 * Close the parent rel, but keep our AccessShareLock on it until xact
7151 * commit. That will prevent someone else from deleting or ALTERing
7152 * the type before the typed table creation/conversion commits.
7153 */
7155
7156 if (!typeOk)
7158 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
7160 format_type_be(typ->oid)),
7162 }
7163 else
7165 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
7167 format_type_be(typ->oid))));
7168}
References AccessShareLock, Assert(), ereport, errcode(), errdetail(), errmsg(), ERROR, format_type_be(), GETSTRUCT(), NoLock, OidIsValid, RelationData::rd_rel, relation_close(), and relation_open().
Referenced by ATExecAddOf(), and transformOfType().
◆ CheckAlterTableIsSafe()
|
static |
Definition at line 4442 of file tablecmds.c.
4443{
4444 /*
4445 * Don't allow ALTER on temp tables of other backends. Their local buffer
4446 * manager is not going to cope if we need to change the table's contents.
4447 * Even if we don't, there may be optimizations that assume temp tables
4448 * aren't subject to such interference.
4449 */
4452 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
4454
4455 /*
4456 * Also check for active uses of the relation in the current transaction,
4457 * including open scans and pending AFTER trigger events.
4458 */
4460}
void CheckTableNotInUse(Relation rel, const char *stmt)
Definition: tablecmds.c:4409
References CheckTableNotInUse(), ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, and RELATION_IS_OTHER_TEMP.
Referenced by addFkRecurseReferencing(), AlterTable(), ATAddCheckNNConstraint(), ATCheckPartitionsNotInUse(), ATExecAddColumn(), ATExecDropColumn(), ATPrepAlterColumnType(), ATSimpleRecursion(), ATTypedTableRecursion(), dropconstraint_internal(), and set_attnotnull().
◆ checkFkeyPermissions()
Definition at line 13633 of file tablecmds.c.
13634{
13636 AclResult aclresult;
13638
13639 /* Okay if we have relation-level REFERENCES permission */
13641 ACL_REFERENCES);
13643 return;
13644 /* Else we must have REFERENCES on each column */
13646 {
13648 roleid, ACL_REFERENCES);
13651 RelationGetRelationName(rel));
13652 }
13653}
AclResult pg_attribute_aclcheck(Oid table_oid, AttrNumber attnum, Oid roleid, AclMode mode)
Definition: aclchk.c:3866
AclResult pg_class_aclcheck(Oid table_oid, Oid roleid, AclMode mode)
Definition: aclchk.c:4037
References ACL_REFERENCES, aclcheck_error(), ACLCHECK_OK, get_relkind_objtype(), GetUserId(), i, pg_attribute_aclcheck(), pg_class_aclcheck(), RelationData::rd_rel, RelationGetRelationName, and RelationGetRelid.
Referenced by ATAddForeignKeyConstraint().
◆ CheckRelationTableSpaceMove()
Definition at line 3686 of file tablecmds.c.
3687{
3688 Oid oldTableSpaceId;
3689
3690 /*
3691 * No work if no change in tablespace. Note that MyDatabaseTableSpace is
3692 * stored as 0.
3693 */
3694 oldTableSpaceId = rel->rd_rel->reltablespace;
3695 if (newTableSpaceId == oldTableSpaceId ||
3696 (newTableSpaceId == MyDatabaseTableSpace && oldTableSpaceId == 0))
3697 return false;
3698
3699 /*
3700 * We cannot support moving mapped relations into different tablespaces.
3701 * (In particular this eliminates all shared catalogs.)
3702 */
3705 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
3707 RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
3708
3709 /* Cannot move a non-shared relation into pg_global */
3710 if (newTableSpaceId == GLOBALTABLESPACE_OID)
3712 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
3714
3715 /*
3716 * Do not allow moving temp tables of other backends ... their local
3717 * buffer manager is not going to cope.
3718 */
3721 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
3723
3724 return true;
3725}
References ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, MyDatabaseTableSpace, RelationData::rd_rel, RELATION_IS_OTHER_TEMP, RelationGetRelationName, and RelationIsMapped.
Referenced by ATExecSetTableSpace(), ATExecSetTableSpaceNoStorage(), reindex_index(), and SetRelationTableSpace().
◆ CheckTableNotInUse()
| void CheckTableNotInUse | ( | Relation | rel, |
| const char * | stmt | ||
| ) |
Definition at line 4409 of file tablecmds.c.
4410{
4411 int expected_refcnt;
4412
4413 expected_refcnt = rel->rd_isnailed ? 2 : 1;
4416 (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_IN_USE),
4417 /* translator: first %s is a SQL command, eg ALTER TABLE */
4420
4422 rel->rd_rel->relkind != RELKIND_PARTITIONED_INDEX &&
4425 (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_IN_USE),
4426 /* translator: first %s is a SQL command, eg ALTER TABLE */
4429}
References AfterTriggerPendingOnRel(), ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, RelationData::rd_isnailed, RelationData::rd_refcnt, RelationData::rd_rel, RelationGetRelationName, RelationGetRelid, and stmt.
Referenced by CheckAlterTableIsSafe(), cluster_rel(), DefineIndex(), DefineVirtualRelation(), heap_drop_with_catalog(), index_drop(), MergeAttributes(), RefreshMatViewByOid(), reindex_index(), and truncate_check_activity().
◆ ChooseForeignKeyConstraintNameAddition()
|
static |
Definition at line 9838 of file tablecmds.c.
9839{
9841 int buflen = 0;
9842 ListCell *lc;
9843
9845 foreach(lc, colnames)
9846 {
9848
9849 if (buflen > 0)
9851
9852 /*
9853 * At this point we have buflen <= NAMEDATALEN. name should be less
9854 * than NAMEDATALEN already, but use strlcpy for paranoia.
9855 */
9857 buflen += strlen(buf + buflen);
9859 break;
9860 }
9862}
References buf, lfirst, name, NAMEDATALEN, pstrdup(), strlcpy(), and strVal.
Referenced by ATExecAddConstraint().
◆ CloneFkReferenced()
Definition at line 11214 of file tablecmds.c.
11215{
11216 Relation pg_constraint;
11217 AttrMap *attmap;
11218 ListCell *cell;
11219 SysScanDesc scan;
11221 HeapTuple tuple;
11223 Relation trigrel;
11224
11225 /*
11226 * Search for any constraints where this partition's parent is in the
11227 * referenced side. However, we must not clone any constraint whose
11228 * parent constraint is also going to be cloned, to avoid duplicates. So
11229 * do it in two steps: first construct the list of constraints to clone,
11230 * then go over that list cloning those whose parents are not in the list.
11231 * (We must not rely on the parent being seen first, since the catalog
11232 * scan could return children first.)
11233 */
11236 Anum_pg_constraint_confrelid, BTEqualStrategyNumber,
11239 Anum_pg_constraint_contype, BTEqualStrategyNumber,
11240 F_CHAREQ, CharGetDatum(CONSTRAINT_FOREIGN));
11241 /* This is a seqscan, as we don't have a usable index ... */
11243 NULL, 2, key);
11245 {
11247
11248 clone = lappend_oid(clone, constrForm->oid);
11249 }
11250 systable_endscan(scan);
11252
11253 /*
11254 * Triggers of the foreign keys will be manipulated a bunch of times in
11255 * the loop below. To avoid repeatedly opening/closing the trigger
11256 * catalog relation, we open it here and pass it to the subroutines called
11257 * below.
11258 */
11260
11262 RelationGetDescr(parentRel),
11263 false);
11264 foreach(cell, clone)
11265 {
11267 Form_pg_constraint constrForm;
11268 Relation fkRel;
11269 Oid indexOid;
11270 Oid partIndexId;
11271 int numfks;
11278 int numfkdelsetcols;
11280 Constraint *fkconstraint;
11281 ObjectAddress address;
11283 updateTriggerOid = InvalidOid;
11284
11289
11290 /*
11291 * As explained above: don't try to clone a constraint for which we're
11292 * going to clone the parent.
11293 */
11295 {
11296 ReleaseSysCache(tuple);
11297 continue;
11298 }
11299
11300 /* We need the same lock level that CreateTrigger will acquire */
11302
11303 indexOid = constrForm->conindid;
11304 DeconstructFkConstraintRow(tuple,
11305 &numfks,
11306 conkey,
11307 confkey,
11308 conpfeqop,
11309 conppeqop,
11310 conffeqop,
11311 &numfkdelsetcols,
11312 confdelsetcols);
11313
11316
11318 fkconstraint->contype = CONSTRAINT_FOREIGN;
11320 fkconstraint->deferrable = constrForm->condeferrable;
11321 fkconstraint->initdeferred = constrForm->condeferred;
11322 fkconstraint->location = -1;
11323 fkconstraint->pktable = NULL;
11324 /* ->fk_attrs determined below */
11326 fkconstraint->fk_matchtype = constrForm->confmatchtype;
11327 fkconstraint->fk_upd_action = constrForm->confupdtype;
11328 fkconstraint->fk_del_action = constrForm->confdeltype;
11332 fkconstraint->is_enforced = constrForm->conenforced;
11334 fkconstraint->initially_valid = constrForm->convalidated;
11335
11336 /* set up colnames that are used to generate the constraint name */
11338 {
11339 Form_pg_attribute att;
11340
11342 conkey[i] - 1);
11345 }
11346
11347 /*
11348 * Add the new foreign key constraint pointing to the new partition.
11349 * Because this new partition appears in the referenced side of the
11350 * constraint, we don't need to set up for Phase 3 check.
11351 */
11352 partIndexId = index_get_partition(partitionRel, indexOid);
11355 indexOid, RelationGetRelationName(partitionRel));
11356
11357 /*
11358 * Get the "action" triggers belonging to the constraint to pass as
11359 * parent OIDs for similar triggers that will be created on the
11360 * partition in addFkRecurseReferenced().
11361 */
11362 if (constrForm->conenforced)
11363 GetForeignKeyActionTriggers(trigrel, constrOid,
11364 constrForm->confrelid, constrForm->conrelid,
11365 &deleteTriggerOid, &updateTriggerOid);
11366
11367 /* Add this constraint ... */
11369 fkconstraint->conname, fkconstraint, fkRel,
11370 partitionRel, partIndexId, constrOid,
11371 numfks, mapped_confkey,
11372 conkey, conpfeqop, conppeqop, conffeqop,
11373 numfkdelsetcols, confdelsetcols, false,
11374 constrForm->conperiod);
11375 /* ... and recurse */
11376 addFkRecurseReferenced(fkconstraint,
11377 fkRel,
11378 partitionRel,
11379 partIndexId,
11380 address.objectId,
11381 numfks,
11382 mapped_confkey,
11383 conkey,
11384 conpfeqop,
11385 conppeqop,
11386 conffeqop,
11387 numfkdelsetcols,
11388 confdelsetcols,
11389 true,
11390 deleteTriggerOid,
11391 updateTriggerOid,
11392 constrForm->conperiod);
11393
11395 ReleaseSysCache(tuple);
11396 }
11397
11399}
void DeconstructFkConstraintRow(HeapTuple tuple, int *numfks, AttrNumber *conkey, AttrNumber *confkey, Oid *pf_eq_oprs, Oid *pp_eq_oprs, Oid *ff_eq_oprs, int *num_fk_del_set_cols, AttrNumber *fk_del_set_cols)
Definition: pg_constraint.c:1519
static void GetForeignKeyActionTriggers(Relation trigrel, Oid conoid, Oid confrelid, Oid conrelid, Oid *deleteTriggerOid, Oid *updateTriggerOid)
Definition: tablecmds.c:12039
References addFkConstraint(), addFkRecurseReferenced(), addFkReferencedSide, AttrMap::attnums, BTEqualStrategyNumber, build_attrmap_by_name(), CharGetDatum(), Constraint::conname, Constraint::contype, DeconstructFkConstraintRow(), Constraint::deferrable, elog, ERROR, Constraint::fk_attrs, Constraint::fk_del_action, Constraint::fk_del_set_cols, Constraint::fk_matchtype, Constraint::fk_upd_action, GetForeignKeyActionTriggers(), GETSTRUCT(), HeapTupleIsValid, i, index_get_partition(), INDEX_MAX_KEYS, Constraint::initdeferred, Constraint::initially_valid, InvalidOid, Constraint::is_enforced, sort-test::key, lappend(), lappend_oid(), lfirst_oid, list_member_oid(), Constraint::location, makeNode, makeString(), NameStr, NIL, NoLock, ObjectAddress::objectId, ObjectIdGetDatum(), OidIsValid, Constraint::old_conpfeqop, Constraint::old_pktable_oid, Constraint::pk_attrs, Constraint::pktable, RelationGetDescr, RelationGetRelationName, RelationGetRelid, ReleaseSysCache(), RowExclusiveLock, RowShareLock, ScanKeyInit(), SearchSysCache1(), ShareRowExclusiveLock, Constraint::skip_validation, systable_beginscan(), systable_endscan(), systable_getnext(), table_close(), table_open(), and TupleDescAttr().
Referenced by CloneForeignKeyConstraints().
◆ CloneFkReferencing()
Definition at line 11415 of file tablecmds.c.
11416{
11417 AttrMap *attmap;
11418 List *partFKs;
11420 ListCell *cell;
11421 Relation trigrel;
11422
11423 /* obtain a list of constraints that we need to clone */
11425 {
11427
11428 /*
11429 * Refuse to attach a table as partition that this partitioned table
11430 * already has a foreign key to. This isn't useful schema, which is
11431 * proven by the fact that there have been no user complaints that
11432 * it's already impossible to achieve this in the opposite direction,
11433 * i.e., creating a foreign key that references a partition. This
11434 * restriction allows us to dodge some complexities around
11435 * pg_constraint and pg_trigger row creations that would be needed
11436 * during ATTACH/DETACH for this kind of relationship.
11437 */
11440 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
11441 errmsg("cannot attach table \"%s\" as a partition because it is referenced by foreign key \"%s\"",
11442 RelationGetRelationName(partRel),
11444
11446 }
11447
11448 /*
11449 * Silently do nothing if there's nothing to do. In particular, this
11450 * avoids throwing a spurious error for foreign tables.
11451 */
11453 return;
11454
11457 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
11459
11460 /*
11461 * Triggers of the foreign keys will be manipulated a bunch of times in
11462 * the loop below. To avoid repeatedly opening/closing the trigger
11463 * catalog relation, we open it here and pass it to the subroutines called
11464 * below.
11465 */
11467
11468 /*
11469 * The constraint key may differ, if the columns in the partition are
11470 * different. This map is used to convert them.
11471 */
11473 RelationGetDescr(parentRel),
11474 false);
11475
11477
11478 foreach(cell, clone)
11479 {
11481 Form_pg_constraint constrForm;
11482 Relation pkrel;
11483 HeapTuple tuple;
11484 int numfks;
11491 int numfkdelsetcols;
11493 Constraint *fkconstraint;
11494 bool attached;
11495 Oid indexOid;
11496 ObjectAddress address;
11497 ListCell *lc;
11499 updateTriggerOid = InvalidOid;
11500 bool with_period;
11501
11505 parentConstrOid);
11507
11508 /* Don't clone constraints whose parents are being cloned */
11510 {
11511 ReleaseSysCache(tuple);
11512 continue;
11513 }
11514
11515 /*
11516 * Need to prevent concurrent deletions. If pkrel is a partitioned
11517 * relation, that means to lock all partitions.
11518 */
11522 ShareRowExclusiveLock, NULL);
11523
11524 DeconstructFkConstraintRow(tuple, &numfks, conkey, confkey,
11525 conpfeqop, conppeqop, conffeqop,
11526 &numfkdelsetcols, confdelsetcols);
11529
11530 /*
11531 * Get the "check" triggers belonging to the constraint, if it is
11532 * ENFORCED, to pass as parent OIDs for similar triggers that will be
11533 * created on the partition in addFkRecurseReferencing(). They are
11534 * also passed to tryAttachPartitionForeignKey() below to simply
11535 * assign as parents to the partition's existing "check" triggers,
11536 * that is, if the corresponding constraints is deemed attachable to
11537 * the parent constraint.
11538 */
11539 if (constrForm->conenforced)
11540 GetForeignKeyCheckTriggers(trigrel, constrForm->oid,
11541 constrForm->confrelid, constrForm->conrelid,
11542 &insertTriggerOid, &updateTriggerOid);
11543
11544 /*
11545 * Before creating a new constraint, see whether any existing FKs are
11546 * fit for the purpose. If one is, attach the parent constraint to
11547 * it, and don't clone anything. This way we avoid the expensive
11548 * verification step and don't end up with a duplicate FK, and we
11549 * don't need to recurse to partitions for this constraint.
11550 */
11551 attached = false;
11552 foreach(lc, partFKs)
11553 {
11555
11557 fk,
11558 partRel,
11559 parentConstrOid,
11560 numfks,
11561 mapped_conkey,
11562 confkey,
11563 conpfeqop,
11564 insertTriggerOid,
11565 updateTriggerOid,
11566 trigrel))
11567 {
11568 attached = true;
11570 break;
11571 }
11572 }
11573 if (attached)
11574 {
11575 ReleaseSysCache(tuple);
11576 continue;
11577 }
11578
11579 /* No dice. Set up to create our own constraint */
11581 fkconstraint->contype = CONSTRAINT_FOREIGN;
11582 /* ->conname determined below */
11583 fkconstraint->deferrable = constrForm->condeferrable;
11584 fkconstraint->initdeferred = constrForm->condeferred;
11585 fkconstraint->location = -1;
11586 fkconstraint->pktable = NULL;
11587 /* ->fk_attrs determined below */
11589 fkconstraint->fk_matchtype = constrForm->confmatchtype;
11590 fkconstraint->fk_upd_action = constrForm->confupdtype;
11591 fkconstraint->fk_del_action = constrForm->confdeltype;
11595 fkconstraint->is_enforced = constrForm->conenforced;
11597 fkconstraint->initially_valid = constrForm->convalidated;
11599 {
11600 Form_pg_attribute att;
11601
11603 mapped_conkey[i] - 1);
11606 }
11607
11608 indexOid = constrForm->conindid;
11609 with_period = constrForm->conperiod;
11610
11611 /* Create the pg_constraint entry at this level */
11613 NameStr(constrForm->conname), fkconstraint,
11614 partRel, pkrel, indexOid, parentConstrOid,
11615 numfks, confkey,
11616 mapped_conkey, conpfeqop,
11617 conppeqop, conffeqop,
11618 numfkdelsetcols, confdelsetcols,
11619 false, with_period);
11620
11621 /* Done with the cloned constraint's tuple */
11622 ReleaseSysCache(tuple);
11623
11624 /* Create the check triggers, and recurse to partitions, if any */
11625 addFkRecurseReferencing(wqueue,
11626 fkconstraint,
11627 partRel,
11628 pkrel,
11629 indexOid,
11630 address.objectId,
11631 numfks,
11632 confkey,
11633 mapped_conkey,
11634 conpfeqop,
11635 conppeqop,
11636 conffeqop,
11637 numfkdelsetcols,
11638 confdelsetcols,
11639 false, /* no old check exists */
11640 AccessExclusiveLock,
11641 insertTriggerOid,
11642 updateTriggerOid,
11643 with_period);
11645 }
11646
11648}
References AccessExclusiveLock, addFkConstraint(), addFkRecurseReferencing(), addFkReferencingSide, AttrMap::attnums, build_attrmap_by_name(), ForeignKeyCacheInfo::confrelid, ForeignKeyCacheInfo::conoid, Constraint::contype, copyObject, DeconstructFkConstraintRow(), Constraint::deferrable, elog, ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, find_all_inheritors(), Constraint::fk_attrs, Constraint::fk_del_action, Constraint::fk_del_set_cols, Constraint::fk_matchtype, Constraint::fk_upd_action, get_constraint_name(), GetForeignKeyCheckTriggers(), GETSTRUCT(), HeapTupleIsValid, i, if(), INDEX_MAX_KEYS, Constraint::initdeferred, Constraint::initially_valid, InvalidOid, Constraint::is_enforced, lappend(), lappend_oid(), lfirst, lfirst_node, lfirst_oid, list_member_oid(), Constraint::location, makeNode, makeString(), NameStr, NIL, NoLock, ObjectAddress::objectId, ObjectIdGetDatum(), Constraint::old_conpfeqop, Constraint::old_pktable_oid, Constraint::pk_attrs, Constraint::pktable, RelationData::rd_rel, RelationGetDescr, RelationGetFKeyList(), RelationGetRelationName, RelationGetRelid, ReleaseSysCache(), RowExclusiveLock, SearchSysCache1(), ShareRowExclusiveLock, Constraint::skip_validation, table_close(), table_open(), tryAttachPartitionForeignKey(), and TupleDescAttr().
Referenced by CloneForeignKeyConstraints().
◆ CloneForeignKeyConstraints()
|
static |
Definition at line 11185 of file tablecmds.c.
11187{
11188 /* This only works for declarative partitioning */
11190
11191 /*
11192 * First, clone constraints where the parent is on the referencing side.
11193 */
11194 CloneFkReferencing(wqueue, parentRel, partitionRel);
11195
11196 /*
11197 * Clone constraints for which the parent is on the referenced side.
11198 */
11199 CloneFkReferenced(parentRel, partitionRel);
11200}
static void CloneFkReferencing(List **wqueue, Relation parentRel, Relation partRel)
Definition: tablecmds.c:11415
static void CloneFkReferenced(Relation parentRel, Relation partitionRel)
Definition: tablecmds.c:11214
References Assert(), CloneFkReferenced(), CloneFkReferencing(), and RelationData::rd_rel.
Referenced by ATExecAttachPartition(), and DefineRelation().
◆ CloneRowTriggersToPartition()
Definition at line 20709 of file tablecmds.c.
20710{
20711 Relation pg_trigger;
20713 SysScanDesc scan;
20714 HeapTuple tuple;
20715 MemoryContext perTupCxt;
20716
20720 scan = systable_beginscan(pg_trigger, TriggerRelidNameIndexId,
20722
20725
20727 {
20729 CreateTrigStmt *trigStmt;
20730 Node *qual = NULL;
20732 bool isnull;
20735 MemoryContext oldcxt;
20736
20737 /*
20738 * Ignore statement-level triggers; those are not cloned.
20739 */
20740 if (!TRIGGER_FOR_ROW(trigForm->tgtype))
20741 continue;
20742
20743 /*
20744 * Don't clone internal triggers, because the constraint cloning code
20745 * will.
20746 */
20747 if (trigForm->tgisinternal)
20748 continue;
20749
20750 /*
20751 * Complain if we find an unexpected trigger type.
20752 */
20753 if (!TRIGGER_FOR_BEFORE(trigForm->tgtype) &&
20754 !TRIGGER_FOR_AFTER(trigForm->tgtype))
20756 NameStr(trigForm->tgname));
20757
20758 /* Use short-lived context for CREATE TRIGGER */
20759 oldcxt = MemoryContextSwitchTo(perTupCxt);
20760
20761 /*
20762 * If there is a WHEN clause, generate a 'cooked' version of it that's
20763 * appropriate for the partition.
20764 */
20766 RelationGetDescr(pg_trigger), &isnull);
20767 if (!isnull)
20768 {
20771 partition, parent);
20773 partition, parent);
20774 }
20775
20776 /*
20777 * If there is a column list, transform it to a list of column names.
20778 * Note we don't need to map this list in any way ...
20779 */
20780 if (trigForm->tgattr.dim1 > 0)
20781 {
20783
20785 {
20786 Form_pg_attribute col;
20787
20789 trigForm->tgattr.values[i] - 1);
20790 cols = lappend(cols,
20792 }
20793 }
20794
20795 /* Reconstruct trigger arguments list. */
20796 if (trigForm->tgnargs > 0)
20797 {
20798 char *p;
20799
20801 RelationGetDescr(pg_trigger), &isnull);
20802 if (isnull)
20805
20807
20809 {
20811 p += strlen(p) + 1;
20812 }
20813 }
20814
20819 trigStmt->relation = NULL;
20821 trigStmt->args = trigargs;
20823 trigStmt->timing = trigForm->tgtype & TRIGGER_TYPE_TIMING_MASK;
20824 trigStmt->events = trigForm->tgtype & TRIGGER_TYPE_EVENT_MASK;
20825 trigStmt->columns = cols;
20828 trigStmt->deferrable = trigForm->tgdeferrable;
20829 trigStmt->initdeferred = trigForm->tginitdeferred;
20831
20834 trigForm->tgfoid, trigForm->oid, qual,
20835 false, true, trigForm->tgenabled);
20836
20837 MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcxt);
20838 MemoryContextReset(perTupCxt);
20839 }
20840
20841 MemoryContextDelete(perTupCxt);
20842
20843 systable_endscan(scan);
20845}
static struct @166 value
Definition: parsenodes.h:3106
ObjectAddress CreateTriggerFiringOn(CreateTrigStmt *stmt, const char *queryString, Oid relOid, Oid refRelOid, Oid constraintOid, Oid indexOid, Oid funcoid, Oid parentTriggerOid, Node *whenClause, bool isInternal, bool in_partition, char trigger_fires_when)
Definition: trigger.c:177
References ALLOCSET_SMALL_SIZES, AllocSetContextCreate, CreateTrigStmt::args, BTEqualStrategyNumber, CreateTrigStmt::columns, CreateTrigStmt::constrrel, CreateTriggerFiringOn(), CurrentMemoryContext, DatumGetByteaPP, CreateTrigStmt::deferrable, elog, ERROR, CreateTrigStmt::events, CreateTrigStmt::funcname, GETSTRUCT(), heap_getattr(), HeapTupleIsValid, i, CreateTrigStmt::initdeferred, InvalidOid, CreateTrigStmt::isconstraint, sort-test::key, lappend(), makeNode, makeString(), map_partition_varattnos(), MemoryContextDelete(), MemoryContextReset(), MemoryContextSwitchTo(), NameStr, NIL, ObjectIdGetDatum(), OidIsValid, PRS2_NEW_VARNO, PRS2_OLD_VARNO, pstrdup(), RelationData::rd_att, CreateTrigStmt::relation, RelationGetDescr, RelationGetRelationName, RelationGetRelid, CreateTrigStmt::replace, CreateTrigStmt::row, RowExclusiveLock, ScanKeyInit(), stringToNode(), systable_beginscan(), systable_endscan(), systable_getnext(), table_close(), table_open(), TextDatumGetCString, CreateTrigStmt::timing, CreateTrigStmt::transitionRels, CreateTrigStmt::trigname, TupleDescAttr(), value, VARDATA_ANY(), and CreateTrigStmt::whenClause.
Referenced by ATExecAttachPartition(), and DefineRelation().
◆ ComputePartitionAttrs()
|
static |
Definition at line 19751 of file tablecmds.c.
19754{
19755 int attn;
19756 ListCell *lc;
19757 Oid am_oid;
19758
19759 attn = 0;
19760 foreach(lc, partParams)
19761 {
19763 Oid atttype;
19764 Oid attcollation;
19765
19767 {
19768 /* Simple attribute reference */
19769 HeapTuple atttuple;
19770 Form_pg_attribute attform;
19771
19773 pelem->name);
19776 (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN),
19778 pelem->name),
19781
19782 if (attform->attnum <= 0)
19784 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
19786 pelem->name),
19788
19789 /*
19790 * Stored generated columns cannot work: They are computed after
19791 * BEFORE triggers, but partition routing is done before all
19792 * triggers. Maybe virtual generated columns could be made to
19793 * work, but then they would need to be handled as an expression
19794 * below.
19795 */
19796 if (attform->attgenerated)
19798 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
19801 pelem->name),
19803
19804 partattrs[attn] = attform->attnum;
19805 atttype = attform->atttypid;
19806 attcollation = attform->attcollation;
19807 ReleaseSysCache(atttuple);
19808 }
19809 else
19810 {
19811 /* Expression */
19813 char partattname[16];
19814
19815 Assert(expr != NULL);
19816 atttype = exprType(expr);
19817 attcollation = exprCollation(expr);
19818
19819 /*
19820 * The expression must be of a storable type (e.g., not RECORD).
19821 * The test is the same as for whether a table column is of a safe
19822 * type (which is why we needn't check for the non-expression
19823 * case).
19824 */
19826 CheckAttributeType(partattname,
19827 atttype, attcollation,
19829
19830 /*
19831 * Strip any top-level COLLATE clause. This ensures that we treat
19832 * "x COLLATE y" and "(x COLLATE y)" alike.
19833 */
19836
19838 ((Var *) expr)->varattno > 0)
19839 {
19840 /*
19841 * User wrote "(column)" or "(column COLLATE something)".
19842 * Treat it like simple attribute anyway.
19843 */
19844 partattrs[attn] = ((Var *) expr)->varattno;
19845 }
19846 else
19847 {
19848 Bitmapset *expr_attrs = NULL;
19850
19851 partattrs[attn] = 0; /* marks the column as expression */
19852 *partexprs = lappend(*partexprs, expr);
19853
19854 /*
19855 * transformPartitionSpec() should have already rejected
19856 * subqueries, aggregates, window functions, and SRFs, based
19857 * on the EXPR_KIND_ for partition expressions.
19858 */
19859
19860 /*
19861 * Cannot allow system column references, since that would
19862 * make partition routing impossible: their values won't be
19863 * known yet when we need to do that.
19864 */
19865 pull_varattnos(expr, 1, &expr_attrs);
19867 {
19869 expr_attrs))
19871 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
19873 }
19874
19875 /*
19876 * Stored generated columns cannot work: They are computed
19877 * after BEFORE triggers, but partition routing is done before
19878 * all triggers. Virtual generated columns could probably
19879 * work, but it would require more work elsewhere (for example
19880 * SET EXPRESSION would need to check whether the column is
19881 * used in partition keys). Seems safer to prohibit for now.
19882 */
19883 i = -1;
19885 {
19887
19888 if (attno > 0 &&
19891 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
19896 }
19897
19898 /*
19899 * Preprocess the expression before checking for mutability.
19900 * This is essential for the reasons described in
19901 * contain_mutable_functions_after_planning. However, we call
19902 * expression_planner for ourselves rather than using that
19903 * function, because if constant-folding reduces the
19904 * expression to a constant, we'd like to know that so we can
19905 * complain below.
19906 *
19907 * Like contain_mutable_functions_after_planning, assume that
19908 * expression_planner won't scribble on its input, so this
19909 * won't affect the partexprs entry we saved above.
19910 */
19912
19913 /*
19914 * Partition expressions cannot contain mutable functions,
19915 * because a given row must always map to the same partition
19916 * as long as there is no change in the partition boundary
19917 * structure.
19918 */
19921 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
19923
19924 /*
19925 * While it is not exactly *wrong* for a partition expression
19926 * to be a constant, it seems better to reject such keys.
19927 */
19930 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
19932 }
19933 }
19934
19935 /*
19936 * Apply collation override if any
19937 */
19940
19941 /*
19942 * Check we have a collation iff it's a collatable type. The only
19943 * expected failures here are (1) COLLATE applied to a noncollatable
19944 * type, or (2) partition expression had an unresolved collation. But
19945 * we might as well code this to be a complete consistency check.
19946 */
19948 {
19951 (errcode(ERRCODE_INDETERMINATE_COLLATION),
19954 }
19955 else
19956 {
19959 (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
19961 format_type_be(atttype))));
19962 }
19963
19964 partcollation[attn] = attcollation;
19965
19966 /*
19967 * Identify the appropriate operator class. For list and range
19968 * partitioning, we use a btree operator class; hash partitioning uses
19969 * a hash operator class.
19970 */
19972 am_oid = HASH_AM_OID;
19973 else
19974 am_oid = BTREE_AM_OID;
19975
19977 {
19978 partopclass[attn] = GetDefaultOpClass(atttype, am_oid);
19979
19981 {
19984 (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
19987 errhint("You must specify a hash operator class or define a default hash operator class for the data type.")));
19988 else
19990 (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
19993 errhint("You must specify a btree operator class or define a default btree operator class for the data type.")));
19994 }
19995 }
19996 else
19998 atttype,
19999 am_oid == HASH_AM_OID ? "hash" : "btree",
20000 am_oid);
20001
20002 attn++;
20003 }
20004}
Oid ResolveOpClass(const List *opclass, Oid attrType, const char *accessMethodName, Oid accessMethodId)
Definition: indexcmds.c:2259
Definition: bitmapset.h:50
Definition: primnodes.h:1296
Definition: primnodes.h:324
Definition: parsenodes.h:888
void pull_varattnos(Node *node, Index varno, Bitmapset **varattnos)
Definition: var.c:296
References arg, Assert(), bms_is_member(), bms_next_member(), CheckAttributeType(), CHKATYPE_IS_PARTKEY, PartitionElem::collation, contain_mutable_functions(), ereport, errcode(), errdetail(), errhint(), errmsg(), ERROR, PartitionElem::expr, exprCollation(), expression_planner(), exprType(), FirstLowInvalidHeapAttributeNumber, format_type_be(), get_attname(), get_collation_oid(), GetDefaultOpClass(), GETSTRUCT(), HeapTupleIsValid, i, IsA, lappend(), lfirst_node, PartitionElem::location, PartitionElem::name, NIL, OidIsValid, PartitionElem::opclass, parser_errposition(), PARTITION_STRATEGY_HASH, pull_varattnos(), RelationGetDescr, RelationGetRelid, ReleaseSysCache(), ResolveOpClass(), SearchSysCacheAttName(), snprintf, TupleDescAttr(), and type_is_collatable().
Referenced by DefineRelation().
◆ ConstraintImpliedByRelConstraint()
|
static |
Definition at line 20070 of file tablecmds.c.
20071{
20074 int num_check,
20075 i;
20076
20077 num_check = (constr != NULL) ? constr->num_check : 0;
20079 {
20080 Node *cexpr;
20081
20082 /*
20083 * If this constraint hasn't been fully validated yet, we must ignore
20084 * it here.
20085 */
20087 continue;
20088
20089 /*
20090 * NOT ENFORCED constraints are always marked as invalid, which should
20091 * have been ignored.
20092 */
20094
20096
20097 /*
20098 * Run each expression through const-simplification and
20099 * canonicalization. It is necessary, because we will be comparing it
20100 * to similarly-processed partition constraint expressions, and may
20101 * fail to detect valid matches without this.
20102 */
20103 cexpr = eval_const_expressions(NULL, cexpr);
20105
20106 existConstraint = list_concat(existConstraint,
20108 }
20109
20110 /*
20111 * Try to make the proof. Since we are comparing CHECK constraints, we
20112 * need to use weak implication, i.e., we assume existConstraint is
20113 * not-false and try to prove the same for testConstraint.
20114 *
20115 * Note that predicate_implied_by assumes its first argument is known
20116 * immutable. That should always be true for both NOT NULL and partition
20117 * constraints, so we don't test it here.
20118 */
20120}
bool predicate_implied_by(List *predicate_list, List *clause_list, bool weak)
Definition: predtest.c:152
Definition: tupdesc.h:39
References Assert(), canonicalize_qual(), ConstrCheck::ccbin, ConstrCheck::ccenforced, ConstrCheck::ccvalid, TupleConstr::check, eval_const_expressions(), for(), i, list_concat(), list_copy(), make_ands_implicit(), TupleConstr::num_check, predicate_implied_by(), RelationGetDescr, and stringToNode().
Referenced by NotNullImpliedByRelConstraints(), and PartConstraintImpliedByRelConstraint().
◆ constraints_equivalent()
Definition at line 17437 of file tablecmds.c.
17438{
17441
17442 if (acon->condeferrable != bcon->condeferrable ||
17443 acon->condeferred != bcon->condeferred ||
17446 return false;
17447 else
17448 return true;
17449}
static char * decompile_conbin(HeapTuple contup, TupleDesc tupdesc)
Definition: tablecmds.c:17409
References a, b, decompile_conbin(), and GETSTRUCT().
Referenced by MergeConstraintsIntoExisting().
◆ CreateFKCheckTrigger()
|
static |
Definition at line 13762 of file tablecmds.c.
13765{
13766 ObjectAddress trigAddress;
13767 CreateTrigStmt *fk_trigger;
13768
13769 /*
13770 * Note: for a self-referential FK (referencing and referenced tables are
13771 * the same), it is important that the ON UPDATE action fires before the
13772 * CHECK action, since both triggers will fire on the same row during an
13773 * UPDATE event; otherwise the CHECK trigger will be checking a non-final
13774 * state of the row. Triggers fire in name order, so we ensure this by
13775 * using names like "RI_ConstraintTrigger_a_NNNN" for the action triggers
13776 * and "RI_ConstraintTrigger_c_NNNN" for the check triggers.
13777 */
13782 fk_trigger->relation = NULL;
13783
13784 /* Either ON INSERT or ON UPDATE */
13785 if (on_insert)
13786 {
13788 fk_trigger->events = TRIGGER_TYPE_INSERT;
13789 }
13790 else
13791 {
13793 fk_trigger->events = TRIGGER_TYPE_UPDATE;
13794 }
13795
13798 fk_trigger->timing = TRIGGER_TYPE_AFTER;
13800 fk_trigger->whenClause = NULL;
13804 fk_trigger->constrrel = NULL;
13805
13806 trigAddress = CreateTrigger(fk_trigger, NULL, myRelOid, refRelOid,
13807 constraintOid, indexOid, InvalidOid,
13808 parentTrigOid, NULL, true, false);
13809
13810 /* Make changes-so-far visible */
13811 CommandCounterIncrement();
13812
13814}
List * SystemFuncName(char *name)
ObjectAddress CreateTrigger(CreateTrigStmt *stmt, const char *queryString, Oid relOid, Oid refRelOid, Oid constraintOid, Oid indexOid, Oid funcoid, Oid parentTriggerOid, Node *whenClause, bool isInternal, bool in_partition)
Definition: trigger.c:160
References CreateTrigStmt::args, CreateTrigStmt::columns, CommandCounterIncrement(), CreateTrigStmt::constrrel, CreateTrigger(), Constraint::deferrable, CreateTrigStmt::deferrable, CreateTrigStmt::events, CreateTrigStmt::funcname, Constraint::initdeferred, CreateTrigStmt::initdeferred, InvalidOid, CreateTrigStmt::isconstraint, makeNode, NIL, ObjectAddress::objectId, CreateTrigStmt::relation, CreateTrigStmt::replace, CreateTrigStmt::row, SystemFuncName(), CreateTrigStmt::timing, CreateTrigStmt::transitionRels, CreateTrigStmt::trigname, and CreateTrigStmt::whenClause.
Referenced by createForeignKeyCheckTriggers().
◆ createForeignKeyActionTriggers()
|
static |
Definition at line 13825 of file tablecmds.c.
13829{
13830 CreateTrigStmt *fk_trigger;
13831 ObjectAddress trigAddress;
13832
13833 /*
13834 * Build and execute a CREATE CONSTRAINT TRIGGER statement for the ON
13835 * DELETE action on the referenced table.
13836 */
13841 fk_trigger->relation = NULL;
13844 fk_trigger->timing = TRIGGER_TYPE_AFTER;
13845 fk_trigger->events = TRIGGER_TYPE_DELETE;
13847 fk_trigger->whenClause = NULL;
13849 fk_trigger->constrrel = NULL;
13850
13852 {
13857 break;
13862 break;
13867 break;
13872 break;
13877 break;
13878 default:
13881 break;
13882 }
13883
13884 trigAddress = CreateTrigger(fk_trigger, NULL, refRelOid, myRelOid,
13885 constraintOid, indexOid, InvalidOid,
13886 parentDelTrigger, NULL, true, false);
13887 if (deleteTrigOid)
13888 *deleteTrigOid = trigAddress.objectId;
13889
13890 /* Make changes-so-far visible */
13891 CommandCounterIncrement();
13892
13893 /*
13894 * Build and execute a CREATE CONSTRAINT TRIGGER statement for the ON
13895 * UPDATE action on the referenced table.
13896 */
13901 fk_trigger->relation = NULL;
13904 fk_trigger->timing = TRIGGER_TYPE_AFTER;
13905 fk_trigger->events = TRIGGER_TYPE_UPDATE;
13907 fk_trigger->whenClause = NULL;
13909 fk_trigger->constrrel = NULL;
13910
13912 {
13917 break;
13922 break;
13927 break;
13932 break;
13937 break;
13938 default:
13941 break;
13942 }
13943
13944 trigAddress = CreateTrigger(fk_trigger, NULL, refRelOid, myRelOid,
13945 constraintOid, indexOid, InvalidOid,
13946 parentUpdTrigger, NULL, true, false);
13947 if (updateTrigOid)
13948 *updateTrigOid = trigAddress.objectId;
13949}
References CreateTrigStmt::args, CreateTrigStmt::columns, CommandCounterIncrement(), CreateTrigStmt::constrrel, CreateTrigger(), Constraint::deferrable, CreateTrigStmt::deferrable, elog, ERROR, CreateTrigStmt::events, Constraint::fk_del_action, Constraint::fk_upd_action, FKCONSTR_ACTION_CASCADE, FKCONSTR_ACTION_NOACTION, FKCONSTR_ACTION_RESTRICT, FKCONSTR_ACTION_SETDEFAULT, FKCONSTR_ACTION_SETNULL, CreateTrigStmt::funcname, Constraint::initdeferred, CreateTrigStmt::initdeferred, InvalidOid, CreateTrigStmt::isconstraint, makeNode, NIL, ObjectAddress::objectId, CreateTrigStmt::relation, CreateTrigStmt::replace, CreateTrigStmt::row, SystemFuncName(), CreateTrigStmt::timing, CreateTrigStmt::transitionRels, CreateTrigStmt::trigname, and CreateTrigStmt::whenClause.
Referenced by addFkRecurseReferenced(), and ATExecAlterConstrEnforceability().
◆ createForeignKeyCheckTriggers()
|
static |
Definition at line 13960 of file tablecmds.c.
13965{
13966 *insertTrigOid = CreateFKCheckTrigger(myRelOid, refRelOid, fkconstraint,
13967 constraintOid, indexOid,
13968 parentInsTrigger, true);
13969 *updateTrigOid = CreateFKCheckTrigger(myRelOid, refRelOid, fkconstraint,
13970 constraintOid, indexOid,
13971 parentUpdTrigger, false);
13972}
static Oid CreateFKCheckTrigger(Oid myRelOid, Oid refRelOid, Constraint *fkconstraint, Oid constraintOid, Oid indexOid, Oid parentTrigOid, bool on_insert)
Definition: tablecmds.c:13762
References CreateFKCheckTrigger().
Referenced by addFkRecurseReferencing(), and ATExecAlterConstrEnforceability().
◆ CreateInheritance()
Definition at line 17340 of file tablecmds.c.
17341{
17342 Relation catalogRelation;
17343 SysScanDesc scan;
17345 HeapTuple inheritsTuple;
17346 int32 inhseqno;
17347
17348 /* Note: get RowExclusiveLock because we will write pg_inherits below. */
17350
17351 /*
17352 * Check for duplicates in the list of parents, and determine the highest
17353 * inhseqno already present; we'll use the next one for the new parent.
17354 * Also, if proposed child is a partition, it cannot already be
17355 * inheriting.
17356 *
17357 * Note: we do not reject the case where the child already inherits from
17358 * the parent indirectly; CREATE TABLE doesn't reject comparable cases.
17359 */
17361 Anum_pg_inherits_inhrelid,
17362 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
17364 scan = systable_beginscan(catalogRelation, InheritsRelidSeqnoIndexId,
17366
17367 /* inhseqno sequences start at 1 */
17368 inhseqno = 0;
17370 {
17372
17375 (errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_TABLE),
17377 RelationGetRelationName(parent_rel))));
17378
17379 if (inh->inhseqno > inhseqno)
17380 inhseqno = inh->inhseqno;
17381 }
17382 systable_endscan(scan);
17383
17384 /* Match up the columns and bump attinhcount as needed */
17385 MergeAttributesIntoExisting(child_rel, parent_rel, ispartition);
17386
17387 /* Match up the constraints and bump coninhcount as needed */
17388 MergeConstraintsIntoExisting(child_rel, parent_rel);
17389
17390 /*
17391 * OK, it looks valid. Make the catalog entries that show inheritance.
17392 */
17394 RelationGetRelid(parent_rel),
17395 inhseqno + 1,
17396 catalogRelation,
17397 parent_rel->rd_rel->relkind ==
17398 RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE);
17399
17400 /* Now we're done with pg_inherits */
17402}
static void MergeAttributesIntoExisting(Relation child_rel, Relation parent_rel, bool ispartition)
Definition: tablecmds.c:17466
static void StoreCatalogInheritance1(Oid relationId, Oid parentOid, int32 seqNumber, Relation inhRelation, bool child_is_partition)
Definition: tablecmds.c:3558
static void MergeConstraintsIntoExisting(Relation child_rel, Relation parent_rel)
Definition: tablecmds.c:17604
References BTEqualStrategyNumber, ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, GETSTRUCT(), HeapTupleIsValid, sort-test::key, MergeAttributesIntoExisting(), MergeConstraintsIntoExisting(), ObjectIdGetDatum(), RelationData::rd_rel, RelationGetRelationName, RelationGetRelid, RowExclusiveLock, ScanKeyInit(), StoreCatalogInheritance1(), systable_beginscan(), systable_endscan(), systable_getnext(), table_close(), and table_open().
Referenced by ATExecAddInherit(), and ATExecAttachPartition().
◆ decompile_conbin()
Definition at line 17409 of file tablecmds.c.
17410{
17411 Form_pg_constraint con;
17412 bool isnull;
17413 Datum attr;
17414 Datum expr;
17415
17417 attr = heap_getattr(contup, Anum_pg_constraint_conbin, tupdesc, &isnull);
17418 if (isnull)
17420
17422 ObjectIdGetDatum(con->conrelid));
17424}
References DirectFunctionCall2, elog, ERROR, GETSTRUCT(), heap_getattr(), ObjectIdGetDatum(), pg_get_expr(), and TextDatumGetCString.
Referenced by constraints_equivalent().
◆ DefineRelation()
| ObjectAddress DefineRelation | ( | CreateStmt * | stmt, |
| char | relkind, | ||
| Oid | ownerId, | ||
| ObjectAddress * | typaddress, | ||
| const char * | queryString | ||
| ) |
Definition at line 765 of file tablecmds.c.
767{
769 Oid namespaceId;
770 Oid relationId;
771 Oid tablespaceId;
772 Relation rel;
774 List *inheritOids;
775 List *old_constraints;
776 List *old_notnulls;
777 List *rawDefaults;
778 List *cookedDefaults;
779 List *nncols;
780 Datum reloptions;
781 ListCell *listptr;
783 bool partitioned;
785 Oid ofTypeId;
786 ObjectAddress address;
787 LOCKMODE parentLockmode;
789
790 /*
791 * Truncate relname to appropriate length (probably a waste of time, as
792 * parser should have done this already).
793 */
795
796 /*
797 * Check consistency of arguments
798 */
800 && stmt->relation->relpersistence != RELPERSISTENCE_TEMP)
802 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
804
806 {
807 if (relkind != RELKIND_RELATION)
809
810 relkind = RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE;
811 partitioned = true;
812 }
813 else
814 partitioned = false;
815
816 if (relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE &&
817 stmt->relation->relpersistence == RELPERSISTENCE_UNLOGGED)
819 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
821
822 /*
823 * Look up the namespace in which we are supposed to create the relation,
824 * check we have permission to create there, lock it against concurrent
825 * drop, and mark stmt->relation as RELPERSISTENCE_TEMP if a temporary
826 * namespace is selected.
827 */
828 namespaceId =
830
831 /*
832 * Security check: disallow creating temp tables from security-restricted
833 * code. This is needed because calling code might not expect untrusted
834 * tables to appear in pg_temp at the front of its search path.
835 */
837 && InSecurityRestrictedOperation())
839 (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
841
842 /*
843 * Determine the lockmode to use when scanning parents. A self-exclusive
844 * lock is needed here.
845 *
846 * For regular inheritance, if two backends attempt to add children to the
847 * same parent simultaneously, and that parent has no pre-existing
848 * children, then both will attempt to update the parent's relhassubclass
849 * field, leading to a "tuple concurrently updated" error. Also, this
850 * interlocks against a concurrent ANALYZE on the parent table, which
851 * might otherwise be attempting to clear the parent's relhassubclass
852 * field, if its previous children were recently dropped.
853 *
854 * If the child table is a partition, then we instead grab an exclusive
855 * lock on the parent because its partition descriptor will be changed by
856 * addition of the new partition.
857 */
859 ShareUpdateExclusiveLock);
860
861 /* Determine the list of OIDs of the parents. */
862 inheritOids = NIL;
864 {
866 Oid parentOid;
867
869
870 /*
871 * Reject duplications in the list of parents.
872 */
875 (errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_TABLE),
877 get_rel_name(parentOid))));
878
879 inheritOids = lappend_oid(inheritOids, parentOid);
880 }
881
882 /*
883 * Select tablespace to use: an explicitly indicated one, or (in the case
884 * of a partitioned table) the parent's, if it has one.
885 */
887 {
889
892 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
894 }
896 {
899 }
900 else
901 tablespaceId = InvalidOid;
902
903 /* still nothing? use the default */
906 partitioned);
907
908 /* Check permissions except when using database's default */
910 {
911 AclResult aclresult;
912
914 ACL_CREATE);
917 get_tablespace_name(tablespaceId));
918 }
919
920 /* In all cases disallow placing user relations in pg_global */
921 if (tablespaceId == GLOBALTABLESPACE_OID)
923 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
925
926 /* Identify user ID that will own the table */
928 ownerId = GetUserId();
929
930 /*
931 * Parse and validate reloptions, if any.
932 */
934 true, false);
935
936 switch (relkind)
937 {
938 case RELKIND_VIEW:
940 break;
941 case RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE:
943 break;
944 default:
946 }
947
949 {
950 AclResult aclresult;
951
953
956 aclcheck_error_type(aclresult, ofTypeId);
957 }
958 else
959 ofTypeId = InvalidOid;
960
961 /*
962 * Look up inheritance ancestors and generate relation schema, including
963 * inherited attributes. (Note that stmt->tableElts is destructively
964 * modified by MergeAttributes.)
965 */
966 stmt->tableElts =
968 stmt->relation->relpersistence,
969 stmt->partbound != NULL,
970 &old_constraints, &old_notnulls);
971
972 /*
973 * Create a tuple descriptor from the relation schema. Note that this
974 * deals with column names, types, and in-descriptor NOT NULL flags, but
975 * not default values, NOT NULL or CHECK constraints; we handle those
976 * below.
977 */
979
980 /*
981 * Find columns with default values and prepare for insertion of the
982 * defaults. Pre-cooked (that is, inherited) defaults go into a list of
983 * CookedConstraint structs that we'll pass to heap_create_with_catalog,
984 * while raw defaults go into a list of RawColumnDefault structs that will
985 * be processed by AddRelationNewConstraints. (We can't deal with raw
986 * expressions until we can do transformExpr.)
987 */
988 rawDefaults = NIL;
989 cookedDefaults = NIL;
990 attnum = 0;
991
993 {
995
996 attnum++;
998 {
999 RawColumnDefault *rawEnt;
1000
1002
1007 rawDefaults = lappend(rawDefaults, rawEnt);
1008 }
1010 {
1011 CookedConstraint *cooked;
1012
1016 cooked->name = NULL;
1024 cookedDefaults = lappend(cookedDefaults, cooked);
1025 }
1026 }
1027
1028 /*
1029 * For relations with table AM and partitioned tables, select access
1030 * method to use: an explicitly indicated one, or (in the case of a
1031 * partitioned table) the parent's, if it has one.
1032 */
1034 {
1035 Assert(RELKIND_HAS_TABLE_AM(relkind) || relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE);
1037 }
1038 else if (RELKIND_HAS_TABLE_AM(relkind) || relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE)
1039 {
1041 {
1044 }
1045
1048 }
1049
1050 /*
1051 * Create the relation. Inherited defaults and CHECK constraints are
1052 * passed in for immediate handling --- since they don't need parsing,
1053 * they can be stored immediately.
1054 */
1056 namespaceId,
1057 tablespaceId,
1058 InvalidOid,
1059 InvalidOid,
1060 ofTypeId,
1061 ownerId,
1062 accessMethodId,
1063 descriptor,
1064 list_concat(cookedDefaults,
1065 old_constraints),
1066 relkind,
1067 stmt->relation->relpersistence,
1068 false,
1069 false,
1070 stmt->oncommit,
1071 reloptions,
1072 true,
1073 allowSystemTableMods,
1074 false,
1075 InvalidOid,
1076 typaddress);
1077
1078 /*
1079 * We must bump the command counter to make the newly-created relation
1080 * tuple visible for opening.
1081 */
1082 CommandCounterIncrement();
1083
1084 /*
1085 * Open the new relation and acquire exclusive lock on it. This isn't
1086 * really necessary for locking out other backends (since they can't see
1087 * the new rel anyway until we commit), but it keeps the lock manager from
1088 * complaining about deadlock risks.
1089 */
1091
1092 /*
1093 * Now add any newly specified column default and generation expressions
1094 * to the new relation. These are passed to us in the form of raw
1095 * parsetrees; we need to transform them to executable expression trees
1096 * before they can be added. The most convenient way to do that is to
1097 * apply the parser's transformExpr routine, but transformExpr doesn't
1098 * work unless we have a pre-existing relation. So, the transformation has
1099 * to be postponed to this final step of CREATE TABLE.
1100 *
1101 * This needs to be before processing the partitioning clauses because
1102 * those could refer to generated columns.
1103 */
1104 if (rawDefaults)
1106 true, true, false, queryString);
1107
1108 /*
1109 * Make column generation expressions visible for use by partitioning.
1110 */
1111 CommandCounterIncrement();
1112
1113 /* Process and store partition bound, if any. */
1115 {
1116 PartitionBoundSpec *bound;
1117 ParseState *pstate;
1119 defaultPartOid;
1120 Relation parent,
1121 defaultRel = NULL;
1122 ParseNamespaceItem *nsitem;
1123
1124 /* Already have strong enough lock on the parent */
1126
1127 /*
1128 * We are going to try to validate the partition bound specification
1129 * against the partition key of parentRel, so it better have one.
1130 */
1133 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
1135 RelationGetRelationName(parent))));
1136
1137 /*
1138 * The partition constraint of the default partition depends on the
1139 * partition bounds of every other partition. It is possible that
1140 * another backend might be about to execute a query on the default
1141 * partition table, and that the query relies on previously cached
1142 * default partition constraints. We must therefore take a table lock
1143 * strong enough to prevent all queries on the default partition from
1144 * proceeding until we commit and send out a shared-cache-inval notice
1145 * that will make them update their index lists.
1146 *
1147 * Order of locking: The relation being added won't be visible to
1148 * other backends until it is committed, hence here in
1149 * DefineRelation() the order of locking the default partition and the
1150 * relation being added does not matter. But at all other places we
1151 * need to lock the default relation before we lock the relation being
1152 * added or removed i.e. we should take the lock in same order at all
1153 * the places such that lock parent, lock default partition and then
1154 * lock the partition so as to avoid a deadlock.
1155 */
1156 defaultPartOid =
1158 true));
1161
1162 /* Transform the bound values */
1163 pstate = make_parsestate(NULL);
1164 pstate->p_sourcetext = queryString;
1165
1166 /*
1167 * Add an nsitem containing this relation, so that transformExpr
1168 * called on partition bound expressions is able to report errors
1169 * using a proper context.
1170 */
1172 NULL, false, false);
1174
1176
1177 /*
1178 * Check first that the new partition's bound is valid and does not
1179 * overlap with any of existing partitions of the parent.
1180 */
1182
1183 /*
1184 * If the default partition exists, its partition constraints will
1185 * change after the addition of this new partition such that it won't
1186 * allow any row that qualifies for this new partition. So, check that
1187 * the existing data in the default partition satisfies the constraint
1188 * as it will exist after adding this partition.
1189 */
1191 {
1192 check_default_partition_contents(parent, defaultRel, bound);
1193 /* Keep the lock until commit. */
1195 }
1196
1197 /* Update the pg_class entry. */
1198 StorePartitionBound(rel, parent, bound);
1199
1201 }
1202
1203 /* Store inheritance information for new rel. */
1205
1206 /*
1207 * Process the partitioning specification (if any) and store the partition
1208 * key information into the catalog.
1209 */
1210 if (partitioned)
1211 {
1212 ParseState *pstate;
1213 int partnatts;
1218
1219 pstate = make_parsestate(NULL);
1220 pstate->p_sourcetext = queryString;
1221
1223
1224 /* Protect fixed-size arrays here and in executor */
1227 (errcode(ERRCODE_TOO_MANY_COLUMNS),
1229 PARTITION_MAX_KEYS)));
1230
1231 /*
1232 * We need to transform the raw parsetrees corresponding to partition
1233 * expressions into executable expression trees. Like column defaults
1234 * and CHECK constraints, we could not have done the transformation
1235 * earlier.
1236 */
1238
1240 partattrs, &partexprs, partopclass,
1241 partcollation, stmt->partspec->strategy);
1242
1244 partexprs,
1245 partopclass, partcollation);
1246
1247 /* make it all visible */
1248 CommandCounterIncrement();
1249 }
1250
1251 /*
1252 * If we're creating a partition, create now all the indexes, triggers,
1253 * FKs defined in the parent.
1254 *
1255 * We can't do it earlier, because DefineIndex wants to know the partition
1256 * key which we just stored.
1257 */
1259 {
1261 Relation parent;
1262 List *idxlist;
1263 ListCell *cell;
1264
1265 /* Already have strong enough lock on the parent */
1267 idxlist = RelationGetIndexList(parent);
1268
1269 /*
1270 * For each index in the parent table, create one in the partition
1271 */
1272 foreach(cell, idxlist)
1273 {
1275 AttrMap *attmap;
1276 IndexStmt *idxstmt;
1277 Oid constraintOid;
1278
1280 {
1283 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
1285 RelationGetRelationName(parent)),
1287 RelationGetRelationName(parent))));
1288 else
1289 {
1291 continue;
1292 }
1293 }
1294
1296 RelationGetDescr(parent),
1297 false);
1298 idxstmt =
1299 generateClonedIndexStmt(NULL, idxRel,
1300 attmap, &constraintOid);
1302 idxstmt,
1303 InvalidOid,
1304 RelationGetRelid(idxRel),
1305 constraintOid,
1306 -1,
1307 false, false, false, false, false);
1308
1310 }
1311
1312 list_free(idxlist);
1313
1314 /*
1315 * If there are any row-level triggers, clone them to the new
1316 * partition.
1317 */
1319 CloneRowTriggersToPartition(parent, rel);
1320
1321 /*
1322 * And foreign keys too. Note that because we're freshly creating the
1323 * table, there is no need to verify these new constraints.
1324 */
1325 CloneForeignKeyConstraints(NULL, parent, rel);
1326
1328 }
1329
1330 /*
1331 * Now add any newly specified CHECK constraints to the new relation. Same
1332 * as for defaults above, but these need to come after partitioning is set
1333 * up.
1334 */
1337 true, true, false, queryString);
1338
1339 /*
1340 * Finally, merge the not-null constraints that are declared directly with
1341 * those that come from parent relations (making sure to count inheritance
1342 * appropriately for each), create them, and set the attnotnull flag on
1343 * columns that don't yet have it.
1344 */
1346 old_notnulls);
1347 foreach_int(attrnum, nncols)
1349
1350 ObjectAddressSet(address, RelationRelationId, relationId);
1351
1352 /*
1353 * Clean up. We keep lock on new relation (although it shouldn't be
1354 * visible to anyone else anyway, until commit).
1355 */
1357
1358 return address;
1359}
Oid GetDefaultTablespace(char relpersistence, bool partitioned)
Definition: tablespace.c:1143
void StorePartitionKey(Relation rel, char strategy, int16 partnatts, AttrNumber *partattrs, List *partexprs, Oid *partopclass, Oid *partcollation)
Definition: heap.c:3894
Oid heap_create_with_catalog(const char *relname, Oid relnamespace, Oid reltablespace, Oid relid, Oid reltypeid, Oid reloftypeid, Oid ownerid, Oid accessmtd, TupleDesc tupdesc, List *cooked_constraints, char relkind, char relpersistence, bool shared_relation, bool mapped_relation, OnCommitAction oncommit, Datum reloptions, bool use_user_acl, bool allow_system_table_mods, bool is_internal, Oid relrewrite, ObjectAddress *typaddress)
Definition: heap.c:1122
List * AddRelationNotNullConstraints(Relation rel, List *constraints, List *old_notnulls)
Definition: heap.c:2894
ParseNamespaceItem * addRangeTableEntryForRelation(ParseState *pstate, Relation rel, int lockmode, Alias *alias, bool inh, bool inFromCl)
Definition: parse_relation.c:1584
void addNSItemToQuery(ParseState *pstate, ParseNamespaceItem *nsitem, bool addToJoinList, bool addToRelNameSpace, bool addToVarNameSpace)
Definition: parse_relation.c:2710
Oid typenameTypeId(ParseState *pstate, const TypeName *typeName)
Definition: parse_type.c:291
PartitionBoundSpec * transformPartitionBound(ParseState *pstate, Relation parent, PartitionBoundSpec *spec)
Definition: parse_utilcmd.c:4278
void check_default_partition_contents(Relation parent, Relation default_rel, PartitionBoundSpec *new_spec)
Definition: partbounds.c:3252
Definition: parse_node.h:293
Definition: parsenodes.h:924
Definition: ecpglib_extern.h:113
static void ComputePartitionAttrs(ParseState *pstate, Relation rel, List *partParams, AttrNumber *partattrs, List **partexprs, Oid *partopclass, Oid *partcollation, PartitionStrategy strategy)
Definition: tablecmds.c:19751
static void StoreCatalogInheritance(Oid relationId, List *supers, bool child_is_partition)
Definition: tablecmds.c:3514
static PartitionSpec * transformPartitionSpec(Relation rel, PartitionSpec *partspec)
Definition: tablecmds.c:19693
static List * MergeAttributes(List *columns, const List *supers, char relpersistence, bool is_partition, List **supconstr, List **supnotnulls)
Definition: tablecmds.c:2540
References AccessExclusiveLock, AccessShareLock, ACL_CREATE, ACL_USAGE, aclcheck_error(), aclcheck_error_type(), ACLCHECK_OK, addNSItemToQuery(), addRangeTableEntryForRelation(), AddRelationNewConstraints(), AddRelationNotNullConstraints(), allowSystemTableMods, Assert(), RawColumnDefault::attnum, CookedConstraint::attnum, attnum, build_attrmap_by_name(), BuildDescForRelation(), check_default_partition_contents(), check_new_partition_bound(), CloneForeignKeyConstraints(), CloneRowTriggersToPartition(), CommandCounterIncrement(), ComputePartitionAttrs(), CookedConstraint::conoid, CONSTR_DEFAULT, CookedConstraint::contype, ColumnDef::cooked_default, default_table_access_method, DefineIndex(), elog, ereport, errcode(), errdetail(), errmsg(), ERROR, CookedConstraint::expr, foreach_int, generateClonedIndexStmt(), RawColumnDefault::generated, ColumnDef::generated, get_default_oid_from_partdesc(), get_rel_name(), get_rel_relam(), get_rel_tablespace(), get_table_am_oid(), get_tablespace_name(), get_tablespace_oid(), GetDefaultTablespace(), GetUserId(), heap_create_with_catalog(), HEAP_RELOPT_NAMESPACES, heap_reloptions(), index_close(), index_open(), CookedConstraint::inhcount, InSecurityRestrictedOperation(), InvalidOid, CookedConstraint::is_enforced, CookedConstraint::is_local, CookedConstraint::is_no_inherit, lappend(), lappend_oid(), lfirst, lfirst_oid, linitial_oid, list_concat(), list_free(), list_length(), list_member_oid(), make_parsestate(), MergeAttributes(), MyDatabaseTableSpace, CookedConstraint::name, NAMEDATALEN, NIL, NoLock, object_aclcheck(), OBJECT_TABLESPACE, ObjectAddressSet, OidIsValid, ONCOMMIT_NOOP, ParseState::p_sourcetext, palloc(), PARTITION_MAX_KEYS, partitioned_table_reloptions(), RangeVarGetAndCheckCreationNamespace(), RangeVarGetRelid, RawColumnDefault::raw_default, ColumnDef::raw_default, RelationData::rd_index, RelationData::rd_rel, relation_close(), relation_open(), RelationGetDescr, RelationGetIndexList(), RelationGetPartitionDesc(), RelationGetRelationName, RelationGetRelid, relname, set_attnotnull(), ShareUpdateExclusiveLock, CookedConstraint::skip_validation, stmt, StoreCatalogInheritance(), StorePartitionBound(), StorePartitionKey(), strlcpy(), table_close(), table_open(), transformPartitionBound(), transformPartitionSpec(), transformRelOptions(), RelationData::trigdesc, typenameTypeId(), and view_reloptions().
Referenced by create_ctas_internal(), DefineCompositeType(), DefineSequence(), DefineVirtualRelation(), and ProcessUtilitySlow().
◆ DetachAddConstraintIfNeeded()
Definition at line 21414 of file tablecmds.c.
21415{
21416 List *constraintExpr;
21417
21418 constraintExpr = RelationGetPartitionQual(partRel);
21420
21421 /*
21422 * Avoid adding a new constraint if the needed constraint is implied by an
21423 * existing constraint
21424 */
21426 {
21427 AlteredTableInfo *tab;
21428 Constraint *n;
21429
21430 tab = ATGetQueueEntry(wqueue, partRel);
21431
21432 /* Add constraint on partition, equivalent to the partition constraint */
21435 n->conname = NULL;
21436 n->location = -1;
21438 n->raw_expr = NULL;
21443 /* It's a re-add, since it nominally already exists */
21444 ATAddCheckNNConstraint(wqueue, tab, partRel, n,
21446 }
21447}
bool PartConstraintImpliedByRelConstraint(Relation scanrel, List *partConstraint)
Definition: tablecmds.c:20015
References ATAddCheckNNConstraint(), ATGetQueueEntry(), Constraint::conname, CONSTR_CHECK, Constraint::contype, Constraint::cooked_expr, eval_const_expressions(), Constraint::initially_valid, Constraint::is_enforced, Constraint::is_no_inherit, Constraint::location, make_ands_explicit(), makeNode, nodeToString(), PartConstraintImpliedByRelConstraint(), Constraint::raw_expr, RelationGetPartitionQual(), ShareUpdateExclusiveLock, and Constraint::skip_validation.
Referenced by ATExecDetachPartition().
◆ DetachPartitionFinalize()
|
static |
Definition at line 21045 of file tablecmds.c.
21047{
21048 Relation classRel;
21049 List *fks;
21050 ListCell *cell;
21051 List *indexes;
21052 Datum new_val[Natts_pg_class];
21053 bool new_null[Natts_pg_class],
21054 new_repl[Natts_pg_class];
21055 HeapTuple tuple,
21056 newtuple;
21057 Relation trigrel = NULL;
21059
21060 if (concurrent)
21061 {
21062 /*
21063 * We can remove the pg_inherits row now. (In the non-concurrent case,
21064 * this was already done).
21065 */
21067 }
21068
21069 /* Drop any triggers that were cloned on creation/attach. */
21071
21072 /*
21073 * Detach any foreign keys that are inherited. This includes creating
21074 * additional action triggers.
21075 */
21079
21080 /*
21081 * It's possible that the partition being detached has a foreign key that
21082 * references a partitioned table. When that happens, there are multiple
21083 * pg_constraint rows for the partition: one points to the partitioned
21084 * table itself, while the others point to each of its partitions. Only
21085 * the topmost one is to be considered here; the child constraints must be
21086 * left alone, because conceptually those aren't coming from our parent
21087 * partitioned table, but from this partition itself.
21088 *
21089 * We implement this by collecting all the constraint OIDs in a first scan
21090 * of the FK array, and skipping in the loop below those constraints whose
21091 * parents are listed here.
21092 */
21094 fkoids = lappend_oid(fkoids, fk->conoid);
21095
21096 foreach(cell, fks)
21097 {
21099 HeapTuple contup;
21100 Form_pg_constraint conform;
21101
21106
21107 /*
21108 * Consider only inherited foreign keys, and only if their parents
21109 * aren't in the list.
21110 */
21111 if (conform->contype != CONSTRAINT_FOREIGN ||
21112 !OidIsValid(conform->conparentid) ||
21113 list_member_oid(fkoids, conform->conparentid))
21114 {
21115 ReleaseSysCache(contup);
21116 continue;
21117 }
21118
21119 /*
21120 * The constraint on this table must be marked no longer a child of
21121 * the parent's constraint, as do its check triggers.
21122 */
21124
21125 /*
21126 * Also, look up the partition's "check" triggers corresponding to the
21127 * ENFORCED constraint being detached and detach them from the parent
21128 * triggers. NOT ENFORCED constraints do not have these triggers;
21129 * therefore, this step is not needed.
21130 */
21132 {
21133 Oid insertTriggerOid,
21134 updateTriggerOid;
21135
21136 GetForeignKeyCheckTriggers(trigrel,
21138 &insertTriggerOid, &updateTriggerOid);
21141 RelationGetRelid(partRel));
21144 RelationGetRelid(partRel));
21145 }
21146
21147 /*
21148 * Lastly, create the action triggers on the referenced table, using
21149 * addFkRecurseReferenced, which requires some elaborate setup (so put
21150 * it in a separate block). While at it, if the table is partitioned,
21151 * that function will recurse to create the pg_constraint rows and
21152 * action triggers for each partition.
21153 *
21154 * Note there's no need to do addFkConstraint() here, because the
21155 * pg_constraint row already exists.
21156 */
21157 {
21158 Constraint *fkconstraint;
21159 int numfks;
21165 int numfkdelsetcols;
21167 Relation refdRel;
21168
21169 DeconstructFkConstraintRow(contup,
21170 &numfks,
21171 conkey,
21172 confkey,
21173 conpfeqop,
21174 conppeqop,
21175 conffeqop,
21176 &numfkdelsetcols,
21177 confdelsetcols);
21178
21179 /* Create a synthetic node we'll use throughout */
21181 fkconstraint->contype = CONSTRAINT_FOREIGN;
21183 fkconstraint->deferrable = conform->condeferrable;
21184 fkconstraint->initdeferred = conform->condeferred;
21185 fkconstraint->is_enforced = conform->conenforced;
21187 fkconstraint->initially_valid = conform->convalidated;
21188 /* a few irrelevant fields omitted here */
21189 fkconstraint->pktable = NULL;
21192 fkconstraint->fk_matchtype = conform->confmatchtype;
21193 fkconstraint->fk_upd_action = conform->confupdtype;
21194 fkconstraint->fk_del_action = conform->confdeltype;
21198 fkconstraint->location = -1;
21199
21200 /* set up colnames, used to generate the constraint name */
21202 {
21203 Form_pg_attribute att;
21204
21206 conkey[i] - 1);
21207
21210 }
21211
21213
21214 addFkRecurseReferenced(fkconstraint, partRel,
21215 refdRel,
21216 conform->conindid,
21217 fk->conoid,
21218 numfks,
21219 confkey,
21220 conkey,
21221 conpfeqop,
21222 conppeqop,
21223 conffeqop,
21224 numfkdelsetcols,
21225 confdelsetcols,
21226 true,
21228 conform->conperiod);
21230 }
21231
21232 ReleaseSysCache(contup);
21233 }
21234 list_free_deep(fks);
21235 if (trigrel)
21237
21238 /*
21239 * Any sub-constraints that are in the referenced-side of a larger
21240 * constraint have to be removed. This partition is no longer part of the
21241 * key space of the constraint.
21242 */
21244 {
21246 ObjectAddress constraint;
21247
21249 deleteDependencyRecordsForClass(ConstraintRelationId,
21250 constrOid,
21251 ConstraintRelationId,
21252 DEPENDENCY_INTERNAL);
21253 CommandCounterIncrement();
21254
21255 ObjectAddressSet(constraint, ConstraintRelationId, constrOid);
21257 }
21258
21259 /* Now we can detach indexes */
21260 indexes = RelationGetIndexList(partRel);
21261 foreach(cell, indexes)
21262 {
21264 Oid parentidx;
21266 Oid constrOid;
21267 Oid parentConstrOid;
21268
21270 continue;
21271
21274
21277
21278 /*
21279 * If there's a constraint associated with the index, detach it too.
21280 * Careful: it is possible for a constraint index in a partition to be
21281 * the child of a non-constraint index, so verify whether the parent
21282 * index does actually have a constraint.
21283 */
21285 idxid);
21287 parentidx);
21290
21292 }
21293
21294 /* Update pg_class tuple */
21296 tuple = SearchSysCacheCopy1(RELOID,
21300 RelationGetRelid(partRel));
21302
21303 /* Clear relpartbound and reset relispartition */
21304 memset(new_val, 0, sizeof(new_val));
21305 memset(new_null, false, sizeof(new_null));
21306 memset(new_repl, false, sizeof(new_repl));
21307 new_val[Anum_pg_class_relpartbound - 1] = (Datum) 0;
21308 new_null[Anum_pg_class_relpartbound - 1] = true;
21309 new_repl[Anum_pg_class_relpartbound - 1] = true;
21311 new_val, new_null, new_repl);
21312
21315 heap_freetuple(newtuple);
21317
21318 /*
21319 * Drop identity property from all identity columns of partition.
21320 */
21322 {
21324
21325 if (!attr->attisdropped && attr->attidentity)
21328 }
21329
21331 {
21332 /*
21333 * If the relation being detached is the default partition itself,
21334 * remove it from the parent's pg_partitioned_table entry.
21335 *
21336 * If not, we must invalidate default partition's relcache entry, as
21337 * in StorePartitionBound: its partition constraint depends on every
21338 * other partition's partition constraint.
21339 */
21342 else
21343 CacheInvalidateRelcacheByRelid(defaultPartOid);
21344 }
21345
21346 /*
21347 * Invalidate the parent's relcache so that the partition is no longer
21348 * included in its partition descriptor.
21349 */
21350 CacheInvalidateRelcache(rel);
21351
21352 /*
21353 * If the partition we just detached is partitioned itself, invalidate
21354 * relcache for all descendent partitions too to ensure that their
21355 * rd_partcheck expression trees are rebuilt; must lock partitions before
21356 * doing so, using the same lockmode as what partRel has been locked with
21357 * by the caller.
21358 */
21360 {
21361 List *children;
21362
21364 AccessExclusiveLock, NULL);
21365 foreach(cell, children)
21366 {
21368 }
21369 }
21370}
void update_default_partition_oid(Oid parentId, Oid defaultPartId)
Definition: partition.c:340
static void DropClonedTriggersFromPartition(Oid partitionId)
Definition: tablecmds.c:21456
References AccessExclusiveLock, addFkRecurseReferenced(), Assert(), ATExecDropIdentity(), CacheInvalidateRelcache(), CacheInvalidateRelcacheByRelid(), CatalogTupleUpdate(), CommandCounterIncrement(), ForeignKeyCacheInfo::conenforced, ForeignKeyCacheInfo::confrelid, Constraint::conname, ForeignKeyCacheInfo::conoid, ForeignKeyCacheInfo::conrelid, ConstraintSetParentConstraint(), Constraint::contype, copyObject, DeconstructFkConstraintRow(), Constraint::deferrable, deleteDependencyRecordsForClass(), DEPENDENCY_INTERNAL, DROP_RESTRICT, DropClonedTriggersFromPartition(), elog, ERROR, find_all_inheritors(), Constraint::fk_attrs, Constraint::fk_del_action, Constraint::fk_del_set_cols, Constraint::fk_matchtype, Constraint::fk_upd_action, foreach_node, get_partition_parent(), get_relation_idx_constraint_oid(), GetForeignKeyCheckTriggers(), GetParentedForeignKeyRefs(), GETSTRUCT(), has_superclass(), heap_freetuple(), heap_modify_tuple(), HeapTupleIsValid, i, idx(), index_close(), INDEX_MAX_KEYS, index_open(), IndexGetRelation(), IndexSetParentIndex(), Constraint::initdeferred, Constraint::initially_valid, InvalidOid, Constraint::is_enforced, lappend(), lappend_oid(), lfirst, lfirst_oid, list_free_deep(), list_member_oid(), Constraint::location, makeNode, makeString(), NameStr, NIL, NoLock, ObjectAddressSet, ObjectIdGetDatum(), OidIsValid, Constraint::old_conpfeqop, Constraint::old_pktable_oid, performDeletion(), Constraint::pk_attrs, Constraint::pktable, pstrdup(), RelationData::rd_att, RelationData::rd_rel, RelationGetDescr, RelationGetFKeyList(), RelationGetIndexList(), RelationGetNumberOfAttributes, RelationGetRelid, ReleaseSysCache(), RemoveInheritance(), RowExclusiveLock, SearchSysCache1(), SearchSysCacheCopy1, ShareRowExclusiveLock, Constraint::skip_validation, HeapTupleData::t_self, table_close(), table_open(), TriggerSetParentTrigger(), TupleDescAttr(), and update_default_partition_oid().
Referenced by ATExecDetachPartition(), and ATExecDetachPartitionFinalize().
◆ drop_parent_dependency()
|
static |
Definition at line 18130 of file tablecmds.c.
18132{
18133 Relation catalogRelation;
18134 SysScanDesc scan;
18136 HeapTuple depTuple;
18137
18139
18141 Anum_pg_depend_classid,
18142 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
18143 ObjectIdGetDatum(RelationRelationId));
18145 Anum_pg_depend_objid,
18146 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
18147 ObjectIdGetDatum(relid));
18149 Anum_pg_depend_objsubid,
18150 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_INT4EQ,
18151 Int32GetDatum(0));
18152
18154 NULL, 3, key);
18155
18157 {
18159
18160 if (dep->refclassid == refclassid &&
18161 dep->refobjid == refobjid &&
18162 dep->refobjsubid == 0 &&
18163 dep->deptype == deptype)
18165 }
18166
18167 systable_endscan(scan);
18169}
References BTEqualStrategyNumber, CatalogTupleDelete(), GETSTRUCT(), HeapTupleIsValid, Int32GetDatum(), sort-test::key, ObjectIdGetDatum(), RowExclusiveLock, ScanKeyInit(), systable_beginscan(), systable_endscan(), systable_getnext(), HeapTupleData::t_self, table_close(), and table_open().
Referenced by ATExecAddOf(), ATExecDropOf(), and RemoveInheritance().
◆ DropClonedTriggersFromPartition()
|
static |
Definition at line 21456 of file tablecmds.c.
21457{
21458 ScanKeyData skey;
21459 SysScanDesc scan;
21460 HeapTuple trigtup;
21461 Relation tgrel;
21462 ObjectAddresses *objects;
21463
21464 objects = new_object_addresses();
21465
21466 /*
21467 * Scan pg_trigger to search for all triggers on this rel.
21468 */
21470 F_OIDEQ, ObjectIdGetDatum(partitionId));
21472 scan = systable_beginscan(tgrel, TriggerRelidNameIndexId,
21473 true, NULL, 1, &skey);
21475 {
21477 ObjectAddress trig;
21478
21479 /* Ignore triggers that weren't cloned */
21481 continue;
21482
21483 /*
21484 * Ignore internal triggers that are implementation objects of foreign
21485 * keys, because these will be detached when the foreign keys
21486 * themselves are.
21487 */
21489 continue;
21490
21491 /*
21492 * This is ugly, but necessary: remove the dependency markings on the
21493 * trigger so that it can be removed.
21494 */
21495 deleteDependencyRecordsForClass(TriggerRelationId, pg_trigger->oid,
21496 TriggerRelationId,
21497 DEPENDENCY_PARTITION_PRI);
21498 deleteDependencyRecordsForClass(TriggerRelationId, pg_trigger->oid,
21499 RelationRelationId,
21500 DEPENDENCY_PARTITION_SEC);
21501
21502 /* remember this trigger to remove it below */
21503 ObjectAddressSet(trig, TriggerRelationId, pg_trigger->oid);
21504 add_exact_object_address(&trig, objects);
21505 }
21506
21507 /* make the dependency removal visible to the deletion below */
21508 CommandCounterIncrement();
21510
21511 /* done */
21512 free_object_addresses(objects);
21513 systable_endscan(scan);
21515}
References add_exact_object_address(), BTEqualStrategyNumber, CommandCounterIncrement(), deleteDependencyRecordsForClass(), DEPENDENCY_PARTITION_PRI, DEPENDENCY_PARTITION_SEC, DROP_RESTRICT, free_object_addresses(), GETSTRUCT(), HeapTupleIsValid, new_object_addresses(), ObjectAddressSet, ObjectIdGetDatum(), OidIsValid, PERFORM_DELETION_INTERNAL, performMultipleDeletions(), RowExclusiveLock, ScanKeyInit(), systable_beginscan(), systable_endscan(), systable_getnext(), table_close(), and table_open().
Referenced by DetachPartitionFinalize().
◆ dropconstraint_internal()
|
static |
Definition at line 14045 of file tablecmds.c.
14048{
14049 Relation conrel;
14050 Form_pg_constraint con;
14051 ObjectAddress conobj;
14052 List *children;
14053 bool is_no_inherit_constraint = false;
14054 char *constrName;
14055 char *colname = NULL;
14056
14057 /* Guard against stack overflow due to overly deep inheritance tree. */
14058 check_stack_depth();
14059
14060 /* At top level, permission check was done in ATPrepCmd, else do it */
14061 if (recursing)
14064
14066
14068 constrName = NameStr(con->conname);
14069
14070 /* Don't allow drop of inherited constraints */
14071 if (con->coninhcount > 0 && !recursing)
14073 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
14075 constrName, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
14076
14077 /*
14078 * Reset pg_constraint.attnotnull, if this is a not-null constraint.
14079 *
14080 * While doing that, we're in a good position to disallow dropping a not-
14081 * null constraint underneath a primary key, a replica identity index, or
14082 * a generated identity column.
14083 */
14084 if (con->contype == CONSTRAINT_NOTNULL)
14085 {
14088 Bitmapset *pkattrs;
14089 Bitmapset *irattrs;
14090 HeapTuple atttup;
14091 Form_pg_attribute attForm;
14092
14093 /* save column name for recursion step */
14095
14096 /*
14097 * Disallow if it's in the primary key. For partitioned tables we
14098 * cannot rely solely on RelationGetIndexAttrBitmap, because it'll
14099 * return NULL if the primary key is invalid; but we still need to
14100 * protect not-null constraints under such a constraint, so check the
14101 * slow way.
14102 */
14104
14105 if (pkattrs == NULL &&
14106 rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE)
14107 {
14109
14111 {
14113
14114 pkattrs = NULL;
14117
14119 }
14120 }
14121
14122 if (pkattrs &&
14125 errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
14128
14129 /* Disallow if it's in the replica identity */
14133 errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
14136
14137 /* Disallow if it's a GENERATED AS IDENTITY column */
14143 if (attForm->attidentity != '\0')
14145 errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
14148 false),
14149 RelationGetRelationName(rel)));
14150
14151 /* All good -- reset attnotnull if needed */
14152 if (attForm->attnotnull)
14153 {
14154 attForm->attnotnull = false;
14156 }
14157
14159 }
14160
14161 is_no_inherit_constraint = con->connoinherit;
14162
14163 /*
14164 * If it's a foreign-key constraint, we'd better lock the referenced table
14165 * and check that that's not in use, just as we've already done for the
14166 * constrained table (else we might, eg, be dropping a trigger that has
14167 * unfired events). But we can/must skip that in the self-referential
14168 * case.
14169 */
14170 if (con->contype == CONSTRAINT_FOREIGN &&
14171 con->confrelid != RelationGetRelid(rel))
14172 {
14173 Relation frel;
14174
14175 /* Must match lock taken by RemoveTriggerById: */
14177 CheckAlterTableIsSafe(frel);
14179 }
14180
14181 /*
14182 * Perform the actual constraint deletion
14183 */
14184 ObjectAddressSet(conobj, ConstraintRelationId, con->oid);
14185 performDeletion(&conobj, behavior, 0);
14186
14187 /*
14188 * For partitioned tables, non-CHECK, non-NOT-NULL inherited constraints
14189 * are dropped via the dependency mechanism, so we're done here.
14190 */
14191 if (con->contype != CONSTRAINT_CHECK &&
14192 con->contype != CONSTRAINT_NOTNULL &&
14193 rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE)
14194 {
14196 return conobj;
14197 }
14198
14199 /*
14200 * Propagate to children as appropriate. Unlike most other ALTER
14201 * routines, we have to do this one level of recursion at a time; we can't
14202 * use find_all_inheritors to do it in one pass.
14203 */
14204 if (!is_no_inherit_constraint)
14206 else
14207 children = NIL;
14208
14209 foreach_oid(childrelid, children)
14210 {
14211 Relation childrel;
14212 HeapTuple tuple;
14213 Form_pg_constraint childcon;
14214
14215 /* find_inheritance_children already got lock */
14217 CheckAlterTableIsSafe(childrel);
14218
14219 /*
14220 * We search for not-null constraints by column name, and others by
14221 * constraint name.
14222 */
14223 if (con->contype == CONSTRAINT_NOTNULL)
14224 {
14225 tuple = findNotNullConstraint(childrelid, colname);
14228 colname, RelationGetRelid(childrel));
14229 }
14230 else
14231 {
14232 SysScanDesc scan;
14233 ScanKeyData skey[3];
14234
14235 ScanKeyInit(&skey[0],
14236 Anum_pg_constraint_conrelid,
14237 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
14238 ObjectIdGetDatum(childrelid));
14239 ScanKeyInit(&skey[1],
14240 Anum_pg_constraint_contypid,
14241 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
14243 ScanKeyInit(&skey[2],
14244 Anum_pg_constraint_conname,
14245 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_NAMEEQ,
14246 CStringGetDatum(constrName));
14247 scan = systable_beginscan(conrel, ConstraintRelidTypidNameIndexId,
14248 true, NULL, 3, skey);
14249 /* There can only be one, so no need to loop */
14250 tuple = systable_getnext(scan);
14253 (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
14255 constrName,
14256 RelationGetRelationName(childrel))));
14257 tuple = heap_copytuple(tuple);
14258 systable_endscan(scan);
14259 }
14260
14262
14263 /* Right now only CHECK and not-null constraints can be inherited */
14264 if (childcon->contype != CONSTRAINT_CHECK &&
14265 childcon->contype != CONSTRAINT_NOTNULL)
14267
14268 if (childcon->coninhcount <= 0) /* shouldn't happen */
14270 childrelid, NameStr(childcon->conname));
14271
14272 if (recurse)
14273 {
14274 /*
14275 * If the child constraint has other definition sources, just
14276 * decrement its inheritance count; if not, recurse to delete it.
14277 */
14278 if (childcon->coninhcount == 1 && !childcon->conislocal)
14279 {
14280 /* Time to delete this child constraint, too */
14281 dropconstraint_internal(childrel, tuple, behavior,
14282 recurse, true, missing_ok,
14283 lockmode);
14284 }
14285 else
14286 {
14287 /* Child constraint must survive my deletion */
14288 childcon->coninhcount--;
14290
14291 /* Make update visible */
14292 CommandCounterIncrement();
14293 }
14294 }
14295 else
14296 {
14297 /*
14298 * If we were told to drop ONLY in this table (no recursion) and
14299 * there are no further parents for this constraint, we need to
14300 * mark the inheritors' constraints as locally defined rather than
14301 * inherited.
14302 */
14303 childcon->coninhcount--;
14304 if (childcon->coninhcount == 0)
14305 childcon->conislocal = true;
14306
14308
14309 /* Make update visible */
14310 CommandCounterIncrement();
14311 }
14312
14313 heap_freetuple(tuple);
14314
14316 }
14317
14319
14320 return conobj;
14321}
Oid RelationGetPrimaryKeyIndex(Relation relation, bool deferrable_ok)
Definition: relcache.c:5047
Bitmapset * RelationGetIndexAttrBitmap(Relation relation, IndexAttrBitmapKind attrKind)
Definition: relcache.c:5303
HeapTuple SearchSysCacheCopyAttNum(Oid relid, int16 attnum)
Definition: syscache.c:561
References AccessExclusiveLock, AccessShareLock, AT_DropConstraint, ATSimplePermissions(), ATT_FOREIGN_TABLE, ATT_PARTITIONED_TABLE, ATT_TABLE, attnum, bms_add_member(), bms_is_member(), BTEqualStrategyNumber, CatalogTupleUpdate(), check_stack_depth(), CheckAlterTableIsSafe(), CommandCounterIncrement(), CStringGetDatum(), dropconstraint_internal(), elog, ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, extractNotNullColumn(), find_inheritance_children(), findNotNullConstraint(), FirstLowInvalidHeapAttributeNumber, foreach_oid, get_attname(), GETSTRUCT(), heap_copytuple(), heap_freetuple(), HeapTupleIsValid, i, INDEX_ATTR_BITMAP_IDENTITY_KEY, INDEX_ATTR_BITMAP_PRIMARY_KEY, InvalidOid, NameStr, NIL, NoLock, ObjectAddressSet, ObjectIdGetDatum(), OidIsValid, performDeletion(), RelationData::rd_index, RelationData::rd_rel, relation_close(), relation_open(), RelationGetIndexAttrBitmap(), RelationGetPrimaryKeyIndex(), RelationGetRelationName, RelationGetRelid, RowExclusiveLock, ScanKeyInit(), SearchSysCacheCopyAttNum(), systable_beginscan(), systable_endscan(), systable_getnext(), HeapTupleData::t_self, table_close(), and table_open().
Referenced by ATExecDropConstraint(), ATExecDropNotNull(), and dropconstraint_internal().
◆ DropErrorMsgNonExistent()
|
static |
Definition at line 1454 of file tablecmds.c.
1455{
1457
1460 {
1461 if (!missing_ok)
1462 {
1464 (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_SCHEMA),
1466 }
1467 else
1468 {
1471 rel->schemaname)));
1472 }
1473 return;
1474 }
1475
1477 {
1479 {
1480 if (!missing_ok)
1481 {
1485 }
1486 else
1487 {
1489 break;
1490 }
1491 }
1492 }
1493
1495}
Definition: tablecmds.c:247
static const struct dropmsgstrings dropmsgstringarray[]
Definition: tablecmds.c:256
References Assert(), dropmsgstringarray, ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, dropmsgstrings::kind, LookupNamespaceNoError(), dropmsgstrings::nonexistent_code, dropmsgstrings::nonexistent_msg, NOTICE, OidIsValid, RangeVar::relname, RangeVar::schemaname, and dropmsgstrings::skipping_msg.
Referenced by RemoveRelations().
◆ DropErrorMsgWrongType()
|
static |
Definition at line 1502 of file tablecmds.c.
1503{
1506
1509 break;
1511
1514 break;
1515 /* wrongkind could be something we don't have in our table... */
1516
1518 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
1521}
References _, Assert(), dropmsgstrings::drophint_msg, dropmsgstringarray, ereport, errcode(), errhint(), errmsg(), ERROR, dropmsgstrings::kind, dropmsgstrings::nota_msg, and relname.
Referenced by RangeVarCallbackForDropRelation().
◆ DropForeignKeyConstraintTriggers()
|
static |
Definition at line 11971 of file tablecmds.c.
11973{
11975 SysScanDesc scan;
11976 HeapTuple trigtup;
11977
11979 Anum_pg_trigger_tgconstraint,
11980 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
11981 ObjectIdGetDatum(conoid));
11983 NULL, 1, &key);
11985 {
11987 ObjectAddress trigger;
11988
11989 /* Invalid if trigger is not for a referential integrity constraint */
11991 continue;
11993 continue;
11995 continue;
11996
11997 /* We should be dropping trigger related to foreign key constraint */
11998 Assert(trgform->tgfoid == F_RI_FKEY_CHECK_INS ||
11999 trgform->tgfoid == F_RI_FKEY_CHECK_UPD ||
12000 trgform->tgfoid == F_RI_FKEY_CASCADE_DEL ||
12001 trgform->tgfoid == F_RI_FKEY_CASCADE_UPD ||
12002 trgform->tgfoid == F_RI_FKEY_RESTRICT_DEL ||
12003 trgform->tgfoid == F_RI_FKEY_RESTRICT_UPD ||
12004 trgform->tgfoid == F_RI_FKEY_SETNULL_DEL ||
12005 trgform->tgfoid == F_RI_FKEY_SETNULL_UPD ||
12006 trgform->tgfoid == F_RI_FKEY_SETDEFAULT_DEL ||
12007 trgform->tgfoid == F_RI_FKEY_SETDEFAULT_UPD ||
12008 trgform->tgfoid == F_RI_FKEY_NOACTION_DEL ||
12009 trgform->tgfoid == F_RI_FKEY_NOACTION_UPD);
12010
12011 /*
12012 * The constraint is originally set up to contain this trigger as an
12013 * implementation object, so there's a dependency record that links
12014 * the two; however, since the trigger is no longer needed, we remove
12015 * the dependency link in order to be able to drop the trigger while
12016 * keeping the constraint intact.
12017 */
12018 deleteDependencyRecordsFor(TriggerRelationId,
12019 trgform->oid,
12020 false);
12021 /* make dependency deletion visible to performDeletion */
12022 CommandCounterIncrement();
12023 ObjectAddressSet(trigger, TriggerRelationId,
12024 trgform->oid);
12026 /* make trigger drop visible, in case the loop iterates */
12027 CommandCounterIncrement();
12028 }
12029
12030 systable_endscan(scan);
12031}
References Assert(), BTEqualStrategyNumber, CommandCounterIncrement(), deleteDependencyRecordsFor(), DROP_RESTRICT, GETSTRUCT(), sort-test::key, ObjectAddressSet, ObjectIdGetDatum(), OidIsValid, performDeletion(), ScanKeyInit(), systable_beginscan(), systable_endscan(), and systable_getnext().
Referenced by ATExecAlterConstrEnforceability(), and AttachPartitionForeignKey().
◆ ExecuteTruncate()
| void ExecuteTruncate | ( | TruncateStmt * | stmt | ) |
Definition at line 1852 of file tablecmds.c.
1853{
1857 ListCell *cell;
1858
1859 /*
1860 * Open, exclusive-lock, and check all the explicitly-specified relations
1861 */
1863 {
1865 Relation rel;
1867 Oid myrelid;
1869
1870 myrelid = RangeVarGetRelidExtended(rv, lockmode,
1871 0, RangeVarCallbackForTruncate,
1872 NULL);
1873
1874 /* don't throw error for "TRUNCATE foo, foo" */
1876 continue;
1877
1878 /* open the relation, we already hold a lock on it */
1880
1881 /*
1882 * RangeVarGetRelidExtended() has done most checks with its callback,
1883 * but other checks with the now-opened Relation remain.
1884 */
1885 truncate_check_activity(rel);
1886
1887 rels = lappend(rels, rel);
1888 relids = lappend_oid(relids, myrelid);
1889
1890 /* Log this relation only if needed for logical decoding */
1892 relids_logged = lappend_oid(relids_logged, myrelid);
1893
1894 if (recurse)
1895 {
1896 ListCell *child;
1897 List *children;
1898
1899 children = find_all_inheritors(myrelid, lockmode, NULL);
1900
1901 foreach(child, children)
1902 {
1904
1906 continue;
1907
1908 /* find_all_inheritors already got lock */
1910
1911 /*
1912 * It is possible that the parent table has children that are
1913 * temp tables of other backends. We cannot safely access
1914 * such tables (because of buffering issues), and the best
1915 * thing to do is to silently ignore them. Note that this
1916 * check is the same as one of the checks done in
1917 * truncate_check_activity() called below, still it is kept
1918 * here for simplicity.
1919 */
1921 {
1922 table_close(rel, lockmode);
1923 continue;
1924 }
1925
1926 /*
1927 * Inherited TRUNCATE commands perform access permission
1928 * checks on the parent table only. So we skip checking the
1929 * children's permissions and don't call
1930 * truncate_check_perms() here.
1931 */
1933 truncate_check_activity(rel);
1934
1935 rels = lappend(rels, rel);
1936 relids = lappend_oid(relids, childrelid);
1937
1938 /* Log this relation only if needed for logical decoding */
1940 relids_logged = lappend_oid(relids_logged, childrelid);
1941 }
1942 }
1945 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
1947 errhint("Do not specify the ONLY keyword, or use TRUNCATE ONLY on the partitions directly.")));
1948 }
1949
1950 ExecuteTruncateGuts(rels, relids, relids_logged,
1952
1953 /* And close the rels */
1954 foreach(cell, rels)
1955 {
1957
1959 }
1960}
static void truncate_check_activity(Relation rel)
Definition: tablecmds.c:2432
static void truncate_check_rel(Oid relid, Form_pg_class reltuple)
Definition: tablecmds.c:2363
static void RangeVarCallbackForTruncate(const RangeVar *relation, Oid relId, Oid oldRelId, void *arg)
Definition: tablecmds.c:19496
void ExecuteTruncateGuts(List *explicit_rels, List *relids, List *relids_logged, DropBehavior behavior, bool restart_seqs, bool run_as_table_owner)
Definition: tablecmds.c:1976
References AccessExclusiveLock, ereport, errcode(), errhint(), errmsg(), ERROR, ExecuteTruncateGuts(), find_all_inheritors(), RangeVar::inh, lappend(), lappend_oid(), lfirst, lfirst_oid, list_member_oid(), NIL, NoLock, RangeVarCallbackForTruncate(), RangeVarGetRelidExtended(), RelationData::rd_rel, RELATION_IS_OTHER_TEMP, RelationGetRelid, RelationIsLogicallyLogged, stmt, table_close(), table_open(), truncate_check_activity(), and truncate_check_rel().
Referenced by standard_ProcessUtility().
◆ ExecuteTruncateGuts()
| void ExecuteTruncateGuts | ( | List * | explicit_rels, |
| List * | relids, | ||
| List * | relids_logged, | ||
| DropBehavior | behavior, | ||
| bool | restart_seqs, | ||
| bool | run_as_table_owner | ||
| ) |
Definition at line 1976 of file tablecmds.c.
1981{
1982 List *rels;
1984 HTAB *ft_htab = NULL;
1985 EState *estate;
1986 ResultRelInfo *resultRelInfos;
1987 ResultRelInfo *resultRelInfo;
1988 SubTransactionId mySubid;
1989 ListCell *cell;
1990 Oid *logrelids;
1991
1992 /*
1993 * Check the explicitly-specified relations.
1994 *
1995 * In CASCADE mode, suck in all referencing relations as well. This
1996 * requires multiple iterations to find indirectly-dependent relations. At
1997 * each phase, we need to exclusive-lock new rels before looking for their
1998 * dependencies, else we might miss something. Also, we check each rel as
1999 * soon as we open it, to avoid a faux pas such as holding lock for a long
2000 * time on a rel we have no permissions for.
2001 */
2002 rels = list_copy(explicit_rels);
2004 {
2005 for (;;)
2006 {
2007 List *newrelids;
2008
2009 newrelids = heap_truncate_find_FKs(relids);
2011 break; /* nothing else to add */
2012
2013 foreach(cell, newrelids)
2014 {
2016 Relation rel;
2017
2021 RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
2024 truncate_check_activity(rel);
2025 rels = lappend(rels, rel);
2026 relids = lappend_oid(relids, relid);
2027
2028 /* Log this relation only if needed for logical decoding */
2030 relids_logged = lappend_oid(relids_logged, relid);
2031 }
2032 }
2033 }
2034
2035 /*
2036 * Check foreign key references. In CASCADE mode, this should be
2037 * unnecessary since we just pulled in all the references; but as a
2038 * cross-check, do it anyway if in an Assert-enabled build.
2039 */
2040#ifdef USE_ASSERT_CHECKING
2042#else
2045#endif
2046
2047 /*
2048 * If we are asked to restart sequences, find all the sequences, lock them
2049 * (we need AccessExclusiveLock for ResetSequence), and check permissions.
2050 * We want to do this early since it's pointless to do all the truncation
2051 * work only to fail on sequence permissions.
2052 */
2053 if (restart_seqs)
2054 {
2055 foreach(cell, rels)
2056 {
2059 ListCell *seqcell;
2060
2061 foreach(seqcell, seqlist)
2062 {
2064 Relation seq_rel;
2065
2067
2068 /* This check must match AlterSequence! */
2071 RelationGetRelationName(seq_rel));
2072
2073 seq_relids = lappend_oid(seq_relids, seq_relid);
2074
2076 }
2077 }
2078 }
2079
2080 /* Prepare to catch AFTER triggers. */
2081 AfterTriggerBeginQuery();
2082
2083 /*
2084 * To fire triggers, we'll need an EState as well as a ResultRelInfo for
2085 * each relation. We don't need to call ExecOpenIndices, though.
2086 *
2087 * We put the ResultRelInfos in the es_opened_result_relations list, even
2088 * though we don't have a range table and don't populate the
2089 * es_result_relations array. That's a bit bogus, but it's enough to make
2090 * ExecGetTriggerResultRel() find them.
2091 */
2092 estate = CreateExecutorState();
2093 resultRelInfos = (ResultRelInfo *)
2095 resultRelInfo = resultRelInfos;
2096 foreach(cell, rels)
2097 {
2099
2100 InitResultRelInfo(resultRelInfo,
2101 rel,
2102 0, /* dummy rangetable index */
2103 NULL,
2104 0);
2105 estate->es_opened_result_relations =
2107 resultRelInfo++;
2108 }
2109
2110 /*
2111 * Process all BEFORE STATEMENT TRUNCATE triggers before we begin
2112 * truncating (this is because one of them might throw an error). Also, if
2113 * we were to allow them to prevent statement execution, that would need
2114 * to be handled here.
2115 */
2116 resultRelInfo = resultRelInfos;
2117 foreach(cell, rels)
2118 {
2119 UserContext ucxt;
2120
2121 if (run_as_table_owner)
2123 &ucxt);
2124 ExecBSTruncateTriggers(estate, resultRelInfo);
2125 if (run_as_table_owner)
2126 RestoreUserContext(&ucxt);
2127 resultRelInfo++;
2128 }
2129
2130 /*
2131 * OK, truncate each table.
2132 */
2133 mySubid = GetCurrentSubTransactionId();
2134
2135 foreach(cell, rels)
2136 {
2138
2139 /* Skip partitioned tables as there is nothing to do */
2141 continue;
2142
2143 /*
2144 * Build the lists of foreign tables belonging to each foreign server
2145 * and pass each list to the foreign data wrapper's callback function,
2146 * so that each server can truncate its all foreign tables in bulk.
2147 * Each list is saved as a single entry in a hash table that uses the
2148 * server OID as lookup key.
2149 */
2151 {
2153 bool found;
2154 ForeignTruncateInfo *ft_info;
2155
2156 /* First time through, initialize hashtable for foreign tables */
2157 if (!ft_htab)
2158 {
2159 HASHCTL hctl;
2160
2165
2167 32, /* start small and extend */
2168 &hctl,
2170 }
2171
2172 /* Find or create cached entry for the foreign table */
2174 if (!found)
2176
2177 /*
2178 * Save the foreign table in the entry of the server that the
2179 * foreign table belongs to.
2180 */
2182 continue;
2183 }
2184
2185 /*
2186 * Normally, we need a transaction-safe truncation here. However, if
2187 * the table was either created in the current (sub)transaction or has
2188 * a new relfilenumber in the current (sub)transaction, then we can
2189 * just truncate it in-place, because a rollback would cause the whole
2190 * table or the current physical file to be thrown away anyway.
2191 */
2193 rel->rd_newRelfilelocatorSubid == mySubid)
2194 {
2195 /* Immediate, non-rollbackable truncation is OK */
2196 heap_truncate_one_rel(rel);
2197 }
2198 else
2199 {
2200 Oid heap_relid;
2201 Oid toast_relid;
2202 ReindexParams reindex_params = {0};
2203
2204 /*
2205 * This effectively deletes all rows in the table, and may be done
2206 * in a serializable transaction. In that case we must record a
2207 * rw-conflict in to this transaction from each transaction
2208 * holding a predicate lock on the table.
2209 */
2210 CheckTableForSerializableConflictIn(rel);
2211
2212 /*
2213 * Need the full transaction-safe pushups.
2214 *
2215 * Create a new empty storage file for the relation, and assign it
2216 * as the relfilenumber value. The old storage file is scheduled
2217 * for deletion at commit.
2218 */
2220
2221 heap_relid = RelationGetRelid(rel);
2222
2223 /*
2224 * The same for the toast table, if any.
2225 */
2226 toast_relid = rel->rd_rel->reltoastrelid;
2228 {
2230 AccessExclusiveLock);
2231
2232 RelationSetNewRelfilenumber(toastrel,
2233 toastrel->rd_rel->relpersistence);
2235 }
2236
2237 /*
2238 * Reconstruct the indexes to match, and we're done.
2239 */
2241 &reindex_params);
2242 }
2243
2244 pgstat_count_truncate(rel);
2245 }
2246
2247 /* Now go through the hash table, and truncate foreign tables */
2248 if (ft_htab)
2249 {
2250 ForeignTruncateInfo *ft_info;
2251 HASH_SEQ_STATUS seq;
2252
2253 hash_seq_init(&seq, ft_htab);
2254
2255 PG_TRY();
2256 {
2258 {
2260
2261 /* truncate_check_rel() has checked that already */
2263
2265 behavior,
2266 restart_seqs);
2267 }
2268 }
2269 PG_FINALLY();
2270 {
2271 hash_destroy(ft_htab);
2272 }
2273 PG_END_TRY();
2274 }
2275
2276 /*
2277 * Restart owned sequences if we were asked to.
2278 */
2279 foreach(cell, seq_relids)
2280 {
2282
2283 ResetSequence(seq_relid);
2284 }
2285
2286 /*
2287 * Write a WAL record to allow this set of actions to be logically
2288 * decoded.
2289 *
2290 * Assemble an array of relids so we can write a single WAL record for the
2291 * whole action.
2292 */
2294 {
2295 xl_heap_truncate xlrec;
2297
2298 /* should only get here if wal_level >= logical */
2300
2302 foreach(cell, relids_logged)
2304
2307 xlrec.flags = 0;
2310 if (restart_seqs)
2312
2313 XLogBeginInsert();
2316
2318
2320 }
2321
2322 /*
2323 * Process all AFTER STATEMENT TRUNCATE triggers.
2324 */
2325 resultRelInfo = resultRelInfos;
2326 foreach(cell, rels)
2327 {
2328 UserContext ucxt;
2329
2330 if (run_as_table_owner)
2332 &ucxt);
2333 ExecASTruncateTriggers(estate, resultRelInfo);
2334 if (run_as_table_owner)
2335 RestoreUserContext(&ucxt);
2336 resultRelInfo++;
2337 }
2338
2339 /* Handle queued AFTER triggers */
2340 AfterTriggerEndQuery(estate);
2341
2342 /* We can clean up the EState now */
2343 FreeExecutorState(estate);
2344
2345 /*
2346 * Close any rels opened by CASCADE (can't do this while EState still
2347 * holds refs)
2348 */
2349 rels = list_difference_ptr(rels, explicit_rels);
2350 foreach(cell, rels)
2351 {
2353
2355 }
2356}
void * hash_search(HTAB *hashp, const void *keyPtr, HASHACTION action, bool *foundPtr)
Definition: dynahash.c:952
HTAB * hash_create(const char *tabname, int64 nelem, const HASHCTL *info, int flags)
Definition: dynahash.c:358
struct ResultRelInfo ResultRelInfo
void heap_truncate_check_FKs(List *relations, bool tempTables)
Definition: heap.c:3672
bool reindex_relation(const ReindexStmt *stmt, Oid relid, int flags, const ReindexParams *params)
Definition: index.c:3948
List * list_difference_ptr(const List *list1, const List *list2)
Definition: list.c:1263
void CheckTableForSerializableConflictIn(Relation relation)
Definition: predicate.c:4419
void RelationSetNewRelfilenumber(Relation relation, char persistence)
Definition: relcache.c:3773
Definition: fdwapi.h:205
ExecForeignTruncate_function ExecForeignTruncate
Definition: fdwapi.h:263
Definition: tablecmds.c:348
Definition: hsearch.h:66
Definition: hsearch.h:121
Definition: dynahash.c:222
Definition: index.h:34
SubTransactionId rd_newRelfilelocatorSubid
Definition: rel.h:104
Definition: usercontext.h:16
Definition: heapam_xlog.h:135
struct ForeignTruncateInfo ForeignTruncateInfo
static void truncate_check_perms(Oid relid, Form_pg_class reltuple)
Definition: tablecmds.c:2414
void ExecBSTruncateTriggers(EState *estate, ResultRelInfo *relinfo)
Definition: trigger.c:3280
void ExecASTruncateTriggers(EState *estate, ResultRelInfo *relinfo)
Definition: trigger.c:3327
void SwitchToUntrustedUser(Oid userid, UserContext *context)
Definition: usercontext.c:33
References AccessExclusiveLock, aclcheck_error(), ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, AfterTriggerBeginQuery(), AfterTriggerEndQuery(), Assert(), CheckTableForSerializableConflictIn(), CreateExecutorState(), CurrentMemoryContext, xl_heap_truncate::dbId, DROP_CASCADE, DROP_RESTRICT, HASHCTL::entrysize, ereport, errmsg(), EState::es_opened_result_relations, ExecASTruncateTriggers(), ExecBSTruncateTriggers(), FdwRoutine::ExecForeignTruncate, xl_heap_truncate::flags, FreeExecutorState(), GetCurrentSubTransactionId(), GetFdwRoutineByServerId(), GetForeignServerIdByRelId(), getOwnedSequences(), GetUserId(), HASH_BLOBS, HASH_CONTEXT, hash_create(), hash_destroy(), HASH_ELEM, HASH_ENTER, hash_search(), hash_seq_init(), hash_seq_search(), HASHCTL::hcxt, heap_truncate_check_FKs(), heap_truncate_find_FKs(), heap_truncate_one_rel(), i, InitResultRelInfo(), HASHCTL::keysize, lappend(), lappend_oid(), lfirst, lfirst_oid, list_copy(), list_difference_ptr(), list_length(), MyDatabaseId, NIL, NoLock, NOTICE, xl_heap_truncate::nrelids, object_ownercheck(), OBJECT_SEQUENCE, OidIsValid, palloc(), PG_END_TRY, PG_FINALLY, PG_TRY, pgstat_count_truncate(), RelationData::rd_createSubid, RelationData::rd_newRelfilelocatorSubid, RelationData::rd_rel, REINDEX_REL_PROCESS_TOAST, reindex_relation(), relation_close(), relation_open(), RelationGetRelationName, RelationGetRelid, RelationIsLogicallyLogged, RelationSetNewRelfilenumber(), ForeignTruncateInfo::rels, ResetSequence(), RestoreUserContext(), ResultRelInfo::ri_RelationDesc, ForeignTruncateInfo::serverid, SizeOfHeapTruncate, SwitchToUntrustedUser(), table_close(), table_open(), truncate_check_activity(), truncate_check_perms(), truncate_check_rel(), XLH_TRUNCATE_CASCADE, XLH_TRUNCATE_RESTART_SEQS, XLOG_HEAP_TRUNCATE, XLOG_INCLUDE_ORIGIN, XLogBeginInsert(), XLogInsert(), XLogLogicalInfoActive, XLogRegisterData(), and XLogSetRecordFlags().
Referenced by apply_handle_truncate(), and ExecuteTruncate().
◆ find_composite_type_dependencies()
| void find_composite_type_dependencies | ( | Oid | typeOid, |
| Relation | origRelation, | ||
| const char * | origTypeName | ||
| ) |
Definition at line 6929 of file tablecmds.c.
6931{
6932 Relation depRel;
6934 SysScanDesc depScan;
6935 HeapTuple depTup;
6936
6937 /* since this function recurses, it could be driven to stack overflow */
6938 check_stack_depth();
6939
6940 /*
6941 * We scan pg_depend to find those things that depend on the given type.
6942 * (We assume we can ignore refobjsubid for a type.)
6943 */
6945
6947 Anum_pg_depend_refclassid,
6948 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
6949 ObjectIdGetDatum(TypeRelationId));
6951 Anum_pg_depend_refobjid,
6952 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
6953 ObjectIdGetDatum(typeOid));
6954
6956 NULL, 2, key);
6957
6959 {
6961 Relation rel;
6962 TupleDesc tupleDesc;
6963 Form_pg_attribute att;
6964
6965 /* Check for directly dependent types */
6966 if (pg_depend->classid == TypeRelationId)
6967 {
6968 /*
6969 * This must be an array, domain, or range containing the given
6970 * type, so recursively check for uses of this type. Note that
6971 * any error message will mention the original type not the
6972 * container; this is intentional.
6973 */
6974 find_composite_type_dependencies(pg_depend->objid,
6975 origRelation, origTypeName);
6976 continue;
6977 }
6978
6979 /* Else, ignore dependees that aren't relations */
6980 if (pg_depend->classid != RelationRelationId)
6981 continue;
6982
6984 tupleDesc = RelationGetDescr(rel);
6985
6986 /*
6987 * If objsubid identifies a specific column, refer to that in error
6988 * messages. Otherwise, search to see if there's a user column of the
6989 * type. (We assume system columns are never of interesting types.)
6990 * The search is needed because an index containing an expression
6991 * column of the target type will just be recorded as a whole-relation
6992 * dependency. If we do not find a column of the type, the dependency
6993 * must indicate that the type is transiently referenced in an index
6994 * expression but not stored on disk, which we assume is OK, just as
6995 * we do for references in views. (It could also be that the target
6996 * type is embedded in some container type that is stored in an index
6997 * column, but the previous recursion should catch such cases.)
6998 */
7000 att = TupleDescAttr(tupleDesc, pg_depend->objsubid - 1);
7001 else
7002 {
7003 att = NULL;
7005 {
7006 att = TupleDescAttr(tupleDesc, attno - 1);
7007 if (att->atttypid == typeOid && !att->attisdropped)
7008 break;
7009 att = NULL;
7010 }
7011 if (att == NULL)
7012 {
7013 /* No such column, so assume OK */
7015 continue;
7016 }
7017 }
7018
7019 /*
7020 * We definitely should reject if the relation has storage. If it's
7021 * partitioned, then perhaps we don't have to reject: if there are
7022 * partitions then we'll fail when we find one, else there is no
7023 * stored data to worry about. However, it's possible that the type
7024 * change would affect conclusions about whether the type is sortable
7025 * or hashable and thus (if it's a partitioning column) break the
7026 * partitioning rule. For now, reject for partitioned rels too.
7027 */
7029 RELKIND_HAS_PARTITIONS(rel->rd_rel->relkind))
7030 {
7031 if (origTypeName)
7033 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
7035 origTypeName,
7036 RelationGetRelationName(rel),
7037 NameStr(att->attname))));
7040 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
7042 RelationGetRelationName(origRelation),
7043 RelationGetRelationName(rel),
7044 NameStr(att->attname))));
7047 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
7049 RelationGetRelationName(origRelation),
7050 RelationGetRelationName(rel),
7051 NameStr(att->attname))));
7052 else
7054 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
7056 RelationGetRelationName(origRelation),
7057 RelationGetRelationName(rel),
7058 NameStr(att->attname))));
7059 }
7061 {
7062 /*
7063 * A view or composite type itself isn't a problem, but we must
7064 * recursively check for indirect dependencies via its rowtype.
7065 */
7067 origRelation, origTypeName);
7068 }
7069
7071 }
7072
7073 systable_endscan(depScan);
7074
7076}
References AccessShareLock, BTEqualStrategyNumber, check_stack_depth(), ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, find_composite_type_dependencies(), GETSTRUCT(), HeapTupleIsValid, sort-test::key, NameStr, TupleDescData::natts, ObjectIdGetDatum(), OidIsValid, RelationData::rd_rel, relation_close(), relation_open(), RelationGetDescr, RelationGetRelationName, ScanKeyInit(), systable_beginscan(), systable_endscan(), systable_getnext(), table_open(), and TupleDescAttr().
Referenced by ATPrepAlterColumnType(), ATRewriteTables(), find_composite_type_dependencies(), and get_rels_with_domain().
◆ find_typed_table_dependencies()
|
static |
Definition at line 7087 of file tablecmds.c.
7088{
7089 Relation classRel;
7091 TableScanDesc scan;
7092 HeapTuple tuple;
7094
7096
7098 Anum_pg_class_reloftype,
7099 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
7100 ObjectIdGetDatum(typeOid));
7101
7103
7105 {
7107
7110 (errcode(ERRCODE_DEPENDENT_OBJECTS_STILL_EXIST),
7112 typeName),
7114 else
7115 result = lappend_oid(result, classform->oid);
7116 }
7117
7118 table_endscan(scan);
7120
7121 return result;
7122}
References AccessShareLock, BTEqualStrategyNumber, DROP_RESTRICT, ereport, errcode(), errhint(), errmsg(), ERROR, ForwardScanDirection, GETSTRUCT(), heap_getnext(), sort-test::key, lappend_oid(), NIL, ObjectIdGetDatum(), ScanKeyInit(), table_beginscan_catalog(), table_close(), table_endscan(), and table_open().
Referenced by ATTypedTableRecursion(), and renameatt_internal().
◆ findAttrByName()
|
static |
Definition at line 3603 of file tablecmds.c.
3604{
3605 ListCell *lc;
3607
3608 foreach(lc, columns)
3609 {
3612
3613 i++;
3614 }
3615 return 0;
3616}
References i, and lfirst_node.
Referenced by MergeAttributes().
◆ findFkeyCast()
|
static |
Definition at line 13604 of file tablecmds.c.
13605{
13606 CoercionPathType ret;
13607
13608 if (targetTypeId == sourceTypeId)
13609 {
13610 ret = COERCION_PATH_RELABELTYPE;
13611 *funcid = InvalidOid;
13612 }
13613 else
13614 {
13615 ret = find_coercion_pathway(targetTypeId, sourceTypeId,
13616 COERCION_IMPLICIT, funcid);
13618 /* A previously-relied-upon cast is now gone. */
13620 sourceTypeId, targetTypeId);
13621 }
13622
13623 return ret;
13624}
CoercionPathType find_coercion_pathway(Oid targetTypeId, Oid sourceTypeId, CoercionContext ccontext, Oid *funcid)
Definition: parse_coerce.c:3153
References COERCION_IMPLICIT, COERCION_PATH_NONE, COERCION_PATH_RELABELTYPE, elog, ERROR, find_coercion_pathway(), and InvalidOid.
Referenced by ATAddForeignKeyConstraint().
◆ GetAttributeCompression()
|
static |
Definition at line 21995 of file tablecmds.c.
21996{
21997 char cmethod;
21998
21999 if (compression == NULL || strcmp(compression, "default") == 0)
22001
22002 /*
22003 * To specify a nondefault method, the column data type must be toastable.
22004 * Note this says nothing about whether the column's attstorage setting
22005 * permits compression; we intentionally allow attstorage and
22006 * attcompression to be independent. But with a non-toastable type,
22007 * attstorage could not be set to a value that would permit compression.
22008 *
22009 * We don't actually need to enforce this, since nothing bad would happen
22010 * if attcompression were non-default; it would never be consulted. But
22011 * it seems more user-friendly to complain about a certainly-useless
22012 * attempt to set the property.
22013 */
22016 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
22018 format_type_be(atttypid))));
22019
22020 cmethod = CompressionNameToMethod(compression);
22023 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
22025
22026 return cmethod;
22027}
char CompressionNameToMethod(const char *compression)
Definition: toast_compression.c:285
References CompressionMethodIsValid, CompressionNameToMethod(), ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, format_type_be(), InvalidCompressionMethod, and TypeIsToastable.
Referenced by ATExecSetCompression(), and BuildDescForRelation().
◆ GetAttributeStorage()
|
static |
Definition at line 22033 of file tablecmds.c.
22034{
22035 char cstorage = 0;
22036
22038 cstorage = TYPSTORAGE_PLAIN;
22040 cstorage = TYPSTORAGE_EXTERNAL;
22042 cstorage = TYPSTORAGE_EXTENDED;
22044 cstorage = TYPSTORAGE_MAIN;
22046 cstorage = get_typstorage(atttypid);
22047 else
22049 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
22051 storagemode)));
22052
22053 /*
22054 * safety check: do not allow toasted storage modes unless column datatype
22055 * is TOAST-aware.
22056 */
22059 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
22061 format_type_be(atttypid))));
22062
22063 return cstorage;
22064}
References ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, format_type_be(), get_typstorage(), pg_strcasecmp(), and TypeIsToastable.
Referenced by ATExecSetStorage(), and BuildDescForRelation().
◆ GetForeignKeyActionTriggers()
|
static |
Definition at line 12039 of file tablecmds.c.
12043{
12045 SysScanDesc scan;
12046 HeapTuple trigtup;
12047
12048 *deleteTriggerOid = *updateTriggerOid = InvalidOid;
12050 Anum_pg_trigger_tgconstraint,
12051 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
12052 ObjectIdGetDatum(conoid));
12053
12055 NULL, 1, &key);
12057 {
12059
12060 if (trgform->tgconstrrelid != conrelid)
12061 continue;
12062 if (trgform->tgrelid != confrelid)
12063 continue;
12064 /* Only ever look at "action" triggers on the PK side. */
12066 continue;
12067 if (TRIGGER_FOR_DELETE(trgform->tgtype))
12068 {
12070 *deleteTriggerOid = trgform->oid;
12071 }
12072 else if (TRIGGER_FOR_UPDATE(trgform->tgtype))
12073 {
12075 *updateTriggerOid = trgform->oid;
12076 }
12077#ifndef USE_ASSERT_CHECKING
12078 /* In an assert-enabled build, continue looking to find duplicates */
12080 break;
12081#endif
12082 }
12083
12086 conoid);
12089 conoid);
12090
12091 systable_endscan(scan);
12092}
References Assert(), BTEqualStrategyNumber, elog, ERROR, GETSTRUCT(), InvalidOid, sort-test::key, ObjectIdGetDatum(), OidIsValid, RI_FKey_trigger_type(), RI_TRIGGER_PK, ScanKeyInit(), systable_beginscan(), systable_endscan(), and systable_getnext().
Referenced by CloneFkReferenced().
◆ GetForeignKeyCheckTriggers()
|
static |
Definition at line 12100 of file tablecmds.c.
12104{
12106 SysScanDesc scan;
12107 HeapTuple trigtup;
12108
12109 *insertTriggerOid = *updateTriggerOid = InvalidOid;
12111 Anum_pg_trigger_tgconstraint,
12112 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
12113 ObjectIdGetDatum(conoid));
12114
12116 NULL, 1, &key);
12118 {
12120
12121 if (trgform->tgconstrrelid != confrelid)
12122 continue;
12123 if (trgform->tgrelid != conrelid)
12124 continue;
12125 /* Only ever look at "check" triggers on the FK side. */
12127 continue;
12128 if (TRIGGER_FOR_INSERT(trgform->tgtype))
12129 {
12131 *insertTriggerOid = trgform->oid;
12132 }
12133 else if (TRIGGER_FOR_UPDATE(trgform->tgtype))
12134 {
12136 *updateTriggerOid = trgform->oid;
12137 }
12138#ifndef USE_ASSERT_CHECKING
12139 /* In an assert-enabled build, continue looking to find duplicates. */
12141 break;
12142#endif
12143 }
12144
12147 conoid);
12150 conoid);
12151
12152 systable_endscan(scan);
12153}
References Assert(), BTEqualStrategyNumber, elog, ERROR, GETSTRUCT(), InvalidOid, sort-test::key, ObjectIdGetDatum(), OidIsValid, RI_FKey_trigger_type(), RI_TRIGGER_FK, ScanKeyInit(), systable_beginscan(), systable_endscan(), and systable_getnext().
Referenced by AttachPartitionForeignKey(), CloneFkReferencing(), and DetachPartitionFinalize().
◆ GetParentedForeignKeyRefs()
Definition at line 21893 of file tablecmds.c.
21894{
21895 Relation pg_constraint;
21896 HeapTuple tuple;
21897 SysScanDesc scan;
21900
21901 /*
21902 * If no indexes, or no columns are referenceable by FKs, we can avoid the
21903 * scan.
21904 */
21907 INDEX_ATTR_BITMAP_KEY)))
21909
21910 /* Search for constraints referencing this table */
21913 Anum_pg_constraint_confrelid, BTEqualStrategyNumber,
21916 Anum_pg_constraint_contype, BTEqualStrategyNumber,
21917 F_CHAREQ, CharGetDatum(CONSTRAINT_FOREIGN));
21918
21919 /* XXX This is a seqscan, as we don't have a usable index */
21922 {
21924
21925 /*
21926 * We only need to process constraints that are part of larger ones.
21927 */
21929 continue;
21930
21931 constraints = lappend_oid(constraints, constrForm->oid);
21932 }
21933
21934 systable_endscan(scan);
21936
21937 return constraints;
21938}
References AccessShareLock, bms_is_empty, BTEqualStrategyNumber, CharGetDatum(), GETSTRUCT(), INDEX_ATTR_BITMAP_KEY, InvalidOid, sort-test::key, lappend_oid(), NIL, ObjectIdGetDatum(), OidIsValid, RelationGetIndexAttrBitmap(), RelationGetIndexList(), RelationGetRelid, ScanKeyInit(), systable_beginscan(), systable_endscan(), systable_getnext(), table_close(), and table_open().
Referenced by ATDetachCheckNoForeignKeyRefs(), and DetachPartitionFinalize().
◆ index_copy_data()
|
static |
Definition at line 17115 of file tablecmds.c.
17116{
17117 SMgrRelation dstrel;
17118
17119 /*
17120 * Since we copy the file directly without looking at the shared buffers,
17121 * we'd better first flush out any pages of the source relation that are
17122 * in shared buffers. We assume no new changes will be made while we are
17123 * holding exclusive lock on the rel.
17124 */
17125 FlushRelationBuffers(rel);
17126
17127 /*
17128 * Create and copy all forks of the relation, and schedule unlinking of
17129 * old physical files.
17130 *
17131 * NOTE: any conflict in relfilenumber value will be caught in
17132 * RelationCreateStorage().
17133 */
17135
17136 /* copy main fork */
17138 rel->rd_rel->relpersistence);
17139
17140 /* copy those extra forks that exist */
17142 forkNum <= MAX_FORKNUM; forkNum++)
17143 {
17145 {
17147
17148 /*
17149 * WAL log creation if the relation is persistent, or this is the
17150 * init fork of an unlogged relation.
17151 */
17153 (rel->rd_rel->relpersistence == RELPERSISTENCE_UNLOGGED &&
17154 forkNum == INIT_FORKNUM))
17155 log_smgrcreate(&newrlocator, forkNum);
17157 rel->rd_rel->relpersistence);
17158 }
17159 }
17160
17161 /* drop old relation, and close new one */
17162 RelationDropStorage(rel);
17163 smgrclose(dstrel);
17164}
void RelationCopyStorage(SMgrRelation src, SMgrRelation dst, ForkNumber forkNum, char relpersistence)
Definition: storage.c:478
SMgrRelation RelationCreateStorage(RelFileLocator rlocator, char relpersistence, bool register_delete)
Definition: storage.c:122
void log_smgrcreate(const RelFileLocator *rlocator, ForkNumber forkNum)
Definition: storage.c:187
Definition: smgr.h:36
References FlushRelationBuffers(), INIT_FORKNUM, log_smgrcreate(), MAIN_FORKNUM, MAX_FORKNUM, RelationData::rd_rel, RelationCopyStorage(), RelationCreateStorage(), RelationDropStorage(), RelationGetSmgr(), RelationIsPermanent, smgrclose(), smgrcreate(), and smgrexists().
Referenced by ATExecSetTableSpace().
◆ MarkInheritDetached()
Definition at line 17833 of file tablecmds.c.
17834{
17835 Relation catalogRelation;
17836 SysScanDesc scan;
17838 HeapTuple inheritsTuple;
17839 bool found = false;
17840
17842
17843 /*
17844 * Find pg_inherits entries by inhparent. (We need to scan them all in
17845 * order to verify that no other partition is pending detach.)
17846 */
17849 Anum_pg_inherits_inhparent,
17850 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
17852 scan = systable_beginscan(catalogRelation, InheritsParentIndexId,
17854
17856 {
17857 Form_pg_inherits inhForm;
17858
17860 if (inhForm->inhdetachpending)
17862 errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
17864 get_rel_name(inhForm->inhrelid),
17866 RelationGetRelationName(parent_rel)),
17867 errhint("Use ALTER TABLE ... DETACH PARTITION ... FINALIZE to complete the pending detach operation."));
17868
17870 {
17871 HeapTuple newtup;
17872
17873 newtup = heap_copytuple(inheritsTuple);
17875
17876 CatalogTupleUpdate(catalogRelation,
17877 &inheritsTuple->t_self,
17878 newtup);
17879 found = true;
17880 heap_freetuple(newtup);
17881 /* keep looking, to ensure we catch others pending detach */
17882 }
17883 }
17884
17885 /* Done */
17886 systable_endscan(scan);
17888
17889 if (!found)
17893 RelationGetRelationName(child_rel),
17894 RelationGetRelationName(parent_rel))));
17895}
References Assert(), BTEqualStrategyNumber, CatalogTupleUpdate(), ereport, errcode(), ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_TABLE, errhint(), errmsg(), ERROR, get_namespace_name(), get_rel_name(), GETSTRUCT(), heap_copytuple(), heap_freetuple(), HeapTupleIsValid, sort-test::key, ObjectIdGetDatum(), RelationData::rd_rel, RelationGetRelationName, RelationGetRelid, RowExclusiveLock, ScanKeyInit(), systable_beginscan(), systable_endscan(), systable_getnext(), HeapTupleData::t_self, table_close(), and table_open().
Referenced by ATExecDetachPartition().
◆ MergeAttributes()
|
static |
Definition at line 2540 of file tablecmds.c.
2542{
2546 bool have_bogus_defaults = false;
2547 int child_attno;
2550 ListCell *lc;
2551
2552 /*
2553 * Check for and reject tables with too many columns. We perform this
2554 * check relatively early for two reasons: (a) we don't run the risk of
2555 * overflowing an AttrNumber in subsequent code (b) an O(n^2) algorithm is
2556 * okay if we're processing <= 1600 columns, but could take minutes to
2557 * execute if the user attempts to create a table with hundreds of
2558 * thousands of columns.
2559 *
2560 * Note that we also need to check that we do not exceed this figure after
2561 * including columns from inherited relations.
2562 */
2565 (errcode(ERRCODE_TOO_MANY_COLUMNS),
2567 MaxHeapAttributeNumber)));
2568
2569 /*
2570 * Check for duplicate names in the explicit list of attributes.
2571 *
2572 * Although we might consider merging such entries in the same way that we
2573 * handle name conflicts for inherited attributes, it seems to make more
2574 * sense to assume such conflicts are errors.
2575 *
2576 * We don't use foreach() here because we have two nested loops over the
2577 * columns list, with possible element deletions in the inner one. If we
2578 * used foreach_delete_current() it could only fix up the state of one of
2579 * the loops, so it seems cleaner to use looping over list indexes for
2580 * both loops. Note that any deletion will happen beyond where the outer
2581 * loop is, so its index never needs adjustment.
2582 */
2584 {
2586
2588 {
2589 /*
2590 * Typed table column option that does not belong to a column from
2591 * the type. This works because the columns from the type come
2592 * first in the list. (We omit this check for partition column
2593 * lists; those are processed separately below.)
2594 */
2596 (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN),
2598 coldef->colname)));
2599 }
2600
2601 /* restpos scans all entries beyond coldef; incr is in loop body */
2603 {
2605
2607 {
2609 {
2610 /*
2611 * merge the column options into the column from the type
2612 */
2618 columns = list_delete_nth_cell(columns, restpos);
2619 }
2620 else
2622 (errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_COLUMN),
2624 coldef->colname)));
2625 }
2626 else
2627 restpos++;
2628 }
2629 }
2630
2631 /*
2632 * In case of a partition, there are no new column definitions, only dummy
2633 * ColumnDefs created for column constraints. Set them aside for now and
2634 * process them at the end.
2635 */
2636 if (is_partition)
2637 {
2638 saved_columns = columns;
2639 columns = NIL;
2640 }
2641
2642 /*
2643 * Scan the parents left-to-right, and merge their attributes to form a
2644 * list of inherited columns (inh_columns).
2645 */
2646 child_attno = 0;
2647 foreach(lc, supers)
2648 {
2650 Relation relation;
2651 TupleDesc tupleDesc;
2652 TupleConstr *constr;
2653 AttrMap *newattmap;
2654 List *inherited_defaults;
2655 List *cols_with_defaults;
2656 List *nnconstrs;
2657 ListCell *lc1;
2658 ListCell *lc2;
2659 Bitmapset *nncols = NULL;
2660
2661 /* caller already got lock */
2663
2664 /*
2665 * Check for active uses of the parent partitioned table in the
2666 * current transaction, such as being used in some manner by an
2667 * enclosing command.
2668 */
2669 if (is_partition)
2671
2672 /*
2673 * We do not allow partitioned tables and partitions to participate in
2674 * regular inheritance.
2675 */
2678 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
2680 RelationGetRelationName(relation))));
2683 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
2685 RelationGetRelationName(relation))));
2686
2688 relation->rd_rel->relkind != RELKIND_FOREIGN_TABLE &&
2689 relation->rd_rel->relkind != RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE)
2691 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
2693 RelationGetRelationName(relation))));
2694
2695 /*
2696 * If the parent is permanent, so must be all of its partitions. Note
2697 * that inheritance allows that case.
2698 */
2699 if (is_partition &&
2700 relation->rd_rel->relpersistence != RELPERSISTENCE_TEMP &&
2701 relpersistence == RELPERSISTENCE_TEMP)
2703 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
2705 RelationGetRelationName(relation))));
2706
2707 /* Permanent rels cannot inherit from temporary ones */
2708 if (relpersistence != RELPERSISTENCE_TEMP &&
2709 relation->rd_rel->relpersistence == RELPERSISTENCE_TEMP)
2711 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
2712 errmsg(!is_partition
2713 ? "cannot inherit from temporary relation \"%s\""
2714 : "cannot create a permanent relation as partition of temporary relation \"%s\"",
2715 RelationGetRelationName(relation))));
2716
2717 /* If existing rel is temp, it must belong to this session */
2720 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
2721 errmsg(!is_partition
2722 ? "cannot inherit from temporary relation of another session"
2723 : "cannot create as partition of temporary relation of another session")));
2724
2725 /*
2726 * We should have an UNDER permission flag for this, but for now,
2727 * demand that creator of a child table own the parent.
2728 */
2731 RelationGetRelationName(relation));
2732
2733 tupleDesc = RelationGetDescr(relation);
2734 constr = tupleDesc->constr;
2735
2736 /*
2737 * newattmap->attnums[] will contain the child-table attribute numbers
2738 * for the attributes of this parent table. (They are not the same
2739 * for parents after the first one, nor if we have dropped columns.)
2740 */
2742
2743 /* We can't process inherited defaults until newattmap is complete. */
2744 inherited_defaults = cols_with_defaults = NIL;
2745
2746 /*
2747 * Request attnotnull on columns that have a not-null constraint
2748 * that's not marked NO INHERIT (even if not valid).
2749 */
2751 true, false);
2753 nncols = bms_add_member(nncols, cc->attnum);
2754
2756 parent_attno++)
2757 {
2759 parent_attno - 1);
2761 int exist_attno;
2762 ColumnDef *newdef;
2763 ColumnDef *mergeddef;
2764
2765 /*
2766 * Ignore dropped columns in the parent.
2767 */
2768 if (attribute->attisdropped)
2769 continue; /* leave newattmap->attnums entry as zero */
2770
2771 /*
2772 * Create new column definition
2773 */
2774 newdef = makeColumnDef(attributeName, attribute->atttypid,
2775 attribute->atttypmod, attribute->attcollation);
2776 newdef->storage = attribute->attstorage;
2777 newdef->generated = attribute->attgenerated;
2779 newdef->compression =
2781
2782 /*
2783 * Regular inheritance children are independent enough not to
2784 * inherit identity columns. But partitions are integral part of
2785 * a partitioned table and inherit identity column.
2786 */
2787 if (is_partition)
2788 newdef->identity = attribute->attidentity;
2789
2790 /*
2791 * Does it match some previously considered column from another
2792 * parent?
2793 */
2794 exist_attno = findAttrByName(attributeName, inh_columns);
2795 if (exist_attno > 0)
2796 {
2797 /*
2798 * Yes, try to merge the two column definitions.
2799 */
2800 mergeddef = MergeInheritedAttribute(inh_columns, exist_attno, newdef);
2801
2802 newattmap->attnums[parent_attno - 1] = exist_attno;
2803
2804 /*
2805 * Partitions have only one parent, so conflict should never
2806 * occur.
2807 */
2808 Assert(!is_partition);
2809 }
2810 else
2811 {
2812 /*
2813 * No, create a new inherited column
2814 */
2815 newdef->inhcount = 1;
2817 inh_columns = lappend(inh_columns, newdef);
2818
2819 newattmap->attnums[parent_attno - 1] = ++child_attno;
2820 mergeddef = newdef;
2821 }
2822
2823 /*
2824 * mark attnotnull if parent has it
2825 */
2828
2829 /*
2830 * Locate default/generation expression if any
2831 */
2832 if (attribute->atthasdef)
2833 {
2834 Node *this_default;
2835
2836 this_default = TupleDescGetDefault(tupleDesc, parent_attno);
2837 if (this_default == NULL)
2839 parent_attno, RelationGetRelationName(relation));
2840
2841 /*
2842 * If it's a GENERATED default, it might contain Vars that
2843 * need to be mapped to the inherited column(s)' new numbers.
2844 * We can't do that till newattmap is ready, so just remember
2845 * all the inherited default expressions for the moment.
2846 */
2847 inherited_defaults = lappend(inherited_defaults, this_default);
2848 cols_with_defaults = lappend(cols_with_defaults, mergeddef);
2849 }
2850 }
2851
2852 /*
2853 * Now process any inherited default expressions, adjusting attnos
2854 * using the completed newattmap map.
2855 */
2856 forboth(lc1, inherited_defaults, lc2, cols_with_defaults)
2857 {
2860 bool found_whole_row;
2861
2862 /* Adjust Vars to match new table's column numbering */
2863 this_default = map_variable_attnos(this_default,
2864 1, 0,
2865 newattmap,
2866 InvalidOid, &found_whole_row);
2867
2868 /*
2869 * For the moment we have to reject whole-row variables. We could
2870 * convert them, if we knew the new table's rowtype OID, but that
2871 * hasn't been assigned yet. (A variable could only appear in a
2872 * generation expression, so the error message is correct.)
2873 */
2874 if (found_whole_row)
2876 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
2878 errdetail("Generation expression for column \"%s\" contains a whole-row reference to table \"%s\".",
2879 def->colname,
2880 RelationGetRelationName(relation))));
2881
2882 /*
2883 * If we already had a default from some prior parent, check to
2884 * see if they are the same. If so, no problem; if not, mark the
2885 * column as having a bogus default. Below, we will complain if
2886 * the bogus default isn't overridden by the child columns.
2887 */
2890 def->cooked_default = this_default;
2892 {
2893 def->cooked_default = &bogus_marker;
2894 have_bogus_defaults = true;
2895 }
2896 }
2897
2898 /*
2899 * Now copy the CHECK constraints of this parent, adjusting attnos
2900 * using the completed newattmap map. Identically named constraints
2901 * are merged if possible, else we throw error.
2902 */
2904 {
2906
2908 {
2910 Node *expr;
2911 bool found_whole_row;
2912
2913 /* ignore if the constraint is non-inheritable */
2915 continue;
2916
2917 /* Adjust Vars to match new table's column numbering */
2919 1, 0,
2920 newattmap,
2921 InvalidOid, &found_whole_row);
2922
2923 /*
2924 * For the moment we have to reject whole-row variables. We
2925 * could convert them, if we knew the new table's rowtype OID,
2926 * but that hasn't been assigned yet.
2927 */
2928 if (found_whole_row)
2930 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
2933 name,
2934 RelationGetRelationName(relation))));
2935
2937 check[i].ccenforced);
2938 }
2939 }
2940
2941 /*
2942 * Also copy the not-null constraints from this parent. The
2943 * attnotnull markings were already installed above.
2944 */
2946 {
2948
2949 nn->attnum = newattmap->attnums[nn->attnum - 1];
2950
2951 nnconstraints = lappend(nnconstraints, nn);
2952 }
2953
2954 free_attrmap(newattmap);
2955
2956 /*
2957 * Close the parent rel, but keep our lock on it until xact commit.
2958 * That will prevent someone else from deleting or ALTERing the parent
2959 * before the child is committed.
2960 */
2962 }
2963
2964 /*
2965 * If we had no inherited attributes, the result columns are just the
2966 * explicitly declared columns. Otherwise, we need to merge the declared
2967 * columns into the inherited column list. Although, we never have any
2968 * explicitly declared columns if the table is a partition.
2969 */
2971 {
2972 int newcol_attno = 0;
2973
2974 foreach(lc, columns)
2975 {
2978 int exist_attno;
2979
2980 /*
2981 * Partitions have only one parent and have no column definitions
2982 * of their own, so conflict should never occur.
2983 */
2984 Assert(!is_partition);
2985
2986 newcol_attno++;
2987
2988 /*
2989 * Does it match some inherited column?
2990 */
2991 exist_attno = findAttrByName(attributeName, inh_columns);
2992 if (exist_attno > 0)
2993 {
2994 /*
2995 * Yes, try to merge the two column definitions.
2996 */
2997 MergeChildAttribute(inh_columns, exist_attno, newcol_attno, newdef);
2998 }
2999 else
3000 {
3001 /*
3002 * No, attach new column unchanged to result columns.
3003 */
3004 inh_columns = lappend(inh_columns, newdef);
3005 }
3006 }
3007
3008 columns = inh_columns;
3009
3010 /*
3011 * Check that we haven't exceeded the legal # of columns after merging
3012 * in inherited columns.
3013 */
3016 (errcode(ERRCODE_TOO_MANY_COLUMNS),
3018 MaxHeapAttributeNumber)));
3019 }
3020
3021 /*
3022 * Now that we have the column definition list for a partition, we can
3023 * check whether the columns referenced in the column constraint specs
3024 * actually exist. Also, merge column defaults.
3025 */
3026 if (is_partition)
3027 {
3028 foreach(lc, saved_columns)
3029 {
3031 bool found = false;
3032 ListCell *l;
3033
3034 foreach(l, columns)
3035 {
3037
3039 {
3040 found = true;
3041
3042 /*
3043 * Check for conflicts related to generated columns.
3044 *
3045 * Same rules as above: generated-ness has to match the
3046 * parent, but the contents of the generation expression
3047 * can be different.
3048 */
3050 {
3053 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_COLUMN_DEFINITION),
3055 restdef->colname)));
3058 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_COLUMN_DEFINITION),
3060 restdef->colname)));
3061 }
3062 else
3063 {
3066 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_COLUMN_DEFINITION),
3068 restdef->colname),
3070 }
3071
3074 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_COLUMN_DEFINITION),
3076 restdef->colname),
3080
3081 /*
3082 * Override the parent's default value for this column
3083 * (coldef->cooked_default) with the partition's local
3084 * definition (restdef->raw_default), if there's one. It
3085 * should be physically impossible to get a cooked default
3086 * in the local definition or a raw default in the
3087 * inherited definition, but make sure they're nulls, for
3088 * future-proofing.
3089 */
3093 {
3095 coldef->cooked_default = NULL;
3096 }
3097 }
3098 }
3099
3100 /* complain for constraints on columns not in parent */
3101 if (!found)
3103 (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN),
3105 restdef->colname)));
3106 }
3107 }
3108
3109 /*
3110 * If we found any conflicting parent default values, check to make sure
3111 * they were overridden by the child.
3112 */
3113 if (have_bogus_defaults)
3114 {
3115 foreach(lc, columns)
3116 {
3118
3120 {
3123 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_COLUMN_DEFINITION),
3125 def->colname),
3127 else
3129 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_COLUMN_DEFINITION),
3131 def->colname),
3133 }
3134 }
3135 }
3136
3137 *supconstr = constraints;
3138 *supnotnulls = nnconstraints;
3139
3140 return columns;
3141}
ColumnDef * makeColumnDef(const char *colname, Oid typeOid, int32 typmod, Oid collOid)
Definition: makefuncs.c:565
List * RelationGetNotNullConstraints(Oid relid, bool cooked, bool include_noinh)
Definition: pg_constraint.c:817
Definition: tupdesc.h:29
static ColumnDef * MergeInheritedAttribute(List *inh_columns, int exist_attno, const ColumnDef *newdef)
Definition: tablecmds.c:3409
static int findAttrByName(const char *attributeName, const List *columns)
Definition: tablecmds.c:3603
static List * MergeCheckConstraint(List *constraints, const char *name, Node *expr, bool is_enforced)
Definition: tablecmds.c:3160
static void MergeChildAttribute(List *inh_columns, int exist_attno, int newcol_attno, const ColumnDef *newdef)
Definition: tablecmds.c:3239
const char * GetCompressionMethodName(char method)
Definition: toast_compression.c:304
Node * TupleDescGetDefault(TupleDesc tupdesc, AttrNumber attnum)
Definition: tupdesc.c:1092
References aclcheck_error(), ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, Assert(), AttrMap::attnums, bms_add_member(), bms_is_member(), ConstrCheck::ccname, TupleConstr::check, CheckTableNotInUse(), ColumnDef::colname, ColumnDef::compression, CompressionMethodIsValid, TupleDescData::constr, CONSTR_NOTNULL, ColumnDef::constraints, ColumnDef::cooked_default, elog, equal(), ereport, errcode(), errdetail(), errhint(), errmsg(), ERROR, findAttrByName(), forboth, foreach_ptr, free_attrmap(), ColumnDef::generated, get_relkind_objtype(), GetCompressionMethodName(), GetUserId(), i, ColumnDef::identity, ColumnDef::inhcount, InvalidOid, ColumnDef::is_from_type, ColumnDef::is_local, ColumnDef::is_not_null, lappend(), lfirst, lfirst_node, lfirst_oid, list_delete_nth_cell(), list_length(), list_nth_node, make_attrmap(), makeColumnDef(), map_variable_attnos(), MaxHeapAttributeNumber, MergeCheckConstraint(), MergeChildAttribute(), MergeInheritedAttribute(), name, NameStr, TupleDescData::natts, NIL, NoLock, TupleConstr::num_check, object_ownercheck(), pstrdup(), ColumnDef::raw_default, RelationData::rd_rel, RELATION_IS_OTHER_TEMP, RelationGetDescr, RelationGetNotNullConstraints(), RelationGetRelationName, RelationGetRelid, ColumnDef::storage, stringToNode(), table_close(), table_open(), TupleDescAttr(), TupleDescGetDefault(), and ColumnDef::typeName.
Referenced by DefineRelation().
◆ MergeAttributesIntoExisting()
|
static |
Definition at line 17466 of file tablecmds.c.
17467{
17468 Relation attrrel;
17469 TupleDesc parent_desc;
17470
17472 parent_desc = RelationGetDescr(parent_rel);
17473
17475 {
17478 HeapTuple tuple;
17479
17480 /* Ignore dropped columns in the parent. */
17481 if (parent_att->attisdropped)
17482 continue;
17483
17484 /* Find same column in child (matching on column name). */
17487 {
17489
17490 if (parent_att->atttypid != child_att->atttypid ||
17491 parent_att->atttypmod != child_att->atttypmod)
17493 (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
17495 RelationGetRelationName(child_rel), parent_attname)));
17496
17497 if (parent_att->attcollation != child_att->attcollation)
17499 (errcode(ERRCODE_COLLATION_MISMATCH),
17501 RelationGetRelationName(child_rel), parent_attname)));
17502
17503 /*
17504 * If the parent has a not-null constraint that's not NO INHERIT,
17505 * make sure the child has one too.
17506 *
17507 * Other constraints are checked elsewhere.
17508 */
17509 if (parent_att->attnotnull && !child_att->attnotnull)
17510 {
17511 HeapTuple contup;
17512
17514 parent_att->attnum);
17518 errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
17520 parent_attname, RelationGetRelationName(child_rel)));
17521 }
17522
17523 /*
17524 * Child column must be generated if and only if parent column is.
17525 */
17526 if (parent_att->attgenerated && !child_att->attgenerated)
17528 (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
17530 if (child_att->attgenerated && !parent_att->attgenerated)
17532 (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
17534
17535 if (parent_att->attgenerated && child_att->attgenerated && child_att->attgenerated != parent_att->attgenerated)
17537 (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
17540 parent_att->attgenerated == ATTRIBUTE_GENERATED_STORED ? "STORED" : "VIRTUAL",
17541 child_att->attgenerated == ATTRIBUTE_GENERATED_STORED ? "STORED" : "VIRTUAL")));
17542
17543 /*
17544 * Regular inheritance children are independent enough not to
17545 * inherit identity columns. But partitions are integral part of
17546 * a partitioned table and inherit identity column.
17547 */
17548 if (ispartition)
17549 child_att->attidentity = parent_att->attidentity;
17550
17551 /*
17552 * OK, bump the child column's inheritance count. (If we fail
17553 * later on, this change will just roll back.)
17554 */
17556 &child_att->attinhcount))
17558 errcode(ERRCODE_PROGRAM_LIMIT_EXCEEDED),
17560
17561 /*
17562 * In case of partitions, we must enforce that value of attislocal
17563 * is same in all partitions. (Note: there are only inherited
17564 * attributes in partitions)
17565 */
17567 {
17568 Assert(child_att->attinhcount == 1);
17569 child_att->attislocal = false;
17570 }
17571
17573 heap_freetuple(tuple);
17574 }
17575 else
17576 {
17578 (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
17580 }
17581 }
17582
17584}
References Assert(), CatalogTupleUpdate(), ereport, errcode(), errdetail(), errmsg(), ERROR, findNotNullConstraintAttnum(), GETSTRUCT(), heap_freetuple(), HeapTupleIsValid, NameStr, TupleDescData::natts, pg_add_s16_overflow(), RelationData::rd_rel, RelationGetDescr, RelationGetRelationName, RelationGetRelid, RowExclusiveLock, SearchSysCacheCopyAttName(), HeapTupleData::t_self, table_close(), table_open(), and TupleDescAttr().
Referenced by CreateInheritance().
◆ MergeCheckConstraint()
|
static |
Definition at line 3160 of file tablecmds.c.
3161{
3162 ListCell *lc;
3163 CookedConstraint *newcon;
3164
3165 foreach(lc, constraints)
3166 {
3168
3170
3171 /* Non-matching names never conflict */
3173 continue;
3174
3176 {
3177 /* OK to merge constraint with existing */
3179 &ccon->inhcount))
3181 errcode(ERRCODE_PROGRAM_LIMIT_EXCEEDED),
3183
3184 /*
3185 * When enforceability differs, the merged constraint should be
3186 * marked as ENFORCED because one of the parents is ENFORCED.
3187 */
3189 {
3192 }
3193
3194 return constraints;
3195 }
3196
3200 name)));
3201 }
3202
3203 /*
3204 * Constraint couldn't be merged with an existing one and also didn't
3205 * conflict with an existing one, so add it as a new one to the list.
3206 */
3210 newcon->expr = expr;
3211 newcon->inhcount = 1;
3212 newcon->is_enforced = is_enforced;
3213 newcon->skip_validation = !is_enforced;
3215}
References Assert(), CONSTR_CHECK, CookedConstraint::contype, equal(), ereport, errcode(), ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_OBJECT, errmsg(), ERROR, CookedConstraint::expr, CookedConstraint::inhcount, CookedConstraint::is_enforced, lappend(), lfirst, name, CookedConstraint::name, palloc0_object, pg_add_s16_overflow(), pstrdup(), and CookedConstraint::skip_validation.
Referenced by MergeAttributes().
◆ MergeChildAttribute()
|
static |
Definition at line 3239 of file tablecmds.c.
3240{
3242 ColumnDef *inhdef;
3243 Oid inhtypeid,
3244 newtypeid;
3245 int32 inhtypmod,
3246 newtypmod;
3247 Oid inhcollid,
3248 newcollid;
3249
3250 if (exist_attno == newcol_attno)
3253 attributeName)));
3254 else
3258
3260
3261 /*
3262 * Must have the same type and typmod
3263 */
3266 if (inhtypeid != newtypeid || inhtypmod != newtypmod)
3268 (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
3270 attributeName),
3272 format_type_with_typemod(inhtypeid, inhtypmod),
3273 format_type_with_typemod(newtypeid, newtypmod))));
3274
3275 /*
3276 * Must have the same collation
3277 */
3278 inhcollid = GetColumnDefCollation(NULL, inhdef, inhtypeid);
3279 newcollid = GetColumnDefCollation(NULL, newdef, newtypeid);
3280 if (inhcollid != newcollid)
3282 (errcode(ERRCODE_COLLATION_MISMATCH),
3284 attributeName),
3286 get_collation_name(inhcollid),
3287 get_collation_name(newcollid))));
3288
3289 /*
3290 * Identity is never inherited by a regular inheritance child. Pick
3291 * child's identity definition if there's one.
3292 */
3294
3295 /*
3296 * Copy storage parameter
3297 */
3302 (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
3304 attributeName),
3308
3309 /*
3310 * Copy compression parameter
3311 */
3315 {
3318 (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
3320 attributeName),
3322 }
3323
3324 /*
3325 * Merge of not-null constraints = OR 'em together
3326 */
3328
3329 /*
3330 * Check for conflicts related to generated columns.
3331 *
3332 * If the parent column is generated, the child column will be made a
3333 * generated column if it isn't already. If it is a generated column,
3334 * we'll take its generation expression in preference to the parent's. We
3335 * must check that the child column doesn't specify a default value or
3336 * identity, which matches the rules for a single column in
3337 * parse_utilcmd.c.
3338 *
3339 * Conversely, if the parent column is not generated, the child column
3340 * can't be either. (We used to allow that, but it results in being able
3341 * to override the generation expression via UPDATEs through the parent.)
3342 */
3344 {
3347 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_COLUMN_DEFINITION),
3349 inhdef->colname)));
3352 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_COLUMN_DEFINITION),
3354 inhdef->colname)));
3355 }
3356 else
3357 {
3360 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_COLUMN_DEFINITION),
3362 inhdef->colname),
3364 }
3365
3368 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_COLUMN_DEFINITION),
3370 inhdef->colname),
3374
3375 /*
3376 * If new def has a default, override previous default
3377 */
3379 {
3382 }
3383
3384 /* Mark the column as locally defined */
3386}
References ColumnDef::colname, ColumnDef::compression, ColumnDef::cooked_default, ereport, errcode(), errdetail(), errhint(), errmsg(), ERROR, format_type_with_typemod(), ColumnDef::generated, get_collation_name(), GetColumnDefCollation(), ColumnDef::identity, ColumnDef::is_local, ColumnDef::is_not_null, list_nth_node, NOTICE, ColumnDef::raw_default, ColumnDef::storage, storage_name(), ColumnDef::typeName, and typenameTypeIdAndMod().
Referenced by MergeAttributes().
◆ MergeConstraintsIntoExisting()
Definition at line 17604 of file tablecmds.c.
17605{
17606 Relation constraintrel;
17607 SysScanDesc parent_scan;
17608 ScanKeyData parent_key;
17609 HeapTuple parent_tuple;
17611 AttrMap *attmap;
17612
17614
17615 /* Outer loop scans through the parent's constraint definitions */
17616 ScanKeyInit(&parent_key,
17617 Anum_pg_constraint_conrelid,
17618 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
17619 ObjectIdGetDatum(parent_relid));
17620 parent_scan = systable_beginscan(constraintrel, ConstraintRelidTypidNameIndexId,
17621 true, NULL, 1, &parent_key);
17622
17624 RelationGetDescr(child_rel),
17625 true);
17626
17628 {
17630 SysScanDesc child_scan;
17631 ScanKeyData child_key;
17632 HeapTuple child_tuple;
17633 AttrNumber parent_attno;
17634 bool found = false;
17635
17636 if (parent_con->contype != CONSTRAINT_CHECK &&
17637 parent_con->contype != CONSTRAINT_NOTNULL)
17638 continue;
17639
17640 /* if the parent's constraint is marked NO INHERIT, it's not inherited */
17641 if (parent_con->connoinherit)
17642 continue;
17643
17644 if (parent_con->contype == CONSTRAINT_NOTNULL)
17645 parent_attno = extractNotNullColumn(parent_tuple);
17646 else
17647 parent_attno = InvalidAttrNumber;
17648
17649 /* Search for a child constraint matching this one */
17650 ScanKeyInit(&child_key,
17651 Anum_pg_constraint_conrelid,
17652 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
17654 child_scan = systable_beginscan(constraintrel, ConstraintRelidTypidNameIndexId,
17655 true, NULL, 1, &child_key);
17656
17658 {
17660 HeapTuple child_copy;
17661
17662 if (child_con->contype != parent_con->contype)
17663 continue;
17664
17665 /*
17666 * CHECK constraint are matched by constraint name, NOT NULL ones
17667 * by attribute number.
17668 */
17669 if (child_con->contype == CONSTRAINT_CHECK)
17670 {
17672 NameStr(child_con->conname)) != 0)
17673 continue;
17674 }
17675 else if (child_con->contype == CONSTRAINT_NOTNULL)
17676 {
17677 Form_pg_attribute parent_attr;
17678 Form_pg_attribute child_attr;
17679 AttrNumber child_attno;
17680
17682 child_attno = extractNotNullColumn(child_tuple);
17684 continue;
17685
17687 /* there shouldn't be constraints on dropped columns */
17688 if (parent_attr->attisdropped || child_attr->attisdropped)
17690 }
17691
17692 if (child_con->contype == CONSTRAINT_CHECK &&
17695 (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
17698
17699 /*
17700 * If the child constraint is "no inherit" then cannot merge
17701 */
17702 if (child_con->connoinherit)
17704 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
17707
17708 /*
17709 * If the child constraint is "not valid" then cannot merge with a
17710 * valid parent constraint
17711 */
17712 if (parent_con->convalidated && child_con->conenforced &&
17713 !child_con->convalidated)
17715 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
17718
17719 /*
17720 * A NOT ENFORCED child constraint cannot be merged with an
17721 * ENFORCED parent constraint. However, the reverse is allowed,
17722 * where the child constraint is ENFORCED.
17723 */
17724 if (parent_con->conenforced && !child_con->conenforced)
17726 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
17729
17730 /*
17731 * OK, bump the child constraint's inheritance count. (If we fail
17732 * later on, this change will just roll back.)
17733 */
17734 child_copy = heap_copytuple(child_tuple);
17736
17738 &child_con->coninhcount))
17740 errcode(ERRCODE_PROGRAM_LIMIT_EXCEEDED),
17742
17743 /*
17744 * In case of partitions, an inherited constraint must be
17745 * inherited only once since it cannot have multiple parents and
17746 * it is never considered local.
17747 */
17749 {
17750 Assert(child_con->coninhcount == 1);
17751 child_con->conislocal = false;
17752 }
17753
17755 heap_freetuple(child_copy);
17756
17757 found = true;
17758 break;
17759 }
17760
17761 systable_endscan(child_scan);
17762
17763 if (!found)
17764 {
17765 if (parent_con->contype == CONSTRAINT_NOTNULL)
17767 errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
17769 get_attname(parent_relid,
17770 extractNotNullColumn(parent_tuple),
17771 false),
17772 RelationGetRelationName(child_rel)));
17773
17775 (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
17777 NameStr(parent_con->conname))));
17778 }
17779 }
17780
17781 systable_endscan(parent_scan);
17783}
static bool constraints_equivalent(HeapTuple a, HeapTuple b, TupleDesc tupleDesc)
Definition: tablecmds.c:17437
References Assert(), AttrMap::attnums, BTEqualStrategyNumber, build_attrmap_by_name(), CatalogTupleUpdate(), constraints_equivalent(), elog, ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, extractNotNullColumn(), get_attname(), GETSTRUCT(), heap_copytuple(), heap_freetuple(), HeapTupleIsValid, InvalidAttrNumber, NameStr, ObjectIdGetDatum(), pg_add_s16_overflow(), RelationData::rd_att, RelationData::rd_rel, RelationGetDescr, RelationGetRelationName, RelationGetRelid, RowExclusiveLock, ScanKeyInit(), systable_beginscan(), systable_endscan(), systable_getnext(), HeapTupleData::t_self, table_close(), table_open(), and TupleDescAttr().
Referenced by CreateInheritance().
◆ MergeInheritedAttribute()
|
static |
Definition at line 3409 of file tablecmds.c.
3412{
3414 ColumnDef *prevdef;
3415 Oid prevtypeid,
3416 newtypeid;
3417 int32 prevtypmod,
3418 newtypmod;
3419 Oid prevcollid,
3420 newcollid;
3421
3424 attributeName)));
3426
3427 /*
3428 * Must have the same type and typmod
3429 */
3432 if (prevtypeid != newtypeid || prevtypmod != newtypmod)
3434 (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
3436 attributeName),
3438 format_type_with_typemod(prevtypeid, prevtypmod),
3439 format_type_with_typemod(newtypeid, newtypmod))));
3440
3441 /*
3442 * Must have the same collation
3443 */
3444 prevcollid = GetColumnDefCollation(NULL, prevdef, prevtypeid);
3445 newcollid = GetColumnDefCollation(NULL, newdef, newtypeid);
3446 if (prevcollid != newcollid)
3448 (errcode(ERRCODE_COLLATION_MISMATCH),
3450 attributeName),
3452 get_collation_name(prevcollid),
3453 get_collation_name(newcollid))));
3454
3455 /*
3456 * Copy/check storage parameter
3457 */
3462 (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
3464 attributeName),
3468
3469 /*
3470 * Copy/check compression parameter
3471 */
3475 {
3478 (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
3480 attributeName),
3483 }
3484
3485 /*
3486 * Check for GENERATED conflicts
3487 */
3490 (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
3492 attributeName)));
3493
3494 /*
3495 * Default and other constraints are handled by the caller.
3496 */
3497
3499 &prevdef->inhcount))
3501 errcode(ERRCODE_PROGRAM_LIMIT_EXCEEDED),
3503
3504 return prevdef;
3505}
References ColumnDef::colname, ColumnDef::compression, ereport, errcode(), errdetail(), errmsg(), ERROR, format_type_with_typemod(), ColumnDef::generated, get_collation_name(), GetColumnDefCollation(), ColumnDef::inhcount, list_nth_node, NOTICE, pg_add_s16_overflow(), ColumnDef::storage, storage_name(), ColumnDef::typeName, and typenameTypeIdAndMod().
Referenced by MergeAttributes().
◆ NotNullImpliedByRelConstraints()
|
static |
Definition at line 8082 of file tablecmds.c.
8083{
8085
8087 attr->attnum,
8088 attr->atttypid,
8089 attr->atttypmod,
8090 attr->attcollation,
8091 0);
8093
8094 /*
8095 * argisrow = false is correct even for a composite column, because
8096 * attnotnull does not represent a SQL-spec IS NOT NULL test in such a
8097 * case, just IS DISTINCT FROM NULL.
8098 */
8099 nnulltest->argisrow = false;
8100 nnulltest->location = -1;
8101
8103 {
8105 (errmsg_internal("existing constraints on column \"%s.%s\" are sufficient to prove that it does not contain nulls",
8107 return true;
8108 }
8109
8110 return false;
8111}
Definition: primnodes.h:1967
static bool ConstraintImpliedByRelConstraint(Relation scanrel, List *testConstraint, List *provenConstraint)
Definition: tablecmds.c:20070
References NullTest::arg, ConstraintImpliedByRelConstraint(), DEBUG1, ereport, errmsg_internal(), IS_NOT_NULL, list_make1, NullTest::location, makeNode, makeVar(), NameStr, NIL, NullTest::nulltesttype, and RelationGetRelationName.
Referenced by set_attnotnull().
◆ PartConstraintImpliedByRelConstraint()
Definition at line 20015 of file tablecmds.c.
20017{
20021
20023 {
20025
20027 {
20029
20030 /* invalid not-null constraint must be ignored here */
20032 {
20035
20037 i,
20038 wholeatt->atttypid,
20039 wholeatt->atttypmod,
20040 wholeatt->attcollation,
20041 0);
20043
20044 /*
20045 * argisrow=false is correct even for a composite column,
20046 * because attnotnull does not represent a SQL-spec IS NOT
20047 * NULL test in such a case, just IS DISTINCT FROM NULL.
20048 */
20049 ntest->argisrow = false;
20050 ntest->location = -1;
20051 existConstraint = lappend(existConstraint, ntest);
20052 }
20053 }
20054 }
20055
20057}
References NullTest::arg, CompactAttribute::attisdropped, CompactAttribute::attnullability, ATTNULLABLE_VALID, ConstraintImpliedByRelConstraint(), TupleConstr::has_not_null, i, IS_NOT_NULL, lappend(), NullTest::location, makeNode, makeVar(), TupleDescData::natts, NIL, NullTest::nulltesttype, RelationData::rd_att, RelationGetDescr, TupleDescAttr(), and TupleDescCompactAttr().
Referenced by check_default_partition_contents(), DetachAddConstraintIfNeeded(), and QueuePartitionConstraintValidation().
◆ PreCommit_on_commit_actions()
| void PreCommit_on_commit_actions | ( | void | ) |
Definition at line 19286 of file tablecmds.c.
19287{
19288 ListCell *l;
19291
19293 {
19295
19296 /* Ignore entry if already dropped in this xact */
19298 continue;
19299
19301 {
19304 /* Do nothing (there shouldn't be such entries, actually) */
19305 break;
19307
19308 /*
19309 * If this transaction hasn't accessed any temporary
19310 * relations, we can skip truncating ON COMMIT DELETE ROWS
19311 * tables, as they must still be empty.
19312 */
19315 break;
19318 break;
19319 }
19320 }
19321
19322 /*
19323 * Truncate relations before dropping so that all dependencies between
19324 * relations are removed after they are worked on. Doing it like this
19325 * might be a waste as it is possible that a relation being truncated will
19326 * be dropped anyway due to its parent being dropped, but this makes the
19327 * code more robust because of not having to re-check that the relation
19328 * exists at truncation time.
19329 */
19331 heap_truncate(oids_to_truncate);
19332
19334 {
19336
19337 foreach(l, oids_to_drop)
19338 {
19339 ObjectAddress object;
19340
19343 object.objectSubId = 0;
19344
19346
19348 }
19349
19350 /*
19351 * Object deletion might involve toast table access (to clean up
19352 * toasted catalog entries), so ensure we have a valid snapshot.
19353 */
19355
19356 /*
19357 * Since this is an automatic drop, rather than one directly initiated
19358 * by the user, we pass the PERFORM_DELETION_INTERNAL flag.
19359 */
19362
19363 PopActiveSnapshot();
19364
19365#ifdef USE_ASSERT_CHECKING
19366
19367 /*
19368 * Note that table deletion will call remove_on_commit_action, so the
19369 * entry should get marked as deleted.
19370 */
19372 {
19374
19376 continue;
19377
19379 }
19380#endif
19381 }
19382}
References add_exact_object_address(), Assert(), ObjectAddress::classId, OnCommitItem::deleting_subid, DROP_CASCADE, GetTransactionSnapshot(), heap_truncate(), InvalidSubTransactionId, lappend_oid(), lfirst, lfirst_oid, MyXactFlags, new_object_addresses(), NIL, object_address_present(), on_commits, OnCommitItem::oncommit, ONCOMMIT_DELETE_ROWS, ONCOMMIT_DROP, ONCOMMIT_NOOP, ONCOMMIT_PRESERVE_ROWS, PERFORM_DELETION_INTERNAL, PERFORM_DELETION_QUIETLY, performMultipleDeletions(), PopActiveSnapshot(), PushActiveSnapshot(), OnCommitItem::relid, and XACT_FLAGS_ACCESSEDTEMPNAMESPACE.
Referenced by CommitTransaction(), and PrepareTransaction().
◆ QueueCheckConstraintValidation()
|
static |
Definition at line 13085 of file tablecmds.c.
13088{
13089 Form_pg_constraint con;
13090 AlteredTableInfo *tab;
13091 HeapTuple copyTuple;
13092 Form_pg_constraint copy_con;
13093
13095 ListCell *child;
13096 NewConstraint *newcon;
13098 char *conbin;
13099
13101 Assert(con->contype == CONSTRAINT_CHECK);
13102
13103 /*
13104 * If we're recursing, the parent has already done this, so skip it. Also,
13105 * if the constraint is a NO INHERIT constraint, we shouldn't try to look
13106 * for it in the children.
13107 */
13108 if (!recursing && !con->connoinherit)
13110 lockmode, NULL);
13111
13112 /*
13113 * For CHECK constraints, we must ensure that we only mark the constraint
13114 * as validated on the parent if it's already validated on the children.
13115 *
13116 * We recurse before validating on the parent, to reduce risk of
13117 * deadlocks.
13118 */
13119 foreach(child, children)
13120 {
13122 Relation childrel;
13123
13125 continue;
13126
13127 /*
13128 * If we are told not to recurse, there had better not be any child
13129 * tables, because we can't mark the constraint on the parent valid
13130 * unless it is valid for all child tables.
13131 */
13132 if (!recurse)
13134 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
13136
13137 /* find_all_inheritors already got lock */
13139
13141 true, lockmode);
13143 }
13144
13145 /* Queue validation for phase 3 */
13147 newcon->name = constrName;
13151 newcon->conid = con->oid;
13152
13154 Anum_pg_constraint_conbin);
13157
13158 /* Find or create work queue entry for this table */
13159 tab = ATGetQueueEntry(wqueue, rel);
13161
13162 /*
13163 * Invalidate relcache so that others see the new validated constraint.
13164 */
13165 CacheInvalidateRelcache(rel);
13166
13167 /*
13168 * Now update the catalog, while we have the door open.
13169 */
13170 copyTuple = heap_copytuple(contuple);
13172 copy_con->convalidated = true;
13174
13175 InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(ConstraintRelationId, con->oid, 0);
13176
13177 heap_freetuple(copyTuple);
13178}
Datum SysCacheGetAttrNotNull(int cacheId, HeapTuple tup, AttrNumber attributeNumber)
Definition: syscache.c:625
References Assert(), ATExecValidateConstraint(), ATGetQueueEntry(), CacheInvalidateRelcache(), CatalogTupleUpdate(), NewConstraint::conid, CONSTR_CHECK, AlteredTableInfo::constraints, NewConstraint::contype, ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, expand_generated_columns_in_expr(), find_all_inheritors(), GETSTRUCT(), heap_copytuple(), heap_freetuple(), InvalidOid, InvokeObjectPostAlterHook, lappend(), lfirst_oid, NewConstraint::name, NIL, NoLock, palloc0(), NewConstraint::qual, NewConstraint::refindid, NewConstraint::refrelid, RelationGetRelid, stringToNode(), SysCacheGetAttrNotNull(), HeapTupleData::t_self, table_close(), table_open(), TextDatumGetCString, and val.
Referenced by ATExecValidateConstraint().
◆ QueueFKConstraintValidation()
|
static |
Definition at line 12966 of file tablecmds.c.
12968{
12969 Form_pg_constraint con;
12970 AlteredTableInfo *tab;
12971 HeapTuple copyTuple;
12972 Form_pg_constraint copy_con;
12973
12975 Assert(con->contype == CONSTRAINT_FOREIGN);
12976 Assert(!con->convalidated);
12977
12978 /*
12979 * Add the validation to phase 3's queue; not needed for partitioned
12980 * tables themselves, only for their partitions.
12981 *
12982 * When the referenced table (pkrelid) is partitioned, the referencing
12983 * table (fkrel) has one pg_constraint row pointing to each partition
12984 * thereof. These rows are there only to support action triggers and no
12985 * table scan is needed, therefore skip this for them as well.
12986 */
12988 con->confrelid == pkrelid)
12989 {
12990 NewConstraint *newcon;
12991 Constraint *fkconstraint;
12992
12993 /* Queue validation for phase 3 */
12995 /* for now this is all we need */
12997
13001 newcon->refrelid = con->confrelid;
13002 newcon->refindid = con->conindid;
13003 newcon->conid = con->oid;
13005
13006 /* Find or create work queue entry for this table */
13007 tab = ATGetQueueEntry(wqueue, fkrel);
13009 }
13010
13011 /*
13012 * If the table at either end of the constraint is partitioned, we need to
13013 * recurse and handle every unvalidate constraint that is a child of this
13014 * constraint.
13015 */
13017 get_rel_relkind(con->confrelid) == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE)
13018 {
13019 ScanKeyData pkey;
13020 SysScanDesc pscan;
13021 HeapTuple childtup;
13022
13023 ScanKeyInit(&pkey,
13024 Anum_pg_constraint_conparentid,
13025 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
13026 ObjectIdGetDatum(con->oid));
13027
13028 pscan = systable_beginscan(conrel, ConstraintParentIndexId,
13029 true, NULL, 1, &pkey);
13030
13032 {
13033 Form_pg_constraint childcon;
13034 Relation childrel;
13035
13037
13038 /*
13039 * If the child constraint has already been validated, no further
13040 * action is required for it or its descendants, as they are all
13041 * valid.
13042 */
13043 if (childcon->convalidated)
13044 continue;
13045
13046 childrel = table_open(childcon->conrelid, lockmode);
13047
13048 /*
13049 * NB: Note that pkrelid should be passed as-is during recursion,
13050 * as it is required to identify the root referenced table.
13051 */
13052 QueueFKConstraintValidation(wqueue, conrel, childrel, pkrelid,
13053 childtup, lockmode);
13055 }
13056
13057 systable_endscan(pscan);
13058 }
13059
13060 /*
13061 * Now mark the pg_constraint row as validated (even if we didn't check,
13062 * notably the ones for partitions on the referenced side).
13063 *
13064 * We rely on transaction abort to roll back this change if phase 3
13065 * ultimately finds violating rows. This is a bit ugly.
13066 */
13067 copyTuple = heap_copytuple(contuple);
13069 copy_con->convalidated = true;
13071
13072 InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(ConstraintRelationId, con->oid, 0);
13073
13074 heap_freetuple(copyTuple);
13075}
References Assert(), ATGetQueueEntry(), BTEqualStrategyNumber, CatalogTupleUpdate(), NewConstraint::conid, Constraint::conname, CONSTR_FOREIGN, AlteredTableInfo::constraints, NewConstraint::contype, get_rel_relkind(), GETSTRUCT(), heap_copytuple(), heap_freetuple(), HeapTupleIsValid, InvokeObjectPostAlterHook, lappend(), makeNode, NewConstraint::name, NameStr, NoLock, ObjectIdGetDatum(), palloc0(), pstrdup(), NewConstraint::qual, QueueFKConstraintValidation(), RelationData::rd_rel, NewConstraint::refindid, NewConstraint::refrelid, ScanKeyInit(), systable_beginscan(), systable_endscan(), systable_getnext(), HeapTupleData::t_self, table_close(), and table_open().
Referenced by ATExecValidateConstraint(), AttachPartitionForeignKey(), and QueueFKConstraintValidation().
◆ QueueNNConstraintValidation()
|
static |
Definition at line 13188 of file tablecmds.c.
13191{
13192 Form_pg_constraint con;
13193 AlteredTableInfo *tab;
13194 HeapTuple copyTuple;
13195 Form_pg_constraint copy_con;
13198 char *colname;
13199
13201 Assert(con->contype == CONSTRAINT_NOTNULL);
13202
13204
13205 /*
13206 * If we're recursing, we've already done this for parent, so skip it.
13207 * Also, if the constraint is a NO INHERIT constraint, we shouldn't try to
13208 * look for it in the children.
13209 *
13210 * We recurse before validating on the parent, to reduce risk of
13211 * deadlocks.
13212 */
13213 if (!recursing && !con->connoinherit)
13215
13217 foreach_oid(childoid, children)
13218 {
13219 Relation childrel;
13220 HeapTuple contup;
13221 Form_pg_constraint childcon;
13222 char *conname;
13223
13225 continue;
13226
13227 /*
13228 * If we are told not to recurse, there had better not be any child
13229 * tables, because we can't mark the constraint on the parent valid
13230 * unless it is valid for all child tables.
13231 */
13232 if (!recurse)
13234 errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
13236
13237 /*
13238 * The column on child might have a different attnum, so search by
13239 * column name.
13240 */
13241 contup = findNotNullConstraint(childoid, colname);
13242 if (!contup)
13243 elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for not-null constraint on column \"%s\" of relation \"%s\"",
13244 colname, get_rel_name(childoid));
13246 if (childcon->convalidated)
13247 continue;
13248
13249 /* find_all_inheritors already got lock */
13252
13253 /* XXX improve ATExecValidateConstraint API to avoid double search */
13254 ATExecValidateConstraint(wqueue, childrel, conname,
13255 false, true, lockmode);
13257 }
13258
13259 /* Set attnotnull appropriately without queueing another validation */
13261
13262 tab = ATGetQueueEntry(wqueue, rel);
13264
13265 /*
13266 * Invalidate relcache so that others see the new validated constraint.
13267 */
13268 CacheInvalidateRelcache(rel);
13269
13270 /*
13271 * Now update the catalogs, while we have the door open.
13272 */
13273 copyTuple = heap_copytuple(contuple);
13275 copy_con->convalidated = true;
13277
13278 InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(ConstraintRelationId, con->oid, 0);
13279
13280 heap_freetuple(copyTuple);
13281}
References Assert(), ATExecValidateConstraint(), ATGetQueueEntry(), attnum, CacheInvalidateRelcache(), CatalogTupleUpdate(), elog, ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, extractNotNullColumn(), find_all_inheritors(), findNotNullConstraint(), foreach_oid, get_attname(), get_rel_name(), GETSTRUCT(), heap_copytuple(), heap_freetuple(), InvokeObjectPostAlterHook, NameStr, NIL, NoLock, pstrdup(), RelationGetRelid, set_attnotnull(), HeapTupleData::t_self, table_close(), table_open(), and AlteredTableInfo::verify_new_notnull.
Referenced by ATExecValidateConstraint().
◆ QueuePartitionConstraintValidation()
|
static |
Definition at line 20133 of file tablecmds.c.
20136{
20137 /*
20138 * Based on the table's existing constraints, determine whether or not we
20139 * may skip scanning the table.
20140 */
20142 {
20143 if (!validate_default)
20146 RelationGetRelationName(scanrel))));
20147 else
20149 (errmsg_internal("updated partition constraint for default partition \"%s\" is implied by existing constraints",
20150 RelationGetRelationName(scanrel))));
20151 return;
20152 }
20153
20154 /*
20155 * Constraints proved insufficient. For plain relations, queue a
20156 * validation item now; for partitioned tables, recurse to process each
20157 * partition.
20158 */
20160 {
20161 AlteredTableInfo *tab;
20162
20163 /* Grab a work queue entry. */
20164 tab = ATGetQueueEntry(wqueue, scanrel);
20167 tab->validate_default = validate_default;
20168 }
20170 {
20173
20175 {
20176 Relation part_rel;
20177 List *thisPartConstraint;
20178
20179 /*
20180 * This is the minimum lock we need to prevent deadlocks.
20181 */
20183
20184 /*
20185 * Adjust the constraint for scanrel so that it matches this
20186 * partition's attribute numbers.
20187 */
20188 thisPartConstraint =
20189 map_partition_varattnos(partConstraint, 1,
20190 part_rel, scanrel);
20191
20192 QueuePartitionConstraintValidation(wqueue, part_rel,
20193 thisPartConstraint,
20194 validate_default);
20196 }
20197 }
20198}
References AccessExclusiveLock, Assert(), ATGetQueueEntry(), DEBUG1, ereport, errmsg_internal(), i, linitial, map_partition_varattnos(), NoLock, PartitionDescData::nparts, PartitionDescData::oids, PartConstraintImpliedByRelConstraint(), AlteredTableInfo::partition_constraint, QueuePartitionConstraintValidation(), RelationData::rd_rel, RelationGetPartitionDesc(), RelationGetRelationName, table_close(), table_open(), and AlteredTableInfo::validate_default.
Referenced by ATExecAttachPartition(), and QueuePartitionConstraintValidation().
◆ RangeVarCallbackForAlterRelation()
|
static |
Definition at line 19552 of file tablecmds.c.
19554{
19556 ObjectType reltype;
19557 HeapTuple tuple;
19558 Form_pg_class classform;
19559 AclResult aclresult;
19560 char relkind;
19561
19564 return; /* concurrently dropped */
19566 relkind = classform->relkind;
19567
19568 /* Must own relation. */
19571
19572 /* No system table modifications unless explicitly allowed. */
19575 (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
19577 rv->relname)));
19578
19579 /*
19580 * Extract the specified relation type from the statement parse tree.
19581 *
19582 * Also, for ALTER .. RENAME, check permissions: the user must (still)
19583 * have CREATE rights on the containing namespace.
19584 */
19586 {
19587 aclresult = object_aclcheck(NamespaceRelationId, classform->relnamespace,
19591 get_namespace_name(classform->relnamespace));
19593 }
19596
19599 else
19600 {
19603 }
19604
19605 /*
19606 * For compatibility with prior releases, we allow ALTER TABLE to be used
19607 * with most other types of relations (but not composite types). We allow
19608 * similar flexibility for ALTER INDEX in the case of RENAME, but not
19609 * otherwise. Otherwise, the user must select the correct form of the
19610 * command for the relation at issue.
19611 */
19614 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
19616
19619 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
19621
19624 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
19626
19629 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
19631
19634 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
19636
19638 relkind != RELKIND_PARTITIONED_INDEX
19641 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
19643
19644 /*
19645 * Don't allow ALTER TABLE on composite types. We want people to use ALTER
19646 * TYPE for that.
19647 */
19650 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
19652 /* translator: %s is an SQL ALTER command */
19654 "ALTER TYPE")));
19655
19656 /*
19657 * Don't allow ALTER TABLE .. SET SCHEMA on relations that can't be moved
19658 * to a different schema, such as indexes and TOAST tables.
19659 */
19661 {
19662 if (relkind == RELKIND_INDEX || relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_INDEX)
19664 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
19666 rv->relname),
19668 else if (relkind == RELKIND_COMPOSITE_TYPE)
19670 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
19672 rv->relname),
19673 /* translator: %s is an SQL ALTER command */
19675 "ALTER TYPE")));
19676 else if (relkind == RELKIND_TOASTVALUE)
19678 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
19680 rv->relname),
19682 }
19683
19684 ReleaseSysCache(tuple);
19685}
Definition: parsenodes.h:3693
Definition: parsenodes.h:3661
References ACL_CREATE, aclcheck_error(), ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, ACLCHECK_OK, allowSystemTableMods, arg, elog, ereport, errcode(), errhint(), errmsg(), ERROR, get_namespace_name(), get_rel_relkind(), get_relkind_objtype(), GETSTRUCT(), GetUserId(), HeapTupleIsValid, IsA, IsSystemClass(), nodeTag, object_aclcheck(), OBJECT_FOREIGN_TABLE, OBJECT_INDEX, OBJECT_MATVIEW, object_ownercheck(), OBJECT_SCHEMA, OBJECT_SEQUENCE, OBJECT_TABLE, OBJECT_TYPE, OBJECT_VIEW, ObjectIdGetDatum(), ReleaseSysCache(), RangeVar::relname, SearchSysCache1(), and stmt.
Referenced by AlterTableLookupRelation(), AlterTableNamespace(), and RenameRelation().
◆ RangeVarCallbackForAttachIndex()
|
static |
Definition at line 21529 of file tablecmds.c.
21531{
21533 Form_pg_class classform;
21534 HeapTuple tuple;
21535
21537
21539 {
21542 }
21543
21544 /*
21545 * If we previously locked some other heap, and the name we're looking up
21546 * no longer refers to an index on that relation, release the now-useless
21547 * lock. XXX maybe we should do *after* we verify whether the index does
21548 * not actually belong to the same relation ...
21549 */
21551 {
21554 }
21555
21556 /* Didn't find a relation, so no need for locking or permission checks. */
21558 return;
21559
21562 return; /* concurrently dropped, so nothing to do */
21564 if (classform->relkind != RELKIND_PARTITIONED_INDEX &&
21565 classform->relkind != RELKIND_INDEX)
21567 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
21569 ReleaseSysCache(tuple);
21570
21571 /*
21572 * Since we need only examine the heap's tupledesc, an access share lock
21573 * on it (preventing any DDL) is sufficient.
21574 */
21577}
References AccessShareLock, arg, ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, GETSTRUCT(), HeapTupleIsValid, IndexGetRelation(), InvalidOid, LockRelationOid(), ObjectIdGetDatum(), OidIsValid, ReleaseSysCache(), RangeVar::relname, SearchSysCache1(), and UnlockRelationOid().
Referenced by ATExecAttachPartitionIdx().
◆ RangeVarCallbackForDropRelation()
|
static |
Definition at line 1693 of file tablecmds.c.
1695{
1696 HeapTuple tuple;
1699 bool is_partition;
1700 Form_pg_class classform;
1702 bool invalid_system_index = false;
1703
1706
1707 /*
1708 * If we previously locked some other index's heap, and the name we're
1709 * looking up no longer refers to that relation, release the now-useless
1710 * lock.
1711 */
1713 {
1716 }
1717
1718 /*
1719 * Similarly, if we previously locked some other partition's heap, and the
1720 * name we're looking up no longer refers to that relation, release the
1721 * now-useless lock.
1722 */
1724 {
1727 }
1728
1729 /* Didn't find a relation, so no need for locking or permission checks. */
1731 return;
1732
1735 return; /* concurrently dropped, so nothing to do */
1737 is_partition = classform->relispartition;
1738
1739 /* Pass back some data to save lookups in RemoveRelations */
1740 state->actual_relkind = classform->relkind;
1741 state->actual_relpersistence = classform->relpersistence;
1742
1743 /*
1744 * Both RELKIND_RELATION and RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE are OBJECT_TABLE,
1745 * but RemoveRelations() can only pass one relkind for a given relation.
1746 * It chooses RELKIND_RELATION for both regular and partitioned tables.
1747 * That means we must be careful before giving the wrong type error when
1748 * the relation is RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE. An equivalent problem
1749 * exists with indexes.
1750 */
1751 if (classform->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE)
1752 expected_relkind = RELKIND_RELATION;
1753 else if (classform->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_INDEX)
1754 expected_relkind = RELKIND_INDEX;
1755 else
1756 expected_relkind = classform->relkind;
1757
1760 state->expected_relkind);
1761
1762 /* Allow DROP to either table owner or schema owner */
1766 get_relkind_objtype(classform->relkind),
1767 rel->relname);
1768
1769 /*
1770 * Check the case of a system index that might have been invalidated by a
1771 * failed concurrent process and allow its drop. For the time being, this
1772 * only concerns indexes of toast relations that became invalid during a
1773 * REINDEX CONCURRENTLY process.
1774 */
1776 {
1777 HeapTuple locTuple;
1778 Form_pg_index indexform;
1779 bool indisvalid;
1780
1783 {
1784 ReleaseSysCache(tuple);
1785 return;
1786 }
1787
1789 indisvalid = indexform->indisvalid;
1790 ReleaseSysCache(locTuple);
1791
1792 /* Mark object as being an invalid index of system catalogs */
1793 if (!indisvalid)
1794 invalid_system_index = true;
1795 }
1796
1797 /* In the case of an invalid index, it is fine to bypass this check */
1800 (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
1802 rel->relname)));
1803
1804 ReleaseSysCache(tuple);
1805
1806 /*
1807 * In DROP INDEX, attempt to acquire lock on the parent table before
1808 * locking the index. index_drop() will need this anyway, and since
1809 * regular queries lock tables before their indexes, we risk deadlock if
1810 * we do it the other way around. No error if we don't find a pg_index
1811 * entry, though --- the relation may have been dropped. Note that this
1812 * code will execute for either plain or partitioned indexes.
1813 */
1815 relOid != oldRelOid)
1816 {
1820 }
1821
1822 /*
1823 * Similarly, if the relation is a partition, we must acquire lock on its
1824 * parent before locking the partition. That's because queries lock the
1825 * parent before its partitions, so we risk deadlock if we do it the other
1826 * way around.
1827 */
1828 if (is_partition && relOid != oldRelOid)
1829 {
1833 }
1834}
Definition: tablecmds.c:316
static void DropErrorMsgWrongType(const char *relname, char wrongkind, char rightkind)
Definition: tablecmds.c:1502
References AccessExclusiveLock, aclcheck_error(), ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, allowSystemTableMods, arg, DropErrorMsgWrongType(), ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, DropRelationCallbackState::expected_relkind, get_partition_parent(), get_relkind_objtype(), GETSTRUCT(), GetUserId(), DropRelationCallbackState::heap_lockmode, HeapTupleIsValid, IndexGetRelation(), InvalidOid, IsSystemClass(), LockRelationOid(), object_ownercheck(), ObjectIdGetDatum(), OidIsValid, ReleaseSysCache(), RangeVar::relname, SearchSysCache1(), and UnlockRelationOid().
Referenced by RemoveRelations().
◆ RangeVarCallbackForRenameAttribute()
|
static |
Definition at line 3982 of file tablecmds.c.
3984{
3985 HeapTuple tuple;
3986 Form_pg_class form;
3987
3990 return; /* concurrently dropped */
3993 ReleaseSysCache(tuple);
3994}
static void renameatt_check(Oid myrelid, Form_pg_class classform, bool recursing)
Definition: tablecmds.c:3788
References GETSTRUCT(), HeapTupleIsValid, ObjectIdGetDatum(), ReleaseSysCache(), renameatt_check(), and SearchSysCache1().
Referenced by renameatt(), and RenameConstraint().
◆ RangeVarCallbackForTruncate()
|
static |
Definition at line 19496 of file tablecmds.c.
19498{
19499 HeapTuple tuple;
19500
19501 /* Nothing to do if the relation was not found. */
19503 return;
19504
19508
19511
19512 ReleaseSysCache(tuple);
19513}
References elog, ERROR, GETSTRUCT(), HeapTupleIsValid, ObjectIdGetDatum(), OidIsValid, ReleaseSysCache(), SearchSysCache1(), truncate_check_perms(), and truncate_check_rel().
Referenced by ExecuteTruncate().
◆ RangeVarCallbackMaintainsTable()
| void RangeVarCallbackMaintainsTable | ( | const RangeVar * | relation, |
| Oid | relId, | ||
| Oid | oldRelId, | ||
| void * | arg | ||
| ) |
Definition at line 19460 of file tablecmds.c.
19462{
19463 char relkind;
19464 AclResult aclresult;
19465
19466 /* Nothing to do if the relation was not found. */
19468 return;
19469
19470 /*
19471 * If the relation does exist, check whether it's an index. But note that
19472 * the relation might have been dropped between the time we did the name
19473 * lookup and now. In that case, there's nothing to do.
19474 */
19475 relkind = get_rel_relkind(relId);
19476 if (!relkind)
19477 return;
19478 if (relkind != RELKIND_RELATION && relkind != RELKIND_TOASTVALUE &&
19479 relkind != RELKIND_MATVIEW && relkind != RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE)
19481 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
19483
19484 /* Check permissions */
19487 aclcheck_error(aclresult,
19489 relation->relname);
19490}
References ACL_MAINTAIN, aclcheck_error(), ACLCHECK_OK, ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, get_rel_relkind(), get_relkind_objtype(), GetUserId(), OidIsValid, pg_class_aclcheck(), and RangeVar::relname.
Referenced by cluster(), ExecRefreshMatView(), and ReindexTable().
◆ RangeVarCallbackOwnsRelation()
| void RangeVarCallbackOwnsRelation | ( | const RangeVar * | relation, |
| Oid | relId, | ||
| Oid | oldRelId, | ||
| void * | arg | ||
| ) |
Definition at line 19520 of file tablecmds.c.
19522{
19523 HeapTuple tuple;
19524
19525 /* Nothing to do if the relation was not found. */
19527 return;
19528
19532
19535 relation->relname);
19536
19540 (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
19542 relation->relname)));
19543
19544 ReleaseSysCache(tuple);
19545}
References aclcheck_error(), ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, allowSystemTableMods, elog, ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, get_rel_relkind(), get_relkind_objtype(), GETSTRUCT(), GetUserId(), HeapTupleIsValid, IsSystemClass(), object_ownercheck(), ObjectIdGetDatum(), OidIsValid, ReleaseSysCache(), RangeVar::relname, and SearchSysCache1().
Referenced by AlterSequence(), and ProcessUtilitySlow().
◆ RebuildConstraintComment()
|
static |
Definition at line 15810 of file tablecmds.c.
15813{
15814 CommentStmt *cmd;
15815 char *comment_str;
15816 AlterTableCmd *newcmd;
15817
15818 /* Look for comment for object wanted, and leave if none */
15819 comment_str = GetComment(objid, ConstraintRelationId, 0);
15820 if (comment_str == NULL)
15821 return;
15822
15823 /* Build CommentStmt node, copying all input data for safety */
15825 if (rel)
15826 {
15832 }
15833 else
15834 {
15839 }
15840 cmd->comment = comment_str;
15841
15842 /* Append it to list of commands */
15847}
References AT_ReAddComment, CommentStmt::comment, copyObject, AlterTableCmd::def, get_namespace_name(), GetComment(), lappend(), list_make2, list_make3, makeNode, makeString(), makeTypeNameFromNameList(), CommentStmt::object, OBJECT_DOMCONSTRAINT, OBJECT_TABCONSTRAINT, CommentStmt::objtype, pstrdup(), RelationGetNamespace, RelationGetRelationName, AlteredTableInfo::subcmds, and AlterTableCmd::subtype.
Referenced by ATPostAlterTypeParse().
◆ refuseDupeIndexAttach()
|
static |
Definition at line 21745 of file tablecmds.c.
21746{
21747 Oid existingIdx;
21748
21749 existingIdx = index_get_partition(partitionTbl,
21750 RelationGetRelid(parentIdx));
21753 (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
21755 RelationGetRelationName(partIdx),
21756 RelationGetRelationName(parentIdx)),
21758 get_rel_name(existingIdx),
21759 RelationGetRelationName(partitionTbl))));
21760}
References ereport, errcode(), errdetail(), errmsg(), ERROR, get_rel_name(), index_get_partition(), OidIsValid, RelationGetRelationName, and RelationGetRelid.
Referenced by ATExecAttachPartitionIdx().
◆ register_on_commit_action()
| void register_on_commit_action | ( | Oid | relid, |
| OnCommitAction | action | ||
| ) |
Definition at line 19227 of file tablecmds.c.
19228{
19229 OnCommitItem *oc;
19230 MemoryContext oldcxt;
19231
19232 /*
19233 * We needn't bother registering the relation unless there is an ON COMMIT
19234 * action we need to take.
19235 */
19237 return;
19238
19240
19242 oc->relid = relid;
19246
19247 /*
19248 * We use lcons() here so that ON COMMIT actions are processed in reverse
19249 * order of registration. That might not be essential but it seems
19250 * reasonable.
19251 */
19253
19254 MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcxt);
19255}
References generate_unaccent_rules::action, CacheMemoryContext, OnCommitItem::creating_subid, OnCommitItem::deleting_subid, GetCurrentSubTransactionId(), InvalidSubTransactionId, lcons(), MemoryContextSwitchTo(), on_commits, OnCommitItem::oncommit, ONCOMMIT_NOOP, ONCOMMIT_PRESERVE_ROWS, palloc(), and OnCommitItem::relid.
Referenced by heap_create_with_catalog().
◆ relation_mark_replica_identity()
|
static |
Definition at line 18368 of file tablecmds.c.
18370{
18371 Relation pg_index;
18372 Relation pg_class;
18373 HeapTuple pg_class_tuple;
18374 HeapTuple pg_index_tuple;
18375 Form_pg_class pg_class_form;
18376 Form_pg_index pg_index_form;
18378
18379 /*
18380 * Check whether relreplident has changed, and update it if so.
18381 */
18383 pg_class_tuple = SearchSysCacheCopy1(RELOID,
18387 RelationGetRelationName(rel));
18389 if (pg_class_form->relreplident != ri_type)
18390 {
18391 pg_class_form->relreplident = ri_type;
18393 }
18395 heap_freetuple(pg_class_tuple);
18396
18397 /*
18398 * Update the per-index indisreplident flags correctly.
18399 */
18402 {
18404 bool dirty = false;
18405
18406 pg_index_tuple = SearchSysCacheCopy1(INDEXRELID,
18407 ObjectIdGetDatum(thisIndexOid));
18411
18412 if (thisIndexOid == indexOid)
18413 {
18414 /* Set the bit if not already set. */
18415 if (!pg_index_form->indisreplident)
18416 {
18417 dirty = true;
18418 pg_index_form->indisreplident = true;
18419 }
18420 }
18421 else
18422 {
18423 /* Unset the bit if set. */
18424 if (pg_index_form->indisreplident)
18425 {
18426 dirty = true;
18427 pg_index_form->indisreplident = false;
18428 }
18429 }
18430
18431 if (dirty)
18432 {
18434 InvokeObjectPostAlterHookArg(IndexRelationId, thisIndexOid, 0,
18435 InvalidOid, is_internal);
18436
18437 /*
18438 * Invalidate the relcache for the table, so that after we commit
18439 * all sessions will refresh the table's replica identity index
18440 * before attempting any UPDATE or DELETE on the table. (If we
18441 * changed the table's pg_class row above, then a relcache inval
18442 * is already queued due to that; but we might not have.)
18443 */
18444 CacheInvalidateRelcache(rel);
18445 }
18446 heap_freetuple(pg_index_tuple);
18447 }
18448
18450}
References CacheInvalidateRelcache(), CatalogTupleUpdate(), elog, ERROR, GETSTRUCT(), heap_freetuple(), HeapTupleIsValid, InvalidOid, InvokeObjectPostAlterHookArg, lfirst_oid, ObjectIdGetDatum(), RelationGetIndexList(), RelationGetRelationName, RelationGetRelid, RowExclusiveLock, SearchSysCacheCopy1, HeapTupleData::t_self, table_close(), and table_open().
Referenced by ATExecReplicaIdentity().
◆ RememberAllDependentForRebuilding()
|
static |
Definition at line 15011 of file tablecmds.c.
15013{
15014 Relation depRel;
15016 SysScanDesc scan;
15017 HeapTuple depTup;
15018
15020
15022
15024 Anum_pg_depend_refclassid,
15025 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
15026 ObjectIdGetDatum(RelationRelationId));
15028 Anum_pg_depend_refobjid,
15029 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
15032 Anum_pg_depend_refobjsubid,
15033 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_INT4EQ,
15035
15037 NULL, 3, key);
15038
15040 {
15042 ObjectAddress foundObject;
15043
15044 foundObject.classId = foundDep->classid;
15045 foundObject.objectId = foundDep->objid;
15046 foundObject.objectSubId = foundDep->objsubid;
15047
15049 {
15050 case RelationRelationId:
15051 {
15053
15054 if (relKind == RELKIND_INDEX ||
15055 relKind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_INDEX)
15056 {
15059 }
15060 else if (relKind == RELKIND_SEQUENCE)
15061 {
15062 /*
15063 * This must be a SERIAL column's sequence. We need
15064 * not do anything to it.
15065 */
15067 }
15068 else
15069 {
15070 /* Not expecting any other direct dependencies... */
15073 }
15074 break;
15075 }
15076
15077 case ConstraintRelationId:
15080 break;
15081
15082 case ProcedureRelationId:
15083
15084 /*
15085 * A new-style SQL function can depend on a column, if that
15086 * column is referenced in the parsed function body. Ideally
15087 * we'd automatically update the function by deparsing and
15088 * reparsing it, but that's risky and might well fail anyhow.
15089 * FIXME someday.
15090 *
15091 * This is only a problem for AT_AlterColumnType, not
15092 * AT_SetExpression.
15093 */
15096 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
15100 colName)));
15101 break;
15102
15103 case RewriteRelationId:
15104
15105 /*
15106 * View/rule bodies have pretty much the same issues as
15107 * function bodies. FIXME someday.
15108 */
15111 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
15115 colName)));
15116 break;
15117
15118 case TriggerRelationId:
15119
15120 /*
15121 * A trigger can depend on a column because the column is
15122 * specified as an update target, or because the column is
15123 * used in the trigger's WHEN condition. The first case would
15124 * not require any extra work, but the second case would
15125 * require updating the WHEN expression, which has the same
15126 * issues as above. Since we can't easily tell which case
15127 * applies, we punt for both. FIXME someday.
15128 */
15131 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
15135 colName)));
15136 break;
15137
15138 case PolicyRelationId:
15139
15140 /*
15141 * A policy can depend on a column because the column is
15142 * specified in the policy's USING or WITH CHECK qual
15143 * expressions. It might be possible to rewrite and recheck
15144 * the policy expression, but punt for now. It's certainly
15145 * easy enough to remove and recreate the policy; still, FIXME
15146 * someday.
15147 */
15150 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
15154 colName)));
15155 break;
15156
15157 case AttrDefaultRelationId:
15158 {
15160
15163 {
15164 /*
15165 * Ignore the column's own default expression. The
15166 * caller deals with it.
15167 */
15168 }
15169 else
15170 {
15171 /*
15172 * This must be a reference from the expression of a
15173 * generated column elsewhere in the same table.
15174 * Changing the type/generated expression of a column
15175 * that is used by a generated column is not allowed
15176 * by SQL standard, so just punt for now. It might be
15177 * doable with some thinking and effort.
15178 */
15181 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
15184 colName,
15186 col.objectSubId,
15187 false))));
15188 }
15189 break;
15190 }
15191
15192 case StatisticExtRelationId:
15193
15194 /*
15195 * Give the extended-stats machinery a chance to fix anything
15196 * that this column type change would break.
15197 */
15199 break;
15200
15201 case PublicationRelRelationId:
15202
15203 /*
15204 * Column reference in a PUBLICATION ... FOR TABLE ... WHERE
15205 * clause. Same issues as above. FIXME someday.
15206 */
15209 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
15213 colName)));
15214 break;
15215
15216 default:
15217
15218 /*
15219 * We don't expect any other sorts of objects to depend on a
15220 * column.
15221 */
15224 break;
15225 }
15226 }
15227
15228 systable_endscan(scan);
15230}
ObjectAddress GetAttrDefaultColumnAddress(Oid attrdefoid)
Definition: pg_attrdef.c:320
static void RememberIndexForRebuilding(Oid indoid, AlteredTableInfo *tab)
Definition: tablecmds.c:15324
static void RememberStatisticsForRebuilding(Oid stxoid, AlteredTableInfo *tab)
Definition: tablecmds.c:15375
static void RememberConstraintForRebuilding(Oid conoid, AlteredTableInfo *tab)
Definition: tablecmds.c:15268
References Assert(), AT_AlterColumnType, AT_SetExpression, attnum, BTEqualStrategyNumber, ObjectAddress::classId, elog, ereport, errcode(), errdetail(), errmsg(), ERROR, get_attname(), get_rel_relkind(), GetAttrDefaultColumnAddress(), getObjectDescription(), GETSTRUCT(), HeapTupleIsValid, Int32GetDatum(), sort-test::key, NoLock, ObjectAddress::objectId, ObjectIdGetDatum(), ObjectAddress::objectSubId, RelationGetRelid, RememberConstraintForRebuilding(), RememberIndexForRebuilding(), RememberStatisticsForRebuilding(), RowExclusiveLock, ScanKeyInit(), systable_beginscan(), systable_endscan(), systable_getnext(), table_close(), and table_open().
Referenced by ATExecAlterColumnType(), and ATExecSetExpression().
◆ RememberClusterOnForRebuilding()
|
static |
Definition at line 15252 of file tablecmds.c.
15253{
15255 return;
15256
15259
15261}
References AlteredTableInfo::clusterOnIndex, elog, ERROR, get_index_isclustered(), get_rel_name(), and AlteredTableInfo::relid.
Referenced by RememberConstraintForRebuilding(), and RememberIndexForRebuilding().
◆ RememberConstraintForRebuilding()
|
static |
Definition at line 15268 of file tablecmds.c.
15269{
15270 /*
15271 * This de-duplication check is critical for two independent reasons: we
15272 * mustn't try to recreate the same constraint twice, and if a constraint
15273 * depends on more than one column whose type is to be altered, we must
15274 * capture its definition string before applying any of the column type
15275 * changes. ruleutils.c will get confused if we ask again later.
15276 */
15278 {
15279 /* OK, capture the constraint's existing definition string */
15281 Oid indoid;
15282
15283 /*
15284 * It is critical to create not-null constraints ahead of primary key
15285 * indexes; otherwise, the not-null constraint would be created by the
15286 * primary key, and the constraint name would be wrong.
15287 */
15289 {
15291 tab->changedConstraintOids);
15293 tab->changedConstraintDefs);
15294 }
15295 else
15296 {
15297
15299 conoid);
15301 defstring);
15302 }
15303
15304 /*
15305 * For the index of a constraint, if any, remember if it is used for
15306 * the table's replica identity or if it is a clustered index, so that
15307 * ATPostAlterTypeCleanup() can queue up commands necessary to restore
15308 * those properties.
15309 */
15310 indoid = get_constraint_index(conoid);
15312 {
15313 RememberReplicaIdentityForRebuilding(indoid, tab);
15314 RememberClusterOnForRebuilding(indoid, tab);
15315 }
15316 }
15317}
char * pg_get_constraintdef_command(Oid constraintId)
Definition: ruleutils.c:2183
static void RememberReplicaIdentityForRebuilding(Oid indoid, AlteredTableInfo *tab)
Definition: tablecmds.c:15237
static void RememberClusterOnForRebuilding(Oid indoid, AlteredTableInfo *tab)
Definition: tablecmds.c:15252
References AlteredTableInfo::changedConstraintDefs, AlteredTableInfo::changedConstraintOids, get_constraint_index(), get_constraint_type(), lappend(), lappend_oid(), lcons(), lcons_oid(), list_member_oid(), OidIsValid, pg_get_constraintdef_command(), RememberClusterOnForRebuilding(), and RememberReplicaIdentityForRebuilding().
Referenced by RememberAllDependentForRebuilding(), and RememberIndexForRebuilding().
◆ RememberIndexForRebuilding()
|
static |
Definition at line 15324 of file tablecmds.c.
15325{
15326 /*
15327 * This de-duplication check is critical for two independent reasons: we
15328 * mustn't try to recreate the same index twice, and if an index depends
15329 * on more than one column whose type is to be altered, we must capture
15330 * its definition string before applying any of the column type changes.
15331 * ruleutils.c will get confused if we ask again later.
15332 */
15334 {
15335 /*
15336 * Before adding it as an index-to-rebuild, we'd better see if it
15337 * belongs to a constraint, and if so rebuild the constraint instead.
15338 * Typically this check fails, because constraint indexes normally
15339 * have only dependencies on their constraint. But it's possible for
15340 * such an index to also have direct dependencies on table columns,
15341 * for example with a partial exclusion constraint.
15342 */
15344
15346 {
15347 RememberConstraintForRebuilding(conoid, tab);
15348 }
15349 else
15350 {
15351 /* OK, capture the index's existing definition string */
15353
15355 indoid);
15357 defstring);
15358
15359 /*
15360 * Remember if this index is used for the table's replica identity
15361 * or if it is a clustered index, so that ATPostAlterTypeCleanup()
15362 * can queue up commands necessary to restore those properties.
15363 */
15364 RememberReplicaIdentityForRebuilding(indoid, tab);
15365 RememberClusterOnForRebuilding(indoid, tab);
15366 }
15367 }
15368}
References AlteredTableInfo::changedIndexDefs, AlteredTableInfo::changedIndexOids, get_index_constraint(), lappend(), lappend_oid(), list_member_oid(), OidIsValid, pg_get_indexdef_string(), RememberClusterOnForRebuilding(), RememberConstraintForRebuilding(), and RememberReplicaIdentityForRebuilding().
Referenced by RememberAllDependentForRebuilding().
◆ RememberReplicaIdentityForRebuilding()
|
static |
Definition at line 15237 of file tablecmds.c.
15238{
15240 return;
15241
15244
15246}
References elog, ERROR, get_index_isreplident(), get_rel_name(), AlteredTableInfo::relid, and AlteredTableInfo::replicaIdentityIndex.
Referenced by RememberConstraintForRebuilding(), and RememberIndexForRebuilding().
◆ RememberStatisticsForRebuilding()
|
static |
Definition at line 15375 of file tablecmds.c.
15376{
15377 /*
15378 * This de-duplication check is critical for two independent reasons: we
15379 * mustn't try to recreate the same statistics object twice, and if the
15380 * statistics object depends on more than one column whose type is to be
15381 * altered, we must capture its definition string before applying any of
15382 * the type changes. ruleutils.c will get confused if we ask again later.
15383 */
15385 {
15386 /* OK, capture the statistics object's existing definition string */
15388
15390 stxoid);
15392 defstring);
15393 }
15394}
char * pg_get_statisticsobjdef_string(Oid statextid)
Definition: ruleutils.c:1626
References AlteredTableInfo::changedStatisticsDefs, AlteredTableInfo::changedStatisticsOids, lappend(), lappend_oid(), list_member_oid(), and pg_get_statisticsobjdef_string().
Referenced by RememberAllDependentForRebuilding().
◆ remove_on_commit_action()
| void remove_on_commit_action | ( | Oid | relid | ) |
Definition at line 19263 of file tablecmds.c.
References OnCommitItem::deleting_subid, GetCurrentSubTransactionId(), lfirst, on_commits, and OnCommitItem::relid.
Referenced by heap_drop_with_catalog().
◆ RemoveInheritance()
|
static |
Definition at line 17916 of file tablecmds.c.
17917{
17918 Relation catalogRelation;
17919 SysScanDesc scan;
17921 HeapTuple attributeTuple,
17922 constraintTuple;
17923 AttrMap *attmap;
17924 List *connames;
17925 List *nncolumns;
17926 bool found;
17927 bool is_partitioning;
17928
17929 is_partitioning = (parent_rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE);
17930
17932 RelationGetRelid(parent_rel),
17933 expect_detached,
17934 RelationGetRelationName(child_rel));
17935 if (!found)
17936 {
17937 if (is_partitioning)
17941 RelationGetRelationName(child_rel),
17942 RelationGetRelationName(parent_rel))));
17943 else
17947 RelationGetRelationName(parent_rel),
17948 RelationGetRelationName(child_rel))));
17949 }
17950
17951 /*
17952 * Search through child columns looking for ones matching parent rel
17953 */
17956 Anum_pg_attribute_attrelid,
17957 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
17959 scan = systable_beginscan(catalogRelation, AttributeRelidNumIndexId,
17962 {
17964
17965 /* Ignore if dropped or not inherited */
17966 if (att->attisdropped)
17967 continue;
17968 if (att->attinhcount <= 0)
17969 continue;
17970
17972 NameStr(att->attname)))
17973 {
17974 /* Decrement inhcount and possibly set islocal to true */
17977
17978 copy_att->attinhcount--;
17979 if (copy_att->attinhcount == 0)
17980 copy_att->attislocal = true;
17981
17983 heap_freetuple(copyTuple);
17984 }
17985 }
17986 systable_endscan(scan);
17988
17989 /*
17990 * Likewise, find inherited check and not-null constraints and disinherit
17991 * them. To do this, we first need a list of the names of the parent's
17992 * check constraints. (We cheat a bit by only checking for name matches,
17993 * assuming that the expressions will match.)
17994 *
17995 * For NOT NULL columns, we store column numbers to match, mapping them in
17996 * to the child rel's attribute numbers.
17997 */
17999 RelationGetDescr(parent_rel),
18000 false);
18001
18004 Anum_pg_constraint_conrelid,
18005 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
18007 scan = systable_beginscan(catalogRelation, ConstraintRelidTypidNameIndexId,
18009
18010 connames = NIL;
18011 nncolumns = NIL;
18012
18014 {
18016
18017 if (con->connoinherit)
18018 continue;
18019
18020 if (con->contype == CONSTRAINT_CHECK)
18022 if (con->contype == CONSTRAINT_NOTNULL)
18023 {
18025
18027 }
18028 }
18029
18030 systable_endscan(scan);
18031
18032 /* Now scan the child's constraints to find matches */
18034 Anum_pg_constraint_conrelid,
18035 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
18037 scan = systable_beginscan(catalogRelation, ConstraintRelidTypidNameIndexId,
18039
18041 {
18043 bool match = false;
18044
18045 /*
18046 * Match CHECK constraints by name, not-null constraints by column
18047 * number, and ignore all others.
18048 */
18049 if (con->contype == CONSTRAINT_CHECK)
18050 {
18052 {
18053 if (con->contype == CONSTRAINT_CHECK &&
18054 strcmp(NameStr(con->conname), chkname) == 0)
18055 {
18056 match = true;
18057 connames = foreach_delete_current(connames, chkname);
18058 break;
18059 }
18060 }
18061 }
18062 else if (con->contype == CONSTRAINT_NOTNULL)
18063 {
18065
18066 foreach_int(prevattno, nncolumns)
18067 {
18068 if (prevattno == child_attno)
18069 {
18070 match = true;
18071 nncolumns = foreach_delete_current(nncolumns, prevattno);
18072 break;
18073 }
18074 }
18075 }
18076 else
18077 continue;
18078
18079 if (match)
18080 {
18081 /* Decrement inhcount and possibly set islocal to true */
18084
18085 if (copy_con->coninhcount <= 0) /* shouldn't happen */
18088
18089 copy_con->coninhcount--;
18090 if (copy_con->coninhcount == 0)
18091 copy_con->conislocal = true;
18092
18094 heap_freetuple(copyTuple);
18095 }
18096 }
18097
18098 /* We should have matched all constraints */
18103
18104 systable_endscan(scan);
18106
18108 RelationRelationId,
18109 RelationGetRelid(parent_rel),
18110 child_dependency_type(is_partitioning));
18111
18112 /*
18113 * Post alter hook of this inherits. Since object_access_hook doesn't take
18114 * multiple object identifiers, we relay oid of parent relation using
18115 * auxiliary_id argument.
18116 */
18117 InvokeObjectPostAlterHookArg(InheritsRelationId,
18118 RelationGetRelid(child_rel), 0,
18120}
bool DeleteInheritsTuple(Oid inhrelid, Oid inhparent, bool expect_detach_pending, const char *childname)
Definition: pg_inherits.c:552
bool SearchSysCacheExistsAttName(Oid relid, const char *attname)
Definition: syscache.c:517
References AttrMap::attnums, BTEqualStrategyNumber, build_attrmap_by_name(), CatalogTupleUpdate(), child_dependency_type, DeleteInheritsTuple(), drop_parent_dependency(), elog, ereport, errcode(), ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_TABLE, errmsg(), ERROR, extractNotNullColumn(), foreach_delete_current, foreach_int, foreach_ptr, GETSTRUCT(), heap_copytuple(), heap_freetuple(), HeapTupleIsValid, InvokeObjectPostAlterHookArg, sort-test::key, lappend(), lappend_int(), list_length(), NameStr, NIL, ObjectIdGetDatum(), pstrdup(), RelationData::rd_rel, RelationGetDescr, RelationGetRelationName, RelationGetRelid, RowExclusiveLock, ScanKeyInit(), SearchSysCacheExistsAttName(), systable_beginscan(), systable_endscan(), systable_getnext(), HeapTupleData::t_self, table_close(), and table_open().
Referenced by ATExecDetachPartition(), ATExecDropInherit(), and DetachPartitionFinalize().
◆ RemoveInheritedConstraint()
|
static |
Definition at line 11889 of file tablecmds.c.
11891{
11892 ObjectAddresses *objs;
11893 HeapTuple consttup;
11895 SysScanDesc scan;
11896 HeapTuple trigtup;
11897
11899 Anum_pg_constraint_conrelid,
11900 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
11901 ObjectIdGetDatum(conrelid));
11902
11903 scan = systable_beginscan(conrel,
11904 ConstraintRelidTypidNameIndexId,
11906 objs = new_object_addresses();
11908 {
11910
11911 if (conform->conparentid != conoid)
11912 continue;
11913 else
11914 {
11915 ObjectAddress addr;
11916 SysScanDesc scan2;
11917 ScanKeyData key2;
11919
11920 ObjectAddressSet(addr, ConstraintRelationId, conform->oid);
11921 add_exact_object_address(&addr, objs);
11922
11923 /*
11924 * First we must delete the dependency record that binds the
11925 * constraint records together.
11926 */
11927 n = deleteDependencyRecordsForSpecific(ConstraintRelationId,
11928 conform->oid,
11929 DEPENDENCY_INTERNAL,
11930 ConstraintRelationId,
11931 conoid);
11933
11934 /*
11935 * Now search for the triggers for this constraint and set them up
11936 * for deletion too
11937 */
11938 ScanKeyInit(&key2,
11939 Anum_pg_trigger_tgconstraint,
11940 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
11941 ObjectIdGetDatum(conform->oid));
11942 scan2 = systable_beginscan(trigrel, TriggerConstraintIndexId,
11943 true, NULL, 1, &key2);
11945 {
11946 ObjectAddressSet(addr, TriggerRelationId,
11948 add_exact_object_address(&addr, objs);
11949 }
11950 systable_endscan(scan2);
11951 }
11952 }
11953 /* make the dependency deletions visible */
11954 CommandCounterIncrement();
11956 PERFORM_DELETION_INTERNAL);
11957 systable_endscan(scan);
11958}
long deleteDependencyRecordsForSpecific(Oid classId, Oid objectId, char deptype, Oid refclassId, Oid refobjectId)
Definition: pg_depend.c:398
References add_exact_object_address(), Assert(), BTEqualStrategyNumber, CommandCounterIncrement(), deleteDependencyRecordsForSpecific(), DEPENDENCY_INTERNAL, DROP_RESTRICT, GETSTRUCT(), sort-test::key, new_object_addresses(), ObjectAddressSet, ObjectIdGetDatum(), PERFORM_DELETION_INTERNAL, performMultipleDeletions(), PG_USED_FOR_ASSERTS_ONLY, ScanKeyInit(), systable_beginscan(), systable_endscan(), and systable_getnext().
Referenced by AttachPartitionForeignKey().
◆ RemoveRelations()
| void RemoveRelations | ( | DropStmt * | drop | ) |
Definition at line 1529 of file tablecmds.c.
1530{
1531 ObjectAddresses *objects;
1532 char relkind;
1533 ListCell *cell;
1534 int flags = 0;
1536
1537 /* DROP CONCURRENTLY uses a weaker lock, and has some restrictions */
1539 {
1540 /*
1541 * Note that for temporary relations this lock may get upgraded later
1542 * on, but as no other session can access a temporary relation, this
1543 * is actually fine.
1544 */
1545 lockmode = ShareUpdateExclusiveLock;
1549 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
1553 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
1555 }
1556
1557 /*
1558 * First we identify all the relations, then we delete them in a single
1559 * performMultipleDeletions() call. This is to avoid unwanted DROP
1560 * RESTRICT errors if one of the relations depends on another.
1561 */
1562
1563 /* Determine required relkind */
1565 {
1567 relkind = RELKIND_RELATION;
1568 break;
1569
1571 relkind = RELKIND_INDEX;
1572 break;
1573
1575 relkind = RELKIND_SEQUENCE;
1576 break;
1577
1579 relkind = RELKIND_VIEW;
1580 break;
1581
1583 relkind = RELKIND_MATVIEW;
1584 break;
1585
1587 relkind = RELKIND_FOREIGN_TABLE;
1588 break;
1589
1590 default:
1593 relkind = 0; /* keep compiler quiet */
1594 break;
1595 }
1596
1597 /* Lock and validate each relation; build a list of object addresses */
1598 objects = new_object_addresses();
1599
1601 {
1603 Oid relOid;
1604 ObjectAddress obj;
1606
1607 /*
1608 * These next few steps are a great deal like relation_openrv, but we
1609 * don't bother building a relcache entry since we don't need it.
1610 *
1611 * Check for shared-cache-inval messages before trying to access the
1612 * relation. This is needed to cover the case where the name
1613 * identifies a rel that has been dropped and recreated since the
1614 * start of our transaction: if we don't flush the old syscache entry,
1615 * then we'll latch onto that entry and suffer an error later.
1616 */
1617 AcceptInvalidationMessages();
1618
1619 /* Look up the appropriate relation using namespace search. */
1620 state.expected_relkind = relkind;
1623 /* We must initialize these fields to show that no locks are held: */
1626
1629 &state);
1630
1631 /* Not there? */
1633 {
1635 continue;
1636 }
1637
1638 /*
1639 * Decide if concurrent mode needs to be used here or not. The
1640 * callback retrieved the rel's persistence for us.
1641 */
1643 state.actual_relpersistence != RELPERSISTENCE_TEMP)
1644 {
1647 flags |= PERFORM_DELETION_CONCURRENTLY;
1648 }
1649
1650 /*
1651 * Concurrent index drop cannot be used with partitioned indexes,
1652 * either.
1653 */
1655 state.actual_relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_INDEX)
1657 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
1659 rel->relname)));
1660
1661 /*
1662 * If we're told to drop a partitioned index, we must acquire lock on
1663 * all the children of its parent partitioned table before proceeding.
1664 * Otherwise we'd try to lock the child index partitions before their
1665 * tables, leading to potential deadlock against other sessions that
1666 * will lock those objects in the other order.
1667 */
1670 state.heap_lockmode,
1671 NULL);
1672
1673 /* OK, we're ready to delete this one */
1674 obj.classId = RelationRelationId;
1675 obj.objectId = relOid;
1676 obj.objectSubId = 0;
1677
1678 add_exact_object_address(&obj, objects);
1679 }
1680
1682
1683 free_object_addresses(objects);
1684}
RangeVar * makeRangeVarFromNameList(const List *names)
Definition: namespace.c:3624
static void DropErrorMsgNonExistent(RangeVar *rel, char rightkind, bool missing_ok)
Definition: tablecmds.c:1454
static void RangeVarCallbackForDropRelation(const RangeVar *rel, Oid relOid, Oid oldRelOid, void *arg)
Definition: tablecmds.c:1693
References AcceptInvalidationMessages(), AccessExclusiveLock, add_exact_object_address(), Assert(), DropStmt::behavior, ObjectAddress::classId, DropStmt::concurrent, DROP_CASCADE, DropErrorMsgNonExistent(), elog, ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, find_all_inheritors(), free_object_addresses(), InvalidOid, lfirst, list_length(), makeRangeVarFromNameList(), DropStmt::missing_ok, new_object_addresses(), OBJECT_FOREIGN_TABLE, OBJECT_INDEX, OBJECT_MATVIEW, OBJECT_SEQUENCE, OBJECT_TABLE, OBJECT_VIEW, ObjectAddress::objectId, DropStmt::objects, ObjectAddress::objectSubId, OidIsValid, PERFORM_DELETION_CONCURRENTLY, performMultipleDeletions(), RangeVarCallbackForDropRelation(), RangeVarGetRelidExtended(), RangeVar::relname, DropStmt::removeType, RVR_MISSING_OK, and ShareUpdateExclusiveLock.
Referenced by ExecDropStmt().
◆ rename_constraint_internal()
|
static |
Definition at line 4040 of file tablecmds.c.
4047{
4048 Relation targetrelation = NULL;
4049 Oid constraintOid;
4050 HeapTuple tuple;
4051 Form_pg_constraint con;
4052 ObjectAddress address;
4053
4054 Assert(!myrelid || !mytypid);
4055
4056 if (mytypid)
4057 {
4059 }
4060 else
4061 {
4063
4064 /*
4065 * don't tell it whether we're recursing; we allow changing typed
4066 * tables here
4067 */
4069
4071 }
4072
4076 constraintOid);
4078
4079 if (myrelid &&
4080 (con->contype == CONSTRAINT_CHECK ||
4081 con->contype == CONSTRAINT_NOTNULL) &&
4082 !con->connoinherit)
4083 {
4084 if (recurse)
4085 {
4086 List *child_oids,
4087 *child_numparents;
4088 ListCell *lo,
4089 *li;
4090
4092 &child_numparents);
4093
4094 forboth(lo, child_oids, li, child_numparents)
4095 {
4098
4099 if (childrelid == myrelid)
4100 continue;
4101
4102 rename_constraint_internal(childrelid, InvalidOid, oldconname, newconname, false, true, numparents);
4103 }
4104 }
4105 else
4106 {
4107 if (expected_parents == 0 &&
4110 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
4112 oldconname)));
4113 }
4114
4115 if (con->coninhcount > expected_parents)
4117 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
4119 oldconname)));
4120 }
4121
4122 if (con->conindid
4123 && (con->contype == CONSTRAINT_PRIMARY
4124 || con->contype == CONSTRAINT_UNIQUE
4125 || con->contype == CONSTRAINT_EXCLUSION))
4126 /* rename the index; this renames the constraint as well */
4128 else
4129 RenameConstraintById(constraintOid, newconname);
4130
4131 ObjectAddressSet(address, ConstraintRelationId, constraintOid);
4132
4133 ReleaseSysCache(tuple);
4134
4135 if (targetrelation)
4136 {
4137 /*
4138 * Invalidate relcache so as others can see the new constraint name.
4139 */
4140 CacheInvalidateRelcache(targetrelation);
4141
4143 }
4144
4145 return address;
4146}
void RenameConstraintById(Oid conId, const char *newname)
Definition: pg_constraint.c:986
Oid get_relation_constraint_oid(Oid relid, const char *conname, bool missing_ok)
Definition: pg_constraint.c:1181
Oid get_domain_constraint_oid(Oid typid, const char *conname, bool missing_ok)
Definition: pg_constraint.c:1374
static ObjectAddress rename_constraint_internal(Oid myrelid, Oid mytypid, const char *oldconname, const char *newconname, bool recurse, bool recursing, int expected_parents)
Definition: tablecmds.c:4040
References AccessExclusiveLock, Assert(), CacheInvalidateRelcache(), elog, ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, find_all_inheritors(), find_inheritance_children(), forboth, get_domain_constraint_oid(), get_relation_constraint_oid(), GETSTRUCT(), HeapTupleIsValid, InvalidOid, lfirst_int, lfirst_oid, NIL, NoLock, ObjectAddressSet, ObjectIdGetDatum(), relation_close(), relation_open(), RelationGetForm, ReleaseSysCache(), rename_constraint_internal(), renameatt_check(), RenameConstraintById(), RenameRelationInternal(), and SearchSysCache1().
Referenced by rename_constraint_internal(), and RenameConstraint().
◆ renameatt()
| ObjectAddress renameatt | ( | RenameStmt * | stmt | ) |
Definition at line 4002 of file tablecmds.c.
4003{
4004 Oid relid;
4006 ObjectAddress address;
4007
4008 /* lock level taken here should match renameatt_internal */
4012 NULL);
4013
4015 {
4018 stmt->relation->relname)));
4020 }
4021
4022 attnum =
4023 renameatt_internal(relid,
4027 false, /* recursing? */
4028 0, /* expected inhcount */
4029 stmt->behavior);
4030
4032
4033 return address;
4034}
static AttrNumber renameatt_internal(Oid myrelid, const char *oldattname, const char *newattname, bool recurse, bool recursing, int expected_parents, DropBehavior behavior)
Definition: tablecmds.c:3837
static void RangeVarCallbackForRenameAttribute(const RangeVar *rv, Oid relid, Oid oldrelid, void *arg)
Definition: tablecmds.c:3982
References AccessExclusiveLock, attnum, ereport, errmsg(), InvalidObjectAddress, NOTICE, ObjectAddressSubSet, OidIsValid, RangeVarCallbackForRenameAttribute(), RangeVarGetRelidExtended(), renameatt_internal(), RVR_MISSING_OK, and stmt.
Referenced by ExecRenameStmt().
◆ renameatt_check()
|
static |
Definition at line 3788 of file tablecmds.c.
3789{
3790 char relkind = classform->relkind;
3791
3792 if (classform->reloftype && !recursing)
3794 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
3796
3797 /*
3798 * Renaming the columns of sequences or toast tables doesn't actually
3799 * break anything from the system's point of view, since internal
3800 * references are by attnum. But it doesn't seem right to allow users to
3801 * change names that are hardcoded into the system, hence the following
3802 * restriction.
3803 */
3804 if (relkind != RELKIND_RELATION &&
3805 relkind != RELKIND_VIEW &&
3806 relkind != RELKIND_MATVIEW &&
3807 relkind != RELKIND_COMPOSITE_TYPE &&
3808 relkind != RELKIND_INDEX &&
3809 relkind != RELKIND_PARTITIONED_INDEX &&
3810 relkind != RELKIND_FOREIGN_TABLE &&
3811 relkind != RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE)
3813 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
3815 NameStr(classform->relname)),
3816 errdetail_relkind_not_supported(relkind)));
3817
3818 /*
3819 * permissions checking. only the owner of a class can change its schema.
3820 */
3823 NameStr(classform->relname));
3826 (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
3828 NameStr(classform->relname))));
3829}
References aclcheck_error(), ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, allowSystemTableMods, ereport, errcode(), errdetail_relkind_not_supported(), errmsg(), ERROR, get_rel_relkind(), get_relkind_objtype(), GetUserId(), IsSystemClass(), NameStr, and object_ownercheck().
Referenced by RangeVarCallbackForRenameAttribute(), rename_constraint_internal(), and renameatt_internal().
◆ renameatt_internal()
|
static |
Definition at line 3837 of file tablecmds.c.
3844{
3845 Relation targetrelation;
3846 Relation attrelation;
3847 HeapTuple atttup;
3848 Form_pg_attribute attform;
3850
3851 /*
3852 * Grab an exclusive lock on the target table, which we will NOT release
3853 * until end of transaction.
3854 */
3857
3858 /*
3859 * if the 'recurse' flag is set then we are supposed to rename this
3860 * attribute in all classes that inherit from 'relname' (as well as in
3861 * 'relname').
3862 *
3863 * any permissions or problems with duplicate attributes will cause the
3864 * whole transaction to abort, which is what we want -- all or nothing.
3865 */
3866 if (recurse)
3867 {
3868 List *child_oids,
3869 *child_numparents;
3870 ListCell *lo,
3871 *li;
3872
3873 /*
3874 * we need the number of parents for each child so that the recursive
3875 * calls to renameatt() can determine whether there are any parents
3876 * outside the inheritance hierarchy being processed.
3877 */
3879 &child_numparents);
3880
3881 /*
3882 * find_all_inheritors does the recursive search of the inheritance
3883 * hierarchy, so all we have to do is process all of the relids in the
3884 * list that it returns.
3885 */
3886 forboth(lo, child_oids, li, child_numparents)
3887 {
3890
3891 if (childrelid == myrelid)
3892 continue;
3893 /* note we need not recurse again */
3895 }
3896 }
3897 else
3898 {
3899 /*
3900 * If we are told not to recurse, there had better not be any child
3901 * tables; else the rename would put them out of step.
3902 *
3903 * expected_parents will only be 0 if we are not already recursing.
3904 */
3905 if (expected_parents == 0 &&
3908 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
3910 oldattname)));
3911 }
3912
3913 /* rename attributes in typed tables of composite type */
3915 {
3916 List *child_oids;
3917 ListCell *lo;
3918
3920 RelationGetRelationName(targetrelation),
3921 behavior);
3922
3923 foreach(lo, child_oids)
3925 }
3926
3928
3929 atttup = SearchSysCacheCopyAttName(myrelid, oldattname);
3932 (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN),
3934 oldattname)));
3936
3937 attnum = attform->attnum;
3940 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
3942 oldattname)));
3943
3944 /*
3945 * if the attribute is inherited, forbid the renaming. if this is a
3946 * top-level call to renameatt(), then expected_parents will be 0, so the
3947 * effect of this code will be to prohibit the renaming if the attribute
3948 * is inherited at all. if this is a recursive call to renameatt(),
3949 * expected_parents will be the number of parents the current relation has
3950 * within the inheritance hierarchy being processed, so we'll prohibit the
3951 * renaming only if there are additional parents from elsewhere.
3952 */
3953 if (attform->attinhcount > expected_parents)
3955 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
3957 oldattname)));
3958
3959 /* new name should not already exist */
3961
3962 /* apply the update */
3963 namestrcpy(&(attform->attname), newattname);
3964
3966
3968
3969 heap_freetuple(atttup);
3970
3972
3974
3976}
References AccessExclusiveLock, attnum, CatalogTupleUpdate(), check_for_column_name_collision(), ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, find_all_inheritors(), find_inheritance_children(), find_typed_table_dependencies(), forboth, GETSTRUCT(), heap_freetuple(), HeapTupleIsValid, InvokeObjectPostAlterHook, lfirst_int, lfirst_oid, namestrcpy(), NIL, NoLock, RelationData::rd_rel, relation_close(), relation_open(), RelationGetForm, RelationGetRelationName, renameatt_check(), renameatt_internal(), RowExclusiveLock, SearchSysCacheCopyAttName(), HeapTupleData::t_self, table_close(), and table_open().
Referenced by renameatt(), and renameatt_internal().
◆ RenameConstraint()
| ObjectAddress RenameConstraint | ( | RenameStmt * | stmt | ) |
Definition at line 4149 of file tablecmds.c.
4150{
4153
4155 {
4156 Relation rel;
4157 HeapTuple tup;
4158
4164 checkDomainOwner(tup);
4165 ReleaseSysCache(tup);
4167 }
4168 else
4169 {
4170 /* lock level taken here should match rename_constraint_internal */
4174 NULL);
4176 {
4179 stmt->relation->relname)));
4181 }
4182 }
4183
4184 return
4185 rename_constraint_internal(relid, typid,
4186 stmt->subname,
4187 stmt->newname,
4188 (stmt->relation &&
4190 false, /* recursing? */
4191 0 /* expected inhcount */ );
4192}
References AccessExclusiveLock, castNode, checkDomainOwner(), elog, ereport, errmsg(), ERROR, HeapTupleIsValid, InvalidObjectAddress, InvalidOid, makeTypeNameFromNameList(), NoLock, NOTICE, OBJECT_DOMCONSTRAINT, ObjectIdGetDatum(), OidIsValid, RangeVarCallbackForRenameAttribute(), RangeVarGetRelidExtended(), ReleaseSysCache(), rename_constraint_internal(), RowExclusiveLock, RVR_MISSING_OK, SearchSysCache1(), stmt, table_close(), table_open(), and typenameTypeId().
Referenced by ExecRenameStmt().
◆ RenameRelation()
| ObjectAddress RenameRelation | ( | RenameStmt * | stmt | ) |
Definition at line 4199 of file tablecmds.c.
4200{
4202 Oid relid;
4203 ObjectAddress address;
4204
4205 /*
4206 * Grab an exclusive lock on the target table, index, sequence, view,
4207 * materialized view, or foreign table, which we will NOT release until
4208 * end of transaction.
4209 *
4210 * Lock level used here should match RenameRelationInternal, to avoid lock
4211 * escalation. However, because ALTER INDEX can be used with any relation
4212 * type, we mustn't believe without verification.
4213 */
4214 for (;;)
4215 {
4216 LOCKMODE lockmode;
4217 char relkind;
4218 bool obj_is_index;
4219
4221
4225 stmt);
4226
4228 {
4231 stmt->relation->relname)));
4233 }
4234
4235 /*
4236 * We allow mismatched statement and object types (e.g., ALTER INDEX
4237 * to rename a table), but we might've used the wrong lock level. If
4238 * that happens, retry with the correct lock level. We don't bother
4239 * if we already acquired AccessExclusiveLock with an index, however.
4240 */
4241 relkind = get_rel_relkind(relid);
4242 obj_is_index = (relkind == RELKIND_INDEX ||
4243 relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_INDEX);
4244 if (obj_is_index || is_index_stmt == obj_is_index)
4245 break;
4246
4247 UnlockRelationOid(relid, lockmode);
4248 is_index_stmt = obj_is_index;
4249 }
4250
4251 /* Do the work */
4253
4254 ObjectAddressSet(address, RelationRelationId, relid);
4255
4256 return address;
4257}
References AccessExclusiveLock, ereport, errmsg(), get_rel_relkind(), InvalidObjectAddress, NOTICE, OBJECT_INDEX, ObjectAddressSet, OidIsValid, RangeVarCallbackForAlterRelation(), RangeVarGetRelidExtended(), RenameRelationInternal(), RVR_MISSING_OK, ShareUpdateExclusiveLock, stmt, and UnlockRelationOid().
Referenced by ExecRenameStmt().
◆ RenameRelationInternal()
| void RenameRelationInternal | ( | Oid | myrelid, |
| const char * | newrelname, | ||
| bool | is_internal, | ||
| bool | is_index | ||
| ) |
Definition at line 4263 of file tablecmds.c.
4264{
4265 Relation targetrelation;
4267 ItemPointerData otid;
4268 HeapTuple reltup;
4269 Form_pg_class relform;
4270 Oid namespaceId;
4271
4272 /*
4273 * Grab a lock on the target relation, which we will NOT release until end
4274 * of transaction. We need at least a self-exclusive lock so that
4275 * concurrent DDL doesn't overwrite the rename if they start updating
4276 * while still seeing the old version. The lock also guards against
4277 * triggering relcache reloads in concurrent sessions, which might not
4278 * handle this information changing under them. For indexes, we can use a
4279 * reduced lock level because RelationReloadIndexInfo() handles indexes
4280 * specially.
4281 */
4282 targetrelation = relation_open(myrelid, is_index ? ShareUpdateExclusiveLock : AccessExclusiveLock);
4283 namespaceId = RelationGetNamespace(targetrelation);
4284
4285 /*
4286 * Find relation's pg_class tuple, and make sure newrelname isn't in use.
4287 */
4289
4293 otid = reltup->t_self;
4295
4298 (errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_TABLE),
4300 newrelname)));
4301
4302 /*
4303 * RenameRelation is careful not to believe the caller's idea of the
4304 * relation kind being handled. We don't have to worry about this, but
4305 * let's not be totally oblivious to it. We can process an index as
4306 * not-an-index, but not the other way around.
4307 */
4308 Assert(!is_index ||
4309 is_index == (targetrelation->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_INDEX ||
4310 targetrelation->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_INDEX));
4311
4312 /*
4313 * Update pg_class tuple with new relname. (Scribbling on reltup is OK
4314 * because it's a copy...)
4315 */
4316 namestrcpy(&(relform->relname), newrelname);
4317
4318 CatalogTupleUpdate(relrelation, &otid, reltup);
4320
4321 InvokeObjectPostAlterHookArg(RelationRelationId, myrelid, 0,
4322 InvalidOid, is_internal);
4323
4324 heap_freetuple(reltup);
4326
4327 /*
4328 * Also rename the associated type, if any.
4329 */
4332 newrelname, namespaceId);
4333
4334 /*
4335 * Also rename the associated constraint, if any.
4336 */
4338 targetrelation->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_INDEX)
4339 {
4341
4343 RenameConstraintById(constraintId, newrelname);
4344 }
4345
4346 /*
4347 * Close rel, but keep lock!
4348 */
4350}
void RenameTypeInternal(Oid typeOid, const char *newTypeName, Oid typeNamespace)
Definition: pg_type.c:763
References AccessExclusiveLock, Assert(), CatalogTupleUpdate(), elog, ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, get_index_constraint(), get_relname_relid(), GETSTRUCT(), heap_freetuple(), HeapTupleIsValid, InplaceUpdateTupleLock, InvalidOid, InvokeObjectPostAlterHookArg, namestrcpy(), NoLock, ObjectIdGetDatum(), OidIsValid, RelationData::rd_rel, relation_close(), relation_open(), RelationGetNamespace, RenameConstraintById(), RenameTypeInternal(), RowExclusiveLock, SearchSysCacheLockedCopy1(), ShareUpdateExclusiveLock, HeapTupleData::t_self, table_close(), table_open(), and UnlockTuple().
Referenced by ATExecAddIndexConstraint(), finish_heap_swap(), rename_constraint_internal(), RenameRelation(), and RenameType().
◆ ResetRelRewrite()
| void ResetRelRewrite | ( | Oid | myrelid | ) |
Definition at line 4356 of file tablecmds.c.
4357{
4359 HeapTuple reltup;
4360 Form_pg_class relform;
4361
4362 /*
4363 * Find relation's pg_class tuple.
4364 */
4366
4371
4372 /*
4373 * Update pg_class tuple.
4374 */
4375 relform->relrewrite = InvalidOid;
4376
4378
4379 heap_freetuple(reltup);
4381}
References CatalogTupleUpdate(), elog, ERROR, GETSTRUCT(), heap_freetuple(), HeapTupleIsValid, InvalidOid, ObjectIdGetDatum(), RowExclusiveLock, SearchSysCacheCopy1, HeapTupleData::t_self, table_close(), and table_open().
Referenced by finish_heap_swap().
◆ set_attnotnull()
|
static |
Definition at line 7833 of file tablecmds.c.
7835{
7836 Form_pg_attribute attr;
7837 CompactAttribute *thisatt;
7838
7839 Assert(!queue_validation || wqueue);
7840
7841 CheckAlterTableIsSafe(rel);
7842
7843 /*
7844 * Exit quickly by testing attnotnull from the tupledesc's copy of the
7845 * attribute.
7846 */
7848 if (attr->attisdropped)
7849 return;
7850
7851 if (!attr->attnotnull)
7852 {
7853 Relation attr_rel;
7854 HeapTuple tuple;
7855
7857
7862
7865
7867
7868 attr->attnotnull = true;
7870
7871 /*
7872 * If the nullness isn't already proven by validated constraints, have
7873 * ALTER TABLE phase 3 test for it.
7874 */
7875 if (queue_validation && wqueue &&
7876 !NotNullImpliedByRelConstraints(rel, attr))
7877 {
7878 AlteredTableInfo *tab;
7879
7880 tab = ATGetQueueEntry(wqueue, rel);
7882 }
7883
7884 CommandCounterIncrement();
7885
7887 heap_freetuple(tuple);
7888 }
7889 else
7890 {
7891 CacheInvalidateRelcache(rel);
7892 }
7893}
static bool NotNullImpliedByRelConstraints(Relation rel, Form_pg_attribute attr)
Definition: tablecmds.c:8082
References Assert(), ATGetQueueEntry(), CompactAttribute::attnullability, ATTNULLABLE_VALID, attnum, CacheInvalidateRelcache(), CatalogTupleUpdate(), CheckAlterTableIsSafe(), CommandCounterIncrement(), elog, ERROR, GETSTRUCT(), heap_freetuple(), HeapTupleIsValid, NotNullImpliedByRelConstraints(), RelationGetDescr, RelationGetRelid, RowExclusiveLock, SearchSysCacheCopyAttNum(), HeapTupleData::t_self, table_close(), table_open(), TupleDescAttr(), TupleDescCompactAttr(), and AlteredTableInfo::verify_new_notnull.
Referenced by ATAddCheckNNConstraint(), ATExecSetNotNull(), DefineRelation(), and QueueNNConstraintValidation().
◆ SetIndexStorageProperties()
|
static |
Definition at line 9098 of file tablecmds.c.
9103{
9104 ListCell *lc;
9105
9107 {
9109 Relation indrel;
9110 AttrNumber indattnum = 0;
9111 HeapTuple tuple;
9112
9113 indrel = index_open(indexoid, lockmode);
9114
9116 {
9118 {
9119 indattnum = i + 1;
9120 break;
9121 }
9122 }
9123
9124 if (indattnum == 0)
9125 {
9126 index_close(indrel, lockmode);
9127 continue;
9128 }
9129
9131
9133 {
9135
9136 if (setstorage)
9137 attrtuple->attstorage = newstorage;
9138
9139 if (setcompression)
9140 attrtuple->attcompression = newcompression;
9141
9143
9144 InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(RelationRelationId,
9145 RelationGetRelid(rel),
9146 attrtuple->attnum);
9147
9148 heap_freetuple(tuple);
9149 }
9150
9151 index_close(indrel, lockmode);
9152 }
9153}
References attnum, CatalogTupleUpdate(), GETSTRUCT(), heap_freetuple(), HeapTupleIsValid, i, index_close(), index_open(), InvokeObjectPostAlterHook, lfirst_oid, RelationData::rd_index, RelationGetIndexList(), RelationGetRelid, SearchSysCacheCopyAttNum(), and HeapTupleData::t_self.
Referenced by ATExecSetCompression(), and ATExecSetStorage().
◆ SetRelationHasSubclass()
| void SetRelationHasSubclass | ( | Oid | relationId, |
| bool | relhassubclass | ||
| ) |
Definition at line 3640 of file tablecmds.c.
3641{
3642 Relation relationRelation;
3643 HeapTuple tuple;
3644 Form_pg_class classtuple;
3645
3648 CheckRelationOidLockedByMe(relationId,
3650
3651 /*
3652 * Fetch a modifiable copy of the tuple, modify it, update pg_class.
3653 */
3659
3660 if (classtuple->relhassubclass != relhassubclass)
3661 {
3662 classtuple->relhassubclass = relhassubclass;
3664 }
3665 else
3666 {
3667 /* no need to change tuple, but force relcache rebuild anyway */
3668 CacheInvalidateRelcacheByTuple(tuple);
3669 }
3670
3671 heap_freetuple(tuple);
3673}
void CacheInvalidateRelcacheByTuple(HeapTuple classTuple)
Definition: inval.c:1665
References Assert(), CacheInvalidateRelcacheByTuple(), CatalogTupleUpdate(), CheckRelationOidLockedByMe(), elog, ERROR, GETSTRUCT(), heap_freetuple(), HeapTupleIsValid, ObjectIdGetDatum(), RowExclusiveLock, SearchSysCacheCopy1, ShareRowExclusiveLock, ShareUpdateExclusiveLock, HeapTupleData::t_self, table_close(), and table_open().
Referenced by acquire_inherited_sample_rows(), index_create(), IndexSetParentIndex(), and StoreCatalogInheritance1().
◆ SetRelationTableSpace()
| void SetRelationTableSpace | ( | Relation | rel, |
| Oid | newTableSpaceId, | ||
| RelFileNumber | newRelFilenumber | ||
| ) |
Definition at line 3743 of file tablecmds.c.
3746{
3747 Relation pg_class;
3748 HeapTuple tuple;
3749 ItemPointerData otid;
3750 Form_pg_class rd_rel;
3752
3754
3755 /* Get a modifiable copy of the relation's pg_class row. */
3757
3761 otid = tuple->t_self;
3763
3764 /* Update the pg_class row. */
3765 rd_rel->reltablespace = (newTableSpaceId == MyDatabaseTableSpace) ?
3766 InvalidOid : newTableSpaceId;
3768 rd_rel->relfilenode = newRelFilenumber;
3769 CatalogTupleUpdate(pg_class, &otid, tuple);
3771
3772 /*
3773 * Record dependency on tablespace. This is only required for relations
3774 * that have no physical storage.
3775 */
3777 changeDependencyOnTablespace(RelationRelationId, reloid,
3778 rd_rel->reltablespace);
3779
3780 heap_freetuple(tuple);
3782}
void changeDependencyOnTablespace(Oid classId, Oid objectId, Oid newTablespaceId)
Definition: pg_shdepend.c:391
References Assert(), CatalogTupleUpdate(), changeDependencyOnTablespace(), CheckRelationTableSpaceMove(), elog, ERROR, GETSTRUCT(), heap_freetuple(), HeapTupleIsValid, InplaceUpdateTupleLock, InvalidOid, MyDatabaseTableSpace, ObjectIdGetDatum(), RelationData::rd_rel, RelationGetRelid, RelFileNumberIsValid, RowExclusiveLock, SearchSysCacheLockedCopy1(), HeapTupleData::t_self, table_close(), table_open(), and UnlockTuple().
Referenced by ATExecSetTableSpace(), ATExecSetTableSpaceNoStorage(), and reindex_index().
◆ storage_name()
|
static |
Definition at line 2455 of file tablecmds.c.
2456{
2458 {
2459 case TYPSTORAGE_PLAIN:
2460 return "PLAIN";
2461 case TYPSTORAGE_EXTERNAL:
2462 return "EXTERNAL";
2463 case TYPSTORAGE_EXTENDED:
2464 return "EXTENDED";
2465 case TYPSTORAGE_MAIN:
2466 return "MAIN";
2467 default:
2468 return "???";
2469 }
2470}
Referenced by MergeChildAttribute(), and MergeInheritedAttribute().
◆ StoreCatalogInheritance()
|
static |
Definition at line 3514 of file tablecmds.c.
3516{
3517 Relation relation;
3518 int32 seqNumber;
3519 ListCell *entry;
3520
3521 /*
3522 * sanity checks
3523 */
3525
3527 return;
3528
3529 /*
3530 * Store INHERITS information in pg_inherits using direct ancestors only.
3531 * Also enter dependencies on the direct ancestors, and make sure they are
3532 * marked with relhassubclass = true.
3533 *
3534 * (Once upon a time, both direct and indirect ancestors were found here
3535 * and then entered into pg_ipl. Since that catalog doesn't exist
3536 * anymore, there's no need to look for indirect ancestors.)
3537 */
3539
3540 seqNumber = 1;
3541 foreach(entry, supers)
3542 {
3544
3545 StoreCatalogInheritance1(relationId, parentOid, seqNumber, relation,
3546 child_is_partition);
3547 seqNumber++;
3548 }
3549
3551}
References Assert(), lfirst_oid, NIL, OidIsValid, RowExclusiveLock, StoreCatalogInheritance1(), table_close(), and table_open().
Referenced by DefineRelation().
◆ StoreCatalogInheritance1()
|
static |
Definition at line 3558 of file tablecmds.c.
3561{
3562 ObjectAddress childobject,
3563 parentobject;
3564
3565 /* store the pg_inherits row */
3566 StoreSingleInheritance(relationId, parentOid, seqNumber);
3567
3568 /*
3569 * Store a dependency too
3570 */
3571 parentobject.classId = RelationRelationId;
3572 parentobject.objectId = parentOid;
3573 parentobject.objectSubId = 0;
3574 childobject.classId = RelationRelationId;
3575 childobject.objectId = relationId;
3576 childobject.objectSubId = 0;
3577
3578 recordDependencyOn(&childobject, &parentobject,
3579 child_dependency_type(child_is_partition));
3580
3581 /*
3582 * Post creation hook of this inheritance. Since object_access_hook
3583 * doesn't take multiple object identifiers, we relay oid of parent
3584 * relation using auxiliary_id argument.
3585 */
3586 InvokeObjectPostAlterHookArg(InheritsRelationId,
3587 relationId, 0,
3588 parentOid, false);
3589
3590 /*
3591 * Mark the parent as having subclasses.
3592 */
3594}
void StoreSingleInheritance(Oid relationId, Oid parentOid, int32 seqNumber)
Definition: pg_inherits.c:508
void SetRelationHasSubclass(Oid relationId, bool relhassubclass)
Definition: tablecmds.c:3640
References child_dependency_type, ObjectAddress::classId, InvokeObjectPostAlterHookArg, ObjectAddress::objectId, ObjectAddress::objectSubId, recordDependencyOn(), SetRelationHasSubclass(), and StoreSingleInheritance().
Referenced by CreateInheritance(), and StoreCatalogInheritance().
◆ transformColumnNameList()
|
static |
Definition at line 13295 of file tablecmds.c.
13297{
13298 ListCell *l;
13300
13301 attnum = 0;
13302 foreach(l, colList)
13303 {
13305 HeapTuple atttuple;
13306 Form_pg_attribute attform;
13307
13311 (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN),
13313 attname)));
13315 if (attform->attnum < 0)
13317 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
13321 (errcode(ERRCODE_TOO_MANY_COLUMNS),
13323 INDEX_MAX_KEYS)));
13324 attnums[attnum] = attform->attnum;
13325 if (atttypids != NULL)
13326 atttypids[attnum] = attform->atttypid;
13327 if (attcollids != NULL)
13328 attcollids[attnum] = attform->attcollation;
13329 ReleaseSysCache(atttuple);
13330 attnum++;
13331 }
13332
13334}
References attname, attnum, ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, GETSTRUCT(), HeapTupleIsValid, INDEX_MAX_KEYS, lfirst, ReleaseSysCache(), SearchSysCacheAttName(), and strVal.
Referenced by ATAddForeignKeyConstraint().
◆ transformFkeyCheckAttrs()
|
static |
Definition at line 13453 of file tablecmds.c.
13457{
13459 bool found = false;
13460 bool found_deferrable = false;
13461 List *indexoidlist;
13462 ListCell *indexoidscan;
13464 j;
13465
13466 /*
13467 * Reject duplicate appearances of columns in the referenced-columns list.
13468 * Such a case is forbidden by the SQL standard, and even if we thought it
13469 * useful to allow it, there would be ambiguity about how to match the
13470 * list to unique indexes (in particular, it'd be unclear which index
13471 * opclass goes with which FK column).
13472 */
13474 {
13476 {
13479 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_FOREIGN_KEY),
13481 }
13482 }
13483
13484 /*
13485 * Get the list of index OIDs for the table from the relcache, and look up
13486 * each one in the pg_index syscache, and match unique indexes to the list
13487 * of attnums we are given.
13488 */
13489 indexoidlist = RelationGetIndexList(pkrel);
13490
13491 foreach(indexoidscan, indexoidlist)
13492 {
13493 HeapTuple indexTuple;
13494 Form_pg_index indexStruct;
13495
13496 indexoid = lfirst_oid(indexoidscan);
13501
13502 /*
13503 * Must have the right number of columns; must be unique (or if
13504 * temporal then exclusion instead) and not a partial index; forget it
13505 * if there are any expressions, too. Invalid indexes are out as well.
13506 */
13507 if (indexStruct->indnkeyatts == numattrs &&
13508 (with_period ? indexStruct->indisexclusion : indexStruct->indisunique) &&
13509 indexStruct->indisvalid &&
13510 heap_attisnull(indexTuple, Anum_pg_index_indpred, NULL) &&
13511 heap_attisnull(indexTuple, Anum_pg_index_indexprs, NULL))
13512 {
13513 Datum indclassDatum;
13514 oidvector *indclass;
13515
13516 /* Must get indclass the hard way */
13517 indclassDatum = SysCacheGetAttrNotNull(INDEXRELID, indexTuple,
13518 Anum_pg_index_indclass);
13520
13521 /*
13522 * The given attnum list may match the index columns in any order.
13523 * Check for a match, and extract the appropriate opclasses while
13524 * we're at it.
13525 *
13526 * We know that attnums[] is duplicate-free per the test at the
13527 * start of this function, and we checked above that the number of
13528 * index columns agrees, so if we find a match for each attnums[]
13529 * entry then we must have a one-to-one match in some order.
13530 */
13532 {
13533 found = false;
13535 {
13537 {
13539 found = true;
13540 break;
13541 }
13542 }
13543 if (!found)
13544 break;
13545 }
13546 /* The last attribute in the index must be the PERIOD FK part */
13547 if (found && with_period)
13548 {
13549 int16 periodattnum = attnums[numattrs - 1];
13550
13551 found = (periodattnum == indexStruct->indkey.values[numattrs - 1]);
13552 }
13553
13554 /*
13555 * Refuse to use a deferrable unique/primary key. This is per SQL
13556 * spec, and there would be a lot of interesting semantic problems
13557 * if we tried to allow it.
13558 */
13559 if (found && !indexStruct->indimmediate)
13560 {
13561 /*
13562 * Remember that we found an otherwise matching index, so that
13563 * we can generate a more appropriate error message.
13564 */
13565 found_deferrable = true;
13566 found = false;
13567 }
13568
13569 /* We need to know whether the index has WITHOUT OVERLAPS */
13570 if (found)
13571 *pk_has_without_overlaps = indexStruct->indisexclusion;
13572 }
13573 ReleaseSysCache(indexTuple);
13574 if (found)
13575 break;
13576 }
13577
13578 if (!found)
13579 {
13580 if (found_deferrable)
13582 (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
13584 RelationGetRelationName(pkrel))));
13585 else
13587 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_FOREIGN_KEY),
13589 RelationGetRelationName(pkrel))));
13590 }
13591
13592 list_free(indexoidlist);
13593
13594 return indexoid;
13595}
bool heap_attisnull(HeapTuple tup, int attnum, TupleDesc tupleDesc)
Definition: heaptuple.c:456
References DatumGetPointer(), elog, ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, GETSTRUCT(), heap_attisnull(), HeapTupleIsValid, i, InvalidOid, j, lfirst_oid, list_free(), ObjectIdGetDatum(), RelationGetIndexList(), RelationGetRelationName, ReleaseSysCache(), SearchSysCache1(), SysCacheGetAttrNotNull(), and oidvector::values.
Referenced by ATAddForeignKeyConstraint().
◆ transformFkeyGetPrimaryKey()
|
static |
Definition at line 13350 of file tablecmds.c.
13354{
13355 List *indexoidlist;
13356 ListCell *indexoidscan;
13357 HeapTuple indexTuple = NULL;
13358 Form_pg_index indexStruct = NULL;
13359 Datum indclassDatum;
13360 oidvector *indclass;
13362
13363 /*
13364 * Get the list of index OIDs for the table from the relcache, and look up
13365 * each one in the pg_index syscache until we find one marked primary key
13366 * (hopefully there isn't more than one such). Insist it's valid, too.
13367 */
13368 *indexOid = InvalidOid;
13369
13370 indexoidlist = RelationGetIndexList(pkrel);
13371
13372 foreach(indexoidscan, indexoidlist)
13373 {
13375
13380 if (indexStruct->indisprimary && indexStruct->indisvalid)
13381 {
13382 /*
13383 * Refuse to use a deferrable primary key. This is per SQL spec,
13384 * and there would be a lot of interesting semantic problems if we
13385 * tried to allow it.
13386 */
13387 if (!indexStruct->indimmediate)
13389 (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
13391 RelationGetRelationName(pkrel))));
13392
13393 *indexOid = indexoid;
13394 break;
13395 }
13396 ReleaseSysCache(indexTuple);
13397 }
13398
13399 list_free(indexoidlist);
13400
13401 /*
13402 * Check that we found it
13403 */
13406 (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
13408 RelationGetRelationName(pkrel))));
13409
13410 /* Must get indclass the hard way */
13411 indclassDatum = SysCacheGetAttrNotNull(INDEXRELID, indexTuple,
13412 Anum_pg_index_indclass);
13414
13415 /*
13416 * Now build the list of PK attributes from the indkey definition (we
13417 * assume a primary key cannot have expressional elements)
13418 */
13419 *attnamelist = NIL;
13421 {
13423
13424 attnums[i] = pkattno;
13428 *attnamelist = lappend(*attnamelist,
13430 }
13431
13432 *pk_has_without_overlaps = indexStruct->indisexclusion;
13433
13434 ReleaseSysCache(indexTuple);
13435
13437}
const NameData * attnumAttName(Relation rd, int attid)
Definition: parse_relation.c:3639
References attnumAttName(), attnumCollationId(), attnumTypeId(), DatumGetPointer(), elog, ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, GETSTRUCT(), HeapTupleIsValid, i, InvalidOid, lappend(), lfirst_oid, list_free(), makeString(), NameStr, NIL, ObjectIdGetDatum(), OidIsValid, pstrdup(), RelationGetIndexList(), RelationGetRelationName, ReleaseSysCache(), SearchSysCache1(), SysCacheGetAttrNotNull(), and oidvector::values.
Referenced by ATAddForeignKeyConstraint().
◆ transformPartitionSpec()
|
static |
Definition at line 19693 of file tablecmds.c.
19694{
19695 PartitionSpec *newspec;
19696 ParseState *pstate;
19697 ParseNamespaceItem *nsitem;
19698 ListCell *l;
19699
19701
19705
19706 /* Check valid number of columns for strategy */
19710 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
19712
19713 /*
19714 * Create a dummy ParseState and insert the target relation as its sole
19715 * rangetable entry. We need a ParseState for transformExpr.
19716 */
19717 pstate = make_parsestate(NULL);
19719 NULL, false, true);
19721
19722 /* take care of any partition expressions */
19724 {
19726
19728 {
19729 /* Copy, to avoid scribbling on the input */
19730 pelem = copyObject(pelem);
19731
19732 /* Now do parse transformation of the expression */
19734 EXPR_KIND_PARTITION_EXPRESSION);
19735
19736 /* we have to fix its collations too */
19738 }
19739
19741 }
19742
19743 return newspec;
19744}
Node * transformExpr(ParseState *pstate, Node *expr, ParseExprKind exprKind)
Definition: parse_expr.c:117
Definition: parsenodes.h:910
References AccessShareLock, addNSItemToQuery(), addRangeTableEntryForRelation(), assign_expr_collations(), copyObject, ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, PartitionElem::expr, EXPR_KIND_PARTITION_EXPRESSION, lappend(), lfirst_node, list_length(), PartitionSpec::location, make_parsestate(), makeNode, NIL, PARTITION_STRATEGY_LIST, PartitionSpec::partParams, PartitionSpec::strategy, and transformExpr().
Referenced by DefineRelation().
◆ truncate_check_activity()
|
static |
Definition at line 2432 of file tablecmds.c.
2433{
2434 /*
2435 * Don't allow truncate on temp tables of other backends ... their local
2436 * buffer manager is not going to cope.
2437 */
2440 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
2442
2443 /*
2444 * Also check for active uses of the relation in the current transaction,
2445 * including open scans and pending AFTER trigger events.
2446 */
2448}
References CheckTableNotInUse(), ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, and RELATION_IS_OTHER_TEMP.
Referenced by ExecuteTruncate(), and ExecuteTruncateGuts().
◆ truncate_check_perms()
|
static |
Definition at line 2414 of file tablecmds.c.
References ACL_TRUNCATE, aclcheck_error(), ACLCHECK_OK, get_relkind_objtype(), GetUserId(), NameStr, pg_class_aclcheck(), and relname.
Referenced by ExecuteTruncateGuts(), and RangeVarCallbackForTruncate().
◆ truncate_check_rel()
|
static |
Definition at line 2363 of file tablecmds.c.
2364{
2366
2367 /*
2368 * Only allow truncate on regular tables, foreign tables using foreign
2369 * data wrappers supporting TRUNCATE and partitioned tables (although, the
2370 * latter are only being included here for the following checks; no
2371 * physical truncation will occur in their case.).
2372 */
2373 if (reltuple->relkind == RELKIND_FOREIGN_TABLE)
2374 {
2377
2380 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
2382 relname)));
2383 }
2384 else if (reltuple->relkind != RELKIND_RELATION &&
2385 reltuple->relkind != RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE)
2387 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
2389
2390 /*
2391 * Most system catalogs can't be truncated at all, or at least not unless
2392 * allow_system_table_mods=on. As an exception, however, we allow
2393 * pg_largeobject and pg_largeobject_metadata to be truncated as part of
2394 * pg_upgrade, because we need to change its relfilenode to match the old
2395 * cluster, and allowing a TRUNCATE command to be executed is the easiest
2396 * way of doing that.
2397 */
2399 && (!IsBinaryUpgrade ||
2400 (relid != LargeObjectRelationId &&
2401 relid != LargeObjectMetadataRelationId)))
2403 (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
2405 relname)));
2406
2407 InvokeObjectTruncateHook(relid);
2408}
References allowSystemTableMods, ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, FdwRoutine::ExecForeignTruncate, GetFdwRoutineByServerId(), GetForeignServerIdByRelId(), InvokeObjectTruncateHook, IsBinaryUpgrade, IsSystemClass(), NameStr, and relname.
Referenced by ExecuteTruncate(), ExecuteTruncateGuts(), and RangeVarCallbackForTruncate().
◆ tryAttachPartitionForeignKey()
|
static |
Definition at line 11662 of file tablecmds.c.
11673{
11674 HeapTuple parentConstrTup;
11675 Form_pg_constraint parentConstr;
11676 HeapTuple partcontup;
11677 Form_pg_constraint partConstr;
11678
11679 parentConstrTup = SearchSysCache1(CONSTROID,
11680 ObjectIdGetDatum(parentConstrOid));
11684
11685 /*
11686 * Do some quick & easy initial checks. If any of these fail, we cannot
11687 * use this constraint.
11688 */
11690 {
11691 ReleaseSysCache(parentConstrTup);
11692 return false;
11693 }
11695 {
11699 {
11700 ReleaseSysCache(parentConstrTup);
11701 return false;
11702 }
11703 }
11704
11705 /* Looks good so far; perform more extensive checks. */
11710
11711 /*
11712 * An error should be raised if the constraint enforceability is
11713 * different. Returning false without raising an error, as we do for other
11714 * attributes, could lead to a duplicate constraint with the same
11715 * enforceability as the parent. While this may be acceptable, it may not
11716 * be ideal. Therefore, it's better to raise an error and allow the user
11717 * to correct the enforceability before proceeding.
11718 */
11719 if (partConstr->conenforced != parentConstr->conenforced)
11721 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
11722 errmsg("constraint \"%s\" enforceability conflicts with constraint \"%s\" on relation \"%s\"",
11723 NameStr(parentConstr->conname),
11724 NameStr(partConstr->conname),
11725 RelationGetRelationName(partition))));
11726
11728 partConstr->condeferrable != parentConstr->condeferrable ||
11729 partConstr->condeferred != parentConstr->condeferred ||
11730 partConstr->confupdtype != parentConstr->confupdtype ||
11731 partConstr->confdeltype != parentConstr->confdeltype ||
11732 partConstr->confmatchtype != parentConstr->confmatchtype)
11733 {
11734 ReleaseSysCache(parentConstrTup);
11735 ReleaseSysCache(partcontup);
11736 return false;
11737 }
11738
11739 ReleaseSysCache(parentConstrTup);
11740 ReleaseSysCache(partcontup);
11741
11742 /* Looks good! Attach this constraint. */
11744 parentConstrOid, parentInsTrigger,
11745 parentUpdTrigger, trigrel);
11746
11747 return true;
11748}
static void AttachPartitionForeignKey(List **wqueue, Relation partition, Oid partConstrOid, Oid parentConstrOid, Oid parentInsTrigger, Oid parentUpdTrigger, Relation trigrel)
Definition: tablecmds.c:11758
References AttachPartitionForeignKey(), ForeignKeyCacheInfo::confrelid, ForeignKeyCacheInfo::conoid, elog, ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, GETSTRUCT(), HeapTupleIsValid, i, NameStr, ForeignKeyCacheInfo::nkeys, ObjectIdGetDatum(), OidIsValid, RelationGetRelationName, ReleaseSysCache(), and SearchSysCache1().
Referenced by addFkRecurseReferencing(), and CloneFkReferencing().
◆ TryReuseForeignKey()
|
static |
Definition at line 15883 of file tablecmds.c.
15884{
15885 HeapTuple tup;
15886 Datum adatum;
15887 ArrayType *arr;
15888 Oid *rawarr;
15889 int numkeys;
15891
15894
15898
15899 adatum = SysCacheGetAttrNotNull(CONSTROID, tup,
15900 Anum_pg_constraint_conpfeqop);
15902 numkeys = ARR_DIMS(arr)[0];
15903 /* test follows the one in ri_FetchConstraintInfo() */
15905 ARR_HASNULL(arr) ||
15906 ARR_ELEMTYPE(arr) != OIDOID)
15909
15910 /* stash a List of the operator Oids in our Constraint node */
15913
15914 ReleaseSysCache(tup);
15915}
References ARR_DATA_PTR, ARR_DIMS, ARR_ELEMTYPE, ARR_HASNULL, ARR_NDIM, Assert(), CONSTR_FOREIGN, Constraint::contype, DatumGetArrayTypeP, elog, ERROR, HeapTupleIsValid, i, lappend_oid(), NIL, ObjectIdGetDatum(), Constraint::old_conpfeqop, ReleaseSysCache(), SearchSysCache1(), and SysCacheGetAttrNotNull().
Referenced by ATPostAlterTypeParse().
◆ TryReuseIndex()
Definition at line 15854 of file tablecmds.c.
15855{
15857 stmt->accessMethod,
15858 stmt->indexParams,
15859 stmt->excludeOpNames,
15860 stmt->iswithoutoverlaps))
15861 {
15863
15864 /* If it's a partitioned index, there is no storage to share. */
15866 {
15870 }
15872 }
15873}
bool CheckIndexCompatible(Oid oldId, const char *accessMethodName, const List *attributeList, const List *exclusionOpNames, bool isWithoutOverlaps)
Definition: indexcmds.c:177
References CheckIndexCompatible(), index_close(), index_open(), NoLock, RelationData::rd_createSubid, RelationData::rd_firstRelfilelocatorSubid, RelationData::rd_locator, RelationData::rd_rel, RelFileLocator::relNumber, and stmt.
Referenced by ATPostAlterTypeParse().
◆ validateFkOnDeleteSetColumns()
|
static |
Definition at line 10614 of file tablecmds.c.
10617{
10618 int numcolsout = 0;
10619
10621 {
10623 bool seen = false;
10624
10625 /* Make sure it's in fkattnums[] */
10627 {
10629 {
10630 seen = true;
10631 break;
10632 }
10633 }
10634
10635 if (!seen)
10636 {
10638
10640 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_COLUMN_REFERENCE),
10641 errmsg("column \"%s\" referenced in ON DELETE SET action must be part of foreign key", col)));
10642 }
10643
10644 /* Now check for dups */
10645 seen = false;
10647 {
10649 {
10650 seen = true;
10651 break;
10652 }
10653 }
10654 if (!seen)
10655 fksetcolsattnums[numcolsout++] = setcol_attnum;
10656 }
10657 return numcolsout;
10658}
References ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, i, j, list_nth(), and strVal.
Referenced by ATAddForeignKeyConstraint().
◆ validateForeignKeyConstraint()
|
static |
Definition at line 13662 of file tablecmds.c.
13668{
13669 TupleTableSlot *slot;
13670 TableScanDesc scan;
13671 Trigger trig = {0};
13672 Snapshot snapshot;
13673 MemoryContext oldcxt;
13674 MemoryContext perTupCxt;
13675
13678
13679 /*
13680 * Build a trigger call structure; we'll need it either way.
13681 */
13683 trig.tgname = conname;
13687 trig.tgconstrindid = pkindOid;
13688 trig.tgconstraint = constraintOid;
13691 /* we needn't fill in remaining fields */
13692
13693 /*
13694 * See if we can do it with a single LEFT JOIN query. A false result
13695 * indicates we must proceed with the fire-the-trigger method. We can't do
13696 * a LEFT JOIN for temporal FKs yet, but we can once we support temporal
13697 * left joins.
13698 */
13700 return;
13701
13702 /*
13703 * Scan through each tuple, calling RI_FKey_check_ins (insert trigger) as
13704 * if that tuple had just been inserted. If any of those fail, it should
13705 * ereport(ERROR) and that's that.
13706 */
13708 slot = table_slot_create(rel, NULL);
13709 scan = table_beginscan(rel, snapshot, 0, NULL);
13710
13712 "validateForeignKeyConstraint",
13713 ALLOCSET_SMALL_SIZES);
13714 oldcxt = MemoryContextSwitchTo(perTupCxt);
13715
13717 {
13718 LOCAL_FCINFO(fcinfo, 0);
13719 TriggerData trigdata = {0};
13720
13721 CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS();
13722
13723 /*
13724 * Make a call to the trigger function
13725 *
13726 * No parameters are passed, but we do set a context
13727 */
13729
13730 /*
13731 * We assume RI_FKey_check_ins won't look at flinfo...
13732 */
13733 trigdata.type = T_TriggerData;
13735 trigdata.tg_relation = rel;
13737 trigdata.tg_trigslot = slot;
13738 trigdata.tg_trigger = &trig;
13739
13740 fcinfo->context = (Node *) &trigdata;
13741
13742 RI_FKey_check_ins(fcinfo);
13743
13744 MemoryContextReset(perTupCxt);
13745 }
13746
13747 MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcxt);
13748 MemoryContextDelete(perTupCxt);
13749 table_endscan(scan);
13750 UnregisterSnapshot(snapshot);
13751 ExecDropSingleTupleTableSlot(slot);
13752}
HeapTuple ExecFetchSlotHeapTuple(TupleTableSlot *slot, bool materialize, bool *shouldFree)
Definition: execTuples.c:1833
bool RI_Initial_Check(Trigger *trigger, Relation fk_rel, Relation pk_rel)
Definition: ri_triggers.c:1517
Definition: trigger.h:32
TupleTableSlot * table_slot_create(Relation relation, List **reglist)
Definition: tableam.c:92
References ALLOCSET_SMALL_SIZES, AllocSetContextCreate, CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS, CurrentMemoryContext, DEBUG1, ereport, errmsg_internal(), ExecDropSingleTupleTableSlot(), ExecFetchSlotHeapTuple(), ForwardScanDirection, GetLatestSnapshot(), InvalidOid, LOCAL_FCINFO, MemoryContextDelete(), MemoryContextReset(), MemoryContextSwitchTo(), MemSet, RegisterSnapshot(), RelationGetRelid, RI_FKey_check_ins(), RI_Initial_Check(), SizeForFunctionCallInfo, table_beginscan(), table_endscan(), table_scan_getnextslot(), table_slot_create(), TriggerData::tg_event, TriggerData::tg_relation, TriggerData::tg_trigger, TriggerData::tg_trigslot, TriggerData::tg_trigtuple, Trigger::tgconstraint, Trigger::tgconstrindid, Trigger::tgconstrrelid, Trigger::tgdeferrable, Trigger::tgenabled, Trigger::tginitdeferred, Trigger::tgisinternal, Trigger::tgname, Trigger::tgoid, TRIGGER_EVENT_INSERT, TRIGGER_EVENT_ROW, TRIGGER_FIRES_ON_ORIGIN, TriggerData::type, and UnregisterSnapshot().
Referenced by ATRewriteTables().
◆ validatePartitionedIndex()
Definition at line 21769 of file tablecmds.c.
21770{
21771 Relation inheritsRel;
21772 SysScanDesc scan;
21774 int tuples = 0;
21775 HeapTuple inhTup;
21776 bool updated = false;
21777
21779
21780 /*
21781 * Scan pg_inherits for this parent index. Count each valid index we find
21782 * (verifying the pg_index entry for each), and if we reach the total
21783 * amount we expect, we can mark this parent index as valid.
21784 */
21787 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
21790 NULL, 1, &key);
21792 {
21794 HeapTuple indTup;
21795 Form_pg_index indexForm;
21796
21797 indTup = SearchSysCache1(INDEXRELID,
21798 ObjectIdGetDatum(inhForm->inhrelid));
21802 if (indexForm->indisvalid)
21803 tuples += 1;
21804 ReleaseSysCache(indTup);
21805 }
21806
21807 /* Done with pg_inherits */
21808 systable_endscan(scan);
21810
21811 /*
21812 * If we found as many inherited indexes as the partitioned table has
21813 * partitions, we're good; update pg_index to set indisvalid.
21814 */
21816 {
21817 Relation idxRel;
21818 HeapTuple indTup;
21819 Form_pg_index indexForm;
21820
21822 indTup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(INDEXRELID,
21826 RelationGetRelid(partedIdx));
21828
21829 indexForm->indisvalid = true;
21830 updated = true;
21831
21833
21835 heap_freetuple(indTup);
21836 }
21837
21838 /*
21839 * If this index is in turn a partition of a larger index, validating it
21840 * might cause the parent to become valid also. Try that.
21841 */
21843 {
21844 Oid parentIdxId,
21845 parentTblId;
21846 Relation parentIdx,
21847 parentTbl;
21848
21849 /* make sure we see the validation we just did */
21850 CommandCounterIncrement();
21851
21857
21858 validatePartitionedIndex(parentIdx, parentTbl);
21859
21862 }
21863}
References AccessExclusiveLock, AccessShareLock, Assert(), BTEqualStrategyNumber, CatalogTupleUpdate(), CommandCounterIncrement(), elog, ERROR, get_partition_parent(), GETSTRUCT(), heap_freetuple(), HeapTupleIsValid, sort-test::key, ObjectIdGetDatum(), RelationData::rd_index, RelationData::rd_rel, relation_close(), relation_open(), RelationGetPartitionDesc(), RelationGetRelid, ReleaseSysCache(), RowExclusiveLock, ScanKeyInit(), SearchSysCache1(), SearchSysCacheCopy1, systable_beginscan(), systable_endscan(), systable_getnext(), HeapTupleData::t_self, table_close(), table_open(), and validatePartitionedIndex().
Referenced by ATExecAttachPartitionIdx(), and validatePartitionedIndex().
◆ verifyNotNullPKCompatible()
|
static |
Definition at line 9546 of file tablecmds.c.
9547{
9549
9550 if (conForm->contype != CONSTRAINT_NOTNULL)
9552
9553 /* a NO INHERIT constraint is no good */
9554 if (conForm->connoinherit)
9556 errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
9558 /*- translator: fourth %s is a constraint characteristic such as NOT VALID */
9559 errdetail("The constraint \"%s\" on column \"%s\" of table \"%s\", marked %s, is incompatible with a primary key.",
9560 NameStr(conForm->conname), colname,
9563 "ALTER TABLE ... ALTER CONSTRAINT ... INHERIT"));
9564
9565 /* an unvalidated constraint is no good */
9566 if (!conForm->convalidated)
9568 errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
9570 /*- translator: fourth %s is a constraint characteristic such as NOT VALID */
9571 errdetail("The constraint \"%s\" on column \"%s\" of table \"%s\", marked %s, is incompatible with a primary key.",
9572 NameStr(conForm->conname), colname,
9575 "ALTER TABLE ... VALIDATE CONSTRAINT"));
9576}
References elog, ereport, errcode(), errdetail(), errhint(), errmsg(), ERROR, get_rel_name(), GETSTRUCT(), and NameStr.
Referenced by ATPrepAddPrimaryKey().
◆ verifyPartitionIndexNotNull()
Definition at line 21871 of file tablecmds.c.
21872{
21874 {
21877
21878 if (!att->attnotnull)
21880 errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
21883 NameStr(att->attname),
21884 RelationGetRelationName(partition)));
21885 }
21886}
AttrNumber ii_IndexAttrNumbers[INDEX_MAX_KEYS]
Definition: execnodes.h:175
References ereport, errcode(), errdetail(), errmsg(), ERROR, i, IndexInfo::ii_IndexAttrNumbers, IndexInfo::ii_NumIndexKeyAttrs, NameStr, RelationGetDescr, RelationGetRelationName, and TupleDescAttr().
Referenced by ATExecAttachPartitionIdx().
Variable Documentation
◆ dropmsgstringarray
|
static |
Definition at line 256 of file tablecmds.c.
Referenced by DropErrorMsgNonExistent(), and DropErrorMsgWrongType().
◆ on_commits
Definition at line 132 of file tablecmds.c.
Referenced by AtEOSubXact_on_commit_actions(), AtEOXact_on_commit_actions(), PreCommit_on_commit_actions(), register_on_commit_action(), and remove_on_commit_action().
